1

ILLINOIS

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN

PRODUCTION NOTE

University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign Library
Brittle Books Project, 2013.COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION

In Public Domain.
Published prior to 1923.

This digital copy was made from the printed version held
by the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
It was made in compliance with copyright law.

Prepared for the Brittle Books Project, Main Library,
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
by

Northern Micrographics
Brookhaven Bindery
La Crosse, Wisconsin

2013PUBLICATIONS OF THE

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

anc ir: n r

zs.

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS

LIBRARY	*°60

87

.	1 05

Class Book Volume •	1 05

' 4-75 Rtfof	:

_ '	50

Ja 09-20M > IlliPWili *	1

______•	1 40

Elements of n r~ ----------------------j q5

Greek Verb . ......	21

Harkness's F , tl a •	i 05

Harper and 1 dt -e	1 00

Keep's Greek "	.....1 20

Kendrick's Gi orii ..................1 22

Kiihner's Gree *r (Eq , ds . ; ..........	1 40

Scarborough's Lessons in Greek * .V..............................90

Silber's Progressive Greek Grammar . .........................57

Whiton's Three Months* Preparation for Reading Xenophon...	48

"WinchelPs Elementary Lessons in Greek Syntax......................45

[*i6.]A

FIRST AND SECOND LATIN BOOK

AND

PRACTICAL GRAMMAR.

BY

THOMAS KERCHEVER ARNOLD, M. A.,

AUTHOR OF LATIN AND GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION, ETC.

CAREFULLY REVISED AND CORRECTED

BY REV. J. A. SPENCER, A. M.

NEW YOEK CINCINNATI :• CHICAGO
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

FROM THE PRESS OF

D. APPLETON & COMPANY.Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1S46, by
D. APPLETON & CO.,

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Southern
District of Nevr York.A

FIRST LATIN BOOK

BY

THOMAS KERCHEVER ARNOLD, M. A.,

RECTOR OP LYNDON,

AX1> LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE.

CAREFULLY REVISED AND CORRECTED

BY REV. J. A. SPENCEIi, A. M.

NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO
AMERICAN BOOK! COMPANY.

FROM THE PRESS OF

D. APPLETON & COMPANY.Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1346, by
D. APPLETON & CO.,

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Southern
District of iTew York.PREFACE.

The valuable introductory work now presented to the
American public is the first of a series of Classical sclioo]
books, on the basis of Ollendorff's much and justly ad-
mired system. Imitation and frequent repetition—which
are the means by which every child learns his own lan-
guage—are herein constantly acted upon; and the intelli-
gent pupil is led by natural, and therefore easy steps, into an
acquaintance with the structure and many of the peculiari-
ties of the language of the old Romans.

The First Part, or First Latin Book, has obtained high
and almost unprecedented reputation in England ; it hats
gone through five editions in as many years ; it is recom-
mended by the Oxford Diocesan Board of Education, and
adopted by the National Society's Training College at
Chelsea, and is admirably adapted, both in design and exe.
cution, to the wants of beginners in the Latin language.
The Second Part, or Second Latin Book and Practical
Grammar, is intended as a sequel to the former Part, and
carries the learner on, by a series of Exercises in trans-
lating both into Latin and into English, through some of
the principal difficulties of the Latin tongue.

The American Editor has not found it necessary to make
any material alteration in the original work. The title of
the First Part was " Henry's First Latin Book," in imita»
tion of •• Mary's Grammar.'* This title has been changed8

by the omission of the first word. The Editor Las confined
himself principally to a thorough revision of Mr. Arnold's
labors; to such necessary changes as the union of the two
parts into one volume required ; to the addition of a few
explanatory notes ; an enlargement and improvement of the
Latin and English vocabularies, and the correction of occa-
sional errors of inadvertence or of typography.

Under the strong conviction that school books, above ah
others, should be accurately printed, the Editor has bestow-
ed special care upon this point; and he trusts that the
present volume will be found free from even trifling errors
of the press.

New Yore, January 15, 1846PREFACE

TO THE FIFTH AMERICAN EDITION.

In announcing a fifth edition of the First and Second
Latin Book, the Editor very gladly embraces the oppor
tunity afforded him, of briefly sfating what changes and
improvements have been made, in order to render the work
more worthy of the unprecedented success which it has
met with. At the suggestion of several eminent practical
teachers, the matter formerly in the Appendix, and intro-
ductory to the Exercises in the Second Latin Book, has
Deen entirely rearranged, considerably augmented, and put
into a shape better suited to the purposes of those who wish
to use the Second Latin Book instead of an ordinary Gram-
mar. There has also been added a carefully drawn up
Synopsis of Latin Syntax, which may be used to peculiar
advantage in drilling boys in the Exercises and Reading
Lessons. The Editor indulges the hope that these changes
and additions will meet the approbation of classical
teachers.

J. A. S.

New Yokk, May 22, 1847,TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PART i.

ttilOM	'9MM

1.	On forming the accusative case...........................................................IS

2.	On forming the 3d peis. sing, of three tenses in 1st conjugation.....	18
3 -----in 2d conjugation..........19

-------in 3d conjugation............90

a--------in 4th conjugation..........21

6	.------— in the four conjugations	23

7.	Adjectives in us,er...........................................................................23

8.	Terminations of the Genitive sing....................................................................25

9.	Genitive of price.................................%................................26

10.	Omission of * man* * thing*................................................................................27

11.	On the formation of the perfect..........................................................................28

12.	Gen. with neut. adjective....................................................................................29

13.	Infinitive. Gen. with est...............................................31

14.	Acc. Plural................................................................................................................32

15.	Dative and Ablative singular. Time. Place............................................33

16.	Adjectives in is........................................................................................................34

17.	On the perfect of the 3d Conjugation. Verbs whose root ends in

p or o....................................................................................................................35

B Terminations of t}ie 3d plural............................................................................36

19. Of the norn. and gen. plural...........................................91

£0. On finding the nom. of the 3d Declension............................38

11 Mi with imperatives.......................................................40

» On the perf. of Verbs whose root ends in c% g% or q..................................41

©. ~———--—— dot t. Dat. and Abl. pi nr.	43

it &jot of the per/. with lengthened (and often changed) vowul....« •«	4412

LESION	ftkOI

85. Abl. of price................................................. .....	45

26.	On distinguishing root of perf. from root of present....................................46

27.	The personal pronouns. Apposition............. ..........................49

28.	Nominative after est, &c. Some tenses of esse..........................................48

29.	The compounds of esse..................................................51

30.	Tenses of the subj u nctive........................................ .	58

81. English infinitive expressing a purpose............'.................53

32 That expressing a consequence after such^ so, &c. Summus mons, &c.	54

83. Some tenses of posse. Interrogative Particles........................................55

34. Root of supine...........................................................57

i5. The Participles..........................................................59

36.	Translation of the participle of the perf. active. The ablative ab-

solute ...........................................'................................60

37.	The Gerunds. Occidere declined.........................................................62

38.	The participle in dus. E pis tola scribenda..................................................64

39.	Translation of ' is to be cultivated,' &c. Agent after the participle

nidus.................................................................G5

40.	Verbs that govern the dative..............................................................................67

41.	Terminations of the persons..................................................................68

42.	The pronoun4 is.9 Conditional Sentences..............................................70

43.	Scribendum est mihi......................................................71

44.	Subj. pres. and imperf. of esse...........................................73

45.	Crederdum est Cato................................ ...............73

46.	Colenda est virtus..........................................................74

47.	The Infinitive Mood......................... ...........................76

18. Passive Forms...........................................................78

49.	Qui, qua, quod. Mihi credit ur,&c........................................................80

50.	Deponent Verbs...................................... ........................81

51.	The Comparative and Superlative. .........................................83

52.	Prepositions..............................................................84

53.	Translation of4 may 94 might9.................................................80

54.	Translation of4 ought9........................................................................................87

55.	Ablative denoting the measure of excess or defect. Quo—eo; quan-

ta—tanto,.......................................................................................8S

SB (few ........... ..................................................W13

LUVOX	PA»«

57.	PomiteUpudeti &c............................ .............. 91

58.	Et—et ; quum—tum^&c......................................... 93

59.	Aut; vel; sive (seu,) &c.......................................... 94

60.	At, sed, tamen, &c., (adversatives)................................ 95

61.	Nam,, igitur^ &c., (caosals)...................................... 95

62.	Ut............................................................... 96

63.	^Ve................................................... ............ 97

64.	Qutn............................................................ 98

65.	Quominus........................................... ............. 99

66.	Vereor ne; vereor ut.............................................. 100

«7. Interrogatives...................................................... lcl

68	.-in dependent sentences.............................. lc 2

69.	Double questions................................................... 1( 2

70.	Conjunctions that always take sutg................................ 103

71—78. On participles........................................... 104-110

Question»..........................................................................uj

Differences of Idiom.......................... ..................... . 12514

k FEW REMARKS ON THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN

Toe Latin being a dead (that is, an unspoken) language, it is not known how tht
tlomans prononnccd it. Hence every modern tongue adapts the pronunciation of
Latin to its own peculiarities. In English, we follow the analogy or custom of the
English language in respect to the sound of the vowels and the position of the sr
cents; therefore—

1.	The accent or stress of the voice is always on the penultimate, (the last syl
iable but one,) or the antepenultimate, (the last syllable but two,) as hom'o, tem'p*
ris, dat'um, agric'ola, fee.

2.	In words of more than two syllables, if the penultimate is long, the stress is
upon it; if short, it is on the antepenultimate; as radf cis, con'sQ lis, huniS'nus, fee.

3.	Every vowel has either a long or a short sound; as h5mln6s, ftm&, fimfc&i,
ftmlcl, pop&lds, vfirfis, tfitOs, tfit£l&, C&esir, rSgfir?., dScfirls.

4.	Monosyllables ending in a vowel have the long sound, as d&, m8, si, dO, tB ;
otherwise, the short sound, as ic, sfid, in, 6b, hflc.

5.	When a vowel conies before or between two consonants, it has the shot I
sound, though in (act long by its position; as In'nu^, pgn'nft, pig'nfis, I5n'gus, fee.

6.	E final is never emute ; in other words, it always constitutes a syllable with a
preceding consonant or consonants; as ma-re, gran-de, es-se, a-bl-re, a-cu- te, vT-ce

7.	C and O are soft (that is, pronounced like s,j) respectively before «, <g, «, and i :
Mi cfirS, coelQm, cis, g6r6, g!gn5, &c. In other cases they are hardy (1. e. have the
sound of h and g hard,) as cSp'ri, giiberna'tSr, edgo, Gallus, &c.

8.	Qu,gu are pronounced respectively like kic,gw, as antlquus = antikwus: san-
guis sanguis

OBSERVATIONS.

Numerals above the line refer to the Questions when they are followed by *
ttvroe; to the Table of Differences, when not.

Two or more words connected together by a hyphen show that they are to be
rendered into Latin by one word ; as " natural- to- man." hummus llie-space-of
two-Years," biennium • 't-is, e?t, fee.15

LATIN LESSONS AND EXERCISES

4Vjrda Id Italic*, In Yin exercise, are phrases that are either not to lie translated
word for word; or about which something has been taught that should be
remembered.

Lesson 1.

1.	Where we in English put a preposition before a
no in, the Romans often used no preposition, but changed
the end of the word.

2.	Thus, 4 mensa- being 4 a table4 menses' is 4 op a
table 4 mensa' 4 by a table, and so on.

3.	A word so altered is called a case of that word
thus mensa is called the genitive case of mensa; and
so on.

4.	The unaltered word is said to be m the nominative
case, though it is not strictly a case.

5.	All nouns do not form their cases exactly in the
same way

As there are five principal ways of forming the cases
of a noun, nouns are divided into five c/asses, each class
totiing called a declension.

6.	(a) Nouns that end in a and make their genitive in

ce, are of the first declension.

(6) Nouns that end in us, er, um9 and make then

genitives in i, are of the second declension.
(c) Nouns in us that make their genitive in usy and
all nouns in u, are of the fourth declension.10

((f) Nouns that end in es and make their genitive

in ei, are of the fifth declension.

(e) Nouns with any ending not set down as be-
longing to the other declensions, and those with
an ending belonging to some other declension
but with a genitive in ' is, belong to the third
declension.a

7.	On the Accusative case.

The accusative is the case that follows transitive,
verbs, and many prepositions.

8.	A transitive verb is one that gives no complete
meaning, till some person or thing is mentioned to whom
or which the action was done.

He struck—(struck what?) the dog. He killed—
(killed whom ?) the blacksmith.

9.	The following are the accusative endings of the
five declensions for the singular number.

1.	2.4.	3.5.

am	um	em

But Hj3 If a noun is neuter, its accusative is the un-
altered word.h

10.	These endings are to be added to the word, after
the endings of the nominative, as set down in the table,

Nouns that end In

•TABLE OF THE DECLENSIONS
Genitive

us, er, um

i

hs*
ei

Those with any
other ending, (or

with these if their	is	third

gen. end in 4 is'),

* In English ail things are neuter; but in Latin the names of things are some
masculine, some feminine, some neuter. Hence in Latin, gender, as belonging to
things has nothing to do with sex.

are of the first
second
fourth
filth

Declension.

* In Latin grammars it has always heretofore been asserted that nouns of the
fourth declension ending in u, are indeclinable in the singular. The latest res lits,
however, of the labors of German scholars seem to have settled that cornu has the
lenitive cornus, and that all noun ending in u have the regular genitive of the
fonrth declension, in us. Hence Mr. Arnold uniformly gives this as the correct
fdtn. For a full discussion of this point consult the Preface to Freun<Ps L,atii Die
ttonary —Am. Ed.17

(in 6, note a,) are thrown away. But to this table there
arc two exceptions :—

(1)	The case-endings (or ' terminations'} of nouns

of the second in er, are added on thus: e is
dropped, and the termination then added on
to the r. Thus ager, agr-, Acc. agr-um.
(Sometimes, however, the e is kept; as puer,
Acc. puer-um.)

(2)	The terminations of the third are added on to

some form that is generally not found in the
nominative. Thus they are added on to
lapid, the nominative being lapis,

(3)	The root, or form to which the -terminations of

the third declension are to be added, is to be
got from the genitive by throwing away ' is.'

JJ^J3 Let the learner here turnto the Accidence, p. 128,
where are examples of a noun in every declension given
out in full; and let him master these thoroughly before
proceeding further.

Exercise I.

[Obs. m., 7i., stand tor masculine, feminine, and neuter. G. stands for genitive*

11,	Determine of what declension each of the following words is, and write

down its accusative case.

Vocabulary 1.

Key-words.«

Crown,	corfina	(coronation.)

Island,	insuki	(ins id nr.)

Friend,	amicus, G. aniici	(amicable.)

Umpire,	arbiter, G. arbiir-i	(arbitration.)

Leaf,	folium, G. folii	(fo/iaee.)

Garden,	hortus, G. horti	(horticulture.)

Law,	lex, G. I6g-is	'legal )

Chariot,	currus, G. currus	(curricle.)

Face,	fades, G. faciei.

Dust,	put vis, G. pulvftr-is	(pulverize.)

Time,	tempus, G. tempfir-is. neuter	(temporal.)

Uak,	quercus, G. quercus.

Horn,	cornu	(cornucopia.)

• That is, English words that art derived from the Latin words, and may aanre as
or heJp to their meaning18

Lesson 2

12.	The persons of the Latin verb are distinguished
by their endings,{as think-es£ and think-s are in English.)
But in Latin all the persons have different endings ; and
the pronoun /, thou, &c., is generally left out, because
the ending of tie verb tells which person is meant.

(Verbs whose infinitives end in are.)

13.	By throwing off are you get the root.

14.	By adding at to the root you get the third person
singular of the present tense : by adding abat, the third
person singular of the imperfect tense : by adding abit,
the third person singular of the future tense.

(a) Amare, to love: root am.

am-at, loves; is loving ; or does love.

am-abut, was loving.

am-ate, will love.

15.	Vocabulary 2.

To praise,

To swear,

To plough,

To dance,

To avoid,

To build,
Husbandman,

Wall,

Death,

Boy,

Way; road,

To show, or point out,

Dragon,

Voice,

Fox,

Not,

laud-Sre

jiir-are

fir-are

salt-fire.

vit-are

ffidit'Tc-fire

agricola.

niurus, i

mors G. mort-ls

puei. G. puSri (keeps e)—

via

monstr-fire
draco, G. dracOn-is.
Vox, G. vOc-is
vulpes, G. vulp-is.
non, (before the verb.)

KEY-WORD8.

{laudatory.)
(ad-jure.)

(arable.)

(in-e mtable.)
(edification.)*

(a mural crown.)t

(mortal.)

{puerile.)

(dc-vious.)

(de-inon*trate.)

(vocal.)

Model sentence. (Obs. m the Latin order of words,
the accusative is placed before the verb.)

16.	Servius	imperium administrat.
Servius (the) government administers.

17.	DC?9 The Latin language has no article.d

*	This word means 4 the building a man up" in religious knowledge and piao
tlcc: building on the foundation of faith.

*	A crown given to the soldier who first mounted the toallt of a besieged city
d That is, no word for a or the.19

Exercise 2.

18.	[Order: Nom. Acc. Veib]

Balbus® is-building a wall. The boy shows the road
Caius will build a wall. The boy will show the road.
The husbandman will plough. Caius was ploughing,
Caius will praise the boy. The boy will avoid death,
lie was swearing. The boy dances. The boy will
aance. The girl was dancing. The boy will avoid the
fox. The fox was avoiding the boy.

OCT" When there is a'not/the present with 4 does* mist be used: and the
auxiliary verb (does, will, shall, Sec.) must stand before the 4 not,' as, 44 he
does not praise the boy."

Puer murum aedificatatf. Caius puel\am lauda£. Bal-
bus jurdbit. Agricola aratf. Balbus puerum viiabat.
Puer mortem vitdbit. Puerwm non lauda*.

laudat, saltabat, laudabat; jurat, aedificabit, vitat,
saltabat, vitabit, vitabat; laudabit, saltat, jurat,

j irat, monstrabat, arabit; monstrat, aedificat, vitabit.

Lesson 3.

( Verbs whose infinitive ends in ere.)

19.	Vocabulary 3.

Key-words.

To fear,	tim-Sre	(timid.)

To see,	vid-ere	(pro vide.)

To Kh-at, |	nd'Sre	(de-ride.)

To hold,	tgn-Sre	(a rm-ant.)

To frighten,	terr-ere	(terri-ty.)

To leach,	d6c-6re	(doc-tor.)

20.	The root is got by throwing off ere.

VJl. The endings of the third persons singular are,
(pres.)	(imperf.)	(fut.)

et,	ebat,	ebit

• Ealbua aud Cains are the Latin names. Gen. Bam. CaiLw

Exercise 3.

22. A Christian does not fear death. The boy will
fear the dragon. The voice will frighten the boy.
The boy was ho.ding the fox. The boy will hold the
dragon. Balbus was laughing-at the boy. He was
building a wall. Caius will plough. He swears. A
Christian will not fear death. Balbus was showing the
way.

timet, ridebit, terrebat; tenet, videt, videbit.

ridebat, tenebat, timet; timebit, terret, timebat.

Puer vulpem non timet. Draco puerum terrebit. Balbus
draconewi tenebat. Puella viam monstrdbat. Puer
puellaw ride*. Caius puer um do cebat.

Lesson 4.

( Verbs whose infinitive ends in ere.)
23. Vocabulary 4

To neglect, disregard,

To shut,

To write,

To slay,

To learn,

To lead,

Gate,

Letter,

Slave,

Master,

neglTg-Sre

cliuul-6re.

scrll)-6re

occTd 6re.

disc-ere.

duc-6ro

porta

epistola

servus

ddmlnus

Key-words.

{negligent.)

(describe.)

(ad-ducc.)

{porter.)

{epistie.)

{servile.)

{domineer.)

24.	The root is got by throwing off ere, and the ter-
minations of the third persons singular are,

(pres.)	\ymperj'.)

it,	ebat,	et.

Exercise 4.

25.	The slave will shut the gate. The girl was
writing a letter. Balbus disregards the voice. The
hoy will learn. Caius was learning. The girl wiiJ
show the garden. The master will praise (his) slave21

The slave was showing the way. The slave will not
fear death. The slave will plough.

discit, claudit, claudebat; negliget, scribit, scribet,
claudet, discebat, scribet; occidit, discet, ducit.

Servus dominwm occld^. Puer discebat. Servus
portara claud e6a£. Epistdlara scribed. Jurobit. Pu-
ella pueram laudato. Puella mortem vitobit. Puei
vulpem non timeto. Christianus mortem non timetf.

Lesson 5.

(Verbs whose infinitive ends in ire.)
26. Vocabulary 5.

(audible.)
(pre-senti- ment.

(dolor-ous.)

(capit-al.)

away ire, and the
are,

(Jut.)

iet.

Exercise 5.

28. The boy hears a voice. Balbus will feel pa*n.
The slave uncovers his head. The girl will open the
letter. Balbus will bind (his*) head. Caius will hear
the voice. Caius was uncovering (his) head. Balbus
will write the letter The master neglects (his) slave
vinciebat, sentiet, audiet; sentit audiebat, aperit,
audit, aperiebat, sentiet; vincit, audit, sentiebat.

Puer caput vineiebat. Balbus vocem audiet. Caius
dolorem vitabit. Puella &o\ovem sentiebat. Servus
epistolam scribebat. Caius servum xaudabat. Servus
murum aedificat. Servus currum monstrabit.

* Not to be translated.

To hear,	aud-lre

?o^eive,i	—

?^;r"ver, I	»^,re

To hind,	vine-Ire.

Sorrow, j	dolor' dol5r"is' masc'

Head,	caput, O. capTt-is, neut.

21. The root	is got by throwing
endings of the third persons singular
(pres.) (imperf.)
it? iebat,22

Lesson 6

29.	The forms we have now gone tl_rough are the
four classes (or conjugations as they are called) of verbs
They are distinguished by the endings of the infinitive
mood.*

30.	(a) Verbs whose infinitive ends in are, are ol

the first conjugation, and their favorite vowel
is long a.

{b) Verbs whose infinitive ends in ere, are of the
second conjugation, and their favorite vowel
is long e.

(c)	Verbs whose infinitive ends in ere, are of the
third conjugation, and their favorite vowels
are short e and short i.

(d)	Verbs whose infinitive ends in ire, are of the
fourth conjugation, and their favorite vowel
is long i.

31.	Terminations of the Infinitive.

1 conjug. 2 conjug. 3 conjug. 4 conjug.

(favorite vowel 5) (fav. vowel e) (fav. vowels 6, 1) (fav. vowel hj

Infin.:—are	ere	ere	ire

32.	Third persons of three tenses.

1.	2.	3.	4.
at	et	it	it
abat	ebat	ebat	iebat
abit	ebit	et	iet

31.	Terminations of the Infinitive.

1 conjug. 2 conjug. 3 conjug. 4 conjug.

(favorite vowel 5) (fav. vowel e) (fav. vowels 6, 1) (fav. vowel hj

Infin.:—are	ere	ere	ire

32.	Third persons of three tenses.

To fight,	pu<rn-are	(pi^n-acioas.;

To sing,	cant-ire	(canto.)

To	lud fire	(de-lude.)

To cry out,	clam 5re	(clam-or.)

To answer,	re>jMuui-6re	(respond.)

To sir,	peer, 8»e	(pecc ant.)

To ran,	curr-fcre	(curr icle.)

Tu hope for,	spSr&re	(de-«j»er-ate.)

33. Vocabulary 5.

To fight,	pu<rn-are	(pi^n-acioas.;

To sing,	cant-ire	(canto.)

To	lud fire	(de-lude.)

To cry out,	clam 5re	(clam-or.)

To answer,	re>jMuui-6re	(respond.)

To sir,	peer, 8»e	(pecc ant.)

To ran,	curr-fcre	(curr icle.)

Tu hope for,	spSr&re	(de-«j»er-ate.)

* Bee Accidence, p. 155, where a verb in each conjugation Is given In fuU
through all the itooJs and tenses.23

Exercise 6.

34. The girl sings. The boy was singing. The
slave will play. The slave was crying-out. The hoy
will answer. Balbus will laugh. The husbandman
was not ploughing. Caius is ploughing. Balbus will
not answer. The boy will sin. The slave will fight.
The master was praising (his) slave. The boy will run
The girl was running.

Servus mortem sperabat. Pater currebat. Servus
ougnabat. Balbus sentiet. Mors Balbum terrebit.
Mors christianum non terret. Puer vocem audiet. Puer
vulpem non timet. Servus dominum occidebat. Puella
peccabat. Servus cantabit. Balbus audit. Pater
6entit.

Lesson 7.
(Adjectives in us, er.)
85. Vocabulary 7.

To finish,

Labor,

Mother,

Father,

To bury
Dead,

Son,

Snake,

To find,

Money,

Sum-of-money,

Master,

To rouse-up, or )

awaken, |

Mine,

Good,

His, her, its, theirs,

is, is the nominative to the verb.

36. DC7* Adjectives in us, er, have a masculine, a
feminine, and a neuter form, and they are declined
exactly like substantives.

fln-lre.

labor, O. labOr-is.

mater, G. matr-is	vmaternal.1

piter, O. patr-is	(paternal.)

sepSMre	(sepulture.)
niortuus, mortua, mortuum.

filius, O. filii	(filial.)
anguis, anguis, m. (pronounced angwis.)

re}>SMre	(repertory.)

pecunia

{magister, O. magistr-i, )

a master who teaches J
domlnus, Q. i, a master )

who owns	S

exclt-are

meus, mea, meum.

bonus, bona, bonum.

suns, sua, suum; when the persea whose the thing

(pecuniary.(
(magisterial,
(domineer.)
(excitement^24

The masculine ends in us or er; Gen. i. (Decl. ii.

—	feminine - a;	G. <z. (Decl. 1.)

—	neuter - um; G. i. (Decl. ii.)

Hence the acc. of an adjective is got by 9. For instance, if the a»l
Jective be bonvs, (whose fem. is bona; neut. bonum,) if" I want the acc
masc. or neut., I take the aoc. of bonus or bonum respectively; if I wanl
the acc. fem., I take the acc of bona, which is bonam.

37.	Every noun is masculine, feminine, or neuter;
and every adjective must be of the same case, gender.
and number as the noun of which it is spoken.8

38.	Mulier ancillam suam excitat.

The woman maid	her awakens.

Obs. Except with these little words mens, suus, &c., the adjective generally
stands before its substantive. 1 Bonus puer,* a good boy.

[Ancillam suam :—suam is put in the accusative feminine, because ancillam
(the noun of which it is spoken) is in the accusative feminine.)

Exercise 7.

39.	The father buries (his) dead son. The husband-
man finds a snake. (My) friend does not hear my voice.
A slave was shutting the gate. The master is teach-
ing the boy. The master will rouse up his slave. Caius
disregards the law. The boy will finish his labor.
The girl was finishing her labor. The master will

» See 9, b.

* Table by which the gander of a substantive is to be determined.

I. Decl. All feminine, except poeta, (poet,) and other designations of men
(us, er, masculine) except humus, d6mus, {fem.,) and a fevt
II. Dkcl. < more.

fum, neuter.

IV Dkcl I us' mascu^n^ except minus, (fem.,) and a few more.
| u, neutsy.

V. Decl. es, fem. (Dies masculine, but sometimes fem. in singular.)
IO ~	~

Decl. Masc. term.

er, or, os,
ks increasing.*
o, when not do, go, io.

Fem. term,
do, go, io,

as, is, aus,

x»

es not increasing,
s after a consonant

Neut. term
c, a, t, e, I, n,

ar, ur, us,

(But fis with long «
in words of more thau
one syll. is fem )

Obi Masc endings are in capitals; fem. in common type, neut. in Italice.~
There are many exceptions in the third. See Accidence, on the Genders ol
Substantives, p. 137.

* That is, having in the genitive a syllable more than in the nominative25

show his garden. The father will piaise (his) good
son.

Pater filium suurn docebat. Agricola anguem non
Ximebit. Caius legem neglige*. Christianus pecuniawi
neglig/7. Monuum agricola?7i sepelze*. Pater mew*
vocem ineam non neglige*.

Lesson 8.

40. The following are the genitive terminations of
the five declensions:

1.

ae

2.

i

3.

is

4.

us

5.

ei

JO*" (1) In the Genitive of the fourth us is for via.

(2) In the Genitive of the fifth, the e is long when it follow» a vowel;
short when it does not. (Faciei, fidSi.)*

Vocabulary 8.

41

Through,
To walk,
To call,

Poet,

To overturn,
To pull-down,

House,

Body,

Great,

Little,

Small,



per, .governs accusative

ambOI&re

vocfire

pogta.

Severt6re,(the first is its ow-n
meaning: the second the
word we should use.)
d&nius, Gs, /.

corpus, corp6r-is, n.

magnus

parvus.

(per-ambulate.)
(vocation.)

(domestic.)

(corporal punishment.)
(magnitude.)

41.# Ipse Sullae domum evertit.

He himself Sulla!s htwse pulls-down,

(properly, overturns.)

Oms. OCT The governed genitive stands first, unless the governing noun is em-
phatic. When the governing noun is to stand before its genitive, it will
have an accent after it, (thus; festival'.)

• This positive statement of Mr. Arnold seems to require some modification
Phe genitives and datives singular of the fifth declension, always make e long be
fore i, as diet, aciei, except in the only three nouns of the fifth declension which do
dot end in ies, viz., fides, spes, res. In these e is foind short in spei, comiuoo
either ong or short) in fidei, or fidii, and in res* or ret. See Ramsay's Latin
Pioeody p. 22.—Am. Ed.2«

Exercise 8.

42. The slave shuts the gates of the city. He-him-
belf will not pull down his friend's house. The father
will not disregard the voice of his son. The fathet
is burying the body of (his) dead son. The boy was
pointing-out the snake's body. My mother was prais-
ing the poet's daughter. The good boy was walking
through the city. My father will call the husband-
man's daughter. The poet was holding the queen's
crown.

Filius patm sm mortem vindicate. Pater filii sui
xocem non neglige*. Leo asinww dilania*. Servus
dominz sua mortem vindicJ&a*. Regzs sceptrum videbit
Agricola per urbem airibulc/to.

Lesson 9.

Say the terminations of the tenses, (32.} Give the accusative eadlnffR
(9.) Give the genitive endings, (40.)

43. Vocabulary 9.

At-nothing,

To value,

At a great (price,) j

At a high (price,) j

At a little (price,) j

At a low (price,) I

To think little of,

Queen,

King,

Sceptre,

Laltor,

True, real,

Virtue,

To tear-to-pieces,
An ass,

To avenge,

Lion,

t nihili, (the genitive of nikllumf
< which is only used in some
( particular phrases.)

ffistiinaro

magni.*

parvi.*

parvi jEsttmare.

reglna.

rex, O. r6g-is

sceptruin.

lil>or, O. labfir-is

vfirus

virtQs, O. virtfkt-is.

dilani&re.

asTnns, O. aslni.

vindTcare
leo, O. Ie5nis.

{estimation.)

(re£dl.)
\verily.)

(vindictive.)

44. With some words the price or value is put in the
genitive

• These are genitives, (pretil) price being understood*27

Sapiens virtu tem	magni aestnnat.

The wise man virtue at a great (price) values.

45.	Magna regis corona, the Hug's great crown.

Magna boni regis corona, the good king s great

crown.

Imitate this order ; adj. gen. subst.

Exercise 9.

46.	He disregards his slave's gieat labor. He sees
a great snake. The boy was avoiding the snake's great
body. He is avoiding the great snake's great body.
The master was rousing up his slave. He will feel
great sorrow. The poet will feel real sorrow. The
father will not neglect the sorrow of his son. Caius
values true virtue at a great (price.) The master thinks
little of the labor of his slave. The father will value
my labor at a great (price.)

Caius amici sui laborem parvi cestlmat. Pater labd-
rem meum magni (zstlmat. Leo asini corpus dilaniabat.
Mater laudabat filiam. Vulpes leonem timet. Boni
pueri caput aperiebat. Dominus servi sui epistolam
aperiet. Magnam urbis portam ^laudebat. Servus
puerum vocabit.

Lesson 10.

47. Vocabulary 10.

Very great, greatest,

At a very great (price,) )

At a very high (price,) )

Avarice,

Unlearned,

Avaricious greedy

Wise,

Wisdom,

To praise,

lmpioos,

maximus.

maxTmi.

avaritia.b

indnctus.

av&rus.

sapiens, saplentis
sapientia.

laud&re
impius.

(*ap*4ne.)
{laudaKny t

Ob«. Nouns in to, tia, tag, and tudo are abstract nouns scch as the named o!
atriums, vices, dispositions, feelings, ire•2b

48.	Avarus	maximi

The avaricious (man) at a very great (price)
aestlmat pecuniarn.

values money.

When the noun meant is man, woman, or thing, it is
often left out in Latin. If man is meant, the adjective
must, of course, be masculine; if woman, feminine ;
if thing, neuter.

Exercise 10.

I Ask questions from t—4, from the 44 Questions" after the Appendix.)

49.	The avaricious (man) values3* virtue at-a-low-

[>rice. He was pulling down the avaricious (man's)
louse. He will avenge the death of the wise (man.)
The wise (man) values virtue at-a-very-great (price.)
The impious (man) will fear death. The avaricious
(man) will build a small house. The poet will build
a great house. The poet's daughter was walking
through the great city. The unlearned (man) laughs-
at the poet. The true poet will laugh-at the unlearned
(man.)

Christianus pecuniae pam aestimato.3 Impii domum
evertet. Indoctus sapientiam parvi cestimat. Caius
sapiential laudato. Amici laudaZ sapiential. Chris-
tianus avantiaw vitate. Mater bonam filiam laudabat.
Magnam regis coronam videbit. Leo dilaniabit asinum.
Puer magnam quercum monstrabit. Servus domini sui
hortum monstrabat

Lesson 11.

On the formation of the Perfect.

50 Tl»e perfect has the same ending in all the con-
jugations ; but this one ending is added on to a par-

* These r vnerals refer to the Table of Differences of Idiom, following the Qu-
estions.29

ticular root,1 that is altered in various ways from that
of the present.

51. In the first, second, and fourth conjugations, the
root of the perfect is generally formed by adding u,
and Iv, respectively, to the root of the present.

Thus from	am-are mon-ere aud-irc

(Root of present) am- mon- aud-

(Root of perfect) amav- monu- audiv-

53.	Terminations of the third person singular, in the Perfect, Pluperfect,

and Future perfect of the active voice.

Perfect,	it, ) to be added to

Pluperfect, erat, > the root of the
Future perfect, erit, ) perfect.

53.	Find the roots of the perfect for cant-are, terr-ere,
doc-ere, sepel-Ire.

Exercise 11.

54.	The boy had heard a voice. The slave will
have shown the road. The lion has torn-in-pieces
the ass. The slave has avoided pain. Caius had
praised his slave. The fox had frightened the boy.
The master has taught the boy. The Christian did
not fear death. He had valued wisdom at-a-very-low
price.

Juravgrat. Agricola araverit. Vulpes terruerit puerum
Servus speravit mortem. Puella peccaverat. Servus
cantabit. Pater moituum filium sepeliverat. Magnam
poetae sapientiam parvi aestimavit. Veram virtutem
magni aestimaverat.

Lesson 12
55. Vocabulary 11.

Bad,	mSlus. Evil, malum, (neut actj.)

Something	ailquid, (n.)

* By a root Is here meant that part of a word which 19 found in all the cages or tentii
gpofcen of80

How much,	quantus, qt anta, quantum	(quanntpS)

Pleasure,	voluptas, O. voluptatis	(voluptuary.)

I^ose,	amittgre.

Unwilling,	invltus, (to be translated, ' unwillingly *)

Figure,	figiira.

To have	hatwre.

Stability,	stahiiitas.

To condemn,	daiiinSre.

Unlearned,	indoetus.

Industry,	industria

56. Figura nihil habet slabilitatis.

The figure nothing has of stability, (has no

stability.)

A1- .j A	\ something of time. (Lat.)

A liquid tempons j {sQme d°e) {Eng)"

\jr w i	{ much of good. (Lat.)

Multum bonik	j (otmcAg°od) (^.)

, ... , ( how much of pleasure. (Lat.)
Quantum voluptatis" \ {how much/eamre)

57.	(F.njr.) He does it unwillingly, (adv.)

(Lat.) tie unwillingly does it, (adj.)

Exercise 12. [Questions 1—5.]

Find, by 51, the root of perfect from hab-Sre, vit-are, dilani-lre
laud-are.

58. The boy will lose some time. How much pleas-
ure does the unlearned man lose !m The figure had no
stability. He avoided much evil. The lion had torn-
to-pieces the ass. The father praised his son. My
father values industry very highly.2

Servus viam monstr-av-era£. Puer mortem tim-u-^.
Dominus servum suam excit-av-erat. Aliquid tempons
invltus amitte*. Christ.ianus avariticzm damnctf. Quan-
tum \mbet voluptatw sapientia! Avaritia nihil habef
vera voluptatzs. Quantum voluptaUs hab-u-enY /

1 OCT" Boni, mali, &c., (the genitives of bonus, malus,) are here used as
•tni.tives

' 8CT" Neuter adjectives'nre often followed by a genitive case.

These adjectives are generally such as -elate to quantity; indefinite numerals iza.
m Ubs. After 'how much'' the present with 'does' is used, and the nominutftf
tase stands between the auxiliary verb and the verb.31

Lesson 13. [Questions 1—6.]
59. Vocabulary 12.

Natural-to-man,

Nobody,

To otiend-against; wrong,
To break (a law, one's word,&c.)
Disgraceful,

Fidelity ; faith; one1» word,

To keep; observe,

(One's) country,

1 > break one's word,

It is,

Citizen,

To command,

Easy,

hum&nus

nSmo, O. nemln-is.
| viSlaro

turpis, m. f.; turpe, a
fides, fidgi.*

servftre

pa tria, G. ae, f.

fidem vi61are.

est.

civis, G. clvis.

iniperare

facllis, m. f.; facile, neut.

(human)
(violaU }

re-rerve.,
[patriotism )

(imperative.)
(facility.)

60.	Humanum est errare.

Natural-to-man it-is to err.a

Christiani est neminem violare.

The duty \°fa Christian it is nobody to wrong.

61.	To lie is0 disgraceful. (Lat.)

It is disgraceful to lie. (Eng.)

62.	After 4 it issuch a substantive as part, duty,
business, mark, is not to be translated into Latin.

In rendering into English, when a genitive follows e$t>
(<erat, fuit, &c.,) such a substantive as mark, duty,
business, part, must be supplied.

C It is the part

J-duty (

J-business f

(.-a rn-irk J

It is of a wise man

of a wise man, &c. (Eng.)
• • . (Lat.)

Exercise 13.

63. It is a great thing not to fear death. It is a little
\hing not to fear a fox. The slave had kept his word.

* See note on p. 25.

" DOT An infinitive mood (with the words belonging to it) is often the nomina
ttve to the verb; and the adjective that agrees with it is then in the neuUf
jender.

0 When an infinitive mood is the nominative case to the sentence, in
English we put' it' before the verb * t*.'

This ' it,' which represents, as it were, the coming sentence, must not be trans#
into Latin.$2

t is the slave's business tc shut the gate of the city. It
is disgraceful to neglect a son. It is natural to mail to
value money at-a-high-price. It is a mark of an un-
learned man to value wisdom at-a-low price.

Turpe est poetae domum evertere. Humanum est
peccare. Patris est filium suum sepelire. Regis est
imperare. Servi est viam monstrare. Pater filium
docuerat. Puella clamaverat. Mater filiam suam
laudaverat. Caius cantaverit. Agricola juravit. Im-
pii (62) est virtutem parvi aestimare Boni est fidem
servare. Impii est fidem violaie.

Lesson 14.

64.	Foi mas. and fem. nouns the accusative plural
ends in s; for neuters in a.

Rule. To get the acc. plur. from acc. sing.

(1)	For mas. and Jem. nouns, turn um of the
2d into os; in the other declensions, turn m
into s.

(2)	For neuters add a to the root.q

Hence the terminations of the acc. plur. are,

1.	2. 3. 4.	5.

as, os, es, us, es.

Obs. The vowel before s is long. Acc. plur. of aD
neuters ends in a.

Exercise 14.

65.	It is disgraceful to break (one's) nord. It is
(the duty) of a Christian to keep (his) word. It is (the
part) of a Christian, not to offend-against the laws of his
country. The good citizen will observe the laws of his

1 Sometimes ia must be added, for which rules Wili be given below;35

country. The masterjhas taught the boys. It is natural-
to-man to avoid pain. Balbus will break his word. The
fox had frghtened the boys. He disregards the labors
of his slave.

Pater meus fidem servaverat. Indocti est (62) sapien-
tiam parvi astimare? Turpe est fidem suam non
servare. Caius fidem suam non servavit. Christian'
est neminem viola re. Neminem violavit.

Lesson 15.

The remaining cases of thu Singular:
1. 2. 3. 4.

Dative
Ablative

5.

ae	0	l	ui	el
a	0	e )	u	e
		some- }		
		times i.* ;		

The remaining cases of thu Singular:
1. 2. 3. 4.

5.

66

67.	The Dative is to be rendered by to or for.
The Ablative is to be rendered by with, by, from.
But an Ablative of time must be rendered by at or

in : an Ablative of place, by at or FROM.t

68.	Vocabulary 13.

mSnus, As, f.	{manual.)

15b5rare.

Hand,

To labor,	)

To be in trouble,\
To appease,

Mind,

Gift,

placare
anun-us, i
donum

(placable.)
(inagn-an»mt-ty.)
(donative.)

Exercise 15.

[The thing with which is put in the ablative. |

69. The boy will show the road to the husbandman
The girl will open the letter with her-own hand. Th«
boy will hear voices. Death will not terrify Christians.
The slave will shut the gates for the king Death

* e is to be used, unless you are told to ose i.
t Prom after a verb of motion.34

frightens the impious. It is natural-to-man to fear
death. He will appease the boy with a gift He has
appeased the boy's mind. He will have appeased the
boy's mind with a gift.

Agricolae est laborare. Puer discet. Servus doinitii
vocem timebit. ChrisLani est v\rtutem laudare. CaiJ
animum dono placaverit. I ram meam dono placaverat
Puella cantabil. Puer ludebat.

Lesson 16.

70.	Uj3 Adjectives ending in is, have Gen. is, and
are therefore of the third. They are masculine and
feminine. Their neuter form is e, Gen. is, &c.; and
,he ablative singular is i*

71.	Vocabulary 14.

Rome,

Carthage,

The -j. pace-of-two-years.

Winter,

To sieep,

Cave,

One,

To rest

To chastise,

To remain,

To live,

Earth,

Faithful,

72.

Caius
Caius
Hieme

Romae.
at Rome.
annum
-year
ursus

Rfima.

Carthigo, Carthagiais,

biennium.

hie ins, hiSm-is, f.

dorin'ire

antrum.

unus, una, unumr

quiescfire

castigare

minSre.

vTvgre

terra

fidSlis

Tarenti.
at Tarentum.
unum1
one
in

In winter the bear in

(dor-mouse.;

(unit.)
(quiescent.)
(castigation.)

(re-tlive.)
(terrestrial.)
(fidelity.)

Tibure.8
at Tibur.
Cortonae vixit.
at Cortona lived.
antro dormit.
a cave sleeps.

*	A table of the terminations of an adj. In 'is* is given in the Accidence, p. 13tf.
f This word, witn some others, has this peculiarity : unus. una, and unum, all

.nake their Gen. untus. and their l)at. uni, instead of the regular Genitives and
Datives of the tirst and second declensions.

■ If the name of a town where any thing is done, be of the first or second do
llonsion, and singular number, it is put in th e genitive; if not. in the ablot.

*	Time token is put in the ablative; time how-long in the acexuatioe35

73.	Obs. The preposition is not to be translated be-
fore the name of a town, or a noun of time.

(a) Before a noun of time consider, whether it tells
you when the thing was (or, is to be) done ; or how long
it lasted, (or is to last.)

Exercise 10.

74.	In-winter the earth rests. My father was living
at-Rome. Balbus is-remaining at-Carthage. It is the
duty7 of a good citizen to remain at-Rome. In wintei
the bear will remain in (its) cave. He will remain at-
Rome for the-space-of-two-years. He has kept his
word unwillingly. It is the duty7 of a father to chastise
his son. The slave is walking in the garden. He is re-
maining at-Tibur unwillingly, (57.) In-the-winter, he
will play in the garden.

Pater meus fidelem semirn vindicabit. Pater filium
castigaverat. Puer in antro dormiebat. Lex Christiana
avaritiam damnaverat. Pater filium castigaverit. Bien-
nium Romae manebit. Facile est pueri animum dono
placare. Puella in horto ludebat.

Lesson 17.

(On the perfect of verbs whose root ends in p or b.)

75.	In these verbs the root of the perfect may gener-
ally be got from the root of the present by adding s.

DC/3 But bs must be written ps.

76.	Examples . Root of pres. rep; root of perf. reps

Root of pres. nub; root of perf nups.

(not nubs.)

77.	Vocabulary 15.

To write,	scilbgre	< scribe.)

To marry (of a female,;	nQbfire	(nmtiatu )»

ti This word properly means 4 to veil :* hence * to put on a bridal veil' to marry
i governs the dative, as meaning 4 to veil for a person.'

33«

To pluck; to card; to carp at, carpSre.

Wool,	lana.

Flower,	flos, flor-is	(JtoriaL,

Grape,	uva.

x%~ ,	* totus: with O. totlus ; D. toti.

** "ole»	( See units, Appendix, 8, 10.

Letter,	epist61a	(epistolary.)

a. Nubgre ltomar~y' is followed by the dative, not by the accusative.

». A case of suns must be construed j *£'	their tw* ;

according as the nominative is a 'Ac,1
a ' she,' an 4 it,' or a 4 they.'

He wrote it ) ma„„ „.fV9 S with his own hand
She wrote it)	< with her own hand.

Exercise 17.

78. The boy was writing a letter. The girl wrote a
letter. The slave had written a letter. (It) is easy (60, n)
to write a letter. The girl will marry Caius. The girl
was carding wool. It is the duty7 of a Christian to ob-
serve the laws of his country. The girl had plucked a
flower. The boy will pluck the grape. My father will
remain at Rome the whole winter.*

Sapientis est virtutenT magni aestimare. Epistolam
Romae scripsit. Facile est lanam carpere. Quantum
habet voluptatis industria ! Puella epistolam sua manu
scripsit. Caius epistolam sua manu scribebat

Lesson 18.

Terminations of the third plural.

79. The third plural of a verb may be got from the
third singular by changing t into nt.

(a) But this rule does not hold good of 4it,' which must be changed thus :

f in the fourth conj. into iunt.

A,	i J in the perfect into . . erunt.

it must be cnanged <•<£•«.

c \ in * m/ intn	trtt

I m 4 er-it into .... int.
[ in other cases into . . unl.\

• In what case is time how-long put! (See p. 34, note t.)
▼ From virtus.

t Thus, sepSl-*i,	sepgl-tunf.

stet-it,	stet -erunt.

stet-erity	stet-erint.

teg-it,	reg-unt.37

Exercise 18.

80 Translate the following .

(1)	AmaZ, amant: monei, inonenf; regit, regunt; audit, audiunt: am&vft
ama xerunt.

(2)	Find the third person plural corresponding to each of the followinf
forms:

Amabat; monIbit; reget; rexerit; audiet; ploraJit; rexit, (perf ;
clamaverz't, clamabit; scripstt, a.udivit.

(3)	Turn into Latin :

They will command. They have walked in the gar-
den. They have written a letter. They were praising
the faithful slave. They had praised the slave's fidelity.
They will have sung. They will fear the lion. They
will have chastised the slave. They will pull down the
avaricious man's house. They will value money at-a-
iow-price. Wisdom has much pleasure. They will
wrong nobody. They have wTronged nobody. It is the
duty7 of a Christian to avoid avarice. They will ap-
pease the girl's anger. They were writing letters.

Lesson 19.

81. Plural terminations of substantives and adjectives •

	1.	CO  ci	4.	5.
Nom.	8B,	i, es,	us,	es.
Gen.	ai im,	orum, um, ) or ium,* \	uum,	erum.

82. Vocabulary 16.

To fall down,

Autumn,

The country,

To fly (out,)

From ; out of

in,

City

de-cid-Sre
auctumnus, G. i.

rus,w G. ruris
e-v51-Sre

ex, governing the ablative.
in, governing the abl.
urbs, G. urbis

(the decidu -»us cypress.)

(rural pleasures.^

(volatile: e out, vol Sire jly.)

(urbanity.)*

Determine by the Table, given at page 24, the genders ol aoloi. aue-
tumnuSy rus, urbs.

XT 'In,y when it means • into* governs the accusative.

*	Um s to be used when you are not told to put turn.

w ¥ atria is the country of which we are citizens; rus is 4 the country,' 09 op
proed t ) ' the town

*	Meaning city politeness,* as opposed to ' rustic coarseness.38

Exercise 19.

83. The husbandmen are building a wall. The boys
will show the road. Christians will not fear death. The
citizens will pull down Sulla's house. Wise (men) value
true greatness of mina very highly? The unlearned
value wisdom at-a-low-price. My friends will not disre-
gard my sorrow. The leaves fall down in autumn
The slaves will avenge the death of their master. The
slaves will show the gardens. They will appease the
anger of the husbandmen with a gift.

Impii mortem timebunt. Christiani est7 pecuniary
parvi (Estimate? Fidem suam invitft serv-av-erunt.
Kusy ex urbe evolabunt. Invltus5 domi (168) manebat.
Puerum in urbe sepel-iv-erunt. Patres filios suos
docuerant. Puellae clamaverunt. Pueri vulpem nou
timebunt.

Lesson 20.

On finding the nominative of the third declension from
any other case.

84. The most common way of all is given in the fol-
lowing Rule:

(1)	Find the root,z and add s to it.

a)	For cs, gs, you must write % : and if a t sound* or r stand before s, throw
it away.

b)	If the letters before s are nt, sometimes t only is thrown away, some-
times botli consonan.s.

c)	Besides this a short i in the last syllable should be changed into e.

(2)	Another way is to throw away ine last letter of

the root.

a)	This applies principally to n, (sometimes to r, I.)

b)	An t before n should be changed into o, as consuetudin-em (consuotuck)
consuetfidrf.

▼ In*o the country, by a rule to be given presently.

*	Sometimes the root is itself the nominative.

*	That is, t ur d.39

(3)	A third way is to add is, es, „r (for neuters) e

to the root.

(4)	Sometimes ' er,' 4 or,' as the last letters of a

root, should be changed into 4 usand ' it
into ' ut?h *

85 Vocabulary 17.

A flock,

A shrub,

A state,

An elephant,

Custom,

Honey,

Side,

Head,

Body,

CJoud,

Root.

grSg

frutTc

clvitat

elephant

consuetudin

mell

latgr

cSpit

corpfir

nub

Nom.

grex, m.
frutex, f.
clvltas, f.
glgphas, m.
consuetudo, f.
mel, n.

latus, n.
caput, n.
corpus, n.
nubes, f.

Qrre^-arious.^

(mri/i-fluous.^
(lateral.)
(capital.)
(corporal.)

Exercise 20.

86. The boys will not fear the elephant. The slave
will show the shrub. Balbus had praised my custom.
He feels a pain in his side, (say, of his side.) The boy
will feel a pain in his head, (say, of his head.) The
lion will not fear the elephant. The slave had shown
the shrub in his master's garden. He will retain his
father's custom. The state will observe its laws. The
husbandman had shown his flocks. He will laugh-at
the flock of unlearned men. My father feared the cloud.

Caius leges civitatis violaverit. Christiani est7 neml-
nem violare. Servus mortui elephantis corpus puero
monstrabat. Puella epistolam sua manu scripsit. Fa-
cile est lanam carpere. Biennium Carthagine mane-
bunt. Domini servos fideles vindicaverant. Domino-
rum est7 fideles servos laudare. Patris est filium suum
docere. Figurae nihil4 habent stabilitatis. Hieme ur&i
n antro dormiunt. Biennium Romae manebit. Chris-

b Examples.—From ped-es we get ped-s=pes, [by (1) a;J iTom frvtic-te, fru-

ticr=frutix=frutez: civitatem, civitat-8, civitds: animant-em, animant-s, ani
mans; elephant-is, elephants, elephas, [(1) 6.] By (2) longitv din-em, longitidi,

longitudo: /arris, farr, far: felle, fell, fel. By (3) nub-em, nub-es ; ret-i, ret-e. By

4) later-is, lotus, corpdr-is, corpus; capit is, caput.40

tianus neminem violabit, Fideles servi dominum suum
vindicabunt.

Lesson 21.

87.	The Imperative may be got from the infinitive
by throwing away re, (ama, mone, rege, audi)

88.	1 No? with imperatives is ne,

A ' norC is hateful then to see.

Crabrones ne irrlta.

Hornets do-not irritate. (Do not irritate hornets.)

89.	Vocabulary 18.

It is,	est.

Wasp,	vespa.

To irritate,	irrltare.

Hornet,	crabr-o, 5nia.

Never,	nunquam.

Useful, profitable,	iitil-is	{utility.)

Exercise 21.

[The 4 do' before 4 not' is only the auxiliary verb belonging to the foltowii^
verb: thus, "do not shut" is the same as "shut not."]

90.	Do not irritate wasps. He has unwillingly irri-
tated a wasp. The boys will irritate the wasps. Do
not pull-down the house. Do not chastise the slave.
The boys will lose some time} The figure will have no
stability} Do not break your word. Wise (men) will
condemn avarice. The boys will hear a voice. Do not
shut the gates of the city. Do not irritate your master.
The boy will fear the hornet. The hornets will irritate
the fox.

[Obs. The ' do' of the imperative must be put before ' not just as if ' nV
were to be translated 4 do not.1]

Patriae tuae leges ne viola. Veram animi* magni-
tudinem laudabunt. Christiani est7 fidem suam servare.

* Observe the place of the governed genitive, between the adjective and sub
ftandve.41

Turpe est patriae suas leges violare. Poetas ne irrlta.
Christiani est1 neminem irritare. Invitus saltaverat
Portas urbis invitus claudebat. Invitus peccavit. Hu-
manum est puccare. Ne pecca. Nunquam est utile
peccare.

Lesson 22.

On the perfect of verbs whose root ends in a k sound, (in
c, g9 or qu.)

91. The common way is, to add s to the root of the
present; remembering that,

DC/3 Any k sound with s =c x, [that is, for cs, gs, or
qus, write x.]

Thus from cing-ere, teg-ere, dlc-ere coqu-ire,d we get for the roots of
the perfect,

(cing-s)	(teg-s)	(dlc-s)	(coqu-s)

cinx,	tex,	dix,	cox.

92. Vocabulary 19.

Attack,	oppugnSre.

Greatest,

To surround,

To cover,

To say,

To cook; bake; ripen,

Fault,

Lie,

Cloak,

cing-gre
tgg-ere
dic-gre
coqu-gre
culpa

niendacium

pallium
cibus.

sol, s5l-is, m.

complSre
{omnis: cunctua, (the latter
word means ' all taken to-
gether?)

lllustrare
lux, luc-is
J fliimen, flumin-is. What gen-
\ der ? [See page 24, g.]
Awumed-appearance; > simulatio G. simuiatiOnis
pretence,	J	'

f totus, a, um: but O. totius, D.
Wtole,	< toti. In other cases, regular.

( See Appendix, 10.

Pood,
The sun,
To fill,

All,

To illuminate,
Light,

River,

(cincture.)

(pro-teci.)

(diction.)

(d e-coction.)

(culpable.)
(mendacious.)
[ {io palliate an offence:
[ i. e. to cloak it.)

(the solar rays.)
(complement of men.)

(illustrate»
(lucid.)

(dissimulation.)

o This mark means4 equals,' or, " is the same as."
»1 Q,u = kw ; prom:\mce cokwere.42

93. Sol cuncta su& luce illustrat.
The sun all (things) with his light illuminates

94. JBr 4 Thing; « things; are often untranslated: the adjective must then be
put in the neuter.

Exercise 22.

95. He surrounds his head with a garland. He had
surrounded the city with a wall. The slave had covered
his master's body with a cloak. The boy had said noth-
ing. The girl had cooked the food. Do not cover (your)
fault with a lie. The slave has said many (things.) The
sun fills all (things) with its light. The assumed-ap-
pearance of folly covered great wisdom. It is the
business7 of the slave to cook the food for his master. It
is never useful to lose time. How much4 pleasure has
he had ?

Sol cuncta sua luce illustraverat. Christiani7 non
est, mendacio culpam teg6re. Pueri dixerunt. Flumen
urbem cingit. Totam hiememm* ursus in antro dor-
miebat. Amicus amlci corpus suo pallio tegebat. Sum-
mam prudentiam simulatidne stultitiae texerat. Hanni-
bal Saguntum oppugnabat. Turpe est peccare. Bien-
nium Komae manebunt. Carthagine inviti manebant.

Lesson 23.

On finding the root of the perfect for verbs whose root
ends in a t sound, (d or t.)

96. Here too the root of the perfect is generally got
from the root of the present by adding s.

The t sound must be thrown away before this s9 and
the preceding vowel, if short, made long.

Claud-o,	claud-s,	claus.

Divid-o,	divid-s,	divis.

* Th**e numerals, when followed by a curve, refer to the Questions after the

Lessons.43

07. The remaining cases of the pluial.

In the plur. the dative and ablative are alike.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Dat. ) is, lbus, ebus. (In the fourth it is seme-
Abl. )■	times ubus.)

98. Vocabulary 20.

To divide,
Part,

Three,

A man,

To accuse.

Theft,

Bribery,

To acquit,

Treachery

To death,

Into,

Because,

Always,

99.

divId-Sre.

pars, partis. Gender ? (p. 24, g.)

I tres, neut. tria, (declined regularly:
| gen. ium.)

ivir,* 6. viri, (declined like a noun of

second.)

accusare.

furtuin

ambitus, G us.

absolvgre
proditio, G. finis.

may be translated ty capitis, (l of the head?)
in, with the accusative.

quia.

semper.

(furtive.)

{absolve ; absolution.)

Puer
A boy
Caium
Cains

eximia

of singular
proditidnis®
of treachery

pulchritudine.
beauty.
accusant,
they accuse.

)00. Obs. Where we describe a person or thing by a substantive and adjective
governed by * of the Romans used either the genitive or the ablative.

101.

(Eng) To condemn a person to death.

(Lot.) To condemn a person of the headf (capitis.)

Exercise 23.

102. The slave has shut the gates of the city. Bal-
bus had divided all (the things) into three parts. He

* Homo, G. hominis, and vir are both 'man:' but homo is 'man* as opposed to

*ther animals; that is, 4 a human being :' whereas 4 vir' is ' man' as opposed to
woman

When 4 men' means 4human beings' 4men' generally, (including both sexes,) it
should be translated by homines.

When 'man' is used contemptuously, it should also be translated by lhomo
because that word says nothing better of a person than that he is a human being.

When 4 man" is used respectfully, with any praise, 4tc., it should be translated by
vir,' because man is superior to woman.

e 03T Verbs of accusing, acquitting, and condemning, take a genitive of the
ihargt.

As transitive verbs they, of course, take an accusative of the person accused.

f We may suppose that it was originally 4 to condemn a person to the loss of the
head,* or lather 4 to a punishment of the head.'44

wil. di vide all {neut.plur.) into three parts with his (own)
hand. Do not divide the food. Balbus, a man of the
greatest virtue, has praised the fidelity of the slave. The
sun was illuminating (all) things with his light. He will
accuse Balbus of theft. They have written the letters
with their own hands. The queen was writing a letter
with her own hand. He had covered his face with a
cloak. It is always disgraceful to cover a fault with
a lie.

Caius, vir surrimo ingenio, Romaeu) vivit. Balbum
ambitus accusaverant. Quantum cibi4 amittunt! Bal
bum proditionis absolvent. Balbum capitis damnabunt.
Hieme9, b) ursi in antns dormiunt. Triennium9, c) Romae
manebit. Caium ne accusa. Invitus Caium accusavit.
Caium, summo ingenio virum, proditionis accusaverat.
Portas urbis clauserat. Balbi est, omnia in tres partes
dividere. Facile est saltare. Nunquam utile est pec-
care, quia semper est turpe.

Root of the perfect with lengthened (and often changed)

103. Other verbs form the root of the perfect by
lengthening the vowel of the present: as ed-ere, ed.

] 04. If the vowel of the present is a, the root of the
perf. will have e. Thus cap-eve, cep.

105. Several of these verbs drop an n or m before the
final mute

Thus frang-ere, frag, freg.	(break.)

rump-ere, rup, rup. (burst; break through.)

Lesson 24,

vowel.

vmc-ere, vie, vie,

(conquer.)

106. Vocabulary 21

Buy,
Take,

6m-Sre, r 6m
c8p-ere, r cSp.
brfichium.

(pre-emption.)

Receive
Ann.45

Treaty	fcedgr , nom. foed-fis, {ueut.,) by 84,4.	(con- feder-ate.}

Chain,	vinculum.

Prison,	career-, (nom. career, 84.)	lin-carccr-ate.)

Gaul,	Gall us.

Enemy	hostis, G. hostis	hostile.)

From,	(after receive, capere,) ex with abl

Exercise 24.

107, Caius had broken his arm. The Gauls had
aroken the treaty. They had broken-through the treaty,
ft is disgraceful to break a treaty. Csesar conquered
the Gauls. It is not easy to conquer the Gauls. He
Jiad appeased Balbus with the greatest prudence. They
will break-through their chains. They had broken
through the chains of their prison. It is easy to break
(one's) arm. They are losing much4 money. He was
losing much pleasure. They will condemn Balbus to
death. He had conquered his enemies. Balbus has
broken his arm at Rome.

Nunquam utile est fcedus rumpere. Nunquam utile
est fidem fallere, quia semper est turpe. Facile est
puerorum ammos donis placare. Turpe est foedera
.negligere. Galli negligebant faedera. Utile est omni-
bus laborare. Nemo semper laborat. Caius brachium
suum Carthagme fregerat. Culpas suas simulatione
virtutis texit. Quantum4 mellis emerunt! Quantum
voluptatis ceperunt! Multum voluptatis ex meo dolore
ceperant.

Lesson 25.

108. Vocabulary 22.

Color,	color, G. color-is. Gender?

An estate,	fundus.

Large,	grandis, grandis, grande.

Immense ; huge,	ingens, G. ingent-is.

Conquered,	victus, a, um	(netoi y, tec.)

To dwell,	h abl tare	(ftatitalis.i.)

To reign,	regnare.

Scjrdis, or Sardes,	Sardes, (aplural noun,) G. Sardium, &c

Thebes,	ThSbae. G. Thebarum: plur. noun.

Victory,	victoria.46

Nightingale,	luscinia.

Much,	multus

To flourish,	florgre, r.g flora

Often,	saepe.

Peace,	pax, p&cis ^pacific.)

• 109. Spem	pretio non emo.

Hope	for a price not do I buy.

110.	1XJ3 After a verb of buying, 'for* may be con-
tridered a sign of the ablative.

That is to say,1 for* is to be untranslated; and the noun that exjressa
the price, put in the ablative.

Exercise 25.

fin what case is the price for which put ?]

111.	He has bought the estate for a large sum-of-
money. The conquered often buy peace for an im-
mense sum of money. He had dwelt many years at
Athens.U) Croesus reigned at Sardis. He has bought
a victory withh much blood. He will have dwelt Twaray
yearsl2) at Rome. The nightingale changes (her) color
in the autumn.12) It is impious, not to love (one's)
parents. Caius had broken his arm. Caesar ha&
conquered the Gauls.

[When is the place where put in the gen. ? when in the dbl. ?]

Thebis Pindarus floruit. Multos annos Romae habi-
taverant. Impium est, leges patriae violare. Invitus
legem violavit. Inviti leges violavissenc. Balbum ca-
pitis damnaverunt. Biennium Romae habitabunt. Patriae
tuae leges ne viola. Caium prcditionis accusabunt.

Lesson 26.

112. Since, in the third conjugation, both the present and the perfect have
their third person in 4 it? it is well to learn how to distinguish a thitd
person of the perfect from a third person of the present.

g Onn. R means ' root of presentand r. ' root of perfect.'
h That is, 'for much blcod.47

113. a) If 1 iV lias s or a before it, the tense is the perfect.

b)	If 1 it' has u or v before it, and the word is of more than two sylla
bles, the teuse is very likely to be the perfects

c)	If the first two consonants of the root are the tame, the tense l& the
perfect

(Thus 4 tetendit,'4 momordi,' is the perfect.)

d)	If the root is of one syllable, and has a long vowel, the tense Is very
often the perfect.

114 Vocabulary 23.

Some verbs that form root of perfect bv prefixing	a syllable» which is
called reduplication, that is redoubling.

Bite, mord-Sre, r. mfimord	(re-mow)

Hang, (neut,) pend-gre, r. pgpend	(sus-/>en«r )

Bnear, shave tond-6re, r. t6tond	{tonsure, j

Shoulder,

Beard,

Sheep,

Flay.

Shepherd,

Wolf,

From,

humerus, G. i.

barba

ovis, G. ovis.

de-glub-Sre, (see 75.)
past-or, G. 5ris
lfipus, G. i.

ab, governing the ablative.

Exercise 26.

(barber.)
(pastor.)

115. The wolf had bitten the sheep. The shepherd
will shear his sheep. A shepherd does not shear his
sheep in the winter. The wolves have bitten my dog.
Caius will shave (his) beard. The cloak was hanging
from (his) shoulder. The dog has bitten the wolf. They
wrote the letter at Carthage. Balbus had shaved (his)
beard. The girls have plucked flowers in Caius's garden.
The girls will walk in the garden. The queen was
walking through the city. They have surrounded the
city with walls. They have unwillingly offended-
against the laws of their country.

Boni pastoris7 est tondere oves, non deglubere. Sagittae
ab humero pependerunt. Malus pastor deglupsit oves,
non totondit" Pastores agricolas riserunt. Lupus boni
pastoris ovem momorderit. Boni canis non est,7 oves
mordere. Tonde oves; ne deglube. Servus portas
urbis clauserit. Pueri regis sceptrum videbunt. Lus-
ciniaB colorem mutabunt. Auctumno lusciniae colorem
suum mutaverint.

k This is certain, in the case of de-it, iv-it. But arguit, congruit, imbuiL, Bta'uit
Cte., are of the present.48

Lesson 27.

116. Personal Pronouns.*

r.

Thou,

Him, her, it, ) /___n „„t

r^i |	(*<"">8UI-

n

Sgo,
tu

G.
mel,
tul.

D. Ac.Ab. N.A.

mihi,
tibi,

sibi,

me,
te,

g.	D.Abl

nostrum or nostri, nObls,
vestrum or vestri, v5bls.

{Plural the same as the singular.)

n5s,
vos,

Myself; thyself; himself herself, itself; themselves, are also expressed
(respectively) by these pronouns.

117.	4 He gave him a book,' means 4 he gave a book

to him.'

* He is like him,' -( he is like to him

118.	JJj3 After verbs oi giving, paying, costing, &c.,
put in 4 to> before one of the accusatives, and translate
it by the dative.

119.	[O3 Adjectives of likeness take the dative™ after
them.

This means, that what seems in English the accusative after i like
must be translated into Latin by the dative,

120.	Vocabulary 24.

To give,
To sell,

To stand; cost,

Prison,

Gold,

Silver,

Blood,

Roman,

Beast,

Chain,

R. r. (r means root of perfect.)
j d-Sre, dSd. This verb has & in the
{ last syll. but one.)

vend-Sre, vendld.

st-5re, stSt
carc-er, G. gris
aurum.

argentum.

sanguis, sanguin-is, mas.

Romanus.

{ bellua, (of large beasts; elephants,
\ whales, &cc.)

vinculum.

(station.)
(incarcerate.)

(sanguinary.)

121. IsocrStes	oratorn unam orationem

Isocrates	the orator one	oration

vigmti talentis	vendidit.

for twenty talents	sold.

(The orator Isocrates sold one oration for twenty talents.)

* See Accidence, p. 144.

l Him, her, it, them, are not translated by sui, &c., unless they stand for the
time person or thing that the nominative (or other principal noun) of the sentence
«tands for.

m But often the genitive. 1 Similis met',' means, he is like me in character ;
'similis mihi," that he is like me in face.

a When two nouns are spoken of the same thing, the second is put in the same
iwe as the first.

The sccond is then said to be * in apposition1 to the first.—Hence ' apposition' Is
when the second noun is a name, or title, or description of the preceding one.49

Exercise 27

122. The Hippotamus,0 a great beast, dwells in thts
Nile.p Caius, a wicked man, (98 note,) will sell his
country for gold. He has sold his country for gold.
How much4 silver had he given his slave ? Victory cost
the Romans (117) much blood.q Do not sell your
honor lor gold. It is the part1 of a Christian to think
little op gold and silver. Balbus had burst the chains
of his prison. It is the part of a Christian to praise the
good.

Improborum est,7 patriam auro vend&re. Animus
carceris sui vincula rumpebat. Fidem suam auro ven-
diderunt. Turpe est, fidem suam auro vendere. Quan-
tum tibi argenti4 dederat?* Pastor ovem tondebat
Agricola labcrem finiverat.

Lesson 28.

Tenses of the verb i esse f to be.

Sing. Plur.

123.	Present,	est,	sunt.

Imperfect, erat.

Future,	erlt,	erunt.

Root of perfect fu; and therefore the tenses with
root of perfect formed regularly, fuzY, fu erat, fuerit,
fu isset.

124.	The verb 4 to be' takes a nominative (of either a
mhstantive or an adjective) after it.

DCT3 An adjective after the verb agrees with the
nominative before the verb.

« Hippopotamus.	p Nilus.

S Remember that the blood was the price paid.

* Remember that in a ques.wn, the auxiliary verb stands before the comtoatirr

case.50

125.	Vocabulary 25.

J felix,* G. fellc-ic

HaPPy>	I be&tus
Contented, contentus," governs the abl.

Worthy,	dignus,» governs aJbl.

Unworthy	indignus," governs abl.

Endued,	prceditus.»

Belying on,	irgtus.*

Strength,	vires, G. virium, &c. Plural of vis.

A little,	parvum, neut. adj. used as a substantive

Free,	liber,» libera, llberum

Never,	nanquain.

126.	Terra est rotunda.

The earth is round.

(Rotunda nom. fern, to agree with terra)
Plurimae stellae soles sunt.

Very many stars suns are (are suns.\

ffe'icity.)
(the beatitudes)

(dignity.)
Cindignity.)

(liberty.>

Exercise 28.

127. No-one is always happy. The avaricious (man)
will never be contented. Caius, a man (98) endued
with the greatest virtue, praised my fidelity. Caius is
not free from blame. Balbus, a man unworthy of life,
does no good4 (thing.) Balbus, relying on his strength,
will burst the chains of his prison. It is unworthy of a
Christian to praise the bad. The slaves are not free from
blame. Christians are contented with a little. The boys
have covered their faults with lies.

J27.* (What does luce come from ?—See 84, (1) a.)

Virtus parvo contenta est. Quam multi indigni
luce sunt! Caius, homo vita indignus, patriam auro
vendidit. Patris mei servus laude dignus est Impro-
oorum est7 malos laudare. Tarquinius Romae regnavit.
Arbor florebat. Caium boni omnes laudabant. Balbu9
multa laude florebat.

r beatus relates more to true, inward happiness than feltx, whicn means $uo»
Wisful in one's undertakings, &c.

• Q3" Dignus, indignus, proditus, contentus, fretus, liber, &cgovern the lib*
fetive.

That is, the abl. follows them without a preposition: so that the English * with.,
froth, fee , must not be translated after them.51

Lesson 29.

128.	DC/3 The compounds of esse (except posse)
govern the dative.

129.	Vocabulary 26.

(Compounds of esse ; governing the dative.)

r.

To do good; to be serviceable, prod-esse,t profu.

To he prejudicial,	ob-esse,t obfu.

To be engaged in,	inter-esse,t interfu.

Very many,	plurimi, a, a, (plural.)

As many as possible,	quamu plurtmi, se, a.

' The 6reatest possible,	) maxi.nus. a. um.

-he can, or could, J	'

To raise (forces,)	compSrare,

Forces,	copiae, arum, plur.

State,	civitas, G, tatis.

Battle,	prcelium.

Anger,	ira.

Human,	humanus.

Race,	genus, G. genSr-is. What gender 1 (generic.)

Becomes,	fit, followed by the nominative.

Exercise 29.

130.	Balbus was engaged in the battle. It is the pari
of a Christian1 to do-good to as many as possible. Caesar
raises the greatest forces he can. Anger has cost the
human race much blood. Anger has often been preju-
dicial to states. Very-many men are unworthy of life.
The Christian will do-good to as many as possible. Very-
many cities were raising forces. Many states, relying
on their strength, are raising forces. They condemned
Caius, a man unworthy of life. The conquered will
dwell at Sardes. Peace cost me a great sum-of-money.
The son will avenge his father's blood.

Caesar qaam maocivias copias comparaverat. Caius, vir
summo ingenio praeditus, Romae habitat. Servus meuss
proelio interfuit. Fides plurimis profuit. Nemo fit casu
bonus. Christianorum est7 avaritiam damnare. Caius
muitis proeliis interfuerat.

* These forms follow the conjugation of ess* exactly: but prodesse drops it* d
before these tenses of esse that begin with a consonant. Thus pro-sunt: not prod•
i unt.

u Uow quam givas the meaning of ' as possible' to a superlative, is explained ifi
3)6 ' Differences of Idiom,* number 9.

452

l.

Lesson 30,

Sicbjunctive Verb.

131.	1. 2. 3. 4.

Present (R.v) et, eat, at, lat. 1
Imperfect (R.) aret, eret, eret, iret. >aii these forms by the

Perfect (r Prit	insertion of an n be.

i C/y CLt	. J tilII»	fore the t

Pluperfect (r.) isset.

132.	The subjunctive present in a principal sentence
is an imperative, or expresses a wish.

Hence, after ut (that) the subjunctive present is to be rendered, ' he, &c.,
may—without ut, it must be 4 let him—, &c.,' or 1 may he—, &c.'

133.	The subjunctive present used as an imperative,
takes ne for 'not,' (ne putet, do not let him think.)

Exercise 30.

134. Write down in Latin: Thatw he may shut. He
would have shut. He would sleep. That he might
irritate. That he may hear. That he may break. He
may have broken. He would have burst. He would
have divided.

Translate: Floreat. Ut floreret. Floruisset. Pro-
fuisset. Irritet. Ut irritet. Irritavisset. Divisisset.
Ut cingeret. Cingat. Sciibat. Ut scribat. Scrip
sisset. Ut scriberet. Placet pueri animum. Ut filium
suum sepeliret. Sepeliat filium. Iram meam placa-
vissent. Servus ne claudat portas. Docet pueros, ut
sapere discant.

Lesson 31.

135. DC? The infinitive in English often expresses a
ourpose: but the infinitive in Latin never does.

*	R means with r»ot of present.

r. - root of perfect.

*	Obs. The 3d ting of the imperfect subjunctivs may be formed ttoai the v\fini
nve by adding t

w * Ut" is 4 that53

(Eng.) I am come to see yoiu
(Lat.) £ am come that I may see yotL

{Eng.) I came to see you.

{Lat.) I came that I might see you.

J 30. The English infin. expressing a purpose
anay be translated by 4 uf with the subjunctive.

137. The imperfect subjunctive must be used, when
the verb is of a past tense ;x the present follows the other
tenses.

138. The 'perfect with have' (or 'perfect definite,' which denotes that some-
thing has been done in a still present period of time) is considered a present
tense, and followed by the present snbjunctive.y
Obs. Neuter verbs of motion form their perfect definite act. with * am:* so
that 4 He is come' = 'He has comtf and is followed by pres. sub-
junctive.*

139. Vocabulary 27.

R.	r.

To eat, Sd-Sre,	Sd (103) {edible.)

To come, vSn-Ire,	vgn (103) (ad-vent.)

To learn, disc-5re,	didic,* (113, e.)

To read,	lSg-ere, l§g, (103.)

140 (1) VSnit ut portas	claudat.

He is coming that the gates	he may shut.

(jHe is coming to shut the gates.)

(2)	VSnit ut portas	claudSret.

He came that the gates	he might shut
{He came to shut the gates.)

(3)	VSnit ut portas	claudat.

He is come that the gates	he may shut
(He is come to shut the gates.)

Exercise 31.

[What tense is ' he was come ?' 138, z.J

141. He will come to surround the boy's head with
a garland. He was come to surround the girl's head
with a garland. He came to irritate the wasps, They

*	That is, of the imperfect, perfect, or pluperfect.
7 It is just so in English :

I write, or am writing, )

I shall write,	> that I may, &c.

I have written,	)

I was writing,	i

I wrote,	> that I might, &c

I had written,	>

*	So too ' was come'' is the pluperf.

*	The syllable prefixed is called a reduplication54

were come to pull-down Sulla's house. He was comt
to give me an estate. They had come to condemn me
to death? Do not shut the gate. He was come to
raise the greatest forces he could? Let the girls sing.
Let the boys learna to read. The boy has learned to
play.

[Render ut and the subjunctive by the infinitive.]

Yeniat servus, ut portas urbis claudat. Venit,b ut
quam maximal copias comparet. Legit, ut discat. Edit,
ut vivat. Edit, ut viveret. Non edunt, ut vivant; sed
vivunt, ut edant. Romce plurimi vivunt, ut edant. Veniat
Caius, ut epistolam sua manu scribat. Cantet puella.
Ludant pueri. Venerat Caius, ut Balbi animum donis
placaret. Quiescant servi. Nemo quiescat. Venit, ut
mef audiat. Venerunt, ut me audiant. Venerunt, ut te
audirent. Edunt, ut vitam conservent.

Lesson 32.

142.	After 'such? 'so,' 'of such a kind,' &c., ^ that
must be translated by 4 ut,9 and the verb after 4 thaf must
be in the subjunctive in Latin, though in English it is in
the indicative.

143.	Vocabulary 28.

So great,	tantus.

Mountain,	mons, mont-is, mas.

Highest,	summus	(summit.)

Top of,	) summus. ) .	A

Middle, «• midst of, 1 medius, j n	»"* lhc" sobst-

Snovi	nix, niv-is. Gender7

Alps,	Alpes, Alpium, &c.

Cold,	frlg-us, 5ris. Gender 1	^ frigid.)

Not-yet,	nondum.

Fish,	piscis, G. pisc-is vias.	(piscatory.)

Pavement,	pavimentum.

Wine,	vinuin	(vinous ferine utation*)

Preserve,	conservare	(conservative.N

To swim,	nfttare.

To melt,	liquesc-Sre, lieu	(liquid.)

Disco is followed by the infinitive, (n't by ut with the subjunctive.)

o Oes. When the present subjunctive follows a pcrfect, the perfect must b«f
translated by 1has,* or, if it is a verb of motion, by ' is •' because the use of tht
present proves it to be the perfect definite. Seo 3S7.55

144. In summis Alpibus tantum est frigus,

On the top of the Alps so great is the cold,

ut nix	ibi nunquam liquescat.'

that the snow there never	melts.

745. (Eng.)	On the top of the mountain.

(Lat.)	On the mountain highest. (In s'ummo monte.)

{Eng.)	In the middle (or midst) of the waters.

'Lat.)	In the middle waters. (In mediis aquis.)

Exercise 32.

146. On the top of the mountain11 the snow never
melts. On the top of the Alps the snows never melt.
The cold is so-great, that the snow is not-yet melted."
The fish is swimming in the middle of the water. Boys
swim on the top of the waters. The pavement is swim-
ming with wine. Let the slave come.d He was eating,
to pieserve his life. He will swim, to preserve his life.
May the snows melt! The boy is singing on the top of the
oak. The boys will dance on the top of the mountain.

Obs. The subjunctive after ut must be rendered by the indicative, when
a tantus stands in the former clause.

In summis montibus tantum erat frigus, ut nix ibi
nunquam liquesceret. Yenit, ut patriam auro vendat.
Improbi homines patriam auro vendiderunt. In summo
monte tantum est frigus, ut nix ibi nondum licuerit.®
Tanta est pueri industria, ut multa discat. Nix est
Candida. Venit, ut patriae suae leges violaret. Avis in
auuima arbore cantabat.

Lesson 33.

147. Subjunctive of esse.

Present, sit.—Imperfect, esset. (Fuerit, fuis-
• set, regular from fu.)

* * la melted, like is comeis the perf. active.

<1 The third person of the present subjunctive is used as an ''mperative,

e What was said of the present and imperfect subjunctive, may be extended to
the prrfect and pluperfect.

$qr The imperfect and pluperfect of the subjunctive are the regular attendants of
the past tenses.56

148. The verb 'can,' 'am able,' is made tip of an old adjective 'potts,
meaning' able* and the verb * to bebut the two words were ran to-
gether into one with some change.

149 To get the third persons of ' to be afoe from ' to be .*

Place pot before the third persons of to be ; throwing away the / fronr
those that begin with that letter; and change t into s before another
shortening potess into poss. We thus get, 'from the forms in 123,) potest,
possunt: polerat: poterit, poterunt: and potu (for potfu) for the root of t) »0
perfect.

The subjunctive will be possit, posset, &c. Infin. posse.

150. Some verbs whose root ends in a k sound, throw
away the k sound before s •

151.

sparg-ere,
merg-ere,

Vocabulary 29.

spars,
mers.

Nest,

Bird,

Seed,

Dangerous*

Danger,

Victim,

Altar,

Sprinkle,

Priest,

To plunge into, (trans.,)
Scatter,

To build, ^of a nest,)

nidus.

ivis, Q. avis

semen, scminis Gender ?

perlcul-osus.*

perlculum

victlma.

ara.

adspergo, r. adspers.
sacerdo-s, dtis

R.	r.

immerg-Sre, immers
sparg-6re, spars.
con-stru-8re, con-strux f

(aviary.)
(disseminate.)

{peril.)

(sacerdotal.)

(immerse.)

(construct.)

152. The particles ne and num. are interrogative par-
ticles ; and when a question has no interrogative pro-
noun, or adverb of place, time, or manner, one of these
particles should be put in.

Ne should always follow and be joined to a word. If
there is a ' nof in the sentence, it should be joined to the
nonj (nonne.)

153. Nonne scribit ?
Scribitne Caius ?
Num scribit Caius ?
Arare potest.
Potestne arare ?

Is not he writing /
Is Caius writing ?
Is Caius writing? (No.)
He can plough.

Can he plough 1

Obs. 'NwiC is used when the answer 'no1 is expected;
scribit Caius V means, ' Caius Js not writing, is he V

so that '««era

* Adjectives in dsus mean full of what the substantive they are derived from
tenotos.

1 This seems a very irregular perfect; probably the verb was etruv dre originally57

Exercise 33

When the answer 1 no9 is expected, it will be added thus: No
The ' to' of the infin. is omitted after can, may, mighty fcc., and set
hear, feel, bid, dare, make.*

154. Does he live to eat? [No.] Does not he eat
o live ? The husbandman lias scattered seeds. Have
not the husbandmen scattered seeds ? He has plunged
the body into the middle of the vjaters. Let fish swim
in the midst of the waters. They are come29* to con-
demn2*0 you to death? Can he swim in the middle of
the waters ?10 [No.] The boy's industry is so-great,
that he can learn all things. Has not a wolf bitten the
sheep ? Are you shearing the sheep ?

[In rendering, omit the ne or ntim, but make the sentence a question.}
[In a question, the auxiliary verb musf stand before the nominative
case: and the form ' do—docs9 'did9 iiv ->t be used for the present and
perfect respectively. (The perfect def'iite must still be translated by
have, Aas.)j

Caius se in flumen immersit. Galli manus in aquam
immerserant. Periculosum est, hieme12) se in flumen
immergere. Puer se in flumen immergat.3^ Agricola-
rum est1 semlna auctumno9,b) spargere. Nonne in sum-
mis Alpibus tantum est frigus, ut nix ibi nunquam
liquescat ? Avis in summa quercu nidum construxerat.
Scripsitne Caius ? Sacerdos victimarum sanguine aram
adspersit. Num rex portas urbis sua manu claudet ?
Nonne boni est pastoris* tondere oves, non deglubere?

Lesson 34.

Root of supine.

155.	There are two su-pines in Latin: one in um%
and another in u.

156.	DC?3 The supine in um follows verbs of motion
to express the purpose: it must be Englished by the
present infinitive active, (amatum, to love.)

* Hence the vetb that follows can, could, &c., is in the infinitive mood oecansc

1 can see," is the same as " I am able to see."58

157.	The supine in u follows some adjectives, and is
Englished by the present infinitive passive.

But it may be Englished by the infin. act. when that gives bettei
English.1» Both supines are really active: factum is Cfor) doing:1
/actuy 4 in doing.'

These forms very seldom occur: but they are given in grammars and
dictionaries, because two of the participles are formed from the root of
the supine

158.	The root of the supine (which will be marked
by g>) ends in t; sometimes jn s.

159.	In the first, second, and fourth conjugations, the
root of supine is regularly obtained by adding

1. 2. 4.

at, it,	it, to the roots of the present,

(amat) (monit) (audit.)

In the third, t is added to the root: but sometimes s,
(especially to the t sounds.)

IttO. Obs. Any p sound before t is pt, (or pt =pt, or bt.)

Any k sounc-ct, (or ct = ct, gU or gut.)

Hbnce scrz&-tum, reg-turn, must be written scriptum, rectum. Remem-
ber that d, and sometimes g, will be thrown away before s. (See 96,150.)

161.	Vocabulary 30.

To forage, (supine,)	pabulatum.

To fetch water, (supine,)	aquatum.

To lie down,	cubTtum, (sup. from cubdrc.)

To go to bed; to go to roost, cubTtum ire.

To send,	mitt-ere, r. mis, (for mit-s; p. miss) (re-miC.,

To go,	Ire>

To go a hunting,	venatum Ire, (venStum, sup. to hunt.)

To go away,	ab-Ire,k r. abi.

To return,	red-Ire,11 r. redi.

Hen,	galllna.

Evening,	vesp-er, G. gris	(vetpert.

Legion,	legi-o, G. 5nis. Oender ?

Fourth,	quartus.

Pleasant,	jucundus.

162.	Mittit legatos pacem petiturn.

He sends ambassadors peace to sue-for.

* See 163.

: It would be far better to give the root of the s ipine, than a fictitious form.

k Ire is of the fourth, but with some irregularities: r. Iv: p. it.

Indicative.	Subjunctive.

Pre?. it, eunt.
Imperf Ibat.

Fut.	Ibit.

eat.
iret.

The participle, which will bf
wanted presently, is tent, G
euntis, &c.

Gerunds, eundi, tec.

The compounds (Lb-Ire, red-Ire, are conjugated exactly in the same way, ^prefix
log ab, red, to these forms,) but they generally drop v from the root of the perf.
(redi-irit, redi-is set, &c.; not rediverit, redivissct.)59

(63 (En#.) It is hard to say.'

\jLat.) It is hard (in) saying, (difficile est diclu.)

Exercise 34.

164 The hens go to roost in the evening. The boy
had gone a hunting. Caesar has sent the fourth legion
to forage. Has not Caesar sent the fourth legion to
fetch water? Are not the boys gone2^ a hunting?
Ciesar has not-yet returned to Rome.™ Caesar had re-
turned from Geneva to Rome. Balbus will go-away in
the evening.

[Form the supine in u from aud-Tre: fac-€re, (159.) J

Nonne cubitum eunt galllnae vesperi ? Timida avis
in summa quercu nidum construebat. Plato Tarentum
venit. Servum Athenas miserat. Caium Athenas mit-
tat.30) Jucundum est auditu. Difficile est factu, (163.)
Nonne sacerdotes aram sanguine adsperserunt ? Sacer-
dotis est, aras omnes victimarum sanguine adspergere
Venit sacerdos, ut aram sanguine adspergat.

Lesson 35.

PARTICIPLES

Active.

1. 2. 3. 4.

165. Present (R.) ans, ens, ens, iens.

Perfect (none.)

Future (£.) urus.

Passive.

Perfect (f.) us.

Future (or 4 participle of necessity R.)

Hence after hard, pleasant, &c., the active infinitive is to be translated by the
ntpins in u.

® fcr After a verb of motion, 4 to' is never a sign of the dative, but is to be
trinslated by ad.

But 4 ad' is omitted before the names of towns and smal islands.

When the place is a town or small island, the {lace tc which is put in the accu
sative; the place from, which, in the ablative.60

1.	2.	3.	4.

andus, endus, endus, iendus.

I65 » The participle in ns answers to the English partit iple in ing.

The participle in us answers to the English participle in ed, en, t, Ac.

The participle in dus must be translated by the present infinitive passive
as used with a substantive. (A termination to be desired. a crime to bi
abhorred.)

The participle in rus must be translated by 4 about to (write;)' or 'going
to (write.)

166. Vocabulary 31.

r.

frang,

sparg,

adsperg,

ciaud,

immerg,

rump,

teg,

spars,

adspers,

claus,

immers,

rfip,

fract

spars

adspers

claus

immers

rupt.

(for fragt.)
(for spargs.)
(for adspergs.)
(for clauds.)
(for immergs.)

Exercisen 35.

Being surrounded.

167. Loving. Surrounding,

Being broken. (A stick) to be broken. About to
break. Dwelling. Living. To be dwelt in. About
to dwell. Going to break. About to scatter. About
to burst the chains of his prison. An altar to be sur-
rounded with flowers. A boy to be loved. Going to
disregard. Going to praise.

Immersurus. Porta claudenda. Semina spargenda.
Agricola sparsurus semina. Violaturus legem. Clau-
dens portas. Porta clausa. Semina sparsa. Sacerdoa
warn adspersurus.

Lesson 3b.
168. Vocabulary 32.

(Words that are construed like proper names of tov»i3.)
On the ground,	hfimi.

At home,	d5mi, fem.

At my house,	doini meae, (At his own house, dovn sum.)

n First find root of supine '1) by adding t to ting, (159,160,) and to frag, (see 105
159, and 160;) (2) by adding s to merg, sparg, claud, (see 159;) and (3) fimm ih>
loots of thV-Hto habit s.re, (by 151)CI

On service; In the field	militiae.

Home,	d&mum, (after verbs of motion.)

From home,	domo.

In the country,	ruri, abl. (or, rure.)

Into the country,	rtis, (neut. acc.)

From the country	rure.

Both,® (adv.)	et; properly and.

Neither,	neque, or nec, £ ner/ue is rather to be preferred

Nor,	neque, or nec, J before a vowel

To sing,	cSn-ere, (r. cS„ n; p. cant.)

169. {Eng.) Caesar having conquered his enemies, &c.

(Lat.) Csesar, when he had conquered his enemies, &c.

(or) Caesar, his enemies being conquered, &r.

t^a) Caesar, quurn vicisset hostes, &c.

(b) (or) CsEsar victis hostlbus, &c.

170 A substantive and participle are said to be put absolutely, when the}
are not governed by the verb, or any other word in the sentence.

In Latin, words put absolutely are in the abla-

we.

(This construction is called the ablative absolute.)

171.	Obs. The want of a participle for the per-
fect active is supplied by the ablative absolute, or b)
quum (when) with the perfect or pluperfect subjunctive.
The perfect subjunctive must be used, if the other verb
is in the present tense.

Exercise 36.

172.	Balbus having crowned? the boy's head with a
garland, went away. The slave having shutq the gate
of the city, is going to bed}1 Caesar having conquered
his enemies, (169, 6,) will return to Rome. The leaves
are falling down on the ground. Caesar is remaining at
his-own-house. Balbus was with mer both at home
and on-service. Balbus had lived many years in the
country.

(What is mecum made up of?)

Balbus, quum manus in aquam immersisset, abiit.

o Thus, instead of ' both Caius and Balbus,' the Romans said, ' and Caius and
B&Ilius,' (et Caius et Balbus.)

P Translate by 4 when he had crowned.'

% Translate by 4 the gate of the city being shut *

f Obs. Cum,' with,* is written after, and joined to, the ablatives of the persona/
nonouns, (mecum, tecum, nobis cum, &c.: not cum me, nor me cum, separately.)62

Folia nondum deciderant. Puer Romam mittendus est.
Balbus nee8 domi nec militiae mecum fuit. Caius rus
ex urbe evolaverit. Caius nondum rure rediit. Et
Caesar et Balbus Romam redierunt. Venit sacerdos, ut
aram floribus cingeret. Sacerdos, quum aras sanguine
adspersisset, abiit.

[Observe: in rendering an ablative absolute, the substantive must be
placed first, without a preposition, and the participle (if the Latin parti-
ciple is that of the perf. pass.) is to be that compounded with 4 being?

But having so translated it, you may turn the participle into that of the
perf. act. (with ' having*) governing the substantive, whenever this
change improves your sentence without altering its meaning. Example :
44 fracto pueri brachiothe arm of the boy being broken: this is the same
in meaning with,44 the boy having broken his arm.'1 Either form of ex
pression may be used.]

Fracto pueri brachio, abit. Alexander, victo Daric,
rediit. Avis, constructo in summa quercu nido, canit.
Violatis patriae legibus, vita24) indignus est. Fundo in
tres partes divlso, redit Tarentum. Sacerdos, adspersa
sanguine ara, abiit. Caius, ruptis vinculis, evolavit.
Scripta epistola, abiit.

Lesson 37.

Gerunds.

173.	The Gerunds in di are formed from the root ot
the present, and end in

1.	2.	3. 4.

andi, endi, endi, iendi.

(Hence they are always like the gen. of the participle in dus.)

174.	The gerund is translated by the 'participial
substantive' in 4 ing?

OCT" When what is in form the participle in ing, governs or is governea,
but has nothing to agree with, it is the participial substantive.

• fn translating two nec's or neque's, it is often better to borrow a 4 not' from theoi
fin Jhe verb, and then to render them by either—or, instead of neither—nor.

Thus,4 he was with me neither yesterday nor the day before,' would become, ' he
was not with me either yesterday or the day before '63

175.	The gerund is a verbal substantive of the neuter
gender, but must borrow the infinitive mood for its
nominative; it has no plural.

N. (occId8re, killing.)

G. occidendi, of killing.

D. occidendo, to or for killing.

(foccidere).......>

Ace. ^ occidendum, when governed by > killing.

( a preposition,	)

A.bl. occidendo, by killing.

176.	Vocabulary 33.

The Gerund governs a noun; in
the same case, of course, as the
verb it comes from.

Frugality,

Science,

Superfluous, unnecessary,

Expense,

Nature,

Desirous,

New,

Art,

Skilful (in,)

Horse,

Character,

To see,

To discover; show, de-tSg-Sre,
To play,	lud-gre,

To teach,	d5c-Sre,

To tame; master,	d5m-3Lre,

parsim5nia
scicntia.

| supervicuusj (from super,

f above; vacuus, empty.)

sumptus, G. us

natura.

cupidus

n5vus

ars, G. artis.

peritus, (governs gen.)

Squus, i

m5res, G. morum, pi.

vid-Sre, vld, vis

r.

tex,
10s,
docu,
d6tnu,

P.

tect
lus
doct
domit

(parsimony )

(sumptuary laws.)
(novelty.)

(equerry.)
(morals.)
(visible.)

(d e-tect.)
(de-ludc.)
(doctor.)
(in-tfom-itable.j

177.	(Eng.) While they are playing.

(Lat.) During playing, (inter ludendum.)

Exercise 37.

178.	Economy is the science of avoiding unneces-
sary expenses. Man is by nature desirous' of seeing
and hearing new (things.) Balbus is skilful in master-
ing a horse. He is come to masted the horse. The
character of boys discovers itself while they are playing
He learns by teaching. How much pleasure4 (there) is
in learning!

Nonne potest docendo discere ? Cupidi sunt docendi
Sapientis est1 supervacuos sumptus vitare. Discat30
puer supervacuos sumptus vitare. Abeat Romam. Dis
cat, ut docere possit. Quantum temporis4 ludendo
amiserunt! Nemo mortem poterit vitare. lnviti vene-

* Adjectives signifying desi*-e, knowledge, recollettion, &c., (or their opposite*
govern the genitive64

rant, ut Sullae domum everterent. Eversa Suite domo,
abiit. Nuni pueri ludendo discunt ? Puer cupidus est
discendi. Breve tempus aetatis satis est longum ad bene
beateque vivendum. Discrepat a timendo confidere.

Lesson 38.

Participle in dus.

179.	Instead of a gerund governing its case, we may
use a participle in dus agreeing with it.

180.	Thus, {Eng.) The intention of writing a letter.

(Lat.) Consilium scribendi epistSlam.

(or) Consilium scribendau epistSlae.

181.	Thus then, i epistola scribenda' may be declined
throughout.

SiW:

G.

D.

Acc.
Abl.
Plur.
N.

G.

D.

Acc.
Abl.

EpistBla scribenda, a letter to be written.

epistolae scribenda?, of writing a letter.

epistSlae scribe ndae, to or for writing a letter.

(ad) epistolam scribendam, to write a letter, (or, for writing a letter.)
epist5la scribendi, by writing a letter.

epist61ui scribendae, letters to be written.

epistSlSruin scribend&rum, of writing letters.

epistSlis scribendis, to or for writing letters.

(ad) epistolas scribendas, to write letters, (or, for writing lettera.)

epistSlis scribendis, by writing letters.

182. Vocabulary 34.

Book,

Very fond,

Plato,

To retain,

Barbarous,

Custom,
To sacrifice,*
Fonder,

To buy,

To snatch* seize,w

[The forms following a verb are r. and p.j
liber, libri
studiSsus.

Plato, G. PlatSnis.

^ re-tTn-gre, rStinu, retent
\ (re, back; tengre, hold.)

barb&rus.

consuetud-o, G. Tnis. Gender ?
im-mfilare
cuptdi-or, G. Oris.

5m-6re, 6m, empt.

I arripSre, arripu, arrept, (ad, to;
\ rapere, snatch.)

{library,)
(retentive.)

(immolate.)

o The real meaning of 'consilium epistftlffi scribendae' istie design </(= about}
a Utter to be written.'

* Properly, 4 to strew the sacred flour or cake (mola salsa) on the victim's head:
from tn, on. and mola.

w This verb, though of the third, follows the fourth in the imperfect, &c., as wili
I© exidaint'd below. See note *.65

Opportunity,
To practise,

Desire,

To rule,

War,

To carry on; wage,
Time,

occasi-o, G. 5nis. Gender ?

exercere.

cupidit-as, 5tis

be Hum.

g6r-6re, gess, gest.
temp-us, 6ris. Gender ?

rggere, rex,rect

(cupidity. I
(di-rect.)

temporal.)

Exercise 38.

163. The boy is very-fond of writing letters. De-
mosthenes was very-fond of hearing Plato. In the
limes of Cicero the Gauls retained the. barbarous custom
of sacrificing men. Seize every opportunity of prac-
tising virtue. Do not lose the opportunities of practising
virtue. Nature has given us a desire of seeing the truth.
The Romans were fond of waging war. Timotheus
was skilful39* in governing a state.

[Obs. Any case of the partic. in dus, except the nominative, must be
rendered by the same case of the participial substantive; and the sub
stantive it agrees with, must stand as the accusative after it. Thus i
" Balbus seized every opportunity of practising virtue."]

Nonne fundum ingenti pecunia2l) emerat? Balbus
omnem occasionem exercendce virtutis arripiebat. Multi
cupidiores sunt emendorum librorum, quam legendorum.
Caesar belli gerendi peritus fuit. Nonne mores pue-
rorum so inter ludendum (177) detegunt?

184.	Obs. After Hs] (are? and the other parts of
the verb 4 to bethe form of the infinitive vassive is
used as a participle of the future passive, to signify
duty, necessity, &c.

185.	Hence, what is in form the passive infinitive, in
o be translated by the participle in dusy when it follows
is,' 4a/ e,' &c.

186.	Virtus colenda	est.

DCT The agent, or person by whom, is put in the

Lesson 39,

Virtue to-be-cu.tivated is.
[Virtue is to be cultivated.]66

dative with the part, in dus; with other words it is
generally governed in the ablative by a or ab.

187. Vocabulary 35.

By accident,
Some,
To sharpen,
Unprofitable,
A game.
Inclined,
To understand,
To do; act,
Born,

To undertake,
To impel,

To spend, (time, &c.,)

cSsu; abl. of casus

nonnulli. se, a, (non, not; nullus, none.)

acuSre, acu, acut

inutTlis, (in, not; utilis, useful.)

lOsus, G. us.

propensus

intellTg 6re, intellex, intellect

Sgere, eg, act.

natus.

t sus-cipgre,* suscSp, suscept, (sub, un-
\ der ; capgre, take.)

impellSre, impul, impuls
Not only —but also.

Non solum — verum etiam.
I impendgre, impend, impens, (followed
( by dat. of participle in dus,)

'casual.)
{acute.)

(propensity.)
[intelligence.)

[impulse.)

188.	JVe Balbus quidem.

Not Balbus even, (not even Balbus.)

JVe patrem quidem amat.

Not his father even does he love!

Obs. ' JVot' with 4 even,* vquidem,) in the sentence, must be translate 1
by ne; and quidem must follow the word to which the eveu belongs; tha
nS being put before that word.

Exercise 39.

189.	Every opportunity of practising virtue14 is to be
seized.x Even Caius did not seize every opportunity of
practising virtue. The gate is to be shut in the even-
ing}® Balbus having flown35) to the country37* from the
town, bought an estate for an immense sum-of-money.
The boys are fonder of playing than of learning. How
much time4 do they spend in reading books ?u Let him
buy the estate for a large sum-of-money.

TObs. After ad, the gerund or part, in dus may be rendered by the m
finitive.]

Nemo est casu bonus: discenda est virtus. Sunt
nonnulli acuendis puerorum ingeniis non inutiles lusus.
Non solum ad discendum propensi sunt, verum etiam ad
docendum. Homo ad intelligendum et agendum natus

* Some verbs of the third have the terminations of the fourth, (in the parts hith
urto given,) except in the imperfect subjunctive, the infinitive, and the imperative
Thus arripe*c has arripiebat, arripiet, arripiat, arriptens, arripiendus.67

est. Multa nos ad suscipiendum discendi labdrem im-
pellunt. Multa impellunt Caium, ut discendi laborefn
suscipiat* Mores puerorum se inter ludendum detexe-
rant. Omnem dicendi* elegantiam augebit legendis
oratoribus et poetis.

Lesson 40.

Verbs followed by the dative.

190 Some verbs are followed by the dative, where we use no prepositfcn J
and should therefore be led by the English to put an accusative.

191.	A dative put—remember pray—

After envy, spare, obey,

Persuade, believe, command; to these
Add pardon, succor, and displease,

With vacare i to have leisure,'

And placere 4 to give pleasure
With nubere, (of the female said,)

The English of it is 4 to wed :y
Servlre add, and add studere,

Heal, favor, hurt, resist, and indulgere.t

192.	Vocabulary 36.

Good for; useful,	utTlis	(utility.)

Fit for,	idoneus; governs dative.

To enrr	$ invTdere, invld, invls, (in, into ; vidSrc,

'	( to see.)

To spare,	parcgre, peperc.

To obey,	pSrCre.

To believe,	crSdSre, credid, credit	{credible.'

To pardon	! ^noscere, ignSv, (in, not; noscCre,

1 '	< to knom)

(succurr6re,y succurr, succurs, (sub,

Tn sarrnr	J under; currgre, to run.)

'	j subvgnfre,y subvgn, subvent, (sub,

[ under; venire, to come.)

*	See note p. 66.

*	In speaking.

t This mode of arranging the rules by rhymes, for the purpose of aiding tne
memory, though very common in England, is quite novel in this country. Such
feachers as do not approve of this method, (among whom the editor confesses him-
self to be.) can easily put them in the usual form as contained in the Grammar
At the suggestion of those whose judgment is entitled to great weight, they he.ve
Dcen left just as Mr. Arnold has given them in the English edition.—Am. Ed.

7 Of those, succurrerc, ' to run to sr pport,' is stronger than subvenire, 4 to come tC
«njiport*

O68

To please,

To displease,

To have leisure for,

To marry, (properly,' to veu )
To command,

Tu persuade.

placSre.

displTcSre

▼Scire

nubfire, nups, nupt
ImpSr&re.

| persufidSre, persufts, (per, thoroughly;
\ suadgre, advise.}

[mvptiaU )

Exercise 40.

193. IIow do you translate not only—but also t (187.)

19£ It is the duty of a Christian to envy nobody,
Do not envy the good. It is pleasant to succor the
miserable. Atticus pleased me. Nobody will believe
the wicked. Death spares nobody. They had spared
the gate of the city. Portia will marry Caius. Dru-
silla married Caius in the autumn. He spares himsell
in the winter. He does not spare even himself. He
spares not only himself, but also his slave. You will
never have persuaded me. Let the Christian learn to
command himself.

195. Obs. Est, sunt, may be rendered ' mvst *1 ovght? or ' should,'' when
they have a participle in dus with them; the part in dus being trans
lated by the infin. passive.

Caesar legendo libro vacabit. Christiani est patriae
suae legibus parere. Ignosce mihi. Nemo tibi credet.
Improbus patriae legibus non parebit. Num legibus
parebunt improbi, violata fide ? Discant Christiani
animis suis imperare. Sapientia ars vivendi putanda
est. Sapientia ars est bene beateque vivendi

Lesson 41.

196. The most common terminations of the persons
in the active voice are :—

Sing.
1. 2.
m, s,

3.
t.

Plur.
1. 2.

mus, tis,

3.

nt.

197. By changing 1 into these terminations, we may69

get all tlie persons of the imperfect and pluperfect of
the indicative, and of all the subjunctive.*

198.	But observe the vowel before mus, tis, is long in
.1 ese tenses, except in the perf subjunctive, in which it
s common.a

199.	Vocabulary 37

[Verbs governing the dative continued.]

To be the slave of,	* servire, servi, (or servlv,) servlt
To devote one's self to; aim at, stfidSre.

To hurt, injure,	nocSre.

To resist,	resistSre, rest/t.

To favor,	ftvere, f&Vj faut.

To indulge; humor,	indulgSre, induls.

Exercise 41. [See question 28, of " Questions."]

200.	I would have favored Caius. You would have
resisted anger. You (pi.) would have hurt nobody.
We would have indulged the desire. I was hurting
myself. You were hurting me. You were flaying the
sheep, not shearing (them.) Come to shut the gates of
the city. Was he come, to shut the gates of the city?
You had hurt Caius. You had been-the-slave-of pas-
sion. Do not be-the-slave-of passion. You were come
to surround the girl's head with a crown. He had dis-
pleased Caius. You were sparing the enemies.

[What is the imperative of venire t What tense is used as an
imperative'} (The subj. present.)]

Violabas legem. Barbaram consuetudinem immo-
landorum hominum retinuissetis. Irae multos annos
servieras. Ne violetis fidem. Portas urbis ne clau-
datis. Veni, ut mihi succurras. Regendis animi
cupiditatibus studeamus. Homo magna habet adju-
menta ad obtinendam sapientiam. Tondendae sunt
oves, non deglubendae. Nonne claudendae sunt urbis
portae ? Exercenda est virtus.

* Refer to the table in the Accidence, p. 150.

» That is, lontf or short. The old grammarians made t short in the Icng
III the fut. perfect.70

Lesson 42.

201. *Isproperly * that,'* is used ior hes she, it, plur.
they,b when they do not mean the same person or thing
that the nominative case means.

902.	4 Is1 has neuter id.

The other cases are formed as if from ' ens, ea, eitm,' making the
gen. ems, written ejus, and dat. ei.

But in the plural, the item. masc. and the dative are generally ii, and
if#, instead of eisfi

203. Vocabulary 38.

Long,	diu. Longer, diutius.

To sin,	peccSre.

To recall,	revocare.

King,	rex, regis.

Literature.	liter®, (plur.)

So,	tam.

So great,	tantus.

Multitude,	multitud-o, G. inis.

To count,	nfimfirare.

Star,	Stella,	(cou-st«J/a-tion.)

204.	Si diutius vixisset, nemlnem habuisset parem.

If longer he had lived, nobody he would have

had equal.

{If he had lived longer, he would have had no
equal.)

205.	Obs. XGf3 After ' if the pluperf. indicative
must be translated by the pluperfect subjunctive.

Exercise 42.

206.	If they had lived longer, they would have done
that. If Caius had lived longer, he would have given
me^ an estate. If they had obeyed you, they would be

d Is 4 that person' = he.

Ea, ' that female' = she.

Id, ' that thing' = it, &c.

c Hence the cases are,

Ls. e8, id : G ejus: D. ei: Jlcc. eura, earn, id : .Abl. eo, e&, eo.

Plur. ii, e®, e5: O. eoruin, e&rum, coram: D. and Ml. iis, (c/r eis:) Acc. eos,
cms, e5. See Accidence, p. 146.

Obs. When his, her, its; theirs, are .o be translated by ' is,' they are translated
by the genitive.

When his, her, its ; theirs, are translated by suus, suus must agree with its sub
stan live.

J$us libri, his books * eurum libri, their books ; sui Bbri, his or their books.71

alive.d So-great is the multitude of the stars, that?1*
you cannot count them. I would have pardoned you
^f you had done that. They were aiming at recalling
the kings.m

£5=* [When the pluperf. subjunctive has si, it must be translated by
4hadnot by 4 toould have.y]

Peccavissent, si id fecissent. Pareat animus, non
imperet.® Nonne Caius scribendae epistolae vacavit?
Patriam auro, si potuisses, vendidisses. Nonne mores
puerorum se inter ludendwn detegunt ? Malus pastor
deglupsisset oves, non totondisset. Si oratores et poetas
legisset, auxisset elegantiam dicendi.

Lesson 43.

5207. Sing. Mihif scribendum est, I must or should write.

Tibl scribendum est, you must or should write.

Illi scribendum est, he must or should write.

Plur. Nobis scribendum est, we must or should write.

Vobis scribendum est, you must or should wriit.

Illis scribendum est, they must or should write.

SW8. (Eng.) I must (or should) write.

(bat.) It is to-be-written by me.

209.	DCf3 After the part, in dus, the person by whom
is put m the dative.

(a) If we or you means 4 everybody * or 4people in generalv' the pronoun is
left out.

(i) Hence ' eiendnn est' is { ^

(c) The dative is also left out, whenever the persons meant are not likely
to be mistaken.

Exercise 43.

210.	Caiusg must not sleep. (We) must remain at
Rome the whole winter.12) We must live well. We

d Translate as if it were * they would live.''

® The auxiliary verb is omitted with the second of two verbs. Not, llet him com*,
and let him take itbut, 4 let him come and take it.'

f Explanation. The real meaning of4 scribendum est mihV is, 4 it is to-be-written
by me.''

e In doing the exercise, remember,

(1.) That the English nominative is to be put in the dative, if a particular person
'.or persons) is meant; but left untranslated, if what is said holds good of people an
general.

(2.) The participle in dus Is to be formed from the verb, and written down in the
neuter gender with est.72

must dwell in the country. We must remain at home.
We must fly from the city (into) the country.371 The
wicked think little ofd virtue. Does not the avaricious
man value money very highly f2 Will a Christian fear
death? [No.]

Evolandum est ex urbe. Manendum est Romas.
Totam hiemem manendum est Carthagine. Quiescen-
dum est, ut vitam conservemus. Ambulandum est per
urbem. Laborandum est, ut discas. Discrepat a lu-
dendo laborare. Nonne laborandum est, ut discamus ?
Num semper ludendum est ? Epistola sua manu scri-
benda est. Crabrones non sunt irritandi. Crabronem
ne irrites. Irritasne crabronem ?

Lesson 44.

211.	The third persons of the pres. and imperf, subj.
of esse (to be) are sit, esset, from which the other per-
sons may be formed by 196.

212.	Pres. sim, sis, sit, j slmus, sTtis,, sint.
Imperf. essem, esses, esset, | essemus, essStis, essent.

213.	From these forms those of posse may be got, as before explained: 149.

Present subj. possit. [.(that) he may be able.]

Imperf. subj. posset, [(that) he might be able.]

214.	Vocabulary 39.

Self,

I myself, I
You yourself, f
Itself, &c. J
To fight,

Rightly; well,
To hold one's tongue,

Even,

Bad,

Crop,

To sow,

ipse.h ipsa, ipsum,

G. ipslus, D. ipsi, &c.

pugn&re

recte; adv. from rectus, right.
tacSre

J etiam; placed before the word
i it belongs to.

ma I us.

s6«r5s, seg6t-is, f.

serere, s6v, sSt.

(pugnacious.)
(tacit consent.)

b * Ipse' is declined throughout as if it were ipsus, making Gen. tus. Ipse, ipsa,
G.ipsius. D. ipsi. Acc. ipsum, ipsam, tpsum, &tc. It must be construed as
t myselfwhen the verb is of the first person; ' you yourself' when the verb is
Of il.c* second person.

E»>< V/" it is better sometimes to place the 'myself' ' yourself after the verb and
ts aaxntaiive, Slc. '1 was breaking the law myself.'73

Exercise 44.

215. The unlearned must labor, that they may learn.
Is it the business1 of a shepherd to scatter seeds \ [No.]
The boy must rest, that he may-be-able to play. We
must fight, that we may preserve our lives. Boys
must hold-their-tongues. The girls must walk through
the city True greatness of mind must be valued at-a-
very-higli-price.

Imprdbis1' metuendum est. Discendum est,k ut possis
docere. Edendum est, ut posslmus vivere. Tacendum
est. Etiam post malam segetem serendum est. Nonne
earn legem ipse violabas ? Nonne fundum ingenti pe-
cum& emeras 1 Nonne Christianorum est miseris suc-
currere ? Scripta epistdla, legit.

Lesson 45.

216. If the verb governs the dative, (191,) 'we' oi
4 you' should be untranslated
Credendum est Caio.

We should believe Caius. (Not, ' Caius should believe/)

217. Vocabulary 40.

Sea-water; saltwater

To inven%

Lust,

Old man,

Ignorant,

To abstain (from,)

aqua marTna.

in vgnlre,m vSn, vent
lubTd-o, G. irtis. Gender 7
sSnex, G. s&nis, G. plur. senum
ignarus. (See 178, t.)
abstTngre

(invention.)

{senility.)

(abstinence.)*

(a) To read off such sentences at tight, take the aurice as the nominative tu
should* or 'must;' and add the verb unaltered:

Omnibus, all men must, moriendum est, die.

(i) If no dative is expressed, put' W or ' you' for the nominative before 4 mutt
k If the next verb is of the second person, put you for the noin. of must.

1 It it be necessary to express the agent, (the person ioho is to do the action,) t
miiht be either expressed by the preposition a, (or ab,) or the form of the expres-
sion must be altered The two datives would leave it doubtful which expressed UW

sgent.

m From in, upon; venTre, to come.

* Governs the abl. of the thing from tohich.74

Exercise 45.

218. We should spare the conquered. We should
injure nobody. We should resist anger. Should we
not resist anger ? We should envy nobody. We should
obey the laws of wr country. We should succor
the miserable. We must not spare even Balbus.
We must pardon both Caius and Balbus. We must
not believe even Caesar himself.* We must injure
neither the good nor the bad. Having written his
letter, (169,6,) he will go a-hunting. He has flown
into the country37* to go28* a-hunting. We must go to
Rome. We must fly out of the country into the city.

Aqua marina inutilis est bibendo. Nonne resisten-
dum estn irae? Non omnes ad discendum propensi
sunt. Artem scribendi Phcenlces0 invenerunt. Sem
per pugnandum est contra cupiditates et lubldinem.
Etiam senlbus discendum est. Inutiles sunt libri ignaro
legendi. Num pueri regendae civitatis perlti esse pos-
sunt ? Abstinendum est inhonestis voluptatibus. Nonne
resistendum est animo ? Num credendum est improbis *

Lessont 46.

219. If the Latin verb is a transitive verb governing
the accusative, (8,) we must not govern this accusative

* Ne Caesfiri qiiidem ipsi, which must begin the sentence.

n When there is only one dative to a verb which governs the dative^ supply * ire
65 the nominative to 4 must,'4 should,y and put the dative 'of course, withe ut a prep>
sltion) after the verb.

o The Phcenicians.

t The present and fut. perfect have their first pers. sing in o.

The fut. has its first sing, in o in the first two conjugations:

Present, o,

10,

Future, Sbo,
8 bo,
am,
iam,

future Pert, fr.) 6ro,

as,
6s,

IS,

Is,

Ibis,

Sbis

Ss,

iSs,

Sris,

£t,
St,
it,

it,

Sbit,
Sbit,
fit,
iSt,

trit,

amns,

enius,

linus,

Imus,
abimus,
Sbimus,
emus,
iSmus,
t Srimus, or ]
) Brim us, j

§tis,

6tis,

itis,

ftis,

Sbitis,

Sbitis,

fitis,

i6tis,

fcritis, or \
eniis, I

ant

ent

unt.

iunt.

Sbunt.

ebunt.

ent.

lent.

Ciiut.75

by the neuter participle , but the acc mus. be made the
nominative, and the paiticiple in dus put in agreement
with it:

Tir , 1±. ^ ^ ( Colenda est virtus.

We must cultivate virtue j ^ colendum est virtmem.

220.	To determine whether you should *>ut the part, in dus in the neut gov-
erning the noun, or in agreement with the nominative of that noun, ask
yourself two questions :

(1.) Can 1 turn the sentence into the form * Virtue is to-be-loved ?'P
(2.) If you can, ask yourself whether the verb is one of those which govern
the dative, (191.)

(If the verb governs the dat., the dative must be retained, and the participle
in dus put in the neuter. The dative, that is, must not become the nonUna
tive to the verb.)q

221.	Dj3 4 O/*,' after ' rob,' 6 defraud' deprive

Is but a sign of ablative,r

222. Vocabulary 41.

To rob,	spoliare

To defraud,	fraud are.

To deprive,	privare.

To deceive,	decipere,® decSp, decept

To remove, (for the )

purpose of settling > migrare

elsewhere,)
Because,
Eye,



quia.

oculus, i

c Apoll-o, Tnis, (son of Jupiter and Lat5na;
Apollo,	< the heathen god of archery, prophecy,

( and music.)

Hunger,	fSm-es, O. is

Temple,	templum.

Grain,	granum.

One,	unus, Q. unlus, &c.

Poor,	paupSr, G. paupgris

Judge,	judex, judlcis

Before, preposition, ante, (governing acc.)

Before, conjunction,* antequam, priusquam
Before, adverb,	antea.

(spoliation.)

{deception,)
{emigrant.)

(oculist.)
'famished.)

{unit.)
[pauper.)
(judicial.)

P If you answer 1 No* to this question, you need not &r,V \OT.rself the second
except for the purpose of determining what case is to be us jd ihe verb.

<1 Thin . 4 We must spare our enemies

(1.) Can we say, 4 our enemies are to-be-spared V Ans Y'sr.

(2.) Does 4 to spare' govern the dative in Latin?' Jins. SeA.

We must therefore not say 4 inimici parcendi suntbi' Vk?ving to parcere the
dative it requires) say, 'parcendum est inimicis.'

*	That is, 4 of is not to be translated, but to serve as i sgn or hint that the fol-
Ioving noun is to be in the ablative.

» From de, from ; capere, take : this verb is one of tb Pie which prefix an i to the
termination, (that is, take tne terminations of the fourtk) except in ihe present in
finUive, and the two tenses which we have shown how to get frsm !.\e present in-
finitive ; that is, the imperf. subjunctive, and the imperative. See 187, x. In the
pres. indie, they follow the fourth, but have i short, {io, is, it, imut, Itis. iunt., See
Accidence, p. 165.

*	Or conjunctional adverb; stan ling first in its sentence, and connecting it wiO
another sentence.76

Oiis. In antequam, priusquam, the words are often
separated; ante—quam, prius—quam.

Exercise 46.

[The pres. subj. is used as an imperative.J

223. We should favor the good. We should believe
Caius, because he has never deceived us. We must
surround the boy's head with a crown. We must shut
the gate of the city in the evening. Do not defraud
(plur.) me of my praise. Do not deprive me of my
eyes. Having written his letter, (169, a,) he went to
bed. Do not the wicked deprive virtue herself of her
praise? You are depriving (pi.) me of my praise.
Will you break the laws of your country ? Virtue
must be cultivated, that you may live well and happily.
(Translate as if it were, may-be-able to live.)

[When 4 ante' or 4prius1 is in one sentence, and the next begins with
4 quamtake no notice of the word till you get to quam, and translate
ante-quam, prius-quam, by 4 before.*]

Non est ante edendum, quam fames imperat. Apol-
linis templum omni argento spoliavit. Ne grano quidem
uno pauperes fraudetis. Ne me luce privetis. Oculisne
me, judices, privabitis ? Ne grano quidem uno fraudandi
sunt pauperes. Athenis habitandum est, ut discamus
recte vivere. Romam migrandum est, ut discatis civita-
tem regere. Etiam post malam segetem seremus. Le-
ges patriae violatis. Violatis patriae legibus, (169,) med
me laude spoliatis. Num mea me laude spoliabitis ?
Diceudi elegantia legendis oratoribus et poetis augenda
est.

Lesson 47.
224	Infinitive Mood.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Present, > . are ere ere ire	(Active)

Imperf. ) ^ arl erl I iri	(Passive)

Perfect, | , isse............(Active)

Pluperf. ) ^ past partic. with esse,4 to be(Passive.77

(а)	The future infinitive active is made up, as iu

English, of ' to bewith the future parti-
ciple active.

In the passive, the future infinitive is made
up of the supine with iri.

(б)	Thus from amdre the infinitives are am-are

. am-av-isse; amaturum essey amaturn esse
and amdtum iri.

225.	DCP The infinitives made up of two words are
called compound infinitives.

The participles of the compound infini-
tives* must agree with their substantives;
but of course the supine remains unaltered.

(a)	Videt te esse beatum

He sees that you are happy.

(b)	Sperat se victurum esse.

He hopes that he shall live.

226.	Two English sentences, joined by the conjunc-
tion ' that, are often made one Latin sentence, by leav-
ing out the conjunction, and turning the nominative into
the accusative, and the verb into the infinitive.

227.	To turn such a sentence into Latin,

(1.)	take no notice of ' that ;*

(2.)	translate the English nominative by the Latin accusative;

(3.)	translate the English verb by the infinitive of the same tense.

Exercise 47.

228.	He sees, that you are happy. If he had come,
he would have seen that you are happy. He says, that
you have surrounded the girl's head with a garland. It
is certain, that a Christian does not fear death. It is
certain, that the boy has heard a voice. It is certain,
that Balbus will value my labors very highly? It is
certain, that the avaricious value money very highly.
It is certain, that the father will avenge the death of his
son. It is certain, that Caius has removed to Athens(

* They are set down in the acc. mate.78

that he may learn to live welj it is certain, that Bul-
bils will be condemned to death.

Certum est, in summis Alpibus tantum esse frigus,
ut nix ibi nunquam liquescat. Certum est, stellarum
tantam esse multitudmem, ut numerari non possint.
Certum est, Balbum patriam auro vendidisse. Certum
est, avem in summa quercu nidum constructuram esse.
Ceitum est, Caesarem belli gerendi peritum fuisse. Hie
miles est adeo robustus, ut adhuc nemo eum in certa-
mine superaverit.

Lesson 48.

Forms of the passive. (Tenses from the root of the
present.)

229.	The third persons of the passive are formed
from the third persons of the active by adding ur}

(a) But the vowel before the t is long, except
from it, (of the third,) dbit, and ebit.

230.	DC/3 The Imperative pass, is like the infinitive
active.

Thus,	Indicative,					Passive.		
	1.	2.	3.	4.	1	2.	3.	4.
Present,	at,	et,	it,  fibat	it,	Stur,	gtur,	Itur,	Itur.
Imperfect*	Sbat,	gbat,		igbat,	Sbatur,	gbatur,	ebatur,	igbatur.
Future,	abit,	ebit,	et,	iet,	abitur%	ebitur,	gtur,	igtur.
Subjunct.				iat,				iatur.
Present,	et,	eat,	at, gret,		gtur,	eatiff,	5tur,	
[ni perfect,	5ret,	gret,		Iret,	5r6tur,	eretur,	grgtur,	Irgtur,
			Infinitive,		ari,	gri,	i,	Iri.
	Imperative, (like Injin. act.)				5re,	gre,	gre,	Ire.

The third persons plural are formed fn.m the corresponding third persons plura.
.ii the active, by adding 4 ur* without any further change.

OZf The third sing, of the imperfect subjunct. may also be got by adding tor to
the infin.att. with its final e lengthened.

2.	3.	4.

The third persons plural are formed fn.m the corresponding third persons plura.
.ii the active, by adding 4 ur* without any further change.

OZf The third sing, of the imperfect subjunct. may also be got by adding tor to
the infin.att. with its final e lengthened.

2.	3.	4.

Inf. pres., are,	Sr5,	grg,	Irg.

Imp. Subj, 5rS-tur, SrS-tur 5r6 tur, Ir8-tur.79

231. Vocabulary 42.

To beg for, )

To make for," $

To pray; pray for,

Ambassador, >

Lieutenant,* $

Ship,

To consult,

pet§re,u petlv, petit

5r&re.

legStus

niv-is, is

consulSre, consiilS, consult

(petition.)

(the Pope's legate.)

(navy.)

232, ,Abit	visurus.

He goes away to see.

(Eng.)	He goes to see.

(Lat. sometimes) He goes about-to-see,▼ (part, in rus.)

Exercise 48.

The English infinitive expressing the purpose, may often be translated by
the future participle.

233. Ambassadors are sent to beg for peace.18, b) Am-
bassadors will be sent, to pray for peace .18,b) He goes
away to consult18, c) Apollo. The law will be broken.
Will not the laws be broken by wicked (men ?) It is
certain, that the laws are broken by the wicked both
at Rome and at Athens. Let your word be kept. We
must remove to Rome, that our faith may be kept.
Money must not be valued at a great price. Let the
state be ruled by the wise. The Persiansw make-for
their ships.

[Obs. The participle in rus may often be translated by the English
infinitive.]

Caesar Romam rediit, copias quam mammas9 com-
paraturus. Patrem suum consulturus, abit. Mittan-
tur legati, pacem petltum. Virtus ab omnibus cola-
tur.30* Omnis occasio exercendae virtutis arripiatur.
Certum est, omnem occasionem exercendae virtutis a
Christiano arripi. Pauperes ne grano quidem uno
fraudentur. Omnis dicendi elegantia augetur legendis
oratoribus et poetis. Abiit dormiturus.

n Petere expresses the moving towards or aiming at some object; whether tne
notion is actual motion towards a place, or a movement of the mind towards that fcf
iVhich it sues.

*■ by 4 lieutenant'' is meant the second in command: a lieutenant-general.
▼ Or, 4 intending to see,' whi' h is often the meaning of this participle.

w Persaj, G. Pers&rum.80

Lesson 49,

234. Relative Pronoun. (Qui, who, which, that.)

Singular.	Plural.

N.	G. D. Acc.	Abl.

Was. Qui,	cujus, cui, quem,	quo,

Fem. & uoe,	quam,	qua,

Neut Quod,	quod,	quo,

N.	G.	D. Abl. Acc.

qui,	quSrum,	qulbfis, quos

quae,	quarum,	quas.

quae,	quorum,	qu®

235.	DCP The substantive (or pronoun) that the re-
lative stands for, is to be looked for in the sentence
before,

(a) The relative must be put in the same gender,
number, and person, as its antecedent.*

236.	irr The case of the relative has nothing to do
with the other sentence.

DC/3 The relative must be governed, as to case, by
the verb (or soiree other governing word) of its own
sentenceJ

DCr* Is, ea, id, is the regular antecedent pronoun to
qui.

237.	Uj3 The -verbs which govern the dative in the
active, can only be used impersonallyz in the passive

Mihi creditur,*	I am believed.

Tibi creditur,	Thou art believed.

Illi creditur,	He is believed.

Nobis creditur,	IVe are believed.

-Vobis creditur,	You are believed.

Illis creditur,	They are believed.

238.	Vocabulary 43.

No,	nullus, G. nullius	{null and void.)

Animal,	animal,b G. aniin&lis. Gender ?

Heart,	cor, G. cordis, n.	(cordial.)

*	The ante-cedent (that is, going-before noun) is the substantive or pronoun for
yohith the relative stands.

7 The use of the relative is, to prevent the same substantive from being expressed
In each clause.

The apple which you gave me. vThe apple, which apple you gave me.? Th#i
•nountain on whose top, &c. (The mountain, on the top of which mountain.) The
man who did this, &c. (The man, which man did this.)

1 To be used impersonally, is to be used only in the third person singular, ajni
K'ithout a nominative case.

*	Hence,

(Eng.) I am pardoned, favored, persuaded, fee.

(J Ml.), It is pardoned, favored, persuaded tc me.

*	Neuters, in e al, ar, make their ablatives in i; nom. plur. la; gen. Uwi81

J\ «,	arbor, G. arbBris, f.	[arbor.)

Fruit,	fructus, G. us	(fructify.)

To behold,	adspIcSre, adspex, adspect	[aspect.)

Exercise* 49.

230. The good are envied. Have you not spared
the conquered ? He gave me the crown, with which
ne had surrounded the girl's head. Let anger be re-
sisted, which has been prejudicial to many states.
Caius, who sold his country for gold, should be con-
demned to death. Let the wicked, who sold their coun-
try for gold, be accused of treachery. Caius, whose
mother lives® in the country, has himself removed to
Rome. Spare (pZ.) the conquered.

[When a pass, verb Is one that governs the dative, take this dot. as
if it were the nom. to the verb.]

Nullum animal, quod sanguinem habet, sine corde
esse potest. Arbores serit agricola, quarum fructus ipse
adspiciet nunquam. Pauperfbus, qui ne grano quidem
uno fraudandi sunt, subveniamus. Parcatur victis.
Pepercisti victis. Caio ignoscite. Violavistis fidem.
Irae resistitur Nihil facile persuadetur invitis.

Lesson 50.

5640. 4 He who,* ' those who,' are generally translated by ' qui* only, instead of
by ' is qui/ ' ii qui.*

241.	A deponent verb is a verb that has a. passive
form, but an active meaning.

242.	Deponent verbs have all the four participles.

*	The second person plural of the imperative may be got by adding te to tbt
second singular; but in the third, e must be changed into t before this addition tf
made.

1.	2.	3.	4.

ate,	&te,	Tte,	Ite.

The terminations of the.perfect are for **11 the conjugations:

i, isti, it. | Imas istis, front.

*	Dwells. haWtat82

DCf* The past participle of a deponent verb is the
participle of the perfect active, which other verbs have
not got.

[(1.) Loquens, speaking, (2., locutus, having spoken: (3.) locutftnw
about to speak: (4.) loquendus, to be spoken.]

243. Vocabulary 44.

To recollect,	remTniscl.

To remember,	recordari.

To enjoy,	fnii.

To use,	uti, Qsus.

To discharge,	fungi, functus.

To get possession,	potiri, potltus, (but p&tftar.)

To pity,	inisergri.

To forget,	oblTvisci, oblltus.

A benefit,	beneficium.

An injury,	injuria.

Duty,	officium.

Arms,	arma, G. 5rum.

Soine time or other,	aliquando.

Eternal,	sempiternus.

Crime,	flagitium	(flagitious.)

244.	After to 1 pity,'' * remember,1 1 forget?

A genitive case is properly set.d

245.	W ith 4 vse*4 discharge' possession getand also with 4 enjoy*
An ablative correctly stands: remember this, my boy

Exercise 50.

246.	He who sins unwillingly, is free from blame.
Let the Christian discharge all the duties of life. Let
us use our arms and horses. The good after death will
enjoy eternal life. Will not the good after death enjoy
eternal life ? Is the life, that we now enjoy, eternal ?
Let boys learn to discharge all the duties of life.

Christianorum est misereri pauperum. Homo im-
pr5bus aliquando cum dolore flagitiorum suorum recor-
dabitur. Multi beneficiis male utuntur. Vincamus
odium, paceque potiamur. Christiani est injuriarum
oblivisci. Beatus est, qui omnibus vitae officiis fun-
gitur. Elegantiam loquendi legendis oratoribus el
poetis auxerant.

But' rememberJ and 'forgef cften govern the accusative.83

Lesson 51.

247.	Ths usual way of forming the comparative is
oy adding tor to the root for the mas. and /em., ius for
Hie neuter.

[Doctas, doct-i'or, sapiens, O. sapient-AS, sapient-ior; tener, euer-
ior;« pulcher (pulchr,) pulchr-ior.e]

248.	The superlative is formed by adding is&imus
{a. um) to the root.

(a) But the superlative of adjectives ending in er,
is formed by adding rimus (a, um) to the
nominative.

(Pulcher, pulcherrlmus.)

249.	Simihs, (like,) facilis, (easy,) and a fen more
in Us, make the superlative in limus.

(SimillTmus, facillTmus.)

250. The following are quite irregular.

Bonus, (good,) melior, optimus.

Malus, (bad,) pejor, pessimus.

magnus, (great,) major, maxum»
parvus, (little,) minor, minlniua.

251. Vocabulary 45.

Air,	aSr, G. aSris, m.

Light,	16vis	(levity)

Heavy,	gravis	(gravity.)

It is well known, i	r

It is allowed. i	conslat-f

It is better,	prwstat, (prre, before : stat, it stands )

Sound,	s6nus, O. i.

Swift,	vfil-ox, O. 6cis	{veiocity.)

Slow,	tardus	(tardy.)

Summer	®st-as, O. fttis.

Dog,	cftnis.

Wolf,	lupus, O. i.

The moon.	luna.

Nearer.	prfiffior, (with dat.)

Excellent,	prastan-s, O. tis.

Strength	rftbflr, O. rob6r-is Gender 7

Ignorance,	ignoratio.

Knowledge	scientia.

To speak,	15qui, 18cQtus	e locution.)

Simple,	simplex, G. simplTc-is.

Wculth,	6pes, G. opum; plur

* Remember that for adjectives in er the whole nominative is the root; the pie
toding e being often dropped.

i Con, togetAe*, stat, it stands : 'it stands together* as a consistent trath.84

252 Europa minor est quam Asia.

Europe less is than Asia.

Nihil est clemenlia divinius
Nothing is than clemency more godlike.
(Nothing is more godlike than clemency.)

253.	' Thanafter a comparative, is either trans-
lated by quam, or omitted, the following noun being put
in the ablative.

(a) If 4 quarrC is expressed, the following noun will
of course, be in the same case as that to which
'quanC joins it:—thus, in the example above,
Asia is the same case as Europa.

Exercise 51.

254.	(Quam expressed.) Air is lighter than water
It is well known that light is swifter than sound.

(Quam omitted.) In the spring and summer the dayb
are longer than the nights. Silver is lighter than gold
Is not silver lighter than gold ? Is it not well known,
that sound is slower than light ? Is not a dog very-like
a wolf?

Aurum gravius est argento. Luna terrae propior est,
quam sol. Constat sonum luce tardiorem esse. Virtus
praestantior est robore. Ignoratio futurorum malorum
utilior est, quam scientia. Majus est prodesse omnibus,
quam opes magnas habere. Certum est solem majorem
esse quam terram. Saepe facere praestat quam loqui.
Simplex cibus pueris utilissimus est.

Lesson 52.

Vocabulary 46.

[Prepositions governing the accusative.]

to.

against, towards. (See erga.)

before.

at: before a plural name of persons, amongst. Apod mo
i 4 with me, mat is, ' at my house*

about, (of Hint and place.)

about, (of place unlv.)

255.

Ad,

Ad versus.
Ante,

A pud,

Circa,
Uircum,85

on this side of.

against: over-against.

towards, (not of motion; but after words expressing a

kind feeling, a duty, &c.)

without, (in the sense of not within,) out of; beyond
amongst, (inter se, 4 to each other,'g) between.

with in.

conservare	(conservative.)

movgre, inov, mot.

mov6ri. m&tus : properly, 4£r be moved.'*

Saturnus, father of Jupiter, by whom he was dethroned

He devoured his own children.

Jupiter,h Gen. Jo vis, (and then formed regularly from

Jot>,) the king of the heathen gods.

luna.

pietas, O. atis.

RhSnus, i.

256.	Maris superficies major est, quain
The sea's surface greater is than (that1)

terrae.

of the earth.

257.	When the same noun would be expressed in
both clauses, it is left out in that which follows quam
(than.)

(a) In English it is represented in the second clause
by * that,' 4 those' Hence,

90" 4 That,'' 4 those,' after 4 than,' are to be untranslated.

Exercise 52.

258.	(Our) duties towards (our) parents are to be
observed. Do many come to old age ? We must fight
against the evils of old age. It is an allowed fact, that
the earth moves round the sun. Your benefits are
greater than those of your brother. Is not simple food
very good for boys ? Let us be gentle towards the con-
quered. The star of Jupiter is nearer the earth than
that of Saturn.

Pauci veniunt ad senectutem. Nulla habemus arma
contra mortem. Patrium habet adversus bonos viros

Cla, citra.

Contra

Erga,	|

Extra
Inter,

Intra,

To observe, (duties,)
T rno/e, (transitive,)
Tj move, (intransitive,)

Saturn,

Jupite*,

The moon.

Dutiful affection,
The Rhine,

S After contrarius, contrary, &c.

to Jupiter and Saturn are two of the planets.

* Here ' thaV stands for 4 the surface.86

aniiiitim. Luna circum terram movetur. Nulla es«.
firma amicitia inter malos. Pietas erga patriam con-
eervanda est. Jovis Stella intra Saturnum est. Galli
cis Rhenum habitant. Pisces extra aquam cito exspi-
rant. Intra muros habitabat. Inter se contraria* sunt
Oeneficium et injuria.

Lesson 53.

259.	' May' and 4 might' (when they stand in a prin-
cipal sentence) are translated by licet, ' it is allowed.'

260.	May, licet, ( == it is allowed.)

Might, licuit, ( = it was allowed.)

361. Mihi ire licet,	I may go.

Tibi ire Iteet,	You may go.

Illi ire licet,	He may go.

Nobis ire licet,	We may go.

Vobis ire licet,	You may go.

Illis ire licet,	They may go.

262.	Mihi ire licuit,	I might have gone
Tibi ire licuit,	You might have gone.

&c. &.C.

263.	[O3 The present infinitive follows ' licuit * in
spite of ' have.'

264.

(En*.) I may go.
(Eng.) I might have gone.

(Lat.) it is allowed me to go.
(Lot.) it was allowed me (then) to go

265. Vocabulary 47.

[Prepositions governing the accusative, continued.]

Juxta	close to; by.
Ob,	on account of, (ob oculos, before one's eyes.)
T?nCs	in the power of.
Per,	through; by means of.
P5nS,	behind.
Post,	after.
Prater,	oesides, beyond.
Propter,	near; on account of
Secundum,	along; according to.
Supra,	above.
Trans,	across, beyond, on the other side of.
Ultra,	beyona.
sque,	as far as, (properly an adverb, nsed with prep. euL)
Fear,	mStus, G. mettis.
8hore	Iltfis, flr-is. Gender ?

265. Vocabulary 47.

[Prepositions governing the accusative, continued.]

* When an adjective agrees wit'.i two nouns it is in the plural; here, as they are
the names of things, it is in the neuter gender.87

A camp,	castr-a, Oram, plur.

To place,	pOngre, p6sfi, p6sTt	(position.)

Journey ; way	Iter, O. TtinSr-is, neut.	(itinerant.)

266.	He threatens me with deathshould bo
Tn Latin, 1 threatens death to me '

(Mihi mortem minatur.)

Exercise 53.

When the answer lyes' cannot possibly be expected, 'an' shouttf
be used rather than ' num,' (153,) for the interrogative adverb.]

267.	A man may not be-the-slave of glory. A
Christian may not be-the-slave of pleasure. May Chris-
tians be-the-slaves of pleasure ? We must not be-the
slaves of anger. Might he not have dwelt at Rome ?
No one may break the laws of his country. The Ger
mans dwell across the Rhine. We must remove across
the Rhine, that we may learn to devote ourselves to
literature.

Servi parent propter metum; boni propter officium.
Navigatio juxta litus saepe est periculosa. Caesar juxta
murum castra posuit. Supra nos coBlum conspicimus ;
infra nos terram. Longum iter est per praecepta ; brevek
et efficax per exempla. Secundum leges vivendum est.
Condita Massilia est prope ostia Rhodani amnis. Mors
propter incertos casus quotidie imminet. Nonne licuit
Athenis habitare? Janus1 bis post Numaem regnum
claususfuit. Nonne mortem tibi minabatur ? Imperiuni
populdrum est penes magistratus.

Lesson 54

(On the translation of ought.)

268. 4 Ought9 is translated by the impersonal vert>
typortety 4 it behooves.'

k Of two connected sentences one must borrow its nominative case and verb from
the other. Thus the second will become, breve et effTcax est iter, &c.

1 Janu3 was a heathen god, represented with two faces, one looking each way *

ais temple at Rome was shut in time of peace.

w Numa Pompilius, the second king of Rome.88

I ought to go.

You ought to go.

I ought to have gone.
You ought to have gone.

269. Me ire oportet,

Te ire oportet,

&c.

Me ire oportuit,

Te ire oportuit,

&c.

870 Obs. When the ivfin. perfect follows 4 ought/ ought is to be translated b}
oportuit, and the perfect infinitive translated by the present infinitive.

5271. So too after 4 could? the perfect infinitive (which will be without * to) will
be translated by the present infinitive

[Facere potuit, he could have done (if.)J

273. C&rSre, want or am without,

And egeo, require
Or need, do both, wi'Jiout a doubt,

An ablative desire.

(a) But egeo sometimes, and indigeo often, takes the genitive.

273. Vocabulary 48.

A, ab, abs,"

AbsquS,®

Clam,

C6ram,

D6,

E, ex,p
Prae,

Pr5,

Sing,

T6nus

Todie>

[Prepositions governing the ablative.]

from; by, (before the doer of the action.)

without.

without the knowledge of.

before ; in the presence of.

concerning; about, (of when it means about.)

out of; from.

before; in comparison with.

for.

without.

( as far as, (which follows its noun, and in the plural nmj
( govern the genitive.)

f m5ri, mortuus, (with terminations of the fourth, except in
c present, [where it has them in first sing, and third plur.
t infinitive., imperative, and imperf. subjunctive.)

Exercise 54.

274. Ought we not to succor the miserable ? Ought
not Christians to do good to as many as possible 1
Ought not Balbus to have kept his word ? Ought not
Caius to have been condemned to death ? I have re
ceived many letters from you. The bird has flown away

o JJ before consonants. ab before vowels, anu it may stand before any of tht
vraonants in Aiyua Zaris. Ms only before the consonants in quot.

• Absque Is uncommon.

P E before consonants ex before vowels or consonants.8*

from my hands. He is gone-away without his father's
knowledge.

275 [Obs. After oporti.it the present infinitive is to be rendered by ' to have,
&c. " He ought to have preserved fidelity," fidem servari oportuit.]

Dulce est pro patria mori. Coram populo ioquetur.
Argentum prae auro contemnitur. Caecus de coloribus

Cdicare non potest. Etiam sine magistro vitia discuntui.
sitatae res facile e memoria elabuntur. Vapdres a sole
ex aquis excitantur. Alexander omnia Oceano tenua
vicit. Caius febri caret. Omnesq pauperum auxilio
egemus. Fidem s servari oportuit. Prudentia vestra
patriam e manibus hostium eripuistis. In illo praelio
equites nostri audacia et virtute excelluerunt. Quando
quiesces a laboribus tuis ?

Lesson 55.

276. Vocabulary 49.

[Prepositions, governing acc. or abl.J

In, with acc. into, to, towards, against, for.

In, with abl. in, upon, among, in the case of.

[The prepositions in and sub govern the acc. in answer to whitherf
(that is, after verbs of motion ;) and the ablative in answer to where, (that
is, after verbs of rest.)]

„	... S above, over, beyond, (generally after verbs of motion )

Super, wuh acc. j besides.

Super, with abl. upon ;r on or of (a subject inquired or written about.*

Sub Idem tempus, about the same time.

To heal,	m8d§ri, governing dative (by 191)	{medicine )

To seem,	vidgri, vlsus.

To desire,	cflpere, cuplv, cflplt, (with the added i. 187, x.)

More,	plus G. pluris.*

English.	Latin.

277. How much greater,	I By how much greater; quanto major.

So much greater,	J By so much greater; tanto major.

JMuch greater,	By much greater;	multo major.

Considerably greater, By some-deal greater', aliquantomajor.

? When the verb is of the first or second person, and an adjective is expressed,
jut we or you before the adjective. Thus, omnes, we all, &c.

r This belongs to poetry.

* It has no other forms in the sing. In plural plures, plura, G plurium, 4tc>90

£78. (Eng) The more he teaches, the more he learns.

[Lat.) By-how-much more he teaches, by so muck more he .earnS.
(or) Py-what more he teaches, by that more he learns.

279.	DCf3 ' TAe'—6 the' before two comparatives!
must be translated by 4 quanto'—4 tantoj or by i quo
—* eo.'

280.	Obb. The tanto or eo goes with that assertion which follows from the

other.

If you have any doubt, turn it into a sentence with * if,* and let the
4t/* sentence have the quanto or quo.

(a) Thus in the example, (278,) his learning more will follow, or be the
consequence, of his teaching more.

' Jf * he teaches much, he will learn more than he otherwise would.

Exercise 55.

281.	How much greater is the sun than the earth?
The earth is much greater than the moon. My estate
is considerably bigger than yours. The days are con-
siderably longer. In the summer the days are consid-
erably longer than in the winter. Is not your garden
considerably bigger than mine ? Is not my garden much
bigger than yours 1 Is my garden much bigger than
yours ? [No.]

Quo amarior potio, eo saepe salubrior est. Quanto
cempus est felicius, tanto brevius esse videtur. Quo
plura habent homines, eo plura cupiunt. Nunquam licet
peccare. Juveni parandum est; seni utendum. Ne
jures. Jurasne ?

Lesson 56.

282. Vocabulary 50.

[The comparative of an adverb is the neuter of the comparative adjective t

Facile,	easily, (from facllis, easy:) facilius, more easily.

Cito,	quickly, (from citus, quick ) citius, more quickly

Bark,	cortex, corticis, m.

To cover surround,	ob-d&cpre, dux, duct.

Safe,	tutus.

Virtuous, upright,	honesfcvs. Virtuously, honeste.

Courageously,	fortiter, (comparative, fortius.)91

283 (Eng ) I ploughed it three times, that it might produce the better crop.

(Lat.) I ploughed it three times, by whicht it might produce a better crop

284.	(a) When 4 tha£ is in a sentence that has a com*

parative in it, it may be translated by quo with
the subjunctive.

(b) ' That with comparatives and 4 the
By 4que>' may best translated be

285.	(Eng.) Some persons think.

(Lot.) There are who think, (sunt qui putent.)

(Eng.) Some persons thought.

(Lat.) There were who thought, (erant qui putarent.)

286. Some persons think that faith should not be
Kept against" enemies. It is difficult to heal the mind.
Hold-your-tongues, that you may be the more easily
able to learn. He spoke much, that he might seem
wise. He spoke much, that he might seem the wiser.
He lived virtuously, that he might die the more courage-
ously. It is certain that Caius lived many years at Car-
thage. Do not spare me.

[When there is a comparative in the sentence, render quo by 1 that,
and put' the' before the comparative.)

Trunci arborum cortice obducuntur, quo sint a frigore
et calore tutiores. An licet Ghristianis gloriae servire ?
Omnibus ignoscendum est. Ne multa loquere. Mise-
rere nostri. Natura omnes propensi sumus ad discen-
dum. An retinenda est barbara consuetudo immolan-
dorum hommum ? Nonne mors quotidie ob oculos
ponenda est ?

Exercise 56.

Lesson 57.

907 I repent of my folly,
I am vexed at my folly,
J am ashamed of my folly,
J pity the poor,
1 am weary of life,

English.

Latin.

It-repents me of my folly
It-vexes me of my folly.
It-shames me of my folly.
It-pities me of the poor,
lt-irks me of life.

t ArEvi, quo posset melioreg fruges ed&re.
« Adversus.92

(a)	Me meae stultitise poBnltet.

(b)	Me meae stultitiae piget.
(e) Me meae stultitiae pudet.

(d)	Misgret me paupgrum.

(e)	Taedet me vitae.

288	When * uV the word for 4 *haV would be
' That-nof may both be done by nS;

Unless a 'so' or 1such' preceded,

For then a 4 noiC will still be needed.

289	(a) Palpebrae molles sunt ne

The eye lids soft	are, that

premant	oculum.

they may not press the eye.

(£) Tanta est multitudo, ut non possint
So great is the multitude, that they cannot

numerari.

be numbered.

290. Vocabulary 51.

Slothful,

Sloth,

Some-time-or other,

Physician,

Some,

Attentive,

To order,

To learn by heart,

Athenian,

Socrates,

To value more highly,
To cause to be made,

ign5vus, (in, not; gnavus, active.)

ignavia.

aliquando.

medicus.

aliquis, (something, aliquid.)

studifisus.

jubgre, juss, juss, (followed by ace. with injin.)

e-discgre.

| Atheniensis. (Ensis is a common termination of names
I derived (from towns.)

( Socr5t-es, G. is, (one of the greatest of heathen men. He
^ taught the immortality of the soul, and was put to death
( by his countrymen the Athenians.)

pluris fac&re.

faciendum curare, (the partic. to agree with its noon.)

Exercise 57.

291. It is more pleasant to make a friend, than to
nave (one.) The slothful man will some-time-or-other
repent of his sloth. Christians pity the poor. He will
give the physician something, that he may be the more
attentive. I order my son never to remember this
injury. We give verses to boys to-be-learnt-by-heart.
The Athenians condemned Socrates to death. Have
you not understood, that I do not need money ? Angei

▼ These verbs are reg ilarly conjugated: pcpnitet, pcenitgnat, paenituit, poenltuerat
XBnitg'oit, &c.93

has cost the state much blood. I value you more-highly
every day.

292. Galllnae avesque rellquae pennis fovent pullos, ne
frigore laedantur. Eorum misereri oportet, qui propter
[( rtiinam, non propter malitiam in miseriis sunt. Tui
me miseret: mei piget. Raro primi consilii Caium
prjDiritet. Sapientia semper eo contenta est, quod adest.
Scipio dicebat, mallew se unum civem servare, quam
mille liostes occidere. Sic adhuc vixi, ut nemo unquam
me ulllus injuria accusaverit. Pontem in Istro flumine
faciendum curavi. Inter ambulandum multa mecum
locutus est

293.	Et followed by another et; turn or quum fol-
lowed by turn, are both—and.

294.	Non solum—sed etiam, not only—but also.

296. Etiam, even, also, (etiam atque etiam, again and
•igain;) quoque, also, too, {follows the word it belongs

297. Amphibia et in aqua et in terra vivunt. Et dis-
cet puer, et docebit. Etiam tu hinc abis ? Rogo te, et
etiam oro. Et Romae vixi et Carthagine. Ut mihi suc-
curras, etiam atque etiam te rogo, (296.) Lupus quum
ovem turn canem momorderat. Ovem non solum toton-
dit, sed etiam deglupsit. Horti parantur turn ad utilita-
em, turn ad jucunditatem. Multae herbee quum jucun-

Lesson 58.

( so—as : as—as.
295. Tam—quam,< as well—as.

( both—and.

to.)

Exercise 5b.

w That he bad rathei: infinitive of r.idlo, (which see, Accidence, p. 177.94

dissimum turn saluberrimum cibum suppeditant. Tain
canes quam lapi csecos pariunt catulos. Nemo tam
pauper vivit, quam natus est.

Lesson 59.

298.	Aut, or.

aut—aut; vel—vel, either—or.

299.	sive—sive > either—or.

seu—seu S whether—or.

vel is sometimes 4 evenwith superlatives
' very? i extremely6possible.'

300.	Sive*- is used, when the speaker or writer leaves
it undecided, which of two assertions or names is the
right one ; and when a second name is a mere alias of
the first.

Exercise 59.

301.	Quicquid dicam aut erit, aut non. Hie vincen-
dum aut moriendum, milites! Quaedam terrae partes
incultae sunt, quod aut frigore rigent, aut uruntur calore.
Viri nobiles, vel corrumpere mores civitatis, vel corrigere
possunt. Quam sis morosus, vel (299) ex hoc intelligi

otest. Romanis sese* vel persuasuros (esse) existima-
ant, vel vi coacturos. Ita, sive casu, sive consilio dpo-
rum immortalium, poenas persolverunt. Nonnulli, sive
felicitate quadam, sive bonitate naturae, sive parentum
discipllna, rectam vitae secuti sunt viam. Sine solis
calore nec animalia vivere, nec plantae crescere possunt.
Nec timidus esto, nec audax. Nimius somnus neque
ui'mo, neque corpori prodest. Vel (299) iniquissimam
pacem justissimo bello antefero. Caii eo tempore vel
maxima erat auctoritas.

*	Sive is si-ve, 4or if.' Thus, 'Caius sive Balbus,' is 'Cains, or if yen lifen
Balbus,' (for that is another name of his )

*	See Accidence, p. 144.95

Lesson 60.

Adversative conjunctions, or such as mark an oppo-
sition.)

302.	At, sed, autem, verum, vero, but.

Tarnen, attamen, ) . i , * .

xt	9 > yet; but; but yet.

Verr.ntamen, Sy	y

Atqui,	but or now, (as used in rea-

soning.)

Exercise 60.

303.	Non placet Marco Antonio consulatus meas ; at
placuit Publio Servilio. Fecit idem Themistocles; at
Pericles idem non fecit. Si certum esty facere, facias;
verum ne post conferas culpam in me. Non deterreor
ab incepto, sed pudore impedior. Aut hoc aut illud est:
non autem hoc (est;) ergo (304) illud (est.) Absoliitus
est Caius ; mulctatus tamen pecunia. Videtis nihil esse
morti tam simile, quam somnum : atqui dormientium
animi maxime declarant divinitatem suam.

Lesson 61.

304.	Nam, namque, enim,	for.

Igitur, ideo,	therefore.

Ergo,	therefore, then.

Itaque,	accordingly ; and so ;

therefore.

Quare,	wherefore.

Exercise 61.

305.	In ea re prudentia adjutus est: nam, quum den-
cisset hostes, summa aequitate res constituit. Hac pugna
nihil nobilius: nulla enim unquam tam exigua manus
lantum exercitum devicit.

J fli certum est, (if it is fixed,) if you are resolved.96

Magno35 Atilio ea cunctatio stetit, namque filium intra
paucos dies amisit Illi igitur duodecim cum canibus
venaticis exierunt. Aristides aequalis fere fuit Themis-
tocli: itaque cum eo de principatu contendit. Nemo
ergo non miser (est ?) Nihil laboras : ideo nihil habes.
Intelligebant haec Lacedaemonii: quare eos infirmissimos
esse volebant.

Lesson 62.

306. DC/3 The imperfect and pluperfect of the sub-
junctive are the regular attendants of the past tenses of
the indicative.

(a) But the 4 perfect,* when it answers to our perfect with 4 havcf is not
considered a past tense.

((1) * in order that ;* * that;* so that .*

(2)	the infinitive, (expressing the purpose)

(3)	4 asy with infinitive.

(4)	'granting that4 although.1

(5)	' that1 and carry ' not,' (after to fear.)

(a) (Ut with the indicative is*- as,' ' when' since4 after,' 4 how.')

(b) When ut introduces a purpose, the subjunctive
verb will be rendered by 4 may] 4 might? When it
signifies a consequence, (which it regularly does after
iso] such]) the subjunctive verb is rendered by the
indicative : but the imperfect by the English perfect.

Exercise 62.

Obs. possim (is, it, Sec.) = 'caw' or kmay.y

possem (es, et, &c.) = 4 could' or 4 might*

308. (1) Multi alios laudant, ut ab aliis laudentui.
Stellarum tanta multitudo est, ut numerari non possint.
In summis Alpibusa tantum est frigus, ut nix ibi nun-

stare magno, to cost a man dear. Magno agrees with pretio (price) understood.

* On the top of the Alps. Summus, imus, medius, primus, extremus, reliouus, &C-,
agreeing with nouns, are generally rendered by substantives, followed l»y a geni-
live case. Imus nions. the bottom or foot of the mountain. Reliqua iEgyptus, thb
rest of Egypt. Saptentia prima, the beginning of wisdom. In extremo tertio libra, of
the end of the third book.97

quam liquescat. Hominis corpus celsum et erectum est
ut coelum intueri possit.

Ursi per hiemem tam gravi somno premuntur, ut ne
vulneribus quidem excitentur. In India serpentes ad
lautam magnitudinem adolescunt, ut intcgros haurant
c^rvos, taurosque.

(2)	V8nit {he is come) ut claudat, (to shut,) &c.

Enltar ut vincam. Magnopere te hortor, ut hos de
pliilosophia libros studiose legas. Capram rnonet, ut
in pratum descendat. Ante senectutem curavi, ut bene
viverem. Formica sitiens ad fontem descendit, ut
biberet.

(3)	No one is so good, ut nunquam pcccet, (as never to sin.)

Quis tam demens est, ut sua voluntate mcereat ?
Nulla anus tam delira est, ut haec credat.

(4)	Ut desint vires, tamen est laudanda voluntas.
Ut circumspiciamus omnia, quae populo grata atque
jucunda sunt, nihil tam populare quam concordiam
reperiemus.

OCT For ut after to fear, see Lesson 66.

Lesson 63.

f ^ |4 that? and carry * not *

am %rs	J (2) ' not," with the infinitive.

309.	JVS with subj «.nctiveA ^ 4 not' with imperat. or subjunet. used i/npera

I	tively.

L (4) 4 that1 after to fear

Exercise 63

(1) I did it, n8 that, vidSret he might not see, &c.

310.	(1) Palpebrae molles sunt, ne premant oculum
Gallinae avesque reliquae pennis fovent pullos, ne frigore
ladantur. Nix segetes operit, ne frigore absumantur
Cave ne incognita pro cognitis habeas. Cave ne quid
itmere dicas aut facias contra potentes. Oculi palpg98

bris sunt muniti, ne quid incidat. Alexander edixit,
quisb ipsum, praeter Apellein, pingeret.

(2) I advised him ne not, iret to go.

Monuit capram, ne in pratum descenderet. Trebonio
mandaverat, ne per vim Massiliam® expugnari pateretur
Monui puerum, ne fabis vesceretur.

(3) Not with imperatives is ne,

A ' nor? is hateful then to see

Crab rones ne irrita. Ne reprehende errores aiiorum,
Bed emendes potius tuos. Diu ne morare in conclavibus
modo dealbatis.d Ne tentes, quod effici non possit

For ne with to fear, see Lesson 66.

Lesson 64.

811. ' Quin* with subj.

(1)	* but,' (as used after negatives )

(2)	the relative with not.

(3)	i as not,' with infinitive.

(4)	' that,1 after doubt, deny, in negative sentences.

(5)	ifrom? or ' without,' with the participial substantive,

after escape, prevent, &c.

Exercise 64.

(ly a. 4But* very nearly coincides with quin; though we now more commonly
use some of the other forms here given.

02) There Is nobody, quin pute. |	n»t think.

(3)	b. No one is so mad, quin (as not) putet, (to think,) fee.

(4)	| J	| qwin, that, (or, but that,) turpe sit, it is disgraceful.

(5)	She never saw him, quin, without, rideret, laughing.

She could not be restrained, quin, from, rid&ret, laughing.

312. Nullum animalium genus adeo ferox est, quin9
venementer amet prolem suam. Nulla fere pars est
pecorum, quinf ad commoda nostra facta sit. Vere
eapiens nunquam dubitabit, quine immortalis sit animus.

b When ne is construed that, quis, quid, (any body, any thing,) must be construed
tcbody, nothing.

« Marseilles.	d That have been lately whitewashed.

* ds not to love &c	That U not made.	S That tlx mini is.99

Ex odoratu et adspectu pomorum dub'.tare non possumus,
quin hominibus ea donata sint. Nemo est tam bonus ac
provldus, quin interdum peccet. Caius prohiberi non
potuit, quin (5) erumperet. Non dubito, quin ascen-
deris murum. Nemo erit tam stultus, quin (3) liaec
fateatur. Non possum pro dignitate vivere, quin (5)
alterutram partem offender em. Negari non potest, quin
turpius sit fallere quam falli. Nihil in rerum natura in-
venltur, quin sapientissime institutum sit. Qui temerc
omnibus credit, effugere non potest,h quin saepius fallatur.
Infesta coricio vix inhiberi potuit, quin protlnus saxa in
Polemonem jaceret. Timoleontem mater, post fratri?
necem, nunquarn adspexit, quin eum fratricldam iiripi
unique compellaret.

Lesson 65.

313.	After verbs of hindering, 'quominus' with the
subjunct. is more common than ne. It may generally
be translated by ^ from J the verb being turned into the
participial substantive : but after ' refuseby the infini-
tive.

Exercise 65.

(1)	Nothing deterred him, quominus faceret, (from doing,) &c.

(2)	I will not refuse, quominus faciam, (to do,) &.C.

314.	Nihil impedit, quominus id facere possimus.
Non deterret sapientem mors, quominus' in omne tempua
reipublicae, ksuisque consulat. Rebus terrenis multa
externa, quominus perficiantur, possunt obsistere. Quid
obstat, quominus Caius sit beatus ? Epaminondas non

n Cannot avoid being often deceived.

i Does not deter, &c., from forwarding the interests of the commonwealth, and oj
W* own (friends.) Consul ere alicui = to consult a man1 a welfare ; to forward hit
liter estf.

k Sui is a man's dependents, a man's friends.

7100

recusavit, quominus legis pcenam subiret. Non me
terrebis quominus illud faciam. Prohibere Romanos,
quominus fruinentum sumerent, non poterant. Non me
impedies, quominus ei pecuniam illam numerem.

(Note. Literally 'quo minus* == by which the less, or, so that the lis9.
Caio nihil obstat, quo minus sit beatus, is literally, " Nothing stands ilk
the way of Caius, by which he should be the less happy.")

Lesson 66.

315.	After words of 'fearing,' ' n£ and ' uf appear to
change meanings : ne = that, (or lest;) ut = that—not.
(Also the subjunct. present must generally be rendered
by the future.)

Vereor ne, I fear he will; or lest he should, fyc.
yereor \it )

\T	9 [I fear he will not; or lest he should not

V ereor ne-non, )	'

Exercise 66.

316.	Vereor, ne labores tuos augeam Payor ceperat
milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus Scipionis. Homo
scelestus semper veretur, ne peccata sua patefiant.
Improbi semper sunt in metu, ne poena afficiantur ali-
quando. Vereor, ne brevi tempore fames in urbe sit.
Verebamini, ne non id facerem. Vereor, ne consolatio
nulla vera possit reperiri. Timeo, ne non imp£trem.
Metuebant, ne dolorem ferre non possent.

Timeo, ut labores tantos sustineas. Avarus semper
veretur, ut satis habeat. Vereor, ut pax firma sit. Ig-
nanis semper metuit, ut sustineat labores.

a. In English we often leare out the conjunction 'that* after a verb of
fearing, as, " I fear he will," for 441 fear that he will."

Metuoy ne artificium tuum tibi parum pr osit101

Lesson 67.

ON XNTERROGATI VES

317.	All interrogatives take the indicative, when tht
question is put directly: they then stand at the head ol
a principal sentence, and are followed, of course, by a
note of interrogation.

a.	JVmwi, an, and ni, (which is always appended to another word,) are
pot rendered in direct sentences.

b.	Num (in direct questions) expects the answer 4 no.* Jin expects the
answer 4 no * and expresses impatience, indignatu n fee.1 Nonni ex-
pects the answer 4 yes."

c.	The force of 4 an' may generally be given by adding * why' or 4 then'
to the question.

a ~	1s why-, do you believe ... a

An credis 1 > Dq * qu	then_,,j

Exercise 67.

318.	Quis non paupertatem extimescit ? Unde\\icem
suam habet luna ? Quid interest"1 inter hominem et
bestiam ? Quid feret crastinus dies ? Quare vitia sua
nemo confitetur 1 Cur te excrucias ? Quid rides ?

Ubi aut qualis est tua mens ? Potesne dicere ?—
Num sola maris aqua est salsa 1 Visne miser esse ?
Estne animus immortalis ? Nonne poetae post mortem
nobilitari volunt ? Num scimus, quo se conferant aves
peregrinantes 1 An tu esse me tristem putas ? An
quisquam potest sine perturbatione mentis irasci ?

Obs. Ne is often appended to the other particles;
numne, anne, &c.

Lesson 68.

319. All interrogatives take the subjunctive when
ihey ask indirectly or doubtfully; especially when an-
other verb goes before the question.

• A question with ne may be such as to make us confidently expect lyos* or 4 no
foi the answer. But the answer is then suggested by tho nature of the question-
not by the form of it.

ro H hat difference is thc-e 1 intersum, interesse.102

(a.* Such verl s. are ask, doubt, try, know, not know ; it is uncertain, Su
(bj Aum, <m, nc, in a dependent sentence, are 4 whether and 4 num
does not imply that the answer 4 no' is expected.

(c) Jin is never used by Cicero in a single indirect question

Exercise 68.

2 "20. Quis enumeret" artium multitudinem ? Nescio,
unde sol jgnem habeat. Die mihi, quem sol nobis ad-
ferat usum. Nescimus, quid serus vesper advecturm
sit.° Quid futurum sit, nescimus. Quid vere nobis
prosit,p non semper intelligimus. Olim quaestio erat,
num terra rotunda esset. Num aegrotum interrogabis,
an sanari velit ? Cogita tecum, an gratiam retuleris,
quibus gratiam debes. Queeriturq unquam/ze fuerint
monocerotes. Utrum* velis, elige. Non me terrebis,
quominus, utrum velim, eligam. Quid dicam nescio

Lesson 69.

321.	In double questions either,

(1)	the first is introduced by num., utrum, or the appended nit and tho
second by an, (or:) or,

(2)	the first question has no interrogative adverb ; the second, an Of
the appended ne.

Exercise 69

322.	(1) [Direct,] Utrumr major est sol, an minor,
quam terra? Casune mundus est effectus, an vi divina?
Num sol mobilis est, an immobilis? Sumusrae mortales.
an immortales ? [Indirect or dependent.] Quaeritur,
unusne sit mundus an plures ? Nihil refert,8 utrum sit
aureum poculum, an vitreum.

(2) [Direct.] Uter est infelicior, caecus an surdus I
IJtrum est pretiosius, aurum an argentum ? [Indirect.J

» Who can reckon up?	o Will bring ?

P Quid vere prosit (prosum) nobis; what is really beneficial to us.

q It is sought — it s a question, or a disputed point: monocerotes, unicorns
m Neut of utcr.

r Is the Sitn . . ?	• It makes no differenceio:*

Stellarum numerus par1 an impar sit, incertum est.
Hominibus prodesse" natura jubet: servi libeiirae sint,
quid refert V Die mihi, aestatew grandinet, an hieme.
Multum interest,* valentes imbecillme simus.

a. Necne in the second question is 6or not5

Lesson 70.

323.	(Some conjunctions that always take the sub-

junctive.)

Utinam, would that.

O si, (O / if,) O! that, would that.

licet, although.

quasi, tanquam, as if*

dum, modo, dummodo, provided; if only.

quamvis, however-much, however

Exercise 70.

Note.—With most of these conjunctions, the present
subjunctive) must be rendered by a past tense.

324.	Utinam pacis amor omnibus inspirari possit!
Utinam ense nullus magistratus egeat! O si quisque
virtutem colat ! O si omnes cogitent, mediocritatem in
omnibus rebus esse optimam! Animalibus brutis nulla
futuri temporis cognitio est, licet sit aliqua praesentis et
praeteriti. Improbus ita vivit, quasi nesciat, rationem
vitae sibi esse reddendam. Nemo, quamvis sit locuples,
aliorum ope care re potest. Nulla est regio, quae non
cultores suos, dummodo laborare velint, alat. Ita fac
omnia, tanquam spectet aliquis. Si quis nimis obscure
dicit, perinde fere est, ac si taceat. Utinam hoc verum
sH. Sic agis, quasi me ames.

*	Even: iinpar, odd.	« Prosum
» What matters it, or, what does it signify whether, &c. ?

*	rn the ftummer	* It makes a gremt differtxcts.104

a. When provided only is to be followed by not. rd
is used.

Sit summa in jure dicendo severitas, dummodo ea ne
varietur gratia.

ON PARTICIPLES

Lesson 71.

325.	Participles assume an assertion, which may be
formally stated in a sentence whenever it is necessary
or convenient to do so.

Thus, ' I went to Henry, being illmight be expressed ^'according to
the meaning) by 'I went to Henry, who was ill ;* 'I went to Henry,
because he was ill11 went to Henry, though he was ill,' Ax.

326.	Translate the participles in the following exam
pies by relative sentences.

Example, (1) The buy ridens, |

who laughs; or is laugh

who was laughing.
(2\ Thebovrisurus \ wk° is g°in£ t0 lauSh*

^ '	y	' )	inhn mill Lti/trh

(or) who will laugh.

(3)	The boy amatus, who is (or was) loved.

(4)	The boy amandus, who ought to be loved.

327 If no substantive is expressed, supply a man
men; -jt he, she, those, &c.

(5)	ridentis, of him who laughs; or, of a man

who laughs.

(6)	ridentium, of those who laugh; or, of men

who laugh.

328. With a neuter plural participle, ' things' is to be
supplied ; but for 4 things which or that,' it is generally
better to use 'what' only.

nrateritura \ tMn°S that wil1 PaSS aWay'

pnetcritura, j wh(jt ^ pags awav.105

Exercise 71.

329. Pii homines ad felicitatem perpetuo duraturaw
pervenient. Nemo, cunctam intuens t.erram, de divina
providentia dubitabit. Hae sunt divitise certae, sempei
permansurce. Sapiens bona semper placitura laudat
Omnes aliudy agentes, aliud simulantes2 improbi sunt.
Pisistratus Homeri libros, confusos antea, disposuisse
dicitur. Male agentis (5) animus nunquam est sine
metu. Garrulus tacere nequita sibi commissa, (7.)
Adulator aut laudat vituperanda, aut vituperat laudanda.

Lesson 72.

330.	Render the participles in the following Exer
cise by verbs with 6 when,' ' as.'

(1)	ridens \ w^en 'ie *s (or was) laughing.

^ '	9 { as he is (or was) laughing.

331.	In a sentence with when, we often omit th«
auxiliary verb : hence

(2)	ridens may be construed ' when laughing.'

332.	If the participle stands alone, 6 he4 they9 ' a
man] ' one,' 1 men,' &c., must be supplied as the nom.
to the verb.

m ridenti \ when he is laughinS-

^ '	' I when one :>s laughing.

(4) ridentibus, when men (or they) are laughing.

Exercise 72.

333.	Leo esuriens rugit. Xerxes a Graecis victus m
Persiam refugit. Esurienti (3) gratior est cibus. Su-

J The first aliud must be construed * one thing :* the second, anothei .*
s Put in a (but' before simulantes.

» Nequeo.106

danti (3) frigida potio perniciosissima est. Dionysiu»
tyrannus, Syracusis eaymlsus, Corinthi pueros docebat.
Aranti Quinctio Cincinnato nuntiatum est, eum Dic-
tatdrem esse factum. Haec poma sedens decerpsi.
Leones satiati innoxii sant. Ne mente quidem recte
uti possumus, multo cibo et potione impleti. Alit lectio
ingenium. et studio fafigatum reficit. Elephantes ne-
mini nocent, nisi lacesslti

Lesson 73.

334.	Render the following participles by verbi
with 4 if?

m riHpns \ if he* laughs.

' '	^ (if a man (or one) laughs.

to\ + \ if I am loved; if I were Ijved
(2) amatus, j j had been loved-

Exercise 73.

335.	Quis est qui, totum diem jaculans, non ali-
quando collineet ?b Equum empturus, cave ne decipi-
aris. Hostes, hanc adepti victoriam, in perpetuum se
fore victores confident. Victi hostes in Persiain refu-
gient. Admonitus (2) venissem. Liberatus, rus ex
urbe evolabo. Roma expulsus Carchagine pueros do
cebo.

Lesson 74

336. Render the followirg participles by verbs with

* The nom. to be used will be, /, re, you, they, &c , according to tlie person at
tt« verb.

Prea subj. render by pre» indit..107

because, for, since; or by the participial substantivt
«villi from or through.

r (1) because I doubt
(2) for I doubt.

dubitans,^ (3) since / doubt.

(4)	from doubting.

(5)	through doubting.

Exercise 74.

337. Nihil affirmo, dubitans plerumque, et mihi ip*6c
diffidens. Hostes hanc adepti (4) victoriam, in per-
petuurn se fore victores confidebant. Sine aqua a/iates
degere non possunt, magnam victus partem in aqi*a
qucp/rentes. Respondent se perfidiam veritos reveitisse.
Stellae nobis parvag videntur, immenso intervallo a no~)is
disjunctce. Cantus olorinus recte fabulosus habetrtf
nunquam auditus.

Lesson 75. [See note p. 106.J

338.	Render the following participles by ve bs with
though, although.

(1) ridens, though he laughs.

T (2) though he is loved.

amatus, < (3) though he was loved.

( (4) even though he should be lot ed.

339.	We often omit the auxiliary verb after though.
Hence we may sometimes construe

(5)	ridens, though laughing.

(6)	amatus, though loved.

c Render mihi myself, and take no farther notice of ip*e.I Ob

Exercise 75.

840. Homines non statim pcenis afficiuntur, quotirfiu
delinquentes. Multa translmus ante oculos posita.
Oculus, se non videns, alia videt. Risus interdum ity
repente erumpit, ut eum cupientes tenere nequeamus
Scripta tua jam diu exspectans,d flagitare non audeo
Quis hoc non intelligit, Verrem absolutum (4) tainen ex
manibus populi Romani eripi nullo modo posse ? Om-
nia magna voce dicens, simulabat tantum se furere. Ad
coenam vocatus, nondum venit.

Lesson 76. [Note p. 106.J

341.	Render the following past participles by aftert
with a verb or participial substantive.

( (1) after he has suffered.

(Act.) passus, < (2) after he had suffered.

( (3) after suffering.

l (4) after he was ^or has been) loved.

(Pass.) amatus, < (5) after he had been loved.

( (6) after having been loved.

Exercise 76.

342.	Josephus in^Egypto, multa mala perpessus, (3,)
ad summos honores evectus est. Israelite, ^Egypto
egressi, quadraginta annos in Arabia sunt commorati.
Pleraeque scribuntur orationes habitcee jam, non ut habs-
antur. Dionysius, a Syracusis expulsus,f Cormthi pue-
ros docebat. Alexander Abdolonimum diu contempla-
tes interrogavit, qua patientia inopiam tulisset. Lauti®
eiWm capiunt Germani.

d Use the perf. definite 4 have been expecting.
® Habere orationem, to deliver a speech,
f Render first by (4 ;) then by (6 )

H Partic. from lavare. to wash.109

Lesson 77.

343.	Render the following participles by verbs, and

flace ' and' before the verb that stands already h. the
iatin sentence.

The participle is generally to be rendered by the
same tense as the other verb.

(1)	Ridens he laughs, exclamat and exclaims.

(2)	Ridens he laughed, exclamavit and exclaimed

But sometimes by a different tense.

(3)	Correptum leporem, he has seized the hare

lacerat, and is mangling it.

Exercise 77.

344.	Jussis divinis obediens virtuti studet. Croesus,
a Cyro victus, regno spoliatus est. Troja, equi lignei
ope capta, incendio deleta est. Persae mortuos cera
circumlitosh condunt. Grues, quum loca calidiora pe-
tentes maria transmittunt, trianguli efficiunt formam.
Illud ipsum1 non accidisset, si quiescens legibus paruis-
sem. Cum legionibus profectusk celeriter adero. Titus
Manlius Galium, in conspectu duorum exercituum
ccBsum, torque spoliavit. Comprehensum hominem Ro-
mam ducebant, (3.) Mulier Alcibiadem sua veste cow-
tectum cremavit.

Lesson 78.

345. Non before a participle may be rendered with-
out ; the participle being turned into the participial sub-
stantive.

non without, ridens laughing.

. ( amatus being loved.

non without, < . 1 P ,.

' I amatus loving him.

b From ci*cuirJinere.	4 Render ipxe hy even.

k ProftciacL110

Exercise 78.

346.	Non petens regnum accepit. Romani Graecis
non rogati ultro offerunt auxilium. Liberalitate utitur,
se ipsum non spolians. Neminem in familiaritatern
recipe non cognltum 1 Multi homines vituperant libros
non intellectos) Beneficus est, qui non privatis com-
modis permotus, alios adjuvat.

347.	Obs. Part.ciples in the ablative absolute may be
rendered in the same way : the substantive will be the
nom. to the verb ; or the acc. after it.m

when Tarquinius was king.

as you were sitting.

after Tyre was taken.

when the bees are going to swarm.

if the cat is caught.

because his apple was taken away.

though the root was cut.

he takes up the bundle and returns.
without saluting you.

348.	Participles may often be rendered by substan-
tives of a kindred meaning. Thus :

For	We may say,

| Tbe — of ,he stork,

By-Januaj By the action of January.

ITie °f the iaw«-

Thus, Tarquinio regnante,

te sedente,

capta Tyro,
nii»raturis apibus,
fele enmprehensft,
ademto porno,

radice succlsSi,

fasce sublato, redit,
te non salutato,

» Use act. partie.

*» It may sometimes be the accusative after the verb: because 4 the bnndie bik\f
IbHbq by kimS — * the bundle was taken up by himwhit h nay be turned Into fci
took cp the bundle.'QUESTIONS.

[Those on the Syntax have an asterisk before (hem. J

N B. The pupil should learn the Terminations of Substantives, (p. 126») Mid jf Jjc
3d persons of the Verb, (p. 150,) as soon as possible.

1.	Give the accusative endings. (9.)

2.	Repeat the terminations of the third persons. (32.)

3.	Give the genitive endings. (40.)

*4 In what case is the price or value put sometimes ? [ The Gen. 47.]

5. What are the endings of nouns expressing virtues, vices, dispositions, fcc. 1
(47, h.)

*6. By what case are some neuter adjectives followed 1 What adjectives are so
used 1 (Ans. Indefinite numerals.)

What substantive is so used? (Ans. The indeclinable substantive 'nihil,
'nothing.' 56.)

*7. What often stands as the nominative case to the verb 1 (60, n.)

When an infinitive mood (or sentence) is the nominative case to the verb,
where is it placed in English ? (Ans. After the verb, being represented by
the pronoun ' it,' which is not to be translated. 60, n.)

In what gender is the adjective then put 1 (Ans. In the neuter.)

8.	How is the acc. plur. got from the acc. sing. ? What must 4 urn' be turned

into, to give the acc. plur. of tne second 1 What is always the termina
tion of the acc. neut. plural ? '64.)

9.	By what prepositions is the dat. randered 1 [67. N. B. These prepositions

are called signs of the dative.J

a)	What are the signs of the ablative 1 (( )

b)	By what preposition is an ablative of time rendered ? (Ans. By in or at.)

c)	How is an acc. of time rendered ? (Ans. By '/or,' or without any prepots. 72.)
10 To what declension do adjectives in 'is' belong"? [The third.] Of what

gender are they 1 [m. and/.] What is their neuter form ? [«.] Is their ab
lative e or if [i.Ja

•11. In what case do you ut the name of a town where a thing was dene ? When

is the town where pat in the abl. ? When in the rtn. ? (72, s.)

12. In what case do you put a noun of time, when it answers to when1 [lu
the abl.\

The manner of declining the other adjectives of the third is explained at
p. 139112

In what case do you put a noun of time, when it answers to how long ? flB
the act.]

Is 'for' a sign of the dative, when it stands before a noun of time? [Ann
No, of the acc.)

13	How may the third plural be got trom the third singular ? Into what must 4 it

of the perfect be changed ? 4 iV of the fourth ? 4 it' in * erit ? all other it's f

14	Give the terminations of the nom. and gen. piurai.

•15 What case does in govern when it means 4 into ?* [j?oc.]

--•;„/» [Abl.)

-ex govern 1 [Abl.)

*16 IIovv must 4 not' with the imperative be translated ?t> [By ne.)

What word must stand before the not in English? [The * do* of the in>
perative.]

*17. How is the thing with which any thing is done translated ? or, what case '
answers to 4 with what T vJibi.J

18. When 4 thing'* or 4 things' is left out, in what gender must the adjective be
put ? [Neut. J

•19 What cases follow verbs of accusing, acquitting, condemning1 [Acc. ol
person : Gen. of the charge.J

*20. By what cases may 4of great valor' be translated into Latin ? [Gen. or Abl.)

*21 In what case does a noun of price stand, when it answers to '■for how much r
[In the Ml.)

*22. (a) When must the personal pronoun of the third person {him, her, them, S c.)
be translated by sui, &c. ? [ When the pron. represents the same person as
the nom. to the verb.] (b) What preposition is omitted after give, cost, the
adj. like, &.e. ? [ To.)

*23. When is one noun said to be in apposition to another ? »n what case Is a
substantive in apposition to another placed ? [In the same case as the subet
to which it stands in apposition.]

*24. What case do dignus, indignus,c Sec., govern ? [Abl.)

*25. What case does the verb to be take after it 7 [ The same case a$ before it.]

*26. What case do the compounds of 'esse govern ? [ The dat.] What exception is .
there? [Possum.]

*27. What does the English infinitive often express, but the Latin infinitive never 1
[A purpose.)

*28. How may the English infinitive expressing a purpose be translated ? [By ut
with the subjunctive: of which the imperfect follows the past tenses; the
present, the other tenses.]

29.	What tense is 4he is comeV [Perf.] What tense is ihe wag come?'' [Pl-up.J

With what auxiliary do neuter verbs of motion form their perfect definite ?

30.	How is the subjunctive present, standing in a principal sentence, to be trans-

lated ? [As an imperative, or to express a wish. Veniat = let him come; or,
may he come. ]

(a) How must the perfect be rendered, when it is followed by the subjunctive
present ? [By the perf. definite.)

*31. When is the English indicative after lthaV to be translated by the Latin sub-
junctive governed by ut ? [When that follows so or such.—It then introduces
a consequence.)

*32. What tenses of the subjunctive are the regular attendants of the past tenses
of the indicative 7 [The imperf. and pluperf.)

*33 When is 4 to' never a sign of the dative ? [After verbs of motion: come, send,
fctch, &.C.] *How is the place to which translated ? (By Acc.) *How is the
place from which translated? (By the Abl.) When must ad,4 to,' be ex
pressed ? (Ans. When the place is not the name of a town or small island ;
and when the motion is to a person.)

*34 How is the supine in um used ? (Ans. After verbs of motion.) How is the
sup. in um Englished ? (Ans. By the tvjin. act.) How is the sup. in u used !
(Ans. After some adjectives, such as hard, disgraceful, pleasant, best, &c.)
How is the sup. in u Englished? (Ans. Regularly by the infin. passive: but
often by the in Jin. active.)

fc How may the imperative be got from the infinitive ? [By throwing away re.]
c The ablative after dtgnus, indignus. mast be Englished by '»/.•' after all o1
tfiem consider what preposition we use in English, and use that, without thinking
About 'he usual signs of the ablative.113

*35 How is the want of the perfect participlef active supplied 1 ( tins. By quun

with the perf. or pluperf. of tne subjunctive ; or by the abl. absolute.)
*36 What is the ablative absolute? *Is the substantive of the abl. ubsol. to bo
rendered by a preposition 7 [No.] *Bv what participle governing iu> noun
may the ablative absolute often be rendered, when the participle is of the
perf. pass. ? [By the partic. with ' having.']

*37 What substantives follow the rules for the proper names of towns'? [A:is.

Domus and rus: also the genitives humi and militia. See 33.]

48 Where is 'cum' placed with the ablatives of personal pronouns? [After them •

and joined to them: mecuin, &x.]

*39 What case do adjectives signifying desire, &.C., govern ? [Gen.]

*41 In what case is the agent or person by whom put ? (Ans. In the ablative with

a or ab: but after the part, in dus, in the dative.)

42 Mention some words, &c., after which the gerund or part, in dus follows in the
dat. [Utilis, profitable or good for; inuiTlis, unprofitable; idoneus, fit for ;
tern pus impendere, to spend time in or on; vacare, to hoxe leisure; studere,
aim at; devote one's self to.]

•43 How is what is in form the pass, injin. to be translated after 4is,1 'arc?

[Ans. By the part, in dvA.)

*44 What verbs govern the dative? (191.) *How is the pluperf. indie, to be trans-
lated after 1 if V [By plup. subj]

45 In the infinitives made up of two words, is the participle to agree with its sub-
stantive or not ? (Ans. To agree.) Is the word in um in the fut. ivfin. pass.
a participle ? What is it ? [Sw/mte.]

Can it then agree with the substantive ? [JVfo.]

*46. Must you look for the antecedent to the relative in the relative sentence or j.otl
[Generally not.] *Is the case of the relative determined by a word in its own,
or in the preceding sentence ?

47 Can the verbs that govern the dative be used in the first or sccond persons in
the passive? In what person only can they be used in the passive? [/n
• the third sing.]

. 48, How is the present infin. rendered after licuit ? oportuit ? [Generally by the perf.]
*49 What verbs govern the gen. ? (244.)

»50.--:-abl. ? (221,245.)

*51 What cases do pmnitet, pudet, &c., take after them 1 (Ans. An accusative ol
the person, feeling; a gen. of the thing or person about which the emotiou
is felt.)

*52 How is 'mMSt* translated ? [By the part in dus with the verb esse.] When is
the part, in dus to agree with the subst. [ When the verb governs the ac-
cusative.] When the verb does not govern the acc., in what case, &.C., must
the participle stand ? [In the nom. neut., and then esse will always stand in
the third singular.]

Go through prodesse, (129, p. 51.)

-occldere, killing, (175, p. 63.)

-epistoia scribenda, (181, p. 64.)

-scribendum est mihi, (207, p. 71.)

--mihi credTtur, (237, p. 80.)

-mihi ire licet, (261, p. 86.)

'	me ire oportet, (269, p. 88.)

Mention the participles of loquor, (242, p. 82.)$

{ What English participle answers to the partie. in ns ? [ Part, in ng.] in us 1
Fart, in <2, t, or n.] rus ? [Going to—; or, about to—.] in ndus ? [Form of inf. past-
t The subst., that is, which is governed by the verb that follows must, Thf
o wi. before must becomes the dat. after esse, but is often omitted.

^ The fut inf. of a deponent verb is the fut. in rus with esse.DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM,

English.
1 To think nothing of.

2. To value highly.*

i To think little of.b
\ To hold cheap.
No stability.

Some time.

Much good.
How much pleasure.

OCT Hence 4 no * 4 gome," (when they
denote quantity, not number,)
'much,' lhoin much,' are to be
translated by 'nihil,' 4aliquid,'
4 multum,4 quantumfollowed by
the gen-

5.	lie did it unwillingly.

6.	It is disgraceful to lie.

7.	It is the part
-duty I

-business >of a wise man.

—— mark j
- character J

8.	To condemn a man to death.

9.	As many as possible.	)

--he can or could. )

The greatest possible.	}
- he can or could, j

IU On the top of the mountain.

In the middle of the wi ter.

11	Is going to bed.

12	It is hard to say.

13	While they were (are, &c.) play-

ing.

Lati*.

To reckon at nothing, (nihili ducirt Gi
facere.)

To value at a high price, (magni anil

mare.)

To value at a little price, (parvi tSsR
mare.)

Nothing of stability, (nihil stabilitStis.)
Something of time, (aliquid temporis.)
Much of good, (multum boni.)

How much of pleasure, (quantum volu»
tatis.)

He, unwilling, did it
To lie is disgraceful

It is of a wise man.

To condemn a man of the head.

As the most, {quam plurimi.j

As the greatest, {quam maximus.)

[That is, 4 as many as the most:* at

great as greatest,' &.c.]

On the mountain highest.

In the water middle, (in summo monte

in medid aqusi.)

Is going to tie down, (cubitum, sup.)

It is hard in saying, (difficile est dictrj ;
supine.)

During playing, (inter ludendum.)

* To value very highly, (maximi aestTm&re.;

b Th« substantive will follow in the accusative notwithstanding the 4of, foi
Ql&t ha» nothing to do with the Latin verb.

8116

English

14.	The intention of writing a letter.

15.	We must cultivate virtue.

16	Caius must write.

17	We must believe Caius.

IS The ways of expressing the pur
pose are,

He comes to see the games

19. (a) I may go.

(b) I might have gone.

CO la) \ ought to go.

lb) 1 ought to have gone

Latin.

The intention of a letter to-be-written
(scri bends epistSlfB.)

Virtue is to-be-cultivated, (colenda es
virtus.)

It is to-be-written by Caius, (Caio sc-iben
dum est.)

It is to-be-believed to Caius, (credendum
est Caio.)

(a) Venit ut ludos spectet.

\b) Venit ludos spectfttum, (sup.)

(c)	Venit ludos spectaturus.

(d)	Venit ad ludos spectandos.
To which add,

(e)	Venit causa (for the purpose) ludO
rum spectandoruni; and

(/) Instead of ut, the relative may be
used :

He sent ambassadors, qui pacem pet&
rent, (to sue for peace.)

Mihi ire licet, (it is permitted to me togo.N
ftlihi ire licuit, (it was permitted to n.e tc

go.)

Me ire oporu»t.

Me iro owrtuit.PART II.

A SECOND LATIN BOOK

AJFD

PRACTICAL GAAMMAR.A

SECOND LATIN BOOK

AND

PRACTICAL GRAMMAR.

BY

THOMAS KERCHEVER ARNOLD, M. A.,

RECTOR OP LYNDON,

AND LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE.

CABZFULLY REVISED AND CORRECTED

BY REV. J. A. SPENCER, A. M.

NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

FROM THE PRESS OF

D. APPLETON & COMPANY.Entered, according to Act of Congress, In the year 1846, by
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY,

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the
Southern District of New York.PREFACE

to the first english edition.

The following work is founded on Augustus Grote.
fiend's Lateinisches Elementarbuch, from which the
Latin portions are taken without alteration.

The work is a Practical Latin Grammar, with Read-
ing Lessons and Exercises. It assumes that the pupil
can decline and conjugate with accuracy; at which
stage of his progress it is of great importance that he
should be made acquainted with the principles on which
derivative words are formed. For this purpose I have
given a list of the principal terminations employed, and
added to the earlier Exercises Vocabularies, in which
the principles of Word-building are practically applied.

T. K. A.

[Consult Preface to Part I., or First Latin Book.]

J. A. S.TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PART II.

P.MU

\ Sketch of Latin Accidence..................................125

Terminations of Substantives..................................120

General Rules of Gender........................................................................127

First Declension....................................... ....	128

Second do..............................................130

Third do..........................................................................................132

Gender of the Third Declension............................................................132

Fourth Declension ,.................................. ........135

Fifth do..................................... ................136

Acjjectives....................................................................................................137

The Numerals..................................... .................142

Comparison of Adjectives........................................................................143

Pronouns........................................................................................................144

Tho Verb...............................................................................................14'!'

Conjugations..........................................................................................149

Terminations of the Verb.............................................150

The verb sum..........................................................................................154

First Coqjugation......................................... 155

Second do.......................................................................159

Third do....................................................................162

Fourth do. ..................................................................................165

List of Verbs....................................t................168

Deponent Verbs................................................174

Impersonate..............................................................................176

Irregular Verbs................................................................................177

Adverbs............................................................................................................179

Prepositions......................................................................................................180

Principles of Word-building......................................................................181

Table of Genders............................................186124

Paoi

Rrief Sketch of Latin Syntax.................................. 189

I. Subject and Predicate ................................ 189

II. Of the Cases............................................190

III.	Use of the Tenses...................................... 198

IV.	Of the Moods........................................... 199

Gerunds, Gerundive................................... 20S

Participles.............................................203

Supines................................................20«

I!. Exercises.....................................................205

III.	Reading Lessons..............................................255

IV.	vocabularjes on the exercises................................265

v. Questions on the Latin Accidence......................... .. 28 J

vi. Questions on Latin Syntax, (including Answers, and the princi-
pal Rules in Latin from the Eton Grammar)................291

VII. Cautions.....................................................314

nil. Distinction of Synonymes..................................... 315

Appendix I.—Verbs with Dative, &c.............................. 31G

" II.—Greek Nouns, &c. ................................. 317

" III.—Conjunctions.......................................318

Latin Index......................................................... 321

English-Latin Index ............................................... 344

EXPLANATION OP ABBREVIATIONS.

S. refers to ftie Rules of Syntax .........

C **	Cautions.................

Syu "	Synonymes distinguished

891

314
815I. SKETCH OF LATIN ACCIDENCE.

X. There are in Latin nine parts of speech ; viz.—

(а)	Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Parti-

ciple,—which are declined :

(б)	Adverb, Preposition, Interjection, and

Conjunction,—which are undeclined.

2.	Latin nouns are declined by Genders, Cases, and
Nurrbers.

3.	There are three genders: Masculine, Feminine,
and Neute?.

4.	There are six cases : Nominative, Genitive,
(we, Accusative, Focafrwe, and Ablative.

5.	There are two numbers : Singular and Plural.

6.	There are Jive declensions, which are distinguished
by the termination of the genitive singular.

7.	The declension makes the genitive ending in
<B diphthong; the second, in i; the third, in is; the
fourth, in z/s; the fifth, in ei.*

* The two dote over the s, are a separation-mark, (diargsisj meaning thf th*
two vowels are to be pronounced separately; thus: re-i.126

j 8. terminations of substantives.

	I.	II.	III.	IV.		V.
Sing.	/•	m. neut.		m.	neut.	/•
Nom.	&	fis, er um	various*	fts	u	es
Gen.	SB	I	is	fis	fis	Si
Bat.	83	0	I	ni		ei
Acc.	am	um um	em (im)	um	a	cm
Voc.	ft	8, 5r um	like nom.	fis		es
Abl.	ft	5	8(1)	&		6
Plural.						
Nom.	SB	I ft	es	fis	oft	6s
Gen.	ftrum	Qrum	um or ium	uum		Srum
Dat.	Is	Is	ibfis	Ibfis (fibfis)		Sbfis
Acc.	fts	0s ft	es	fis	uft	6s
Voc.	SB	I ft	6s	fis	aft	es
Abl.	Is	is	ibfis	ibfis (fibfis)		ebfis

9. The cases of Latin nouns are thus expressed in
English:—

Singular.

Vom.	............a or the boy

Gen. of	............a or the boy

Dat. to or for............a or the boy

Acc.	............a or the boy

Voc. O	........................boy

Abl. with, from, in, or by» • a or the boy

Plural•

Nom.	............

Gen. of ............

Dat. to ............

Acc.	............

Voc. O ............

Abl. with, from, in, or by-

boyt
the boyt
the boyt
the boyt
boyi
the boyt

10.	Obs. That in neuter nouns the accusative is like
the nominative, and that in the plural the nominative,
accusative, and vocative end in a.

11.	The vocative is always like the nominative, ex-
cept in nouns in us of the second, which make V. e.
Proper names in ius, with Jilius, genius, contract ie
into i.; as, Virgilius, Virgili, &c.

12.	In the third vis, with sitisf tussis, amussis9 and a
ew more, have Acc. im, Abl. i only.

Febrts, puppis, securis, turris, &c., prefer im, i.

Neuters in e, id, ar, have Abl. i, N. plur. to, G. plur, turn.

13.	Besides the neuters in e, al> ar9 the following
classes of words generally make G. plur. ium.

* In repeating the Table, let the pupil say, "Nom., various,—generally no*.COP
■limns the unaltered root." See 42.127

(a)	Nouns in es, if, er, not Increasing in the Gen.

(b)	Nouns in *, z, after a consonant, except words of more than one sylla.

ble in ps.

(e) Monosyllables.

,d) National names in as, is, that make their genitives in dts# ttis, respect-
ively.

Exceptions.

\jg)	But vates, proles, juvgnis, senex, can is,

Take um; with pater, frater, mater, panis

(/) Of monosyllables, the following, with a few more,* take um:

Dux, vox, grex, lex,

Pes, fur, prex, rex,

Mos, flos, fraus, laus.

14.	The fourth declension is a contracted form of the
vhird declension : G. uts, us. Abl. ue, u, &c. The
dat. is often u> (for ui.)

15.	The following words of the fourth have Abl.
iibus:

j*rcus, acus, portus, quercus, ficus, lacus, artus,

Et tribus, et partus; specus ad.de, veruque, pecuque.

16.	In the fifth declension, e of G. and D. is long, il
it follows a vowel; short, if it follows a consonant,
( faciei, fidei.f

§ 17. GENERAL RULES OF GENDER.

18.	Names of men and of male beings, and the names
of rivers, winds, and months, are masculine.

19.	Names of women and female beings ; most of
names oi trees, towns, countries, and islands, are femi-
nine.

20.	Nouns which signify either male or female, are
of the common gender. The following lines contain
most of the Latin nouns of two genders :

l The followii.£ lines give a more complete list:—

ren, fur, and lar, with as, dux, fraus, and dos,
ffrus, laus, and pes, with sus, crux, fax, and mos;
Add grez with bos and flos; add feex and frux,
lex, prex, and rex, with crus, and vox and nuz.

• Compare note, First Latin Book, \ 25128

jfnlistes, votes, adolescent, auctor et augur,

Dux, judex, index, testis, cum cive sacerdos,

Municipi adde parens, patrueli affinis et heres,

Jirtifici, conjux atque incola, miles et hostis,

Pars, juvenis, martyr, comes, infans, obses et hospes,

Interpres, prassul, custos, vindex que satelles.

21 Names of animals which include both sexes, but
which admit of an adjective of one gender only, are
called epicene. Such nouns commonly follow the gen-
der of their terminations. But if the sex of the partic-
ular animal is to be stated, the word mas or femina is
added ; as, anas mas, anas femina, &c.

22.	All indeclinable nouns; names of the letters ot
the alphabet, &c., are neuter.

23.	The mode of determining the gender of nouns
from their terminations, will be explained under each
declension. See also ' Table of Genders," 171

§ 24. FIRST DECLENSION.

25. Nouns of the first declension end in a, e, as, anu
es. Those in a and e are feminine, with the exception
oi a few names of men, and designations of men; as,
voeta, a poet; agricola, a husbandman; &c. Those
in as and es are masculine.

EXAMPLES.

N. Mus-i
G. Mus-ie
I). Mus-ffi
A. M us-am
V. Mus-a

Singular.

a muse
of a muse
to a muse
a muse
O muse

A.. Mus-S. ............. with a muse

N. Mus-ae
G. Mus-Srum..
I). Mus-is
A. Mus-Ss
V. Mus-ffi
A. Mus-is

26. In like Winer decline—

Plural.

musea
of musea
to muse*
muses
O muse*

terra....... •••• . »'irth,land.

iqua............. • .. water.

aquMa..... .........an eagle.

.................... sand.

barl'a................ the beard.

cat£ua............ . »-a chain.

Cfira....................wax.

eopia.................plenty

eoiAnit . .............crown.'

culpa..................a fanlt.

cura.........-............care.

fSmina................a woman.

farina.................'.'-meal.

flumma...................flame.

forma..............form, beauty.

galea.....................helmet.

gratia.....(I) agreealleness, ele-
gance, (2) favot, £3) thanks.129

...............spear.

hora.....................hour.

insfila....................inland.

ira........................anger.

lacryma..................a tear.

lana.......................wool,

libra..................a balance.

lingua...................tongue.

litera, a letter; liter», plur., a let-
ter, (i. e. an epistle,) lit-
erature.

!Qna...................the moon.

ni6ra.....................delay.

mensa...................a table.

patria...................country

pecunia..................money-

poena..............a punishment

porta..................... a gate.

prsda.............booty, plunder.

rlpa.......................bank.

r6ta.....................a wheel.

s&gitta....................arrow.

steila.....................a star.

turba............tumult, a crowd.

vacca.....................a cow.

via.........................way.

umbra....................shade.

unda......................wave

21. Nouns of this declension ending in as, es, &t\,
aie of Greek origin.

EXAMPLES.

Sing.
N. Tiar-as
G. Tiar-ae
D. Tiar-ae
A. Ti&r-am or an
V. Tiar-fi
A. Tiir-a

A Turban."

Plur.
N. Tiar-ffi
G. Ti&r-arum
D. TiSr-is
A. Tiar-as
V. TiSr se
A. Tiar-is

Stng.
N. Comet-fs
G. Comfit ffl
D. ComSt-JB
A. Comet-gn
V. Comgt-8
A. Comgt-g

A Comet."

Plur.
N. Conigt-fe
G. Goingt-arum
D. Comgt-is
A. Coingt-as
V. Conigt-ffi
A. Comet-is

Sing.
N. Alo-8
G. Alo-gs
D. Alo-ae
A. Alo-en
V. AIo-S
A. Alo-6

Plur.

N.	Alo-ae

G.	AI o-arum

D.	Alo is

A.	Alo-as

V.	Alo-ae

A.	Alo-is

28.	Some nouns of this declension have abus in the
dat. and abl. plur., to distinguish them from masculine
nouns in us of the second declension ; as, Dea, Filia,
Equa, Mula, and a few others.

29.	The following words are plurals with a singular
meaning:—

Divitia, riches; tenebra, darkness; litera, a letter, (in the sense of en
epistle;) nundinee, a market or fair ; nuptice, a wedding

30.	Also, some names of towns .—

Jithine, Athens; Syracuse, Syracuse; Thcbic, Tliebca.13U

§31. SECOND IECLENSION.

32.	Nouns of the second declension end in er, ir, wa,
um, os, on.

33.	In nouns in er in this declension, the whole nora
inative is the root; but most of them throw away the e:
as, Magister, magistri, &c., not magisteri.

bov. gener, son-in-law; socer, father-in-law; Liber, Bacchus ; libit«
children ; with adulter, and those in /er, ger, &c., retain the «.

34.	Nouns in us, er of this declension an mascu
line; except,—

(1) Feminine:

........ground.

•winnowing Jan,

alvus......................belly. 1 humus ....

domus..............house, home. | vannus ...

and a few others.

(2) Neuter:

virus, juice, poison, pelagus, sea. vulgus, [also masc.] common people

35. Nouns in um and on are neuter; nouns in oi
masculine.

EXAMPLES.

" A Son-in-law."

Sing.
Genftr
Genfcr-i
D Genfir-o
A Gengr-um
V Gemer
A. GenSr-o

N

Plur.
N. Gen&r i
G. GenSr orum
D. GenSr is
A. Gen5r-os
V: Gen£r-i
A. Gen&r-is

Sing.
N. Agfir
G. Agr-i
D. Agr-o
A. Agr-um
V. Ag6r
A. Agr-o

" A Field."

Plur.
N. Agr-i
G. Agr-5rum
D. Agr-is
A. Agr-6s
V. Agr-i
A. Agr-is

" A Raven."

Sing	Plur.

N Corv-us	N. Corv-i

B Corv-i	G. Corv-orum

D Corv-o	D. Corv-is

A Corv-um	A. Corv-6s

V Corv-e	V. Corv-i

\ Corv-o	A. Corv-is

" A Kingdom."

Sing.	Plur.

N. Regn-i

N. Regn-um
G. Regn-i
D. Regn-o
A. Regn-um
V. Regn-um
A. Regn-o

G. Regn-driac
D. Regn-is
A. Regn-i
V. Regn-i
A. Regn is

f<6. In like manner decline,—

icervus
agnus

..............heap

..............lamb.

finilcus.................a friend.

angfilus* .................corner.

anftuus...................mind.

annus.................year

I aroiter...............an umpire.

aslnus...................an ass.

astrum.............constellation.

ivus................grandfather.

bellum.....................war

cancer ...............a crab131

C&per...................a goal.

cfipillus • •• • the hair of the human
head; a hair.

caelum» • ................heaven.

fplur. cceli.J

cumfilus...................heap

Dcusi .....................God.

digitus................ finger, toe.

donrinus ........a master, a lord.

ddinus3 ...........a house, home.

[partly of decl. 4.]

don urn.....................gift.

Squus ..................a horse.

ferrum.....................iron.

fllius.....................a son.

fvoc. fili.]3

fBcus ...................hearth.

fotium ....................leaf.

fumus...................smoke.

gl&dius.................a sword.

hanius.....................hook.

hortus.................a garden.

jfigum......................yoke.

IStum.................... • death.

liber.....the inner bark of a tree;

a book.*

llnum.....................flax.

Ideas......................place.

[plur. loci and loca.\

Ifidus.............play ; a school.

inarltus..............a husband.

mendTcns..............a beggar

m&dus................ameutur*

morbus................ • • disease.

mundus................. world.

mfirus.....................wait.

nasus............................

nidus....................a nest.

nodus.....................knot.

n&rrigrus................number

numnius............coin, money.

nun tius.... a messenger; message,
new*.

oculus......................eye.

plumbum..................lead.

pfipulus..................people.

pretium............ value, price.

ridius......the spoke of a wheel;

a ray.

rimus...................branch.

scopulus...................rock

servus...................a slave

socius.....an associate, partner >

an ally

scmnus....................sleep

taurus......................bull

tSlum ..................weapon

terminus...................end

ventus....................wind.

verbum..................a word.

ves tlgiu ................footstep.

vir* .....................a man.

Obb The above list does not contain the names of females and female designer
h rns ; nor those of trees, of which many are feminine.

37. (Plural words with sing, meaning:)

........a camp. J fasti...........

And the towns Oabii, Veii, fcc.

. the calendar

38. Greek nouns ending in os and on are thus 'le
clined :—

NL DSl-os.................. Delos

Del-i .................. of Delos

D. DSl-o .................. to Delos

A. DSl-on.................. Delos

V. D€l-e .................. O Delos

A. Dfil-o ................. -with Delos

Sing.
N Barbit-on
G. Barbit-i
D. Barbit-o
A. BarbTt-on
V. BarbTt-on
A. Barbit-o

A Lyre.»*

riur.
, N. Btirbit-8

G. BurhTt-6n
; D. Baib7i-is
A. BarbTt-fi
V. Barbit S
A. Barbit-i»

- Voc. sing. Deus ; plur. nom. DO, Di, or Dei; dat. abl. Diis, Dis, or Deis

*	See 52, 53.

*	So proper names in ius ; as, Virgili, Pompei, from Virgilius, Pompeius Jfeus
QU voc. niasc. mi.

*	Tfee only noun in ir; it is declined like gener.

*	So called, because the ancients used to write on thi? Inner rind132

39. Greek proper names in eus (svg) are usually d&
dined like corvus, except in the vocat., which ends in
tu. They are sometimes of the third declension

\ 40. THIRD DECLENSION.

41.	The number of final letters of this declension is
twelve. Five are vowels, a, e, i, o, y, and seven are
consonants, c, Z, n, r, s, t, x. The number of its final
syllables exceeds fifty.

42.	Tabular view of the terminations :—

Sing.	Plur.

N. a, e, i, o, y, c, 1, n, r, s, t, x.
G. is
D. i

A. em (neut. like nom.)

V. like nom.

A S or I

N. 6s. neut. A or ia
G. um or ium
D. ibns
A. Hkc nom.

V. like nom.

A. lbus

§ 43. GENDER OF THE THIRD DECLENSION.1

44.	The following are the masculine terminations :

kr, or, os, es, when the gen. increases ; and any termination in o, except
do, go, io.

45.	The following are the feminine terminations:

do, go, io, as, is, aus, x, «« not increasing in the genitive, s impure.

46.	The other terminations are neuter: that is,—

c, ft t, e, Z,° nor, itr, us.

EXAMPLES.

Sing.
A Po6in5
G. Poemat-Ts
D Poeniat-I
A PoSm&
V. Poem8
A PoSmit?

Plur.
N PoSnigt 8
G. Po§mSt-um
D. PoSmat-ibus
A. Po§mSt-5
V. Po8m5t-S
A. PoSmat-Tbus

" A Speecn. * maac.

Sing.
N. Sermo
G. SermOn-Ts
D Sermon 1
A. Serm5n-en
V Feimo
A Scrm5p-t.

Plur.
N. SermOn-8s
G. Sermon uic
D Serm6i»-fbU9
A. Serm5n-8s
\ SerrnOL 6s
SennCti-Ibv

1 See 44 Table of Genuers," 171

* These letters are contained in the word 'attic.133

4 A Sea."

Plur.
N. MSr-Ta
G. Mar-Tum
D. Mar-Ibus
A. Mar-TS
V. Mar-T5
A Mar-ibus

Sing.

N.	Virgo

G.	Virgin-is

D.	VirgTn-I

A.	VireTn-em

V.	Virg-o

A.	Virgin-6

« A Virgin."

Plur.
N. Virgln-Sa
G. Virgln-um
D- VirgTn-ibus
A. Virgin-6s
V. VirgTn-6s
A. Virgin-ibus

1 An Animal."

Plur.
N. Animal-T5
G. AniniaMum
D Animal-Tbus
A. AniniSl-TS
V Animal-Ta
A Animal-ibus

Sing
N. Carmen
G. CarmTn-Ts
D. CarmTn-I
A. Carmen
V Carmen
A. CarmTn-S

" A Verse."

Sing.
N Labor
G. Labdr-Ts
D. Labor I
A. Labor-em
V. Labor
A. Labor-e

Plur.
N. Lab5r-8s
G. Labor-uin
I). Labor-Tbus
A. Labor-es
V. Labor-es
A. Labor-ibus

Sing.
N. Rup-es
G. Rup-Ts
D. Rup-T
A. R up-em
V. Rup-es
A. Rup-e

A Rock."

Plur.

N. Rup-es
G. Rup-Tum
I). Rup-Tbus
A. R u pes
V. Rupes
A. Rup-Tbus

Plur.
N. Art-es
G. Art-Tum
D. Art-Tbus
A. Art-Ss
V. Art-Ss
A. Art-'Tbus

Sing.

N.	MTles

G.	MiITt-Ts

D.	MilTt-T

A.	MilTt-em

V.	Miles

A.	MilTt-g

" A Soldier."

Plur.

N.	MilTt-Ss

G.	MilTt-uin

D.	Milit Tims

A.	Milit-Ss

V.	Mi lit-6s

A.	Mi!it-Tbus

Sing.
N- Paier
G. Patr-Ts
D. Patr-f
A. Patr-em
V. PiUer
A. Patr-S

Plur.

N.	Patr-6s

G.	Patr-um

D.	Patr-Tbus

A.	Patr-Ss

V.	Patr-?.s

A.	Patr-Tbas

Sing.
N. Mulier
G. MulTSr-Ts
D. Muiier-I
A. MuliSr-em
V. Mulier
A. MulTSr-?

"A Woman.

Plur.
N. MulTer-6s
G. Mulier-um
D. Mulier Tbui
A. Mulier-6s
V. Mulier-6s
A. iMulier-Tbus

'• A VVoik.

Plur.
N. Op5r-a
G. OpSr-um
D. Op6r-Tbus
A. Opfir-a
V. Op6r-a
A. Op^r-Tbus

Sing.
N. LSpis
G. Lapfti-Ts
D. LapTd-T
A. LapTd-em
V. Lapis
A. LapTd-5

A Stone."

Plur.
N. LapTd-6s
G. LapTd-uir
D. Lapid-Tbus
A. Lapid t-s
V. Lapid-Ca
A Lapid ibus134

Sing
N rurr-ia
G Turr-Is
D Turr-I
h f urr-em In»
V. Furr is
A. furr-fcor

" A Tower.*

Plur
N. Turr-es
G. Turr-um
D. T'jrr-Tbus
A. Turr-Ss
V. Turr-Ss
A. Turr-ibus

*' A Journey."

Sing.	Plur

N. Iter
G. ItlnSr-Is
D. Itin5r-I
A. Iter
V. Iter
A. ItinSr-8

N. ItTnSr a
G. Itinfir um
D. Itin£r-fbas
A. Itiner S
V. Itinfer*
A Itinfir-ibiw

♦ A Head/

Sing-.	Plur.

N caput 1 N. capft-5
G Capit is J G. Capit-um
D. CapTt-I
A. Caput
V Caput
A Capit-S

D. Capit-Ibus

Capit-a

V. Capit-S

Capit Ibus

Sing.
N Nox
G. Noct-Ts
D. Noct-f
A. Noct-em
V. Nox
A. Noct-S

" Night»

Plur.
N Noct-Cs
G. Noct-iura
D. Noct ibua
A Noct-fts
V. Noct-6s
A. Noct-ibus

Sing	Plur.	Sing.	Plur
N. STt-is	N- STt-es	N. Nix	N. NTv-Ss
G. Sit-Is	G STt-ium	G. Niv-is	G. Niv-ium
D. STt-I	D. SIt-Ibus	D. NTv-I	D. Niv Tbus
A. SIt-im	A. Sit 6s	A. Nlv-em	A. NTv-Bs
V. Sitis	V. Sit-Ss	V. Nix	V. Niv Ss
A. Slt-l	A. Sit-ibus	A. Niv-g	A. Niv-Ibus

" Snow."

" Snow."

i7. In like manner decline,—

&5r, agris1..........the lower air.

tether, Bris1........the upper and

purer air.

arbor, Bris, f.................tree.

&pU, yg. pi. ium and um).... a bee.

ftvis.......................bird.

cSlor, Oris..................heat.

calx, calcis........lime ; the heel.

carbo, fmisa................coal.

carcer, 8ns.............a prison.

cfiro, carnis, f..............flesh-

cinis, cinBris», m ..........ashes.

clvis, .......... .......a citizen.

cfvitas, Stis.............a state.

classis........... a class, a fleet.

cor, cordis, n... ............heart.

corpus, corpBris............body.

crimen, inis ... - a crime, a charge.

crux, crucis..............a cross.

custos, 5dis.............a keeper.

dens, dentis, m...........a tooth.

faex, faecis.................dregs.

d61or, oris..........pain, sorrow.

febris...................a fever.

finis, m. f...................end.

flos, floris...............a flower.

fons, fontis, ............fountain.

ftedus, Bris..............a treaty.

filgus, frigoris.............*cold.

funus, eris.......a funeral, death

frons, frontis...........forehead.

grex, gregis, in.............•flock.

judex, Tcis...............a judge.

hasres, haerSdis...........an heir.

hosp&s, hospltis, c.-a host, a guest.

ignis, in.....................fire.

juvenis.............a young man.

hostis, ................an enemy.

index, indlcis...... an informer, a

sign.

lai\£, laudis...............praise.

lStus, Bris..................side.

legio, Bnis.. .a body of Roman sol-
diers ; 6000 men and 300 horse.

lex, legis....................law.

lis, litis...................strife.

lumen, Inis................light.

lux, lucis..................light.

inater, matris............mother.

fr&ter, fratris.............brother.

p5ter, putris..............father.

mens, mentis...........mind.

merx, mercis........merchandise

mons, mentis, ........mountain.

mors, mortis...............dead*.

munus, nrzn&ris...........a gift

navis....................a ship

n&men, Inis...................

* These words have mostly the Greek acc. in 3: aerd, «etherd.
& Properly, a dead, extinguished coal.135

Bnus, onSris....... •• a burden.

os, oris, .................. mouth.

os. ossis, ..................b»ne.

pastor, Oris...........a shepherd.

pax, p&cis................peace.

pes, pSdis.................afoot.

pondus, *Vis..............weight.

pons, pontis, m............bridge.

pulvis, firis, ...............dust.

quies, 6tis, f...........rest, quiet.

r&dix, radlcis................root.

requies, (gen. etis and ei;
acc. requiem) f............rest.

rBs, rflris............. country

salus, salOtis, f......scfety, health

sanguis, sanguinis, ........blatd

semen, Tnis.................seed

teinpus, 6ris................time.

testis, .................a witness.

timor, 5ris.................fear

urbs, urbis..................city.

uxor, 6ris...............a wife.

venter, ventris.........the belly.

vesper, 6ris...........he evening.

voluntas, atis-.- .will, inclination.
voluptas, atis...........pleasure

§ 43. FOURTH DECLENSION.

49 Nouns of the fourth declension end in us and u.
Those in us are masculine, except these feminines :

Acus...................a needle.

Id us (pi.)...............the Ides.

D5mus..................a house.

Tribus...................a tribe.

M5nus..................« hand

PortTcus...............a portico

Ficus.....................a fig.

Penus..............a storehouse.

50. This declension is really a contracted form of the
hird :

gen. gradilis, gradus ; acc. graduem, gradum ; abl. gradue, gradu, &c.

EXAMPLES.

Sing.
N. Fruct-us
G. Fruct-us
D. Fruct-ui
A. Fruct-um
V. Fruct-us
A. Fruct-u

14 Fruit."

Plur.
N. Fruct-us
G. Fruct-uum
D. Fruct-!bus
A. Fruct-us
V. Fruct-us
A. Fruct-ibus

Sing.
N. Corn-u
G. Corn-us1
D. Corn-u
A. Corn-u
V. Corn-u
A. Corn-u

'A Horn."

Plur.
N. Corn-fiS
G. Corn-uum
D. Corn-!bus
A. Corn-fit
V. Corn-u$
A. Corn-1 bus

51. In like manner decline,—

cantus..................a song.

currus.................a chariot.

exercltus...............an army.

fiuctus • •................a wave.

g81u.........................ice.

gfinu...................the knee.

licus.....................a lake.

luctus.....................grief.

m&nus....................hand.

m&tus ...................motion.

portus...................a port.

passus..........-........a pace.

querela..................an oak

sensitus ..............the senate»

sensus • •........a sense, feeling

sexus.....................a sex.

sinus......... .........a bosom.

suniptus................expense.

t&nTtru..................thunder.

tumultus.............an uproar,

venatus................hunting.

vSru......................a spit.

victus....................food.

vultus ..........the countenance.

* The genit. of nouns in u of the fourth declension^ was in us See note, " Firs»
u&tla Book," p. 16.136

52. Domus, a house, is partly of the fourth, and part
ly of the second declension. It is thus declined :

Sing.
N. DOmus
G. Dom-us or u
D. Doni-ui or 5
A. Dom-um
V. Domus
A. Doni-o

Plur.
N. Dom-us
G. Dom-uum or Brum
D. Dom-ibus
A. Dom-us or 6s
V. Dom-us
A. Dom-ibus

53. Note. Domus in the genit. signifies of a house;
and domi, at home or of home

§ 54. FIFTH DECLENSION.

55. Nouns of the fifth declension end in es. They
are all feminine excepting dies; which is masculine 01
feminine in"the singular ; masculine only in the plural.
Its compound mendies (noon) is masculine.

56. Rem. The e of the pen. is long, when it follows a voioel; short, when it fol
ows a consonant, ret, Jidei, faciei.*

EXAMPLES

Sing.
N. Res
G. RS-i
D. RS-i
A. Rem
V- Res
A. Re

' A Thing."

Plur.
N. Res
G. Rg-rum
D. Re-bus
A. Res
V. Res
A. Re-bus

Sing.
N. Di-gs
G. Di-ei
D. Di-ei
A. Di-gm
V. Di-gs
A. Di-g

"A Day.

Plur.
Di-es
Di-grum
Di-ebus
Di-gs
Di-gs
Di-gbus

57. In like manner decline,-

acies* ••..... the edge or point of a
thing ; line of battle.

facies...................the face.

fides......................faith.

giacies......................ice.

perulcies............destruction.

sftnies.....................gore.

sfiries...........an order or row.

spgcies...... .......appearance,

form.

spes.......................hope.

temperies........ temperateneas.

* See note, " First Latin Book, p 25.137

§ 58. ADJECTIVES.

59.	An adjective is a word added to a substanlive, to
qualify or limit its meaning.

60.	Adjectives are declined like substantives, and art1
of the first and second declensions, or of the third only.

61.	Adjectives of three terminations are of the first
and second declensions ; adjectives of one or two termi-
nations arc of the third.

62.	Adjectives of three terminations end in us, a, um;
and er, a, um.

63.	In the masc. and neut. these adjectives are de-
clined like substantives of the second declension; in the
fern. like substantives of the first declension.

64.	A few make the gen. in ius and the dat. in i for
all genders.

65.	Terminations :—

		Sing			Plur.		A few	are declined
	2	1	2	2	1	2		thus:
Nom.	us	a	um	i	ie	5	us	a um
Gen.	i	88	i	orum	arum	orum	Tus	
Dat.	o	ffi	0	is			I	
Acc.	um	am	um	OS	as	a	um	am um
Voc.	e	a	um	i	86	a	e	a um
Abl.	o	a	0	is			0	a o

66. Adjectives of three terminations are thus de-
clined :—

		B5nus, "good.'			Tener, "tender.'		
		Sing.				Sing.	
N.	B5n-us	b5n-a	bon-um	N.	TSnSr	t8n8r-5	tengr-um
e.	B6n-i	bon-ae	b5n-i	G.	Tener-i	tener-©	tener-i
D.	B6n-6	b&n-se	bon-o	D.	Tener-o	tener-®	tener-o
A.	Bon-unt	bon-am	bon-um	A.	Tener-um	tener-am	tener-um
V.	BSn-e	bon-a	bon-um	V.	Tener	tener-a	tener-um
A,	Bon-o	bon-a	bon-o	A.	Tener-o	tener-S.	tener-o
		Plur.				Plur.	
N.	B6n-i	b5n-s	b&n-S	N.	TSngr-i	tenSr-c	t8nSr-8
G	Bon-Orura bon-arum		bon-5rum	G.	Tener-5rum tener-firum		tener-Oran
D	Bon-is	bon-is	bon-is	D.	Tener-is	tener-is	tener-is
A	Bo r>-5s	bon-as	b&n-ft	A.	Tener-6s	tener-Es	tener-fii
V	Bon-i	bon-te	bon-fi	V.	Tener-i	tener-ee	tener-8
<L Bon-is		bon-is	bon-is	A.	Tener-is	tener- is	tener-is138

67 Most adjectives in er drop the e in declension.

iEger, " sick.*'

Sing.

S. JEger	aegr-S	aegr-um

G. iEgr-i	aegr-ae	aegr-i

D. Mgr 6	aegr-ae	aegr-o

A.	/Egr-um	aegr-am	aegr-um

V. iEger	asgr-a	ajgr-um

A.	iEgr-5	aegr-&	aegr-d

Plur.

N	jEgM	aegr-ae	afcgi S

G	iEgr 5rum	aegr-5rum	aegr-Srun

n	iEgr-is	aegr-is	aegr-is

A	iEgr-os	aegr-as -	aegr i

V.	iEgr-i	aegr-ae	aegr-&

A.	iEgr-is	aegr-is	aegr-is

68. Six adjectives in us and three in er have theii
gen. sing, in ius, and dat. in i, in all the genders, viz.—
Alius, a, ud; Nullus; Solus; Totus; Ullus; IJnus;
Alter, -era, -erum; Uter, ra, rum; Neuter, ra, rum

	Unns, "one."	
	Sing.	
N. Unus	unS	unum
G. Unlus1	unlus	unlus
D. Unl	unl	uni
A. Unnin	unam	unum
V. UnS	una	unum
A Un5	unS,	uno
	Plur.	
K. Unl	una	un8
G. Unoruio	unarum	unorum
D. Unis	unis	unis
A- Unos	unas	una
V. Uni	unse	una
A. Unis	unis	unis

69 Adjectives of one and tvjo terminations are of the
third declension.

70.	Adjectives in is have neut. e; Abl. i. Neut.
plur. ia; G. ium.

71.	Comparatives in or have neut. us; Abl. e or t.
Neut. plur. a ; G. um.

1 Sdius appears to have t, though commonly considered as long139

72.	The other terminations have no peculiar form foi
{he neut. sing., and are generally called adjectives oJ
one termination, though they have two in the Nom. and
Arc., (except in Nom. sing.)

73.	They have Abl. e or i. Neut. plur. ia; G. ium.

For adjectives 5 ! *

74.	But

Pauper, superstes, ccelebs, ales, nospes,

Have e, with compos, puber, index, sospes,

and a few more; these hive also G. plur. um. Vetus
(G. veteris) has neut. pi. Vetera.

75.	Hence the Terminations for adjectives of two and
three terminations, are,—

	Two Terminations.		Comparatives.		One Termination.	
1	S.	P.	S.	P.	S.	P.
	M.F. N.	M.F. N.	M.F. N.	M.f. N.	M.f. (N.)	m./. n
N. V.	is e	e8 ia	or us	ore» ora	— —	es ia
G.	is	ium	oris	orwm	is	ium
D.	i	ibus	or i	or ibus	i	ibt £ \
Ace.	em e	es ia	orem us	ores ora	em as nom.	es ia
Abl	i	ibus	ore (ori)	or ibus	e or i	ib^M

Acer, "sharp.''

		Sing*	
N.	Acer or acris	acr-is	acr-e
G.	Acr-is	acr-is	acr-is
D.	Acr-i	acr-i	acr-l
A.	Acr-erri	acr-em	acre
V.	Acer or acr-is	acr-is	acr-e
A.	Acr-i	acr-i	acr-i
		Plur.	
N.	Acr-gs	acr-Ss	dcr-ta
G.	Acr-iuin	acr-ium	acr-ium
D.	Acr-i bus	acr-ibus	acr ibus
A.	Acr-es	acr-es	acr-ii
V.	Acr-es	acr es	acr-iS
A.	Acr-ibus	acr-ibus	acr-Ibu»

Acer, "sharp.''140

		Mltis ' mild.'			Mitioi "milder.		
		Sing.				Sing.	
N	Mlt-is	mlt-is	mTt-8	N.	Mlt-ior	mlt-ior	mit-) us
G	Mit-is	mit-is	mit-is	G.	Mit-ioris	mit-i5ris	mit-i6ris
D	Mis-i	niit-i	mit-i	D.	Mit-iori	mit-i5ri	mit-i&ri
A	Mit cm	mit-em	mit-e	A.	Mit-i5rem	init-i6rem	mlt-ius
V	Mit- s	mit-is	mit-e	V.	Mit-ior	mit-ior	mit ins
A	Mit-i	mit-i	mit-i	A.	Mit-i5re (ri; mit-iore (ri)		mit-iBre (ri
		Plur				Plur.	
N	Mit €s	mit-es	mlt-U	N.	Mit-i 6res	mit-ifires	mit-i5r8
G	Mit-ium	mit-ium	mit-ium	G.	Mit-i&rum	mit-iorum	ni.t-iorum
D	Mit-Tbus	mit-Tbus	mit-Tbus	D.	Mit-i5ribus	mit-idribus	. mit-i&ribufi
A	Mit-es	mit-es	mit-T5	A.	Mit-iores	mit-iores	mir-iorft
V	Mit-es	mit-es	mit-iS	V.	Mit-iores	mit-iores	mit-iorS
A.	Mit-Tbus	mit-Tbus	mit-Tbus	A.	Mit-iori bus	mit-ioribus	mit-ioribus

76. In like manner all comparatives, except plus, are
•icclined.

		Felix, "happy."	
		Sing.	
N.	Fgl-ix	Fel-ix	Fel-ir
G.	Fel-icis	Fgl-Tcis	Fel-icis
D.	Fei-ici	Fel-Tci	Fel-Ici
A.	Fcl-icem	Fel-Icem	Fel-ix
V.	Fel-ix	Fel-ix	Fel-ix
A.	Fel-Ice or ci	Fei-Ice or ci	Fel-Ice or ci
		Plur.	
N.	F6l-lc6s	F61-icSs	Fel-Ici5
G.	Fel-icium	Fel-icium	Fel-icium
D.	Fel-IcTbus	Fel-Icibus	Fel-Icibus
A.	Fel-ices	Fel-ices	Fel-IciS
V.	Fel-ices	Fel-ices	Fel-Ici*
A.	Fel-Iclbus	Fel-Icibus	Fel-icibus

N. Prod-ens
G. Prud-entis
D. Prud-enti
A. Prud entem
V. Prud-ens
A. Prud-ente or t'

N. Prad-entes
G. Prud-entium
D. Prud-entTbus
A. Prud-entes
V. Prnd-enies
A Prud-enti bus

Prudens, " prudent *

Sing
prud-ens
prud-entis
prud-enti
prud-entem
prud-ens
prud-ente or t5

Plur.
prud-entes
prud-entium
prud-entibus
prud-entes
prud-entes
Drud-entibus

prud-en»

prud-entis

prud-enti

prud-ens

prud-ens

prud-ente or 6

prud-entia

prud-entium

prud-entTbus

prud-entifi

prud-entifi

prud-entlbu*141

77. In like manner decline,—

gcerbus....................scur.

acDtus1 .................sharp.

emulus...............rivalling.

Sm&rus..................bitter.

equus.........even, equal, just.

fiinoenus.....pleasant, delightful,

(to the sight.)

altus................high-; deep.

as per (era, erum).........rough.

bonus.....................good.

brgvis ....................short.

candidus...........bright, white.

cfivus....................hollow.

clarus..........clear, illustrious.

clSmens............mild, clement.

CominSdus...suitable, convenient;
(of persons) agreeable, com-
plaisant.

crassus............ thicx, coarse.

crudus..............raw, unripe.

curvus.....................bent.

densus....................thick.

difficilis.................difficult.

dignus........worthy, deserving.

dubius.................doubtful.

durus.....................hard.

ebrius.......... drunk, drunken.

facilis....................easy

festus.............festive, joyful

fortis..............brave, strong.

frigidus....................cold.

grSvis .........heavy, important,

serious.

intgger.....whole, thence upright,

honest.)

latus • • • ..................broad

longus.....................long.

laxus......................loose.

magnus...................great.

maturus....................ripe.

miser (era, &c.) • • •. * miserable.

mollis....................soft.

probus. ..........honest, good.

plus2 .....................more.

pi en us.....................full.

par...................equal, like,

stgrilis...................barren*

( senex (g. senis)............old,

<	(of persons.)

( senior...................older.

soliicitus......disturbed, unquiet,

anxious

vgrus....................true

v5tus, veteris...............old.

alter®........the other, (of two;) I neuter3........neither of the two.

one more. | totus3 ....................whole.

solus3....................alone.

78. There are some adjectives, such as, summus,
(highest,) medius, (middle,) imus, (lowest,) reliquus,
(remaining,) ultimus, extremus, (last,) &c., which ars
generally translated into English by substantives ; as

f The top of the mountain.)

N. summus mons
G. sum mi montis
D. sunimo munti

(The foot of the oak.)

ima quercus
imffi quercus
imae quercui

(The rest of the work.)

reliquum opus
reliqui operis
reliquo operi

1	Acuo, to sharpen.

2	Sing. Nom. Acc Neut. plus; gen pluris ; no other cases. Plur. plum •
fteut. piura; gen.plurium; dat. abl. pluribus.

* These make gen. ius ; dat. t. See 68. So ullus, (any;) nallus, (none ;) utor,
jwhich of two ) with its compounds ; uterque, (each ;) utervis, (which of the two you
please;) gen. utriusque, utriusvis, &c.—In unusquisque, both words are declined,
gon. univscujusque. Alius, neut. aliud; gen. alius; daf. alii. fee. Alter, geu
clieritts.142

79. Duo and tres are thus declined .

N. Duo1 duae	duo	N. Tres	tres	ma
3. Duflrum duSrum	dudrum	G. Trium	trium	trinm
L>. Dudbus duabus	duobus	D. Tri bus	tribus	tri bus
A. Duos or duo duas	duo	A. Tres	tres	iris
V. Duo duae	duo	V. Tres	tres	trig
A. Du5bus duabus	dudbus	A. Tribus	tr^us	tribui

80. THE NUMERALS.

flh (.ardinals.
(answering to how
many f (the first
three declinable.)

1.	utius

2.	duo

3.	tres

4.	quatuor

5.	quinque
5. sex

7.	septem

8.	octo

9.	novem

10.	decern

11.	undgcim

12.	duodgcim

13.	tredgcim 1

14.	quatuordScim

15.	quindgcim

16.	sedScim

17.	septend^ciin J

18.	duodeviginti

19.	undeviginti

20.	viginti

100. centum
1000. mille
onnA I bis mille )
****' {bin

( bina millia \

Ordinals.
.marking the place
any thing holds in
a series.)

primus

secundus

tertius

quartus

quintus

sextus

septTmus

octSvus

nonus

declmus

undecimus

duodecinius

the two forms used,
(tertius decimus,
&c.)

duodevicesimus
undevicesimus
( vices!mus )
| vigesimus J
centesimus
millesTmus

bis millesTmus

Distributives. Advkrbs

(answering to how
many apiece.)

singuli (pi.)

blni

terni

quaterni

qulni

sSni

septSni

octoni

noveni

deni

undeni

duodSni

the two forms
used, (terni
deni, &c.)

centeni
milleni

bis millSni

semel

bis

ter

quater

quinquieS

sexies

septies

octies

novies

decies

undecies

duodecies

tre<lecies

quatuordeciei

quindecies3

sedecies

septiesdecies

duodevicies

undevicies

vicies

centies
millies

(2) Terminations of the multiples of ten and a hundred.

Card Ord. Distrib. Adv.

[Tens)

ginta

geslmus tgSnilgies ("added to tri, quadra, quinfva..

i cesTmus ( c6ni \ cies

<Hundreds) • Senti) gentesTmus j gSni \ gentles
'	' centi \ centesimus f c6ni f centies

sexta, septua, octo, nona. The
forms in c are used for 30 onl%

added to du, tre, quadrin, qum
quint sex, septin, octin, non,
(for adv. also nonin.) The
forms in c are for 2, 3, b
(2X3 = 6.)

1 So am bo, both.

* Various forms are used besides those set down; especially two uncombinod
forms are often used where one compound form U given. Thus in the adverbs, foi
iiiindecies, quinque decics and quinquies decies may be used * so sexies decies, fee.143

Oss. (1) The terminations of so many tens ana so many hundred» ate
alike in the distributive series. But OCT the hundreds have a consonant,
the tens a vowel before the termination, except for the multiples by
three, in which observe that the hundreds have the earlier rowel, (tre for
hundreds; tri for tens.) The forms in genteniy centeni, are also used foi
the hundreds.

Obs. (2.) The intermediate forms are made up of two or n.ore of the
forms given : unus et viginti, or viginti unus, (one and twenty, cr twen-
ty-one; as in English:) but the forms duode-, unde-, (two-from, one-
from,) are mostly used for the two before every ten or hundred. Above
100 (in the cardinal numbers) the larger precedes, with or without et; but
et is never used twice.

(Trecenti sexaginta sex ; or, trecenti et sexaginta sex.)

Jdille is an indeclinable adj.: but millia (thousands) is a plural substantive ;
millia, millium, mill!bus.

With substantives used in the plural only, the distributives are used
instead of the cardinals; binae literae, two letters. But uni, a, a, is used,
(n«t singulis) and trini is used for three, not terni.

§ 81 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

82.	The usual way of forming the comparative is by
adding ior to the root for the masc. and f em., ius for the
neuter; thus: Doctus, doct-zor; sapiens, G. sapient-is,
sapient-ior; tener, tener-xor;1 pulcher, (pulchr,) pulchr-
ior}

83.	The superlative is formed by adding issimus (a,
urn) to the root.

(a) But the superlative of adjectives ending in cr,
is formed by adding rimus (a, um) to the
nominative ; as, Pulcher, pulcherrimus.

84.	Facilis easy, difficilis difficulty similis like, dis-
similis unlike, gracilis slender, humilis low, make the
superlative in limus; as, Simillimus, facillimus, &c.

85.	The following are quite irregular:—

(1) Bonus, (good,) melior, optimus.

Malus, (bad,) pejor, pessimus.

Multus [much, pi. many,) pluri-
ra us,

Multum, (much,) plus, plurimum.

Plerique (-aeque, -Sque) is used for " most" without a substantive.

Magnus, (great,) major, maxTmus
Parvus, (little.) minor, minimus.
Plus, (neut.,) G. pluris, are the ocly

forms in sing.

Plures, neut., plura: 6. plurium, &e.

1 Remember that for adjectives in cr, the whole nominative is the root, the
proc*ding e being often dropped.144

ii) Defectives.

(citra, on this side,)
(intus, within,)
(prope, near,)
(ultra, beyond,)
(<L><r4f, swift,)

[deter, (obsolete,)]

Comparative.

citerior, nearer,
interior, inner,
propior, nearer,
ulterior, further
ocior, swifter,
prior, former,
deterior, worse,2

Superlative.

citimus, nearest.*
intimus, inmost.
proximus, nearest.
ultimas, furthest off. last
ocissinius, swiftest.
primus, first.

deterrimus, worst.

(3 Abundant.

extP.rus,
infgrus,
supSrus,
posterus,

exterior,
inferior,
superior,
posterior,

extremus, seldom eztimus, (outermost, last.)
infimus, . imus, (lowest.)

supremus, summus, (highest.)

postremus, postiivius, (but only in the sense of
^ posthumous child.)

Also maturrlmus and matvrisslmus.
imbecillimus — imbecillissimus.

dives, (rich,) divitior, ) divitissimus.)

ditiory \ ditissimus. ]

Cicero uses the longer forms. The shortei
come from dis, G. ditis : of which the N
pi. dit.ia is now the only proper form foi
that case.

Jfivgnis, sSnex, have comp. junior, senior. (Senex, old man ; G. senis. G. pi. ttwJ

§ 86. PRONOUNS.

87.	k Pronoun is a word which supplies the place of
a noun.

88.	There are eighteen simple pronouns :—

Ego,	1.	Hie,	this or he.	Suus,	his, her, its, &c.
Tu	Thou.	Is,	that or he.	Cujus ?	whose 1
Sui,	of himself, &.C.	Quis?	who?	Noster,	our.
I lie,	that or he.	Qui,	who.	Vester,	your.
Ipse,	himself.	Meus,	my.	Nostras,	of our country.
Lste,	that or he.	Tuus,	thy. •	Cujas 1	of what country 7

89. Three of these, ego, tu, and sui, are substantives ;
the remaining fifteen, and all the compound pronouns,
are adjectives.

1 Nearer and nearest to the speaker, with reference to some point or line on thi*
side of which it is situated. Ulterior, ultimus, mark remoteness on the other Stde.

In the sense of less good145

DO. The substantive pronouns are thus declined.

Singular.

N Ego, I.

G Mei, of me.
1). Mihi, to me.
A. Me, me.

v -

A Me, from or by me.

Plural-

N.	Nos,	toe.

G.	Nostr-fim or -i, of us.

D.	Nobis,	to us.

A.	Nos,	us.

V.	-

A.	Nobis,	from or b\ u*.

		Singular.
N.	Tu,	thou or you.
G.	Tui,	of thee or you.
D.	Tibi,	to thee or you.
A.	Te,	thee or you.
V.	Tu,	0 thou or you.
A.	Te,	with thee or you.

Plural.

N.	Vos,	ye or you.

G.	Vestr-um or -i, of you.

D.	Vobis,	to you.

A.	Vos,	yov.

V.	Vos,	O ye or you.

A.	Vobis,	with you.

91. Sui, of himself, herself, themselves, itself, has nc
nominative or vocative case, and is thus declined :—

Singular and Plural.

N. --)

G. Sui, of himself

a: if

A. Se, by himself, J

92. Adjective pronouns are divided into various class-
es ; as demonstrative, interrogative, relative, possessive,
patrial, &c.

	Sing.			Plur	
M.	F.	n.	M.	F.	N.
N. 1115	ill-5	ill-ud	N. Ill-i	ill-SB	ilia
g. ir.-lus	iiiius	illius	G. III-6iUm	ill-arum	ill-orum
D. Ill-i	illi	illi	I). Ill-is	illis	illis
A. Ill-urn	ill-am	ill-ud	A. lll-ds	ill-Ss	ill-ft
V. -	■	— -	V. -	-	-
a. n-o	iii-a	ill-o	A. Iil-is	illis	illis

93. Iste is declined like ille. Ipse makes ipsum in
he nominative and accusative sing. neut.

		Sing.				Plur.	
N	riic	haec	hoc	N.	Hi	hte	hffcs
li	Hujus	hujus	hujus	G.	H5rum	h£rum	hftram
I)	lluic	huic	huic	D.	His	his	his
A	llunc	hanc	hoc	A.	H5s	has	hcec
V	_	_	i	V.	-	--.	-
A	Hoc	hac	hoc	A.	His	his	bbliti

	Sing,
N. ks	eft
6. Ejus	ejus
D. Ei	ei
A. Earn	earn
V--	.
A Eo	ea

id

ejus

n r

G. EOram
D. lis or eis
a. EOs

v. -

a. lis or eis

Plur.

eve

eftrurn
lis or eis
e&s

ea

eOiuro
lis or «11
efi

iis or eis iis or -U

94.	Ide?n, eadem, idem (compounded of is and dsm
is declined like is with dem added.

95.	The interrogative quis, qua, quid, is generally
used as a substantive. The interrogative qui, qua, quod
is generally used as an adjective. It is declined exactlv
like the relative.

	Sing-.			Plur.	
N. Quis G. Cujus D. Cui a. Quern  V. -  a. QuO	quae cujus cui quam	quid cujus cui quid	N. Qui G. Quorum D. QuTbus A. Qu5s v._	quae quarum quTbus quis	quae quSrum quTbus quae
	qui	quO	A. QuTbus	quTbus	quTbus
	Sing.		<	Plur.	
N. Qui G. Cujus D. Cui a. Quern  V. -  a Qu5	quae cujus cui quam	quod cujus cui quod	N. Qui G. Quorum D. QuTbus A.. Qu5s  V. -  A. QuTbus	quae qu.lrnm quTbus quis	quae quOrum quTbus quae
	qu4	quo		quTbus	qui bus

96.	Quis is also " any," (indefin.;) the fem. sing, and
neut. plur. are then sometimes qua.

97.	The compounds of qui, quis, follow the declen-
sion of those pronouns. In the following list the ap-
pended syllables in italics are added unaltered to the
case of quis or qui.

QuHftfwt....... a certain one.

QuiMet j any you Plea8e-

Quis-?........ any; any single one, (when it is denied that there are any.;

* I-.-	S an9: some, (though not much or many: ali-quis, -qua, -quid of

A-,1<lais.........J -quod. Neut. pi. -qua.)

Q.uis-/>tam...... tome, somebody.

(iuis-yui ..... each. CUnusquisque each one.)147

{fcnisquis..... tbhoever^ (used without a substantive: neut quicquid,)

..... whoever; whatever, (used with asubst.)

p-a-i» .	j (does) any ? (fem. sing, generally, neut. plnr always ecgua It

..............f expects the answer none.)

Uter........... which, (of two:) uterque each, (utraque, utraunque ; G -iusque.;

Alius, (a, ud,) .. another; other. (The first of two aliVs is some.)

Alter........... the other, (of two;) another; one more.

Talis........... such; antecedent to qualis, (as.)

Tantus......... so great; antecedent to quan'us, (as.)

lot............ so many; antecedent to quot, jas.)

9S. JJJ3 The compounds of quis have generally—

Neuter quid when used without ) 7 +

iyr ♦ j i	i •,7 \ a substantive.

JNeuter quod when used with. )

99.	ittt lie quid is generally written quic before q.
Thus, quicquam, (quidquam,) "anything;" quicquid,
(quidquid,) 4< whatever."

100.	Meus, tuus, suus, cujus are declined like bonus,
(66); but cujus is defective f meus has vocative sing,
masc. mi, rarely meus.

101.	Noster and vester are declined like ceger, (67.)

102.	Nostras, nostratis; cujas, cujatis, are of one
termination, and declined like felix, (76.)

$ 103. THE VERB.

104.	A verb expresses that which is affirmed of a
person or thing; or, a verb is that part of speech which
signifies to be, to do, or to suffer.

105.	Verbs are either active or passive.

106.	Active verbs express action, and necessarily im-
ply an agent and an object acted upon; as, amo te, " 1
love thee puer legit librum, " the boy is reading a
Dook."

107.	Active verbs are either transitive or intransitive,
ft hich latter are also called neuter.

108.	An active intransitive verb expresses an action
vihich does not pass over to any object; as, currof
" I run ambulo, * I walk dves volant, " birds fly/

10148

109.	Passive verbs represent the object as acted upon
by the agent; thus, liber legitur a puero, " the book is
read by the boytu amaris a me, " thou art loved by
me."

110.	Deponent verbs are those which have laid aside
their active form and passive signification ; as, sequot
" I follow morior, " I die."

111.	Besides the active and passive voices, a verb has
moods, tenses, numbers, and persons.

112.	The moods are four: Indicative, Subjunctive,
Imperative, and Infinitive.

113.	The tenses are six : Present, Imperfect, Future,
Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-perfect.

114.	The numbers are two: Singular and Plural.

115.	The persons are three: First, Second, and
Third.

116.	Verbs have also Participles, Gerunds, and
pines.

117.	A participle is derived from a verb, and partakes
of the nature of a verb and an adjective.

118.	Active verbs have usually four participles; two
in the active, a present and future—as, amans, " lov-
ing," amaturus, " about to love and two in the pas-
sive, a perfect and future—as, amatus, " loved or having
been loved/' and amandus, 44 to be loved."

119.	Neuter verbs have usually only the participles
of the active voice.

120.	Deponent verbs, both active and neuter may
have the participles of both voices.

121.	Gerunds are verbal nouns used only in the
oblique cases and sing, number. They express the
action or state of the verb.

122.	Supines are verbal nouns of the fourth declen-
sion in the accus. and ablat. singular. The supine in
um is commonly used in an active, the supine in u in a
passive sense.149

§ 123. CONJUGATIONS.

124. There are four conjugations of verbs in Latin,
distinguished by the vowel preceding re of the present
infinitive active.

The first conjugation has a long before re; as
am-are, nat-are, &c.

The second conjugation has e long before re; as,
mon-ere, doc-ere, &c.

The third conjugation has e short before re; as, reg-
ere, leg-ere, &c.

The fourth conjugation has long before re; as,
aud-Ire, hinn-ire, &c.150

§ 125. TERMINATIONS

(Active Voick.)

INDICATIVE

			Present.		
6,  eo, 5, io,	as, es, is, Is,	at, 6t, Tt, it,	amus, emus, Trims, I mas,	atis,  gt!S, ItlS, Ills,	ant ent. unt iunt
		Imperfect. (R.)			
Ibam, 8batn, 8bam, igbam,	abas,  gbas, gbas, iebas,	abat, ebat, ebat, iebat,	abamus, ebamus, ebamus, , iebamus	abatis,  e hat T.s, gbatTs, igbatis,	abanL gbant. 6 bant, igbant
		Future. (R.)			
fib6, CbO, am, iam,	ibis, 8bls, 8s, iSs,	abit, g bit, 8t, igt,	ab tm us, ebimus, gmus, igm&s,	SbTtTs, ebitis, 8tis, ietls,	abunt. gbunt. ent. ient

(Active Voick.)

istl,

8ram,

PERrSCT.
It,	lmils,

Pluperfect, (r.)
grSt,	erarnus,

istls,

gratis,

| Brunt, 1
f or Srfi. j

grant.

( SrTs,
< or

U^s,

:}

Future-perfect, (r.)

f SrTmOs,

Srit,

i grlm&s,

/8ri?n

I gritis, J

grint.

IMPERATIVE

2.	3	2 pi.	3 pi.

&,	ato,	8to,	5te,	a totS,	an to.

8,	Sto,	6to,	gtg,	gt&tg.	en to.

8,	Tto,	Tto,	Ttg,	l tote,	unto.

I,	I to	I to,	Itg,	I tote,	iunto.

Ods R, r. ft, stand respectively for "root of present," "roof of perfect" " root oj
twine.'' In repeating the table, the pupil should always say which rwot the term!
EAUOn is to be added to. Thus: " Pluperfect; root of perfect, it."151

OF THE VERB

IfOOD.

(Passive Voice.)

			Present.		
Br,	IrTs(e),	atfir,	amfir,	amTnT,	antQr.
efir,	grTs(e),	etur,	gniur,	gminl,	eniQr.
&r,	6ris(e),	Ttur,	iniur,	Iminl,	untrtr.
I6r,	Iris(e),	Itur,	Iiuur,	Iminl,	iunt&r.

(Passive Voice.)

Imperfect. (R.)

fibar.
Sbftr
6bSr,
ifib&r

ibOr,
6b6r,
fir,
Ifir,

Imperfect. (R.)

Bbaris(e),
ebaris(e),
gbarls(e),
iebaris(e),

fibgris(e),
gbgris(e),
grTs(e),
igris(e),

&b5tiir,
gbatur,
gbatur,
iebatur,

SLbamur,
ehamur,
gbamur,
iebamur,

Future. (R.)

abftur,
gbitur,
Stur,
ietur,

abiinur,
gblmur,
emur,
iemur,

&baminY,
ebamlnl,
ghaminl,
iebaininl,

abTmTnf,
gbiimnl,
gminf,
ieminl,

Perfect, (r.)

olade up of the past partic. with sum—(sometimes fui.)1

Pluperfect, (r.)

Made up of the past partic. and iram—(sometimes fuiram.)1

Future-perfect, (r.)

Made up of past partic. with tro -(sometimes fuiro.)1

abantflr
gbantur.
gbantur.
igbantur.

abuntflr.
gbunt&r.
ent&r.
lentur.

WOOD. (R.)

3.

2 pi.

3 pi.

5r6,	atdr,

firg,	gi6r,

6rg,	Tt6r,

Irg,	It6r,

atfir,
gt6r,
Itftr,
It&r,

aminl,	amlnfir,

eniinl,	gmln6r,

iminl,	Inrin&r,

Iminl,	Imin5rf

ant&r.
en tor.
unt&r.
iunt&r.

Obs.	Passive adds r to the tenses that end in o; changes m into r in those

(iit end in ro. Oes. The (e) after 2d person sing, means that the termination is
re or ris.

1 Thus, amatus sum, monitn* sum or fui, &c. The participle must be inflected
to agree in gender an J numbci with the subject; as, puer amatus est; nos vtonitt
sumus; hoc auditum est: &£.152

TERMINATIONS

(Activk Voice.)

SUBJUNGllfH

1	em,

2	earn,

3	am,
4.	lain,

e&s,

5s,

i5s,

6t,
eat,
at,
iat,

Present. (R.)

gmus,
e5mGs,
ainfis,
iamfis,

gtis,
eatis,
a lis,
iatis,

ent.
eant.
ant.
iant.

Irem,
grem,
grem,
Irem,

args,
grgs,
grgs,
Ij5s,

Imperfect. (R.)

&rgt,	arenius,

grgt,	gremus,

eret,	grginus,

Iret,	Iremus,

argtTs,
grgtis,
grgtis,
Irgtis,

ftrent.

grent
Srent
ire at

grim,

fSria,
{ -)r

' 8rls,

:}

grit,

Perfect, (r.)

f grimOs,
«J or
I grlmfis,

rgritTs,
< or
Urltls, .

grint.

issem,

issSs,

Pluperfect, (r.)
issSt,	issgmus,

issgtfs,

Present.
Imperfect.

Perfect.
Pluperfect.

1

&rS,

isse.

erg,

[ (R )
!(r.)

Part, of fut. (in rus) with es»e

3.
grfi,

INFINlTIVi

4.

Irg,

Gerunds. 'R"

PARTICIPLES, fee.
andi,	endi

endi,

Supine (root of its own.)

I (after verbs of motion,) am.
> (after some adjectives,) u.

Partic. Present. (R.? ans,
Fartic. Future, (o.) flras.

ens,

ens,153

OF THE VERB.

MOOD

(Passive Voicb.;

efir,

Sr,

i&r,

6rTs(e),
eSris(e),
aris(e),
iaris(e),

Present. (R.)

6tur,	gmur,

eStur,	eamur,

Btur,	ftniur,

iaiur,	i&mur.

gmTnl,	entflr.

eaminl,	eantur.

auiinl,	antfir.

iamTnl,	iantur.

5r6r,
grSr,
firfir,
Irgr,

ftr6rls(e),
grgrls(e),
6r6ris(e),
Ir6ris(e),

Imperfect. (R.)

arStur,	argmur,

gretur,	gremur,

erStur,	grguiur,

Tretur,	Treniur,

arSinTnl,	arentBr

greininf,	grentur.

grSnrinl,	grentur.

Trgniinl,	Irentur.

Perfect.

Past partic. with sim—(sometimes fuerim.)

Pluperfect.

Past partic. with esscm—(sometimes fuissem.)

MOOD.

Present.
Imperfect.

Perfect.
Pl.l'perfect.

1

an,

2.

grl,

4.
M.

Past partic. with esse—(sometimes fuisst^
Supine (in mot) with iri.

PARTICIPLES.

Past Tartic. (/>.)
Partic Future. (R.)

(Implying duty, necessity, Ax.)

1.

andus,

2.
endus,

3.

endos,

4.

*endus.154

126. The auxiliary verb sum is thus conjugated*.—

Principal Parts.

Pres. Indie. Pres. Infin. Perf. Indie Put. Part.
Sum	Esse	Fui	Futurus

INDICATIVE MOOD

Present, am.

Singular.	Plural.

1 Sum,	lam,	Sumus,	We are,

B- Es,	Thou art or you are,	Estis,	Ye or you are.

3. Est,	He is;	Sunt,	They are.

1.	Eram,

2.	Eras,

3.	Erat,

Imperfect, was.

I was,

Thou wast or you were.
He was ;

Eram us,

Eratis,

Erant,

We were,

Ye or you were
Taey were.

1.	Ero,

2.	Eris,

3.	Erit,

I shall be,
Thou wilt be,
He will be;

Future, shall or will.

ErTmus,
Erit is,
Brunt,

We shall be,
Ye will be,
They will be

1	Fui,

2	Fuisti,

3	Fuit,

Perfect, have been or was.

I have been,
Thou hast been,
He has been;

Fulmus,
Fuistis,
FuSrunt or

We have been,
Ye have been,
They have been

1.	FuSrara,

2.	Fugras,

3.	Fugrat,

Pluperfect, had been.

I had been,
Th u hadst been,
He had been;

Fueramus,

Fueratis,

Fugrant,

We had been,
Ye had been,
They had been.

1.	FuSro,

2.	FuSris.

3.	FuSrit,

Future-perfect, shall have.

I shall have been,
Thou wilt have been,
He will have been ;

FuerTmus,

Fuerltis,

Fugrint,

We shall have been*
Ye will have been,
They will have been

1 Sim,

2.	Sis,

3,	Sit,

1	Essem

2	Bssea,

3	Esset,

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present, may or can.

T may be,

Thou mayest be.
He may be;

Slmus,

Sltis,

Sint,

We may be,
Ye may be,
7 hey may be

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should.

I might be,

Thou mightest be,
He might be;

Essgmus

EssStis,

Essent,

We might be,
Ye might be,
They migkt be155

Perfect, may have.

Fufirim

2	FuSris,

3	FuSrit,

1 Fuissem
i Fuisses,
3 Fuisset,

T may have been,

Thou mayest have been
He may have been;

FuerTmus,

Fueritis,

Fugrint,

We may have been.
Ye may have been,
They may have been

Pluperfect, might could, would, or should have.

J might have been,	Fuissgmus,

'Thou mightest have been, Fuissfitis,
file might have been;	Fuissent,

We might have been,
Ye might have been
They might have bee*

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

2.	Es or esto, Be thou,

3.	Esto,	-Let Aim 6r ;

Este or estate, ye or be you,
Sun to,	Let them be

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Prm. Esse,

Pbrf Fuisse,

Fut. Esse futBrus, -a, -am,
Fuisse futurus. -a, -urn,

To be.

To have been.

To be about to be.
To have been about to be.

PARTICIPLE
Future. FutQrus, -a, -urn,

s 227. FIRST CONJUGATION.

ACTIVE VOICE.

Pres. Indie Pres. Infin. Perf. Indie. Supine.

Am-o	am-are	amav-i	am&t-um To low.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

Ain-o,
Am as,
Am at,

Am abam,
Mil fibas,
A in ft bat,

Am&v i,
^mavisti,

Amfiv-it,

Present,	love, do love, or am loving.

Singular.	Plural.

I love,	Am-amus, We love,

Thou lovest,	Am-atis, Ye or you love.

He loves;	Am-ant, They love.

Imperfect, was

I was loving.

Thou wast loving,
He was loving;

Am-abamus,

Am-ahatis,

Am-abant,

Perfect, have.

Thave loved,
Thou hast loved,

He has loved;

Amav-Tmus,
Amav-istis,
Amav grunt
or -avfire,

Wt were loving,

Ye or you were loving
They were loving.

We have loved.

Ye or you have loved,

They have loved156

Pluperfect, had.

\mav-6razn,
Ainav-6ras,
Amav-grat,

I had loved.,

Thou hadst loved,
He had loved ;

Amav-er&mus, We Kad loved
Ainav-er&tis, Ye or you had lovecL,
Amav-grant, They had loved.

Am-abo,
Am-abis,
Am-abit,

I shall love,
Thou wilt love,
He will love;

Future, shall or will.

Am-ablmus,
Am-abitis,
Am-abunt,

We shall love.
Ye or yo j, wilt love
They will love.

Ainav-Sro,
Ainav-Sris
Aiuav-erit,

Future-perfect, shall have.

I shall have loved,
Thou wilt have, loved,
He will have loved ;

Amav-erlmus,

Amav-eritis,

Amav-8rint,

We shall have loved,
Ye or you will have loved
They will have loved

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

Present, may or can.

Am em, I may love, Am-emus,	We may love,

Am-es, Thou may est love, Am-etis,	Ye or you may love,

Ain-et, He may love; Am-ent,	They may love.

Imperfect, migh:', could, would, or	should.

A in-firem, I might love, Am-ar6mus,	We might love,

Ani &res, Thou mightest love, Am-arStis,	Ye or you might .7rt>c,

Am-aret, He might love; Am-&rent,	They might love.

Perfect,	may have.

Amav-firim, L may have loved,	Araav enmus,

Amav-firis, Thou mayest have loved,	Amav eritis,

Ainav-firit, He may have loved;	Amav-grint,

We may have loved,

Ye or you may have loved
They may have loved.

Pluperfect, might have.

Amav-issem,
Amav-isses,

I might have loved,

Thou mightest have loved,

Amav-isset, He might have loved;

Amav-iss6mus, We might have loved,
Amav-issStis, Ye or you might havl
loved,

Ainav-issent, They might have loved

IMPERATIVE MOOD

Sing. 2.	Am-a or am-ato,	Love thou, or do thou love,

3.	Am -5to,	Let him love ;

Plur. 2.	Arn &te or am-atote,	Love ye, or do ye love,

3.	Am-anto,	Let them love.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. Am-are,	To love.

Pbrf Arnav-isse,	To have loved.

Put. Esse omat-urus, -a, -um	To be about to love.

Fnisse auiat-urus, -a, -um	To have been about :o lave.157

PARTICIPLES.

Pnrzs- Am-ans,	Loving.

Put. Amat-urus, -a. -urn,	About to IsMl

G. Am-andi,
D. Am-ando,
A. Ani-andum

V. -

A. Am-ando,

GERUNDS

Of loving
To loving.
Loving.

With loving.

SUPINES.

Former. AmSt-um,	To love.

Latter. Am&t-u,	To love or to be loved

PASSIVE VOICE.

Pres. Indie.	Pres. Infin.	Perf. Part.

m -or,	am-ari,	amat-us. To be lovtJL

INDICATIVE MOOD

Present am.

Sing Am-or,

Am-&ris or are,
Am-8tur,

Plur. Am-aniur,
Am-amlni,
Am-antur,

I am loved,

Thou art loved.
He is loved ;

We are loved,

Ye or you are loved,
They are loved.

Imperfect was.

Sing. Am-abar,

Am-abaris or -ab&re,
Am-abatur,

Plur. Am-ab&mnr,
Am-abarmni,
Am-abantur,

I was loved,

Thou wast loved,
He was loved;
We were loved,

Ye or you were loved
They were loved.

Perfect tave been, was, or am

Biitg Amat us sum or fui,

Amat-us es or fuisti,

Amat us est or fuit,

Plur Amat-i sumus or fuTmtis,
Aniat-i estis or fuistis,

Amftt-i sunt or fufirunt or fuSre,

I have been loved,

Thou hast been loved,
He has been loved ;
We have been loved.

Ye or you have been lcvf*t
They have been lored.158

Pluperfect had been.

Sing. Am&t-us eram or fugram,
Am&t-us eras or fugras,
Amat-us erat or fugrat,

Plur. Amat-i er&mus or fueramus,
Amat-i er&tis or fueratis,
Amat-i erant or fuerant,

J had been loved,

Thou hadst been loved,
He had been loved ;
We had been loved,

Ye or you had been loved.
They had been loved.

Future, shall or will be.

Sing. Am-Sbor,

Am-abgris or -abSre,
Am-ahTtur,

Plur. Am-abTmur,
Am-abimini,
Am-abuntur,

I shall be loved,

Thou wilt be loved,
He will be loved ;
IVe shall be loved,

Ye or you will be loved.
They will be loted.

Future perfect, shall have been.

Shig.

A mat-us fugro,
Amat-us fueris,
Airi§t-us fuSrit,
Amat-i fuerTmus,
Amat-i fuentis,
Ainat-i fugrint,

I shall have been loved.

Thou wilt have been loved,
He will have been loved;
We shall have been loved,
Ye or you will have been ioved
They vill have been loved

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOl).

Present, tnay or can be.

Mit^. Am-er,	I may be loved,

Am-gris or -Sre,	Thou mayest be loved,

Am ?iur,	He may be loved ;

Plur. Am-gmur,	We may be loved,

Am-enrini,	Ye or you may be loved,

Am-entur,	They may be loved.

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should be.

Sing. Am-arer,	I might be loved,

Am areris or -argre,	Thou mightest be loved,

Am-argtur,	He might be loved;

Plur. Am-argrnur,	We might be loved,

Am-aremTni,	Ye or you might be lovea,

Am-arentur,	They might be loved.

Perfect	may have been.

tSing. Amat-us sim or fuSrim,	I may have been loved,

Amat-us sis or fugris,	Thou mayest have been loved,

Amat-us sit or fugrit,	He may have been loved;

Plur. Amat-i simus or fuerTmus,	We may have been loved,

Amat-i sitis or fuerltis,	Ye or you may have been toved

Amat-i sint or fugrint,	They may have been loved.

Pluperfect, might, could, would, or should have been.

S«%.g. Amat-us essem or fuissem,	I might have been lovtd,

Amat-us esses or fuisses,	Thou mightest have been loved,

Amat-us esset trr fuisset,	He might have been loved;

Flu9 Amat-i essgmus or fuissgnius,	We might have been loved.

Amat-i essfit'is or fuissgtis,	Ye or you might have been loved

Amat-i essent or fuisseut,	They might have been loved159

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

2.	Am-flre or ain-Stor,	Be thou loved,

3.	Aiu-utor,	Let htm be loved t
Plur. 2 Am-aiiuni, Be ye loved,

3. Am-antor,	Let them be loved

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. Am-Sri,	To be loved.

Perf Esse or fuisse am&tus, -a, -um,	To have been loved.

Fut. Ain&t-uip iri,	To be about to be Ivsm

PARTICIPLES.

Per? AmSt-us, -a, -um,	Loved.

fur. A'n-andus, -a, -urn,	To be loved.

5 128. SECOND CONJUGATION.

ACTIVE VOICE.

Pres. Indie. Mfin-eo
Pres. Jnjin. Mon-Sre
Perf. Indie. Monu-i
Supine Monlt-um

PASSIVE VOICE.

Pres. Indie. Mon-eor
Pres. Ittjin. Mon-6ri
Perf. Part. Monlt-us

INDICATIVE MOOD

/ advise.

Sing. M6n-eo
Mon-es
Mun-et
Plur. M on -6m us
Mon-6tis
Mon-ent

Present.

I am advised.
Sing. MSn-eor

Mon-6ris or Cre
Mon-etur
Plur Mon-6iiiur
Mon gmini
Alon-entur

I was advising

8 M6n-6bam
Mon-6bas
Mon 6bat
P Mon-6banius
Mon-6bftlis
Mon-6baut

Imperfect

I was advised.
S. Mfin-6bar

Mon fibaris or bfcifc
Mon 61>5tur
P. Mon-ehamur
Mon-6baniIni
MoiHSbantur160

I sljdl or vail -tavise

8. M6n-Sb5
Mon-gbis
Mon-gbit
P. Mon-gbiinus
Mon-gbltis
Mon-gbunt

I shall or will be advised

S. M5n-gbor

Mon-gbgris or bgre
Mon-gbitur
P. Mon gbimur
Mon-gbimini
Mon-€buntur

I advised or have advised

S M6nu-i
Monu-isti
Monu-it
P. Monu-Imus
Monu-istis
Monu-grunt or gre

I teas or have been advised.

S. Monltus sum or fui
Monitus es or fuisti
Monitus est or fuit
P. Moniti sumus or fuimus
Moniti estis or fuistis
Moniti sunt or fuerunt

Pluperfect.

I had advised.

ft. Monu-gram
Monu-Sras
Monu-Srat
P. Monu-eramus
Monu-eratis
Monu-erant

/ had been advised.

Monitus gram or fugram
Monitus gras or fueras
Monitus erat or fuerat
Moniti eramus or t'uer&mufl
Moniti eratis or (uer&tis
Moniti erant or fuerant

FUTURE-PERFEt T.

T shall have advised.
M6nfi-gro
Monu gris
Monu-grit
Monu-grimus
Monu-gritis
Monu-grint

I shall have been advised.

S. Monitus gro or fugro
Monitus gris or fueris
Monitus grit or fuerit
P. Moniti grimus or fugrimuf
Moniti eritis or fueritis
Moniti erint or fuerint

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present

I may or can advise.

M&n-eam

M6n-eas

Mon-eat

Mon-eamus

Mon-e&tis

lUon-otint

I may or can be advised
M 6n-ear

Mon e&ris ore&re
Mon-eatur
Mon eai.iur
Mon-e&mlnt
Mon-ean*ur161

Imperfect.

I might, could, &c advise

MBn-firem
Mon-gres
Mon-gret
Mon grgmus
Mon grgtis
Mon-8rent

I might, could, &c., be advised*

(S. M6n-grer

Mon-grgris or SrSre
Mon-grgtur
P. Mon-grginur
Mon-grgmTni
Mon-grentur

Perfect.

I may have advised

Mfinu-erim

Monu-gris

Monu-grit

Monu-griinus

Monu-gritis

Monu-grint

I may have been advised

S MonTtus sim or fugrini
^Monitus sis or fugris
Monitus sit or fuerit
P. Moniti simus or fueriinu*
Moniti sltis or fueritis
Moniti sint or fuerint

Pluperfect.

/ might, could, &c., have advised

S. M5nu-issem
Monu-isses
Monu-isset
P. Monu-issgmus
Monu-issgtis
Mona-issent

I might, could, &c., have been adviset

S. MonTtus essem or fuissem

Monitus esses or fuisses
Monitus esset or fuisset
P. Moniti essgmus or fuissemus
Moniti essgtis or fuissgtis
Moniti essent or fuissent

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Advise thou.

8. M8n-e or mon-gto

Mon-gto
P Won-gte or mon-gtote
Mon en to

Be thou advised.

Mon-gre or mon-gtor
Mon-gtor
Mon-gnrini
Mon-entor

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. M&n-Sre, to advise.

Perf Monu-isse, to have advised.

Fut.

MonT turns esse, to be about to
advise.

j Pres. M5n-gri, to be advised.

| Perf. MonTtus esse or fuisse to hav
been advised.

Fct. Mom turn iri, to be ibout to be ai
i	vised

PARTICIPLES

Pkrs MBn-cns, adristng.

Fct Monlt-firus about to advise.

Perf. M5n*t-us, advtsea.
Fut. M&n endus, to he advined.162

\ GERUNDS.

N.---

G. M6n-endi,	Of advising

D Mon-endo,	To advising.

A. Mon-endum,	Advising.

V -

A. Mon-endo.	With advising.

SUPINES.

Former Aionlt-um, to advise.	| Loiter. Monit-u, to be advistd

§ 129. THIRD CONJUGATION.

ACTIVE VOICE.

PASSIVE VOK'E.

Pres. Indie.	R5g-o

Pres. Infin.	Reg-Sre

Per/. Indie.	Rex-i

Supine.	Rect-um

Pres. Indie. R§g-or
Pres. Infin. RSg-i
Perf. Part. Rect-us

1 rule

&. R5g-o
Reg-is
Reg-it
P. Regimus
Reg-itis
Reg-unt

INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present.

I am ruled.
S. RSg-or

Reg-6ris or -Sxe
Reg-Ttur
P. Reg-imur
Reg-nrnni
Reg-unttir

Imperfect.

I was ruling

RggS-bam
Rege bas
Regg bat
Regg-bamus
Regfi-batis
Kegfl-bant

I was ruled.
S. R8g-6bar

Reg-gbaris or SbSrt
Reg-ebaiur
P Reg-ebAmur
Reg-ebaniini
Reg-eb&ntut163

Future

! shall or will rule

8 Rfigam
Reg es
Reg et
P. Reg-gmus
Reg fitis
Regent

I shall or will be ruled.

RSg-ar

Reg-6ris or -fire
Reg Slur
Reg Smiir
Reg-6mini
Reg-entur

Perfect

/ ruled or have ruled
Rex-i
Rex-isti
Rex-it
Rex Iniua
Rex-istis

Rex-Grunt or -Pre

I was or have been ruled.

Rect-us sum or fui
Rect us es or fuisti
Rect-us est or fuit
, Rect-i sumus or I'uimus
Rect-i estis or fuistis
Rect-i sunt, fuerunt or faSrc

Pluperfect.

I had ruled.

Rex-gram

Rex-eras

Rex-Srat

Rex erimus

Rex-eratis

Rex-erant

I had been ruled

S. Rect-us gram or fueram
Rect us eras or fugras
Rect-us erat or fuerat
P. Rect i eramus or fueramus
Rect-i eratis or fuerStis
Rect-i grant or fuerani

Future-perfect.

1 shall have ruled.

Rex-gro

Rex-gris
Rex-grit
Rex-fir imus
Rex gritis
Rex-£rint

P.

I shall have been, ruled.

Rect-us Sro or fugro
Rect-us eris or fueris
Rect-us erit or fuerit
Rect-i grimus or fuerinias
Rect-i eritis or fueritis
Rect-i erunt or fuerint

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

Present.

I may or can rule

6 Rgg-am
Reg-as
Reg at
P. Reg imus
Reg-£tis
Reg-ant

11

I may or can be ruled

S. Rgg-ar

Reg-iris or reg-£re
Reg atur
P. Reg-Smur
Reg-amTni
Reg-antur164

Impekfect.

r mighty could, &c., rule

« Keg grem
Reg eres
Reg-eret
P. Reg er?mus
Reg-eretis
Reg-erent

I might, could, &c., be ruled

S. Rgg-grer

Reg-grgris or reg grgre
Reg-grgtur
P Reg-ergmur
Reg-ergnrini
Reg-ergntur

J may have ruled.

S.

Rex-grim
Rex-gris
Rex-6rit
P. Rex-erimus
Rex-girtis
Rex-grin t

Perfect.

I may have been ruled.
Rect-us sim or fuSrim
Rect-us sis or fueris
Rect-us sit or fuerit
Rect-i sinius or fuerimus
Rect-i sitis or fueritis
Rect-i sint or fuerint

Pluperfect*

I might, could, &c., have ruled.

S. Rex-issem
Rex-isses
Rex-isset
P Rex-issSmus
Rex-issglis
Rex-issent

J might, could, &c., have been ruled.

S. Rect-us essem or fuissem
Rect-us esses or fuisses
Rect-us esset or fuisset
P. Rect-i essgmus or fuissSmns
Rect-i essetis or fuissgtis
Rect-i essent or fuissent

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Rule thou.

8. Rgg-e or reg-ito

Reg-Tto
P. Reg-Tte or reg-itOte
Reg-unto

Be thou ruled.

S. Reg-gre or reg-Itor

Reg-1 tor
P. Reg-Tnnni
Reg-un tor

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pre a Rgg-gre, to rule.	Pres. Rgg-i, to be ruled.

Perf. Rex-isse, to have ruled.	Perf. Rectus esse or fuisse, U have beet

ruled.

Fcr. Rect-urus esse, to be about to rule. Fut. Rectum Tri, to be about to be ruli 1

PARTICIPLES.

Pres. Reg-ens, ruling.	I Perf. Rectus, ruled.

Fut. Rect-Grus, about to rult	[ Fut Reg-en<ius, to be rxttod165

GERUNDS

tf---

(x. Rgg endi,
D. Reg-endo,
A. Ree-endum,

V.-

A. Reg-endo,

Of ruling.
To be ruling
Ruling.

With ruling.

SUPINES.

fbrmer Rect-um, to rule.

Latter. Rect-u, to le ruled.

130. Some verbs of the third conjugation end in to.
They drop the i in the imperative, infinitive, and imper-
fect subjunctive of both voices :

Imperat. Infin. Impf. Subj.

(a)	Jlctive. suscipio, suscTpe, suscipSre, suscipgrem.

Passive, suscipior, suscipfre, suscipi, suscip§rer.

(b)	In the present of both voices they retain the i in the third person pit*

ral, and drop it in the other persons:

Jlctive. suscipio, suscTpis, it, &c. 3 plur. suscipiunt.
Passive, suscipior, suscip&ris, Ttur, &c 3 plur. suscipiunt

§ 131. FOURTH CONJUGATION.

ACTIVE VOICE.

Pres. Indie.	Aud-io

Pres. In Jin.	A nd-Tre

Perf. Indie.	Audfv-i

Supine.	Audlt-um

PASSIVE VOICE.

Pres. Indie. Aud-ior
Pres. Infin. Aud-iri
Perf Part. Audit us

P.

INDICATIVE MOOD
Present

I hear
Aud-io
Aud-is
Aud-it,
Aud-lmus
Aud-Itis
Aud-iunt

/ am heard
Aud-ior
Aud-Iris or Ire
Aud-Itur
Aud-Iinur
Aud iminl
Aud-Iuntur166

1 was hearing

8 Audig-bam
Audig bas
Audig bat,
P Audig bamus
Audie batis
Audig-bant

Imperfect.

S.
P.

/ teas heani.

Aud-igbar

Aud-ieb&ris or -iebare

Aud-iebStur

Aud-iebSmur

Aud-iSbaniTni

Aud-igbantur

Future.

I shall or mil iear
Audi-am
Audi-es
Audi-et
Audi gmus
Audi-gtis
Audi-ent

I shall or will be heard.

S. Aud-iar

Aud-igris or igre
Aud-igtur
P. Aud-igmur
Aud-ignuni
Aud-ientur

Perfect.

I heard or have heard

Audlv-i

Audlv-isti

Audlv-it

Audlv-imus

Audlv-istis

Audiv-grunt or Cre

I have been or was heard

S. Audltus sum or fui
Auditus es or fuisti
Auditus est or fuit
P. Audfti sumus or fuTmu^
Auditi estis or fuistis
Auditi sunt or fugrunt oi

Pluperfect.

I had heard

Audlv-gram

Audiv-eras

Audiv-erat

Audlv-er&mus

Audiv-eratis

Audiv-erant

I had been heara.

S. Auditus gram or fuSratn
Auditus eras or fueras
Auditus erat or fuerat
P. Auditi gr&mus or fuer&nras
Auditi gratis or fuer&tis
Auditi grant or fuerant

Future-perfect.

/ shall have heard

Audiv-gro
Audiv-gris
Audiv grit
Audiv grimus
Audiv-gritis
Audiv-fcrint

I shall have been heard

S. Auditus gro or fugro
Auditus gris or fueris
Auditus erit or fuerit
P Auditi erimus or fuenmu*
Auditi eritis or "iieritis
Auditi grunt or fuerint167

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present.

J may or can hear.

6 Audi-am
Audi-as
Audi-at
P Audi-5mus
Audi-atis
Audi-ant

I may or can be hc&UL
S. Aud-iar

Aud-iaris or and tfcu
Aud-iatur
P. Aud-iainur
Aud-iamini
Aud-iantur

imperfect.

I might, could, &c , tear

S.

Aud-Irem

Aud-lres

Aud-Iret

Aud-frSmus

Aud-Ir8tis

Aud-Irent

might, could, Sec., be heard.
S. Aud-Trer

Aiul-irgris or aud-irgr*
Aud-iretur
P. Aud-ir6mur
Aud-ir6nnni
Aud-Irentur

Perfect

may have heard.

AudTv-6rim

Audlv-gris

AudTv-grit

Au<l!v-6rimus

Audlv-6ritis

Audlv-grint

I may have been heard.
S. Auditus sim or fuermi
Auditus sis or fueris
Auditus sit or fuerit
P. Auditi sinius or fueriintu»
Auditi sitis or fueritis
Auditi sint or fuerint

Pluperfect.

J mght, could, &c., have heard.
$ A udlv-issem
A udlv-isses
Audlv-isset
P AudTv-issgnuis
Audlv-issfitis
Audlv-issent

I might, could, &c., have been hearc

S. Auditus essem or fuissem
Auditus esses or fuisses
Auditus esset or fuisset
P. Auditi essSmus or fuissgnmn
Auditi essfitis or fuissStis
Auditi essem or fuissent

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Sear thou.	I	Be thou heard.

Aud-i or aud-Ito	5.	Aud-lre or aud Ttar

Aud-Ito	Aud-Itor

Aud-Tte or aud-Ttbte	P.	Aud-imlni

Aad-iunto	Aud-iuntor168

INFINITIVE MOOD

Pres. Aud-fre, to hear.

Pkrf. Audlv-isse, to have heard.

Fut Audlt-urus esse, to be about to
hear.

Prks. Aud-Iri, to be heard.

Perf. AudTt-us esse or fuisse, ie !uve

been heard.

Fut. Audft-um Irl, to be about to It
heard.

PARTICIPLES.

Pres. Aud-iens, hearing.	I Perf. Audlt-us, heard.

Fut Audlt-urus, about to hear. j Fut Aud-iendus, to be heard

GERUNDS

N.-

G. Aud-iendi
D. Aud-iendo
A. Aud-ienduin

A. Aud-iendo

SUPINES.

Former. Audit urn, to hear.	| Latter. Audlt-u, to ba hoard

$ 132. LIST OF VERBS.

§ 133. FIRST CONJUGATION.

134.	I. Am-o, amav-i, amat-um.

So Sro, to plough; crSmo, burn-dovm ; r5go, ask; ITgo, bind; pfiro, procure; jtkru
swear; no, swim; 5ro, pray; pecco, sin; postulo, demand; gfiberno, govern,
vlto, avoid.

135.	I. With reduplication.

Do, d&re, d8di, datum, give. [Obs. the short a.]

Bto, stare, st&ti, st&tum, stand. Verbs compounded with sto and a dissyllable take
stSti ; the rest stiti. Their future participles take a : constaturus, exstaturus.

136.	II. -ui, -turn, (Itum.)1

CrSpo, crep&re, crepui, crepTtum, make a noise. Just so, concrepo, but increpo, dis
crepo, have also increpavi, discrepavi *, increpo both increpatum and increpitum.

Cttbo, cubare, cubui, ([seldom cubavi,) cubitum, lie down.

1 Observe that till these, except puto, have the first syll. shortJ 69

D&no, domftre, domui, domitum, tame.

Pllco, plicui, plicTtum, and plicavi, plicatum, fold. (DnpUcare, snpplicare, and oUm
verbs derived from adjectives in -plex, are regular.)

Bftno, son are, sonui, sonltuni, sound.

T6no, ton ire, tonui, ton! tain, (seldom tonatum,) thunder

V6to, vetare, vetui, vetltum, forbid.

FrTro, fricare, fricui, fricitum and frictum, rub

Jfivo, juvare, juvi, jutuin, help.

Lllvo, lavare, lavavi, laviitum, and lavi, lautum or ]otum, wash
secare, secui, sectuui, cut. Part. Fut. Pass, secaturus.

Mlco, micare, micui, move quickly or tremulously; glitter. The compounds take lh*
regular supine in atum.

POto, potare, potavi, potatum, (generally potum,) drink Its partic• pcrf. pass u
generally potus

§ 137. SECOND CONJUGATION.

138. The only verbs that take the regular evi, etum,
are leo (obsolete) with its compound deleo, (blot out;
destroy utterly;) fleo, weep; neo, spin; pleo, (obso-
lete,) Jill, with its compounds; and (from the obsolete
oleo, grow) aboleo, abolish; adoleo, generally adolesco,
grow up ; obsoleo, generally obsolesco, grow out of
date. Oleo, smell, has olui without supine.

I.	-ui, -ltum.

Cfcleo, am warm; cSreo, am without, want; dSbeo, owe; d51eo, am pained, grieve
hibeo, have; jSceo, lie low ; mgreo, deserve ; mSneo, warn; n6ceo, hurt; pfirec
obey; pliceo, please ; prajbeo, afford, supply ; tficeo, hold my tongue ; terreo, ten
rify ; vfileo, am well.

II.	-ui, -turn.

Dftceo, docSre, docui, doctum, teach.

Miscco, miscere, miscui, mistum or mixtum, mix.

TBneo, tea6re, tenui, tentum, hold.

Torreo, torrCre, torrui, tostum, parch, roast.

III.	-ui, -sum.

Lenseo, censSre, censui, censum, value, am of optnion. flecenseo has alee
recen atum.

IV.	-ui, without supine.

.1 rceo, ward off; keep off; areo, am dry; Sgeo, need; floreo, flower, flourish; horreo,
/kid ler; langueo, am languid; l&teo, lie hid; m&deo, am wet; moereo, mourn;
•Iter, shine; oleo, smell; palleo, am pale; pSteo, stand open; rigeo, am stiff;
rfibeo, am red; si leo, am silent; sorbeo, suck in or up, (sorbui and sorpsi;) spleo-
deo, glitter: stOdeo, pursue as a study; stfipeo, am astounded: timeo, fear; *uF-
peo, am torpid; tiimeo, swell, (neut.;) vip«?o, am vigorous, flourish; vireo, <ra
green.170

V.	-si, -turn, (and -xi, -ctuna j

indulgeo, indulggre, indnlsi, indultum, indulge*.

Torqueo, torqugre, torsi, tortuin, twist.

Augeo, auggre, auxi, auctum, increase.

Lfigeo, luggre, luxi, lucturn, mourn.

Without supine are

Algeo, alggre, n\s\, feel cold, am cold.

Fulgeo, fnlggre, fulsi, shine, glitter.

Frlgeo, frijiere, frixi, am cold.

L&ceo, lucSre, luxi, am bright, shine.

VI.	-si, -sum.

Ardeo, ardgre, arsi, arsttm, burn, am on fire.

Haereo, hsergre, haesi, haesum, cling to, stick, hesitate.

Jfibeo, juhere, jussi, jussum, bid, order.

MSneo, nmngre, mansi, mansum, remain.

Mulceo, niulcgre, soothe, and mulgeo, milk, mulsl, mulsum.

Itldeo, ridgre, risi, risum, laugh.

Buadeo, suadgre, suasi, suasuxn, advise, persuade.

VII.	-i, -sum.

Mordeo, mordgre, momordi, morsum, bite.

Pendeo, pendgre, pependi, pensum, hang, (intrans.)

Spondeo, spondgre, spopondi, sponsum, promise solemnly.

Tondeo, tondere, totondi, tonsum, shear, shave.

SSdeo, sedgre, sgdi, sessum, sit. Of the compounds, dissideo and prssideo have no
supine.

Video, vidgre, vldi, visum, see. (Videor, generally seem.)

VIII.	-i, -turn.

Civeo, cavgre, c5vi, cautum, beware of \ beware
FSveo, favgre, f5vi, fautum, favor.

Fftveo, f5vgre, fbvi, fBtum, cherish.

M&veo, movgre, mOvi, mStum, move.

Vftveo, vovgre, vovi, v5tuni, vow.

IX.	-l, without supine.

Ferveo, fervgre, fervi and ferbui, glow; am hot.

X.	without perfect or supine.

AJbea, am white; Sveo, long; hSbeo, am blunt; hQmeo, am moiet' llvco,am livid,
N&lleo glitter ; scSteo, gush out; abound.171

§ 139. THIRD CONJUGATION.

140.	J Roots with a p sound . b or p.

Carpo, carpfire, carpsi, carptum, pluck. Comp. discerpo, be.

Nubo, nubgre, nupsi, nuptuin, veil • m&rry, (of the female

Repo, repgre, repsi, reptum, creep.

Bcalpo, scalpgre, scalpsi, scalptum, grave, cut.

Strfbo, scribgre, scripsi, scriptuin, write.

Sculpo, sculpgre, sculpsi, sculpturn, carve.

Serpo, serpgre, serpsi, serpiuin, crawl.

Capio, capere, cepi, captuni, take. Compounds, -cipio, -cepi, -cepturu.

Rumpo, rumpgre, rupi, ruptum, burst.

Bibo, bibgre, blbi, bibitum, drink.

Larnbo, lambere, Iambi, lambiturn, lick.

Rapio, rapere, rapui, raptum, snatch.

Sapio, sapere, sapui, (sup. doubtful;) taste, (intrans.;) am wise. Compouniii
resipui, tire.

Strepo, strepgre, strepui, strepitum, make a noise; roar.

Cupio, cupere, cuplvi, cupltum, desire.

141.	II. Roots with a t sound : d or t.

Claudo, claudgre, clausi, clausum, shut. Comp., -cludo, -clusi, -clu&nm
Divido, dividgre, divlsi, divlsuin, divide.

Laedo, laedere, laesi, l%sum, injure, hurt. Comp., -lido, -llsi, -llsum

Ludo, ludgre, lusi, lusum, play.

Trudo, trudgre, trusi, trusum, thrust, push.

Vado, vadere, vasi, vasuin, go. Perf. and sup. only found in its compounds.

Cedo, cedgre, cessi, cessum, yield.

Mitto, iniigre, misi, niissum, send.

Qu&tio, quatgre, (quassi,) quassum, shake. The perfect is only found in the com•

pounds : e. g. concussi.

Flecto, flectgre, flexi, flexum, bend,	i from simpler roots with

l\ecto, nectgre, nexi and nexui, nexum, knit, join together, ) a k sound, (flee nee.)
Accendo, accendgre, accendi, accensum, light. So incendo.

Edo, edgre, gdi, esum, eat.

Defendo, defendgre, defendi, defensum, ward off, defend. So offendo.

Fundo, fundgre, fudi, fusum, pour.

Prehendo, prehendgre, prehendi, prehensum, take hold of.

Scando, scandgre, scandi, scansum, climb.

Verto, vertgre, verti, versum, turn.

CSLdo, cadgre, cecidi, c&sum,/a/Z. The compounds take i, as incido, incidi, irj&sum.

so occido and recido. The rest have no supine.

Caedo, caedgre, cecidi, caesum, cut, fell, hew. The compound» take V. a. cldo. ac

cldi, acclsum.

Pendo, pendgre, pependi, pensum, hang, (trans.)

Tendo, tendgre, tetendi, tensum and teDtuni, stretch.

Fodio, fodere, fodi, fossuni, dig.

Pando, pandgre, pandi, pansum and passum, spread open.

Scindo, scindgre, scidi, scissun), cut.

Sldo, sidgre, sldi, sessum, settle down.

Peto, petgre, petlvi, petltum, aim at, seek

142.	III. Roots with a k sound . c, g% h.

Cingo, elngSre, cin*J, cinctum, gird, surround.

t/'&quo, coqugre, coxi, coctum, cook.

Dlco, dicgre, dixi, dictum, say, call.

Hfico ducftre, duxi, ductum, lead think172

FITgo, fligSre, flixi, flictum, strike Generally only the compounds, aflllgo, ire
L&cio, (obsolete,) entice, allure. Hence ailicio, allexi, (allicui,) itlU-ctum ; elicia
elicui, elicitum; illic'io, illexi, i.llectiun; pellicio, pellicui, and pellexi, pellectum
Rggo, reggre, rexi, rectum, direct, govern. Comp-rigo.

Specio, (obsolete.) behold, see. Hence adspicio, conspicio, inspicio, perspicio, -spexl

-spectum, -spicere.

Tftgo teggre, texi, tectum, cover.

Tingo, tingere, tinxi, tinctum, dip, dye.

Traho, trahgre, traxi.. tractum, draw, drag.

l/ngo, unggre, unxi, unctum, anoint.

V8ho, vehere, vexi, vectum, carry, (in a ship, carriage, &c./

Fingo, finggre, finxi, fictum, fashion, feign.

Jungo, jungere, junxt, junctum, join.

Pan go, pangere, panxi and pepigi, pactum, drive in. fasten—bargain
Pingo, pinggre, pinxi, pictum, paint.

Stringo, stringgre, strinxi, strictum, bind, compress, grasp tight.

Ango, anggre. anxi, throttle, torment.

Mergo, merggre, mersi, liiersum, dip or plunge into, (trans.)

Bpargo, spargere, sparsi, sparsum, scatter. Comp., dispergo, be.

Figo, figgre, fixi, fixum, fix.

Ago, agere, Sgi, actum, drive, do. Compound, -igo, -egi, -actum: cogo has co6gi,
coactum.

Facio, facere, f eci, factum, do. Fio is used for its passive. The compounds with
prepositions take ficio, ficere, feci, fectuni: pass, ticior. The rest retain facio:
pass. fio.

Jacio, jacgre, jSci, jactum, throw. Comp., adjicio, jeci, jectum, <S-c.

Lego, leggre, legi, lectum, gather, choose, read. Some of the compounds retain e,
(allggo, perlggo, relego;) some take i, (coiligo, deligo, eligo.) Diligo, intelligo
negligo, take perf. -lexi.

Frango, franggre, frggi, fractum, break. Comp., -fringo.

Pungo, punggre, pupugi, punctum, prick. The compounds have punxi.

Tango, tanggre, tetigi, tactuin, touch. The compounds attingo, attigi, <$*c.

Vinco, vincgre, vlci, victum, conquer.

Fugio, fuggre, fugi, fug!turn, fly from.

Parco, parcere, peperci and parsi, parcitum and parsum, spare»

143. IV. Roots with I m, n.

Colo, colere, colui, cultum, cultivate.

Consulo, consulgre, consului, consul turn, consult.

Alo, algre, alui, alitum and altum, nourish.

Fallo, fallgre, fefelli, falsum, deceive.

Pello, pellgre, pepuli, pulsurn, drive away.

(Cello, move, drive on.) Percello, perculi, perculsum, strike down. Anteeello oni

excello have no supine: excelsus is an adj., and means high.

Velio, vellgre, velli and vulsi, vulsum, pluck.

C6mo, comere, compsi, comptum, deck.

DStno, deinere, dempsi, demptum, take away.

Promo, promere, prompsi, promptum, draw forth.

Sumo, sumgre, sumpsi, sumptum, take.

Prgmo, preingre, pressi, pressum, press. Comp., opprimo.

Emo, emgre, gmi, emptum, take, buy. Comp., adimo, redimo.

Frgmo, fremgre, fremui, fremitum, murmur.

Ggmo, gerngre, gemui, gemitum, groan, sigh.

Trgmo, tremgre, tremui, tremble.

Clno, cangre, cecini, cantuin, sing. Comp., occino. accino, Src.

Temno generally contemno, contempsi, contemptum, despise.

Ciigno, gigngre, ggnui, genitum, beget, bring forth.

POno, pongre, pfisui, positum, place, put down.

Qerno, cernSre, crSvi, cretum, see, perceive. The perfect and supine have not thit

meaning; the real meaning is to separate.

BliiO, singre, slvi, situm, suffer. Desino, leave off.

Speroo, spernfire, sprSvi, spretum, despise.173

Sterno, sternSre, strSvi, strituir, throw down, strew.

Ggro, gergre, gessi, gestum, carry, bear.

Uro, urfire, ussi, ustum, burn.

PHrio, pargre, pepftri, partum, bring forth. Part. Fat paritoniS
Curro, currgre, cucurri, cursum, run.

Sgro, sergre, serui, sertum, connect, join.

Sgro, sergre, sevi, sSturn, sow.

Quaero, quaerSre, quaeslvi, quaesitum, seek. Comp, acquira,
76ro, tergre, trlvi, trltum, rub

„ 144. V. Roots with s, x, (— cs.)

Texo, texgre, texui, textum, weave.

Arcesso, arcessgre, arcesslvi, arcessltum, send for.

Capesso, capessgre, capesslvi, capessitum, seize hold of, undertake

Lacesso, lacessgre, lacesslvi, lacessltuni, provoke, harass.

Viso, visgre, visi, visit.

145.	VI. Roots in u and v.

Acuo, acugre, acui, ac&tnm, sharpen.

Arguo, arguere, argui, argutum, prove, convict.

Exuo, exugre, exui, exutuin, put off.

Imbuo, imbugre, inibiii, inibutuin, dip, imbue
Induo, indugre, indui, induturn, put on.

Minuo, minuere, minui, minutum, lessen.

Ruo, rugre, rui, rutum, rush ; and {trans.) hurl down. Put. Part. ruitnnis

Statuo, statugre, statui, statu turn, establish, determine

Suo, sugre, sui, suturn, sew.

Tribuo, tribuere, tribui, tributum, allot to.

Solvo, solvgre, solvi, solutuni, loosen, pay.

Volvo, volvgre, volvi, vnlutum, roll.

Struo, strugre, s?truxi, structum, pile up, build.

Vivo, vivgre, vixi, victum, live.

Fluo, flugre, fluxi, fluxum, flow.

(Without supine.)

Metuo, metugre, inetni, fear.

Pluo, plugre, plui, rain.

146.	VII. Roots with sc in the present. The perl,
shows that these verbs are derived from pure rootd.
The only exceptions are disco, didici, learn; posco,
voposci, demand.

Cresco, crescgre, crgvi, crStum, increase, (intrans.)

Nosco, noscgre, novi, notum, make myself acquainted with, (novi = I know.) In tht

compounds the fut. part, is iturus, except ignosco, pardon ; ignoturus.

Pasco, pascgre, p&vi, pastum, feed, (trans.)

Uuiesco, quievgre, fjuiSvi, quietuin, rest.

Suesco, suescgre, suevi, suelum, accustomed, to grow accustomed.

To this class belong the Inchoatives which express the beginning of an actirr. «
state. They either borrow the perfect and supine from their roots, or are
supine. Of the former kind are—

Coalesco, coalescgre, coalui, coalitun), (alo,/ gttw together.

Concupisco, concupiscgre, concupivi, concupfturu, (cupio,) desire.

Condolesco, condolescCre, condolui, condolitum, 'dokio,; feel pain.

Convalns&o convalescgre convalui, couvaUturn, (valeo,) get well174

Exardesco, exardescSre, exarsi, exarsum, (ardeo,) take fire.

'O.esco,) hence adolesco, adolescere, adolevi, adultum, grow up.

ftcvivisco, reviviscSre, revixi, revictum, come to life again.

Of the other kind are—

Calesco, calescSre, calui, grow warm.

Conticesco, conticescgre, conticui, hold my tongue.

Uontremisco, contremiscgre, contrernui, tremble.

Extimesco, extimescfire, extimui, dread.

Horresco, horrescfire, hornii, shudder.

Tepesco, tepescSre, tepui^ grow warm.

Ditesco, grow rich, pinguesco, grow fat, and a few more, have neither perfect no*
supine.

§ 147. FOURTH CONJUGATION. NEUT. PASSIVES.

Sepelio, sepellre, sepelivi, sepultum, bury.

Farcio, farclre, farsi, fartum, stuff.

Fulcio, fulclre, fulsi, filltuui, prop.

Sarcio, sarcire, sarsi, sartum, patch, repair.

S6pio, seplre, sepsi, septum, hedge in.

Sancio, sancfre, sanxi and sancivi, sancltum, confirm, make oxnding
Vincio, vinclre, vinxi, vinctum, bind.

Arnicio, amiclre, amictum, clothe.

Sentio, sentlre, sensi, sensurn, feel, perceive by the senses.

Comperio, comperire, comperi, compertum, ascertain.

Haurio, haurlre, hausi, haustum, draw, (of liquids.)

Reperio, reperlre, rep8ri, repertum, find.

Venio, venire, v8ni, ventum, come.

Aperio, apertre, aperui, apertum, open.

S&lio, sallre, salui and salii, sal turn, spring, leap. The compounds have -silio, *811111
Cuxutio, am blind, ferio, strike, prurio, itch,, have no perf. and supine.

148. Neuter-passives; or, neuters with a perfect thai
s passive in form.

Their past participle is the part, of perfect active. Ausus, having dared.

audeo ausus sum........to dare.

gaudeo gavlsus sum........rejoice.

soleo	snlitus sum...... am wont

§ 14i>. DEPONENT VERBS.

150. Deponents of active signification have generally
tour participles; as, sequens, secuturus, secutus, se-
quendusy from sequor, " to follow." Those of a neuter
signification have generally but three ; as, labens, lapsus,
'apsurus, from labor, "to slip," or "glide."175

151. Deponent verbs are conjugated iegularly, like
the passive voice of the fourth conjugation.

§ 152. FIRST CONJUGATION.

153. The first conjugation has a vast number of de-
ponent verbs, of which all are regular.—The following
are the most common :—

abominor........regard as a bad omen ;

abhor, abominate.

adversor................oppose myself.

adulor (dat. or acc.).............flatter.

spu ulor.................emulate, rival.

alucinor....... . play the fool; talk idly.

arb tror.........................think.

asp *rnor.......................despise.

astipulor (dat.) .... to join in an engage-
ment ; to consent, approve.

Rvofsor........turn away from, dislike.

auxi lior (dat.)....................help.

bacchor.....revel (as a Bacchanalian.)

calu:nnior..................calumniate.

caviMor ..................banter. cavil.

causor..............allege as an excuse.

c5mir,sor..................revel, feast.

comitor....................accompany.

sommentor .. .to meditate upon, contrive.

conci5nor...................harangue.

c5nor........................endeavor.

contemplor... ............contemplate.

criminor.......................accuse.

cunctor.........................delay.

dignor (abl.)..............deem worthy.

|.................

dominor (dat. in1)................rule.

^lorior (abl. d$ ..................boast.

gratulor* ......... .. to congratulate

honor (acc. ut).................exhort.

irnitor.........................imitate.

insidior (dat.).............plot against.

inter pre tor...................interpret.

jScor.............................jest.

laetor (abl. de, in)...............rejoice.

metor3.......................measure.

minor ( dat. pers. )

mini tor j acc. thing j .......

miror (acc. and infin. quod).....wonder

mnderor (dat. arc.)......moderate, rule.

inoror4.......delay (intrans. and trans.)

oplnor..........................think.

depopulor j .................

precor...........................pray

praelior................to fight; battle

recordor (gen., acc., or de).....remember.

coilsolor |.....................c(n,sole-

suspicor......................• suspect.

testor.............bear witness; call to

witness.

testificor.................bear witness

veneror......................venerate.

vgnor ...........................hunt.

versor......to be turned in or among ; to

dwell; to be employed about.

§ 154. SECOND CONJUGATION.

fateor, fassus..................confess.

liceor, licitus.........bid for any thing.

nedeor (no perf, dat.)............heal.

nereor, merltus (acc., de aliquo)

deserve.

mis6*eor, miseritus misertus (gen.;

pity

reor, ratus......................think

tueor, tuitus...........look at • protect

vereor, veritus.......be shy of ? to fear,

i The mention of a preposition or conjunction after a verb shows that it is fol
lowed by that preposition or conjunction.

• Dat. of person; the thing in acc. or with de.—quod.

s Castra me tar i; to measure out the ground for a camp; to pitch a camp.

4 (Illud) nihil moror, (do not detain % as a thing fo be regarded or valued d*
not care for.176

$ 155. THIRD CONJUGATION.

........obtain.

......embrace.

ftJIpiscor, adeptus.....

unplector, amplexus,

coinplector, com plexus, __

divertor, diversus.....put up at an inn;

lodge.

expergiscor, experrectus.........awake.

fruor, fruitus, fructus (abl.)......enjoy.

fungor, functus (abl.)........discharge.

gradior, gressus.............step, walk.

invfhor, invectus......inveigh against.

trascor, iratus (dat.)..........be angry.

Iflbor, lapsus.......to slip down ; glide.

niorior, mortuus...................die.

uanciscor, nactus..................get.

nascor, natus.............. . am born

nltor, nisus or nixus..(abl.in with acc.)

rely on; strive

obliviscor, oblitus (gen. acc.).. .to forget

paciscor, pactus.....bargain, (intrans.)

pascor, pastus...........feed, (intrans.

pitior, passus...................suffer

proficiscor, profectus. .set out; to march

queror, quesius...............complain

reverter, reversus..............return

sequor, secutus.................follow

vescor, (without perf.) (abl.)-•• 'feed on

ulciscor, ultus........revenge; punish.

utor, usus (abl.) ...................use

§ 156. FOURTH CONJUGATION.1

adsentior, adsensus (dat.).....assent to.

blandior (dat.)........fawn on; flatter.

experior, expertus.................try.

largior.....................give money.

mentior............................lie.

mfctior, mensus...............measure.

mfilior...........................plan.

opperior, oppertus (opperltus). .wait fot.

ordior, orsus.....................begin.

5rior, ortus, orlri2................arise.

partior.........................divide

potior3 (gen or abl.)......to get posses-
sion of

sortior.....to cast lots; obtain, (by lot.}

§ 157 IMPERSONALS.

158. Impersonate that are never used personally *

oportet, oportuit. -it behooves; one ought.

libet, libuit..................it pleases.

licet, licuit.........it is permitted; one

may.

♦piget.................it grieves (one.)

♦poenitet, pcenituit...........it repents

*pudet, puduit........(one) is ashamea

*miseret....................one pities

*tiedet........it irketh ; one is tired oj

rSfert (gen.)0...............it concerns

159. Impersonate that are also used personally in the
third person sing, or plur.

tonat

pluit......

ningit-----

grand inat .

• it thunders.
... .it rains.
... .it snows.
> ....it hails.

fulminat....................it lightens

rorat.....................the dew falls.

vesperascit..............it grows dusk,

lueescit.................it grows light

J When the partic. is not set down, it is itus.

« So orlrer, &.C., but in the present it is of the third ; orP,ris, oritur.

4 PotJri, potltus: but put&ris, potTtur, &c., in pres. like the third; and sopotercr
fee

4 Those that have an asterisk prefixed take acc. of person, gen. of the thtag, {oi
fbject of the feeling.) It repenteth me of my folly.

Abl sing. fern, of a possessive pronoun-177

160. Personal verbs that have
in a particular meaning.

Stat......................it is resolved.

constat............it is agreed upon; it

*s well known.

prastat.....................it is better.

restat......................it remains.

delectat............... • it is delightful.

juvat...................it is pleasant

vacat.........[/, you, &c.J have leisure.

placet.............[/, you, &c.J resolve-

attinet..........it relates to ; concerns.

app&ret.....................it appears

decet....................it is becoming.

dedScet...............it is unbecoming.

liquet.......................it is clear.

Eatet.......................it is plain.

itet.........it is concealed ; unknown.

also an impersonal use

solet, assolct........it usually happen»

accidit.....................it happens

accedit1 ...................it is added

excTdit2..............it has escaped me

confert'1 ( *s serv^cea^ei or conducive

contingit.............it happens; fallt

to the lot of

sufficit......................it suffices

interest3 (gen.). • • *it concerns; is of im
portance to

crebe'cit............'a reportJ spreads

ev§nit.....................it turns out

expSdit..................it is expedient

fit.........................it happens

convgnit4................it is suitable

161. The compounds of sum are conjugated exact]v
in the same way as the verb itself. (See 126.)

absum, am absent.	desum, am wanting.

adsum, am present.	prsesum, am before; or at the head of

intersum, am amongst; am engaged in.	prosum, profit; do good to.

obsum, am in the way of; hinder.

(1.; Prosum inserts a " d " before those tenses of sum that begin with a vowel:
Not pro-es, pro-eram: but prodes, proderam.

(2.) Jibsum, preesum have present participle absens, prcesens : but the latter only
In the sense of "present."

§ 162. IRREGULAR AND OTHER VERBS.

r I am able; I can. (Possum, potis, potest; possumus, potestis, /«o«.
(1.) Possum, < sunt. Imp. poteram. Fut. potero. Subj. pres. possim. Imp. poe*
(. sem. Root of perf. potu. See First Lat. Book, p. 5G.)

i Vfilo, am willing; wish.

2.) < N51o, am unwilling, (/ornon volo.)

( Malo, had rather, (for magis or mage volo.)

i Accedit quod or ut may generally be rendered by, moreover; besides this.
5 Properly, de memorid excidit, it has slipped my memory; I have forgotten.

•	Abl. sing. fem. of possessive pronouns.

*	Ut convenerat, as had been agreed upon. In this sense a nom. is generally ex
pressed.178

v61o, vis	vult, I volSmns, vnltis,	volunt

nOlo, non /is non vult, nolumus, non vuftis, noluut.
m&la mavis, mavult, { malumus, mavultis, malunt.

vis	vult,
non /is	non vult,
mavis,	mavult,
vSlim,	ndlim,
vellem,	noliem,
veile,	nolle,

Subj. Pres. I vSlim, ndlim, malim. (is, it* Imus, Stis, intw
Subj. Imperf. I vellem, noliem, mallem.

Infinitive. | veile, nolle, malle.

The other tenses are all formed regularly. They have no gerunds, su-
pines, or participles, (except volens, nolens,) nor imperative, except nalt
nolito, — nollte.

N51i putare, (be unwilling to think, =) do not think.

FSro, (tuli, latum,) bear. (Imperative, fer—ferte.)

This verb has fers, fert, fcrtur, for feris, ferit, ferTtur; and drops e
whenever it would stand between two r's. Hence ferrem, ferre, itc., foi
fererem, ferSre

4.) Flo, become; am made or done: partly used as pass, of f 5cio.

It is conjugated regularly, except that it has fTSrem for firem, &nd
an irregular infin. fieri. It has no perfect; factus sum, eram, &.C., being
in use.

■5.) Edo, (6,) eat

This verb is conjugated regularly after the third; but has also some
forms which are common to it and sum.

Present.	cdo, &c.,	and also,	is,	est, — estis, -

Imperative.	ede, &c.,	and also,	es,	esto, — este, estote.

Subj. Imperf.	ederem,	and also,	essrm, esses, &c.

Infinitive.	edere,	and	esse,

N. B. These forms must be distinguished from those of sum by theii
• transitive meaning, es, thou eatest; es, thou art.

fi. Eo, (Tvi,i ltum,) go. (Pres. eo, is, it; imus, itis, eunt. Imp. ibam. Fut. ibo.
Imperat. i. Subj. pres. earn. Imp. irem. Part, iens, euntis, &c. Ger. eundi,
&c.)

» x 5 aueo, am able ; can.	1 These verbs are conjugated like eo, as f?i

7' i Nequeo, amunahle; cannot. I As theJ *reu.m use: 3 P,ur* ?™unt, ne-
v	I queunt. Subj. pres. qneam, nequeam, &c.

9 „ Inquam, I say: tnquit, says he: inquiunt, say they, <fcc.

1 In the compounds of eo, the perf . is generally ii179

§ 163. ADVERBS.
164 Adverbs of Place1 are fivefold, viz.

ADVERBS SIGNIFYING MOTION (OR REST.)

ITbi?

flic,

11 he,

Istic,

Ibi,

Intus,

Foris,

Ubique,

Nusquam,

Alicubi,

Alibi,

Ubivis,

Ibidem,

(1) In a place.

Where ?

Here.

There.

There, where you are.

There.

Within.

Without.

Everywhere.

Nowhere.

Somewhere.

Elsewhere.

Anywhere, (you please.)
Jn the same place.

(2) To a place—(o, tic.)

Quo 1	Whither ?

Hue,	Hither.

Illuc,	Thither.

Istuc,	Thither, to where you are

Intro,	To within.

Foras,	To without.

Eo,	To that place.

Alio,	To another place.

Aliquo,	To some place.

Efidem,	To the same place.

(3)	Towards a place.
ftuorsum 1 Whitherward, ?

Versus,

Sursum,

Deorsun.,

Retrorsum,

Dexirorsum,

Towards.
Vpw&rdj.
Downwards.
Backwards.
To the right hand

Sinlslrorsum, To the left hand.

(4) From a place— »tc, ndt)

IJnde ?	Whence f

Hinc,	Hence.

Illic,	Thence.

Isti nc,	Thence, from where you airi

Inde,	Thence.

Aliunde,	From elsewhere.

Alicunde,	From some place.

Sicunde,	If from any place

Utrinque,	On both sides.

Superne,	From above.

In feme,	From below.

CoelTtus,	From heaven.

Fundi tus,	From the ground.

(5)	Through or by a place

Qua 1	Which way 1

Hac,	This way.

Iliac,	That way.

Istac,	That way, by you

Alia,	Another way.

165. Adverbs of Time are threefold, viz.:—

SUCH AS SIGNIFY,—

(1) Being in time, either

1. Present.

Nunc,
Hodie

JVoto.
To-day.

Tunc, \

Turn, J
Heri,

Dmium,)
Pridem, {
Pridie,

Nudiustertius,
Nuper,

2. Past.

Then.

Yesterday. s
Heretsfore.
The day before.
Three days ago
Lately.

Jamjam,

Mox,

Statim,

ProiTnus

IUico,

3. Future.

(Very near.)

( Presf ntip
< Immediately,
t By-and by.
Instantly.
Straightway

(Remote.)

Cras,	To-morrow.

Postridie,	The day after.

Perendie,	Two days henet

Nondum,	Not yet.

12

i From Ruddiman.180

4. Indefinite.

Qrtando t	IVhen 1

Aliquando, 1
Nonnunquam, > Sometime*
nterduin, )

Semper,	Always.

Nunquam, Never.
IntSrim, j
Interea, )

Gtuotidie,	Daily.

(2) Continuance of Time.
Quamdin 1 How long ?

In the mean time.

Diu,
Tamdiu
Jamdiu,
Jamdudum,
Jamprldem



Long.
So long

Long ago

(3) Vicissitude,
1.

Quoties 1

Saepe,

Raro,

Toties,

Aiiquoties,

Vicissim,

Rursus,

Iterum,

Subinde,

Identidem,

or Repetition of Tim*

Indefinite.

How often.

Often.

Seldom.

So often.

For several times
By turns
Again.

A second time.
Immediate*'] afie•
Several times.

2. Definite, or in Number.
Semel,	Once

Bis,
Ter,
Quater,

Twice.
Thrice.
Four times.

166. Adverbs of Order: as,—

(nde.....

Deinde *•<
Dehinc- •.

Porro.....

Deincens .

.........then.

. •• • thereafter.
... henceforth.
• • • • moreover.
. successively.

Denuo .....

DenTqne
Postremo • •.
Primo, -um ■
Secando ...

••anew
- finally
■ ••-lastly

.....first

• secondly

&c. &c.

§ 167. PREPOSITIONS.

168.	The prepositions governing the accusative are
wenty eight:—

Ante, apud, ad, adversus,

Circuin, circa, citra, cis,

Erga, contra, inter, extra,

Infra, intra, juxt&, 6b,

P8nes, p6ne, post, et prater,

PrSpe, propier, per, secundum,

Supra, versus, ultra, trans.

169.	Fourteen prepositions govern the ablative :—

Absque, a, ab, abs, and de,

Coram, clam, cum, ex, and e,

Tenus, sine, pro, and prae.

170 Four prepositions govern sometimes the accusa-
tive ana sometimes the ablative :—

la, sab, super, subter.181

$ 171. PRINCIPLES OF WORD-BUILDING.

DIVISION OF THE CONSONANTS.

Mutes.	Liquids	Spirants.
SMOOTH. MID. ASP.		
1. p «wiinds, p b (ph,) f	m  I	v 1
t sounds, t d (th,)	n 1 1	1  s j  T
ft sounds, c g (ch,) qu	1  r	h

DIVISION OF THE CONSONANTS.

Organ by which thei
are formed.

lip, (labials.,

tongue, (dentals )

throat, (gutturals

Organ by which thei
are formed.

lip, (labials.,

tongue, (dentals )

throat, (gutturals

Double letters, \ Iis e1nivale'n «»•
' I z--ss

(I) Prefixes

2 Ab, away from.
3. ad, to,

amb'i- \ round; ^out; on both sides.

5.	ante, before.

6.	circum, around.

7.	con, with; in some words com-

pletely.

8.	contra, against.

9.	de, down; way; in some words it

adds the notion of disagreeableness
or deterioration.

10.	Dis,3 asunder, in different directions ;

away from ; un-.

tl. ex, out of, thoroughly.

12.	in, into, on, against; with adjec-

tives, not.

13.	inter, between, amongst.

14.	intro, within.

15.	ob, against; sometimes about.6

16.	per, through, thoroughly; (with adj.)

very. It sometimes adds a bad,
meaning to the word

17.	post, after.

1/3. pne, bifore; (with adj.) very.

(Change of form.)

a, (m,1 v, and sometimes f; but au b*»-
fore fero, fvgio.)

ab, (sc, t,) as (p.)

changes d into the initial consonant ol
the word, before s and all the mutes
and liquids, (c before qu;) ad, how
ever, may remain before all these

co, (h and vowels;) com, (m, b, p;a) as-
similated before I. r.

di, (d, g, 1, m ;) assimilated before/.

e, (liquids and b, d, g, v,) ef, (f.)
im, (I), p, m;) i, (gn;) assimilated before
l,rA

assimilated in intelligo.

assimilated before c, f, g, p; but may

stand before p.

assimilated before I.

*	The letters in parentheses are those before which it undergoes ihe change.

*	And sometimes vowels, as in comedo.

*	The meaning of dis is generally separative; sometimes deprivative, >b U
H*ylicSre. dissnadSre.) Doderlein.

*	" In" may, however, stand before I, r.

*	-a which nieaning it is an abbreviatiou, perhaps from amb. D182

Sqffixes

prod before vowel: pel, por, before 1, T
red before vowel.

assimilated before c, f, g, m, p, r. (But
before m, p, r, and n, it is better to re-
tain the b.)

Prefixes

J9 prater, by
20 pro, fivrth, forwards.

2J re, back, again, away, un-; (some-
times very, or forth from within.)

22 retro, backwards.

23.	s8, without, apart from.

24.	sub, under, away from beneath, from

below upwards, somewhat.

25.	subter, underneath, away from un-

derneath.

26.	super, aoove.

27.	trans, across, through, over to the tra, (d, j,) but trans preferred by Ctesai

other side.

28.	n8, not.

29 vg not, ill.

30.	bene, well

31.	male, ill.

32 statis, enough.

(2) Suffixes

(a) Verbs.

3.1. are, from nouns: to make, produce, employ oneself about, procure, show onticV
as : -ire (from nouns) are also trans.

34	are, from root of supine: to do, strengthening the meaning of the primitive

verb, (intensives.)

35	it-are, from root of present or supine: to do frequently, continually, (frequen•

tatives.)

36. sc-8re, to begin to—(inchoatives.)

a, e, are the connecting vowels for the first and second conjugations; t for
the third and fourth. Some are from nouns: their perfect is in ut, *c and Jke
connecting vowel being thrown away.

37	fir-ire, to wish or want to—(desideratives.)

38	ill-are, to do in a little degree or trifling way.

39	6re, from nouns, generally intransitive; to be or become

40	ari, from substantives; (same meaning as are, 33.)

(A) Substantives.

41	or, from root of supine, a man who does—fem. rix.

42	or, from root of present, express the action or state of the verb.

43	io,	1

44	us, of the fourth, > action or state of the verb: io especially the doing of the action.

45	ura,	S

47	K (G.' Igin for igonj j are als0 abstTact snbstantive3 fro,n Terbs-

48	men, J the thing done.

49* men turn, \ the thing by which—is done: that which does.

i is the connecting vowel of the third, but the termination is often added
without a connecting vowel. In the first and fourth, the terminations an
added to the a, ».

51 fifum*1' | ^at which ^at	*s used for. thut by which.

53 6na j a^SO ^enote l*at ^ which.

55 strum, \ ^ ^e or thing prepared for.

»6 uni, the action of a verb as a thing: then me actum itestf.

57 mdnia, the habit or continued state of.

| express the person who.183

Prom If owns; (including Participles.)

10. las, Gen. tfttis: ; generally has t for the connecting vowel •

from adjectives in ins are formed substantives in ictas, are termination»
from adjectives in stus, substantives in	' of abstract sub*

61 la, (from adj. of one termination"	stantives, denot

62.	Itia, (from adjectives in us)	ing a property

63.	tQdo, (connecting vowel t)	disposition, stat6y

64.	6do, (a rare termination)	&c.

65.	tus, Gen. tutis, (only in four words;

66	lus, t diminutives ;a connecting vowel generally a, which sometimes takes a c
la, < before it. Some have 6 or i as their connecting vowel. Others end
lum, ( in illus, ellus. Some in lens.

67	ium, denotes a body or assemblage of, or an office abstractedly.

68.	atus, )

69.	!tas, v answer to " hood" " shipdenoting either an office or a body of men

70.	ura, j

71.	Stum, a place where trees grow together.

72.	arium, a receptacle.

/3. He, a place where animals are kept.

Patronymics.

74.	Tdes, son or (male) descendant of.

75.	Ides, is for e-ides, from nouns in eus.

/7* fades ( are ^roin wor(^s first decl in as or es; Tides also from ius
78. is, fem. form of ides, Gen. idis.

<9 as, ■-odes, Gen. SLdis

(c) Adjectives (1; from Verbs.

80.	bundus, has the strengthened meaning of the present participle used adjoo

tively.

81.	cundiis, has in a few words the same meaning as bundus.

82.	Idus, (chiefly from intransitive verbs,) denotes the quality of the root adjeo-

tively.

83.	uus, has the same meaning as idus: from transitive verbs it generally has a

passive meaning.

^ bill's ( caPa^e °f being ; jit to be.

85. ax having such a habit, inclination, &c.; generally of faulty ones.

t d) Adjectives signifying of belonging or related to.

K ius, mostly from substantives in or.

87 icus, generally from names of places, countries and persons

88.	Bus, from Greek names of persons.

89.	His.

BO. ftlis, (aris after another I; and in militaris.)

PI. 6lis.

K2 In us, describing the flesh of such an animal.

l And sometimes from substantives, (ciutod-ia.)

* Observe, the diminutive ends in lus, la, or lum, according as the word ftora
«hicli it if formed is masc., fem., or neuter184

(ft Inns, (from j'a, turn,)	\

ot f?8/#.-.. trn*. #v«m nm \ [of such a town, &c., (Anus, ensis, from ottier

*	from om,) f *ls°.« -««*■". ««-«—J

97.	(bus, (from a, <s,)	J

(e) Adjectives meaning of such a substancc or material.

98.	gnus.

99.	luus, (especially of trees, plants, &c.)

(When the root is not the name of a material or substance, inus lenotes like*
ness only.]

100.	cuis, (used also as ius, a simple genitive meaning.)

101.	ceus, (denotes likeness only, when the root is not the name of a substance or

material.)

(/) Adjectives signifying fulness, abundance

102.	Osus.

103.	lentus, (often with connecting vowel u.)

104.	ldus.

105.	arius denotes of such an occupation; generally used as substantives. Some

times pertaining to, (agrarius.)

106.	atus, )

107.	Itus, V (English " ed ") provided, furnished with.

108.	utus, )

109.	stus, being in; or having (such a property) in oneself.

110.	stis, being in such a place.

11* stris \ dwellinS in such a Place«

114 tiinus | describe an object from the place where it lives.

115.	Ivus mostly denotes manner, circumstance, &c.

116.	emus marks descent, and relations of time.

117.	urnus denotes time.

Adverbs.

118.	S, from adjectives in us, er.

119.	8, from adjectives of the third.

120	5, from some adjectives in us, er; and from past participles.

121	ter, (with connecting vowel i, except after n,) from adjectives of the third and

participles in ns.

f A few are from adjectives in us, but there is generally an adverb in
too.]

122	(syim, \ from root of supine, denoting the manner; but also from substantive»

123	(t)im, S generally with connecting vowel a.

124	itus, (from substantives, adjectives, and prepositions,) denoting whence.

(g) Common terminations of compound words.

125	dTcus, one who )	1

126	l&quus,-\ speaks,	I

127	flcus, one who does,	f as adjectives

128	v&lus, one who wishes	J185

Corresponding subst. of tkmf

139	dicus, one who speavs.

130	ceps, (cipitis,) one who takes.

131.	fex, (ficis,) one who does.

132.	cen, (cinisj one who sings.

137. dicium.
338. cipium.

139.	ficium.

140.	cinium

lS ger', |one who

135. g§na,A one who is born of.

(36. c5la, one who dwells in.

When the first half of the compound word is a noun, the connecting vowel ki
short i.j

To these may be added,—

141 spex, (spicis,) one who looks at; examines.

142. spicium, corresponding substantive of thing.

1 So gnus, for gen-us, (gigno,) of such a nature186

§ 172. TABLE OF GENDERS.

ObbMasc. exceptions are in capitals ; fern, in common type; neut. in italics.
Third Declension.

Jliasc. terminations.

er, or, os,

is increasing,

o, when not do, go, io.

Principal Exceptions.

er) cadaver uber
iter	ver

papaver verber
tuber.

or) arbor
aquor
marmor
cor.

ts) com pes requies
merces seges
merges teges
quies «*.

08) cos

dos

os (ossis)

os (oris)

9 chaos
8 epos
2 melos
o) caro
a echo

First Declension.
Fein, except names of men

Becond Declension.

(us, er.4)

Masc.—except

alvus

domus

humus

vannus

pelagus

virus

vulgus (also m.)

Fem. terminations

do, go, io,1
as is, aus, x,

es not increasing,
s impure.

Principal Exceptions.

do ^ ordo
goccardo
io j lioo

margo (f #8

is) amnis

anguis f;

axis

cassis (»s)

col lis
cinis
crinis
ensis
fascia
finis (f)

follis
funis
ignis

X) calix
codex
cortex
grex
follex
3 thorax

vertex

j iC",iC,S

8 ) mons

t'm- > pons
pure j fons
dens

quadrans
rudens
®hydrops

as) as

elephas

vas (vasis;

fas

nefas.

lapis

mensis

orbis

pa;, is

piscis

postis

pulv18

sanguis

torris

unguis

vectis

vermis

Neut. terminations

c, a, t, e, I, n,
ar, ur, us.

Principal Exceptions

i) sal
sol

n) lien
ren
| splkn
pecten

ur) fur

furfur
turtur
vultur

us) pecus (Mis;

incus6 senecttts
juventS* servitus
palQs	tellus

sal us	virtus

lepu9
mus

grus (m)

sus (m.)

Fourth Declension,
(us.)
Masc.—except
acus

idus (pi"

manus
porticus
tribus

Fifth Declension.

Fem.—except
dies (also/, in sing.)

i Words in io, that are not abstract nouns, are masc., e g. papilio, pugio, scipk*
reptentrio, s^ellio, unio, (pearl,) with the numeral nouns ternio, quatkr*
*io, &c.

» Properly Greek words.

*	Those with (f), (m), are sometimes fem. and masc. respectively.

*	Greek nouns in 5dus, (ex6dus, methOdus, &c with Jialectus, dlphthongus
* c arc fem.

*	Ilence us with long u /s a fem termination.187

173. These rules depend on the terminations; but
some words have a particular gender from their mean-
ing.

A, The names of male persons, and winds, are masculine.

B The names of female persons, eountries, and islands, towns, plants, and ireta
are fern.

(а)	Bat of towns, these are masc.:

(1)	Some in o, (oroto, hippo, narbo, sulmo, frusino ;) and

(2)	All plurals in i: veii, Delphi

These are neuter:

(1)	All in urn, or plur. a :

(2)	Those in e or ur of the third : Prceneste, Tibur

(б)	Of trees and plants,

(1)	Those in er (and many in us'j of the second are masc.:

(2)	Those in er, ur of the third are neut. • acer, robur, 6tc.

*5. Several are common: comes} canjuz. custos dux, hospes, jurems, patenx pms
eoccrcbw &cBRIEF SKETCH OP LATIN SYNTAX.

INTRODUCTORY.

1 Syntax treats of propositions or sentences, and of
then relations and arrangement.

2. A proposition consists of a subject and predicate.
3 Sentences are either simple or compound.

(a)	A simple sentence contains one proposition.

(b)	A compound sentence contains two or more

propositions.

I. SUBJECT AND PREDICATE.

4.	In every sentence, the subject is that of which
something is affirmed or declared.

5.	The predicate is that which is affirmed or declared
Df the subject; thus :—

Equus currit, the horse runs

(а)	Here "horse" is the subject; "runs" the
predicate.

(б)	The proposition relates to the horse. It is af-

firmed or predicated of thft horse that he rum •
and the sentence is simple, because containing
one simple proposition.190

(c) The following are examples for practice:—■

Puer discit. Vita brevis est.

Caius, ruptis vinculis, evolavit.

Croesus, a Cyro victus, regno spoliatus est.

Phocion fuit perpetuo pauper, cum ditissimus esse Dotest

Errare est hurnanum.

Plorims Stella soles sunt.

II. OF THE CASES.

Rule I.—A verb agrees with its nominative (i. e., ifcs
tubjed nomin.) in number and person ; thus :

vlurim<B stelltB soles sunt;

JDquus currit; equi currunt,

Nos legimus ; Tu scribis ;

Homines sunt modesti.

Obs. 1. The nominatives ego, tu, nos, vos, are seldom expressed. They are used
when emphasis is required.

2.	A collective noun (i. e., a noun singular, denoting number or multitude;

has sometimes a plural verb; as, turba ruunt; pars pugnant, par
fugiunt.

3.	So uterque and quisque often take a plural verb.

' Where two or more nomin. cases singular come together, the verb is geu
erally put in the plural; as, Antonius et Octavianus vicerunt Brutum
et Cassium.

b. But if the nomin. denote things without life, a verb singular is oflen
used ; as, Mens enirn, et ratio et consilium in senibus est.

6.	With et—et, quum—tum, the verb is generally put in the singular nunber

7.	When the nomin. are of different persons, the verb agrees with the first

person rather than the second, and with the second rather than the
third ; as, Si tu et Tullia valetis, ego et Cicero valeriius.

8.	An infinitive mood (with the words belonging to it) is often the nomina

dve to the verb; the adjective that agrees with it is then in the neuter
gender; as, humanum est errare. Turpe est mentiri. Turpe et>t poeta
do mum, evertere.

Rule II.—Where two nouns are spoken of the same
thing, the second is put in the same case as the first;
is,—Isocrates orator. Nos consules. Roma urbs. Urbs
Athena.

Obt 1. The second noun is then said to be in apposition to the first» i e., it to a
namej title,, or description of the preceding one.

2 A noun in apposition with two or more nouns, is usumly puf in ;he pla-
ted; as jkJ. Antonius C Cassius, tribuni plebia.191

Rule III.—Verbs of becoming, being, seeming,

And passive verbs of making, calling, deeming)
take a substantive or adjective after them in the nom-
inative ; as,—ille vacatur Robertus. Philippus habetur
gracilis.

Obs. The verb 1 to be," takes a nomin ^of either a substant. or adject) aftei it',
as, terra est rotunda. Hortensius fuit orator.

Rule IV.—Adjectives, adjective pronouns and parti-
ciples, agree with their nouns in gender, number, and
case.

Obs. 1. When an adject belongs to more than one substant. or pronoun, it should
agree with the more worthy gender,* and be in the plural; as, pater
mihi et mater mortui sunt.

2. When the substantives are things that have not life, the adject, is gener-
ally put in the neuter ; as, regna, imperia, nobiiitates, ho nitres, divitia
in casu sita sunt.

Rule V.—The relative pronoun agrees with its ante-
cedent! in gender, number, and person ; as,—puer qui
1egit. JLitercz quas dedi. Animal quod currit.

Obs. 1. The case of the relative has nothing to do with the other sentence; bul
must be governed by the verb (or some other governing word) of its
own sentence ; as, arbores serit agricola, quarum fructus ipse adspiciet
nunquam. Ego quein tu vocas. Ille de quo tu diets.

2.	When the relat. agrees with some case of a subst. expressed in its own,

but not in the principal clause, some case of that subst. must be sup-
plied in the principal clause; as, quas misisti literas accepi; for accept
literal quas misisti.

3.	Sometimes the infin. mood stands as the antecedent to a relat. Sometimes

a sentence or part of a sentence stands for the antecedent. In this
case the adj. or relat. is put in the neut. gender. Id quod or qua res are
often found instead of the relat. only.

4.	When the antecedent has a superlative with it, the adjective is generally

put in the relative clause ; as, primus fecit; "he was the first persou
who did it."

Rule VI.—One substantive depending upon another
is put in the genitive case as,—amor glorice. Cicero-
uis orationes. rater patriae. Lex naturae.

* The masculine is said to be more worthy than the feminine, and the feminine
than the neuter.

t That is, going before noun, i. e., the noun or pronoun for which the relative
stands.

J The Genlt. is subjective when it denotes that which does something, or to
which something belongs, e. g-, hominum facta, liber pueri, &c.: it is objective^ when192

Obs. 1, The Romans often usfed a dependent genitive where we use prepositions-'
in, for, with, &c.; as, gratia bmejicii ; suarum rerum Jidueia ; Pyrrhi
regis bellum, &c.

2. Where we use a substant. with an adject. agreeing with it, an adjective in
the neuter is often used in Latin, with a genitive governed by it; as,
quantum voluntatis; aliquid temporis ; multum boni ; quid novi ? &C.

Rule VII.—A partitive adjective governs a noun in
the genitive.

Obs 1. A partitive adjective is one that expresses some individuals considered as
parts of a larger number or body; such as which, every, each, both, some.
«fee., with ordinal numerals, comparatives, and superlatives

2. The partitive adject, generally agrees in gender with the governed cenit.,
because that expresses the thing meant; as, alter consulum; Qraco-
rum oratorum prcestantissimus

Rule VIII.—A substantive having an adjective
agreeing with it, and describing a former substantive^
stands in the genitive or ablative; as,—vir excellentis
. ingenii; vir summo ingenio ; ingentis magnitudinis
serpens ; classis septuaginta navium.

Rule IX.— Opus est (there is need) is followed by
an ablative of what is needed. The person who needs
must be put in the dative; as,—acuto homine nobis opus
est; quid opus est verbis ? But the thing needed is
often the nominative to the verb sum, or the accusative
before esse ; as,—quarundam rerum nobis exempla per-
multa opus sunt.

Rule X.—Adjectives which signify desire, knowl-
edge, recollection, fear, participation, and their oppo-
sites; together with verbals in acc, and many of those
that express fulness or emptiness, govern the genitive;
as, avidus novitatis ; insidiarum plenus ; magna urbis
cap ax ; audax ingenii ; & c.

Obs. 1. To this class belong many participles used adjectively; as, veritath
amans; officii negligens ; &.c.

11 denotes that which is the object of the feeling or action spoken tit, e. g., amor
jrirtutis, tcedium labor is ^ desideriuin otii, &c. The objective genitive usually follow!
the noun on which it depends. (Zumpt-/193

Rule XI.—Such a substant. as property, duty, part,
mark, &c., is often omitted in Latin after to be; so that
to be is followed by a genit. governed by this subst. 01
an adject. in the neuter gender agreeing with it; as,—
est boni oratoris; judicis est; dementia est; meum
est: cujusvis hominis est err are,

Obs. Such a noun as officium, munus, indicium, &c., must be understood.

Rule XII.—Verbs of accusing, condemning, acquit
ling, &c., take a genit. of the charge ; as,—proditionu
iccusare.

Obs. 1. But if the charge be expressed by a neut. pron. it stands in the accus as,
si id me accusas.

2.	Instead of the genit. the ablat. with de is very common; as, de pecuniis

repetundis damnaris

3.	The punishment to which a person is condemned, stands generally in the

ablat.; sometimes in the genit., and often in the accus. with ad; as
capitis (or capite) dainnari; ad bestias condemnare.

Rule XIII.—Satago, misereo?', and miseresco, govern
the genit.; verbs of reminding, remembering, and for-
getting, the gen. or acc.; as,—misereri omnium. me-
minisse benejicia. dissensionum oblivisci.

Rule XIV.—With interest and refert the person to
whom it is of importance, is put in the genit.; as,—
interest omnium recta facere.

Obs. I- But instead of personal pron., the possessives are used in the ablat. fem.;
as, quid nostrd refert.

2.	The degree of importance is expressed by the genit. of price, or by an

adverb ; as, magni interest quos quisque audiat quotidie.

3.	The thing that is of importance is expressed by an infinitive clause, or a

neut. pron.; or a clause introduced by an interrogative, or by a conr
junction ; as, illud med magni interest, te ut videam.

Rule XV.—These impersonate,piget, pcenitet,
ladet, miseret, take an accusat. of the person feeling, a
emit, of what causes the feeling ; as,—ignavum pcenite-
mt aliquando ignavice ; tcedet me vitcB ; tui me mise•
ret; &c194

Rule XVI.—Adjectives which signify advantage>
likeness, agreeahleness, usefulness, fitness, facility, &c.,
(with their opposites,) govern the dative.

Obt. 1. Several of these take also a genit.

2.	Natus, commodus, incomrr»,odus, utilis, inutilis, veheisiens, aptus, accom

modatus, idoneus, may also be followed by ad with the accu*. of thfl
objecty or purpose, for which.

3.	Similis takes the genii, to express like a person in character

Rule XVII.—The dative follows verbs that signify
advantage or disadvantage; verbs of comparing, of
giving and restoring; of promising and paying; of
commanding and telling; of trusting and intrusting;
of complying with and opposing; of threatening and
being angry; &c.

Ob*. 1. All verbs may be followed by a dat. of the thing or person to, for, ol
against which any thing is done.

2.	Many of these govern the accus. of the immediate, or dat. of the remoter

object.

3.	Verbs of comparing are also followed by the prepositions cum, inter, and

ad.

4.	Of verbs of advantage and disadvantage, juvo, l/edo, delecto, and offendo,

govern the accus.

5.	Of verbs of commanding, rego and guberno govern the accus. only, and

tempero and moderor the acc. or dat.

Rule XVIII.—Sum with its compounds, except pos-
sum, governs the dative.

Rule XIX.—Verbs compounded with the adverbs
bene, satis, male, generally govern the dative.

Rule XX.—Most of verbs compounded with ad, in
inter, ob, prce, sub, con, govern the dat.

Rule XXI.—Many verbs compounded with ab, anta
ic, e, post, pro, re, super, govern the dat.

Obs. Some of these verbs governing the dat. are transitive, and govern tin.

accus. only; some the dat. and accus . and very many are followed
by the prepositions they are compounded with.

Rule XXII.— Dono, circumdo, and several othei
verb?, take either the dat, of the person and an accus.195

Ot the thing, or an accus. of tlie person and an ablat of
the thing; as,—mihi coronam, or me corona donat; ur-
bem murOy or murum urbi circumdat.

Rule XXIII.—Esse, donare, mittere. prqficisci, <Src.,
with dare and vertere, (to impute,) govern 2w;o datives.

Rule XXIV.—Sw?7i with a dat. of a person often ex-
presses the English 44	as,—mihi libri; esi
mihi vacca; &c.

Ofts. In est wii/ti nomen the name is either in the vomin. or dat., or (less com.
luonly) the genit. The construction with the dat. is the most common

Rule XXV.—The accus. denoting *he immediate
object of an action, follows all transitive verbs, whethei
active or deponent, to express the person or thing af-
fected by the action implied in such verbs; as,—pater
amat (or tuetur) filium.

Obs. 1. The transit, or intransit. nature of a verb depends entirely upon its mean-
ing, and can be learned only by practice in the use of a dictionary.

2.	Many intrans. verbs become transit, when compounded with a preposi-

tion governing the accus.; as, Pythagoras Persarum inagos adiit.

3.	Neuter verbs take a substant. of kindred meaning or origin in the accus.;

and verbs of tasting or smelling of take the thing in the accus.; as,
somniare 8omnium ; ceram olere.

4.	Other neuters are used transitively to express a transitive notion com

bined with their own proper notion ; as, sit ire honores ; idem gloria
tur ; mu.lta peccat.	,

Rule XXVI.—Verbs of asking, teaching, clothing,
and concealing, may have two accusone of the person
and another of the thing; as,—quis musicam docuit
Epaminondam ? nihil nos celat.

Obs. Very frequently (and with some verba always) either the person or the
thing is governed by a preposition ; such verbs are, peto, postulo, que9-
ro, &c.

Rule XXVII.—Transitive verbs that take two nom-
inatives in the passive, take two accus. in the active;
as,—Mesopotamiam fertilem efficit Euphrates.

Qbs I. One accus. is then in a sort of apposition to the other.

2 eJuch verbs are verbs of calling, appointing to aa office, considering,
together with facio, efficio, reddo, &c.

3. Facio and efficio often take ut instead of tiie second accus.; as.Jsc ut
sciam. &e.

13196

Rule XXVIII.—A noun of time, in answer to the
question token ? is put in the ablat.; in answer to how
long? in the accus.; as,—auctumno, (in the autumn ;)
solis occasu. Ager multos annos quievit

Cit 1. The time in or within which is expressed by inter, intra, or by the ablat.

2.	The time how long before ? how long after 1 is expressed by the ablat.

3.	A point or space of future time for which any arrangement is now made,

is expressed by in with the accus.; as, me invitavit in posteruin diem.

4 The exact time at which a thing is to be done, is expressed bv ad with the
accus.; as, solvere ad Oracas calendas.

5.	Jlbhinc (ago) of past time, is joined to the accus. or ablat.; as, abhinc an-

nos (or annis) quatuor.

6.	Natus (born) takes the accus. of time, and expresses at such an age, so

many years old ; as, tres annos natus.

Rule XXIX.—The town at which a thing is done,
if a singular noun of the first or second declens., is put
in the genit.; if not, in the ablat.; as,—vixi Romce,
Tarenti, Athenis, Gabiis, Tibure, &c.

Rule XXX.—In answer to whither? the place is put
in the accus.; in answer to whence? in the ablat.; as,
—legati Athenas missi sunt; fugit Tarquinios Corintho.

Obs. 1. These rules apply only to the names of towns and small islands. Before
other words prepositions are used; and before these when the name
has an adjective.

2. Urbs, oppidum, locus, in appositioi: to the name of a town in the genitM
stands in the ablat.

Rule XXXI.—Local space is expressed by the ac-
cus., sometimes by the ablat. ; as,—tridui viam proces-
sit; bidui abest, (iter understood.)

Rule XXXII.—Domus and rus, like names of tcwns,
are used with verbs of motion without prepositions ; as,
—domum revertitur; manet domi; vivit rure or rwi,;
qbiit rus ; &c.

Qb* llumi, belli, and militia, are used in the genit., with verbs of motion and
rest; as, humi jacere. domi et militia "at home and abroad "

Rule XXXIII.—The ablat. is used to express the197

tiling with which, and often the manner how, and the
<*ause why; as,—Cornibus tauri se tutantur.

Rule XXXIV.—The price for which a thing is
bought, sold, valued, or done, is put in the ablat. • as,—
riginti talentis wraaTtt orationem Isocrates vendidit.

06«. 1. Magno, permagno, parvo, minimo, plurimo, nimio. vili, stand in the ablet*,
to express the price, pretio being understood.

2.	Tanti, quanti, (and their compounds,) pluris and minor is, always stand

in the

3.	The substantives Jlocci, nauci, nihili, pili, Sec., stand in the geniL, aftcf

verbs of valuing. ..

Rule XXXV.—Verbs of abounding, filling, loading,
&c., and their opposites, such as verbs of wanting, cie-
priving of, emptying of, govern the ablat.

Obit. Egeo and indigeo (especially the latter) govern the genit. also.

Rule XXXVI.—Some verbs of freeing from, re-
moving from, differing from, being at a distance from,
&c., are sometimes followed by the ablat.; as,—leva
me hoc onere, &c.

Obs. But in prose they are generally followed by a preposition.

Rule XXXVII.—Fungor, fruor, utor, (with their
compounds,) potior, vescor, dignor, glorior, take the
ablat., as does also supersedeo.

Obs. But potior takes the genit. when it means " to obtain sovereign power
over."

Rule XXXVIII.—The manner or cause, and any
word that restricts the meaning of another to a particu-
lar part of a thing spoken of, is put in the ablat.; as—
claudus fuit altero pede; scribo calamo ; &c.

Rule XXXIX.-^-Verbs that govern the dative in the
active, are used impersonally in the passive ; as, gloria
iuce invidetur, u your glory is enviedmihi creditur,
(i I am beloved &c.

Ob». 1. The agent after a passive vem (when a or ab is not used) is sometimes
pu in the dative, and after the participle, in dus.

2> Vapulo, vineo,Jio, having a passive meaning, have also a passive construc
tion; as, ab hoste v6n ire; a me fieri; &c.198

Rule XL.—Verbs that govern two accus. in the ac-
tive, sometimes govern one accus. (that of the object) in
the passive ; as, rogatus sententiam, " being asked his
opinionlongam indutus vestem, " clothed in a long
garment."

Rule XLI.—Passive verbs and participles are some-
times followed by an accus. of the part particularly re-
ferred to; as, oblitus faciam; incensus animum; ad-
uersum femur ictus; &c.

Obi. 1. In some particular constructions, the part referred to is put in the genit
or ablaU

2. \n many general expressions, the passive voice is used impersonally
where the active might be used in Latin, and is used in English ; as,
ambulatum est = we have walked. But the personal construction is
far the more common.

III. USE OF THE TENSES.

1.	There are in the active two tenses for each of the
three divisions of time, past, present, and future ; one
expressing a complete, the other an incomplete action.

2.	The passive has the same tenses with the same
meaning, but they express the times and states of a con-
dition of suffering.

3.	The tenses of the present and past time, present
and perfect, imperfect and pluperfect, have also a sub-
junctive mood ; scribam and scripserim ; scriberem and
scripsissem. But neither the active nor the passive
voice has a sut]junctive of the future.

Rule XLII.—The present often has the force of the
oerfect; as, jam pridem cupio, " I have long been de-
siring;" dudum a te literas exspectabam, ' I had long
been expecting letters from thee."

Rule XLIII.—In animated narrative, the past is of-
ten described by the present; as, subito edicunt consu-
ks9 ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent, " the consuls199

suddenly published an edict, that the senators should
return to their usual dress."

Rule XLIV.—A present tense after relatives, or
where, if, as long as, &c., is generally expressed by the
future; as, quum Tullius rure redierit, mittam eum ad
i'e, " when Tullius returns from the country, I will seid
him to you."

Rule XLV.—The perf. subjunctive (as well as the
present) is used as an imperative; as, quod dubitas, ne
feceris, " what you have doubts about, do not do."

Rule XLVI.—The future is sometimes used for the
imperative; as, si quid acciderit novi, facies ut sciam,
" if any thing new happens, you will let me know (= let
me know.)"

Rule XLVII.—The complete rule respecting the
succession of tenses, is this : The tenses of the present
and future, i. e., the present, perfect, (in its proper
sense,) and the two futures, are followed by the tenses
of the present, i. e., by the present and perfect subjunc-
tive ; and the tenses of the past, i. e., the imperfect,
pluperfect, and historical perfect, are followed by the
tenses of the past, i. e., by the imperfect and pluperfect
subjunctive. (Z.)

IV. OF THE MOODS

1 THE INDICATIVE

Rule XLVIII.—The indicative is used in every
proposition which declares a fact; as, ambulat, scribis,
credo, &c.

Gi* 1 Oportet, necesse est, convenit, potest; par, a)quum, debeo, &cM are put ".n
the indicative of past time, to express that something should have been
done, which in fact has not been done ; as, hoe faccre debebat " thou
shouidst have done this. '

% With the participles in rus and dus, the indicative of sum in past tiini
is more commonly nsed than the subjunctive; as, h<ec via tibi ingrcdi
enda tret, u this path should have been taken by thee.'*200

2. THE SUBJUNCTIVE

Rule XLIX.—The subjunctive is used when a prop
osition is stated as possible or desirable, or as contingent
and dependent.

Obs. 1. The present and perfect subjunctive are used of a case supposed, or s
supposition granted; as, JDixerit Epicurus, " grant that Epicurus hat
said."

2.	The pres. and perf. subjunc. are used to soften an assertion or statement;

as, hoc sine ulla dubitatione conjirmaverim, " this I would assert without
any hesitation."

3.	The pres. and perf. subjunc. are used with questions which imply a

doubt respecting the probability or propriety of an action ; as, quis hot
facerc ausit ? 4< who would dare to do this ?"

4.	The pres. and perf. subjunc. are also used as a softened imperative, to

express a precept, a wish, a request, or with ne, a prohibition ; as, emas
quod necesse est, " buy what is necessaryne credas, ne credideris
" believe not."

b The conjunctions ut% ne, quo, quin, quo-minus, which express a purpose,
object, or result, govern a' subjunctive ; as, edimus ut vivamus, non
vivimus ut edamus ; nil tam difficile est quinpossit investigari; &c.

6.	All interrogative words take a subjunc. when they are dependent upon

some other verb or proposition ; as, quis sit ? nescio quis sit. Dubiutn
est utrumhorumverum sit, " it is doubtful which of these two things is
true."

7.	Comparatives with quam qui in all its cases, require the subjunc.

8.	Indefinite general expressions, with the relative, such as est, sunt, repe-

riuntur, tempus fuit, &c., when they do not refer to individuals, re-
quire the subjunc.; as, sunt qui putent; inventi sunt multi, qui parati
essent, &c.

9.	The imperf. and pluperf. subj. are used in a narrative after relative pro-

nouns and adverbs, when a repeated action is spoken of; as, quemcun-
aue lictor prehendisset, tribunus mitti jubebat, " whomsoever the lictni
nad seized, the tribune ordered to be let go."

Oratio obliqua.

Rule L.—Oblique narration is when the speech of
another is reported in the third person. . The proposi-
tion which was in the indicative, is then put in the infin-
itive mood, and claases connected by relalives and

!>articles, are put in the subjunctive; as, Cicero dice-
>at tria esse omnino genera quae in disceptationem
cadere possint; quid fiat, factum, futurumve sit,—
u Cicero used to say, that there were only thre,e kinds201

of questions that could fall into controversy; what was
doing, what had 'been done, and what would happen."

Rule LI.—(1.) Si, nisi, etsi, tametsi, &c., require
the subjunctive when the verb is in the imperfect or plu-
perfect. If doubt is expressed, they take the present
subjunctive ; otherwise the indicative.

(2.) Quamvis, licet and ut ("although") take a
subjunctive.

\3.) Tanquam, quasi, ac si ("just as if") and dum-
modo, (" provided only") take, a subjunctive.

(4.) Quod, quia, quoniam, quandoquidem, take a
subjunctive when they express the sentiment
or language of another, and not of the writer;
as, Socrates accusatus est, quod corrumperet
juventutem, " Socrates was accused because
(as was alleged) he corrupted youth."

(5.) Antequam and priusquam take commonly the
imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive ; also, the
present and perfect subjunctive.

(G.) Dum, donee, and quoad, signifying " until,"
have the subjunctive, if they refer to an object
to be attained ; as, expecta dum veniam, " wait
till I come."

(7) Quum, when it signifies "since" and "al-
though," takes the subjunctive.

(8.) Quum, "when,'' requires the imperfect and
pluperfect subjunctive, if the events described
depend on each other; so that in English the
participle may be used ; as, Alexander, quum
interemlsset Clitum, vix Jnanus a se abstinuity
" Alexander, having killed Clitus, hardly kept
his hands from himself."202

3 IMPERATIVE MOOD.

1.	The shorter form of the imperative (scribe^ &c.)
expresses a command, an exhortation, and a wish. Hie
.onger form (scribito, &c.) is used only for command,
and chiefly in the wording of laws.

2.	With the imperative, not must be rendered by ne
and nor by neve.

4. INFINITIVE MOOD.

Rule LII.—A verb which is the subject of anolher
verb, must be in the infinitive mood, and is considered
as of the neuter gender.

Rule LIII.—A verb which is the object of another
verb, must be in the infinitive ; as, volo hoc dicere, " I
wish to say this."

Rule LIV.—The infinitive mood takes before it not
the nominative, but the accusative.

Rule LV.—Many sentences that in English are
joined to a verb by the conjunction that" are ex-
pressed in Latin by the accusative and infinitive.

Rule LVI.—The accusative with the infinitive fol-
lows verbs (sentiendi et declarandi) of feeling, know-
ing, wishing, hearing, believing, thinking, &c. ; and
such expressions as it is certain, manifest, true, &c.

Rule LVII.—The infinitive is often used in narrauve
for the present and imperfect indicative. This is called
the historical infinitive.

GERUNDS, GERUNDIVE.

Gerunds are verbal substantives, with the power of
governing what belongs to the other parts of the verb.
The Gerundive, or participle in dus, is nearly allied203

t1 the gerund. Its meaning is passive, denoting neces-
sity, fitness, or something intended ; what must, should^
or is to be done.

Rule LV1II.—When the verb does not govern the
accusative, the participle in dus is not used in agree-
ment with its substantive; as, parcendum est inimicis
" we must spare our enemies."

PARTICIPLES.

The participle expresses the action of the verb, and
governs the same cases. It agrees with its noun in gen-
der, number, and case.

Rule LIX.—The participle of the future in rus often
expresses the purpose with which a person acts ; as,
Alexander ad Jovem Hammonem pergit consulturus de
origine sua.

Rule LX.—The participle in dus often expresses the
end or purpose for which a thing is done ; as, Rex Har-
pago Cyrum occidendum tradidit,—" the king gave
Cyrus to Harpagus, to-be-put-to death."

Obs. 1. This is especially the case after curare (to cause a thing to be done*
and verbs of giving, receiving, lending, undertaking; as, faciendum cw
rare, " to have a thing made."

No Latin verb (except the deponents and neuter-passives) has a partici-
ple of the perfect active.

Obs. 2. Hence this partic. is expressed by the (passive) past partic. put absolutely,
or by quurn with the perf. or pluperf. subjunc.; as, relicto fratre, «1
quum reliquisset fratrem.

Rule LXI.—When a participle does not refer to a
noun already governed or governing in the sentence, it
is put in the ablative in agreement with its own noun.

Obs 1 This construction is called the ablat. absolute.

2 When the partic. of an ablat. absol. is "being" it is omitted in Latin,
and two substantives or a substant. and an adject are put together to
the ablat.; as, Cicerone consuls; Caio invito ; me duce; fee.204

supines.

Rule LXII.—The supine in um (active) follows
rerbs -of motion, to express the object; as, cubitum ire •
Philippus, quum spectatum ludos iret, juxta theatrum
occisus est.

Rule LXIII.—The supine in u (virtually, though not
really passive) follows a few adjectives; as, honestus,
turpis, jucundus% facilis, &c., and the substantives fast
nefav opws.II. EXERCISES.

Exercise 1.

In the first six exercises, the object of which is to try the pipit's readiness and
accuracy in forming and translating the tenses of the Latin Verb, the meaning erf
the verbs used is to be learned from the corresponding English Exercise. Wherevei
the conjugation is not told at once by the termination, it is marked by an added
numeral.

$y* In the notes, S. refers to the Questions on Latin Syntax at the end of the
volume: C. to the Cautions: Syn. to the Synonymes.

Sentences to which * is prefixed are not to be translated literally.

a. Araturus est. b. Juraverant. c Migremus, (1.) d
Siletis, (2.) e. Nocuisses, (2.) f. Manendi, (2.) g.
Quaerent, (3.) h. Metuant, (3.) i. Yenlmus. k. Serviant.
(4.) 1. Sitltis, (4.) m. Tonabat. n. Ego vituperabo. o.
Tu laudaveris. p. Rideat. q. Nos cadimus. r. Yos
stetissetis.1 s. Illi dormiebant, (4.) t. Pater doceat. u.
Filius discet, (3.) v. Puella canat, (3.) w. Patres dill-
gunt. x. Filii gaudent, (2.) y. Puellae saltaverunt.

a. We should have ploughed, b. Let him swear, c.
They had removed, d. I will be silent, e. They will
hurt. f. Ye will remain, g. Seek. h. Let him fear. i.
They are come. k. They would-have-been-slaves. 1. He
is thirsty, m. It thunders, n. They were blaming, o
We must praise virtue.2 p. They will laugh, q. Ye
were falling, r. They were standing, s. He will sleep,
t. The fathers will teach, u. Let the sons learn, v. The
girls were singing, w. Let the fathers love. x. The sox\
•sill rejoice, y. Let the girls dance.

* From stare	8 Virtus, g. virtntifi. 8.1C3.206

Exercise 2

a. Ludcndum est,1 (3.) b. Cantabitis. c. Sti.puis9ent,
(2.) d. Viva Tit, (3.) e. Nos postulabimus. 1*. Detis, (1.)
g. Accipiant, (3.) li. Jubebo. i. Parendum est, (2.) k.
Ne recusa. 1. Mater nutrit. m. Accipitres3 rapiebant,
(3.) ri. Lupus ululaverat. o. Equi hinniebant, (4.) p.
Asini rudunt. q. Aquila volat, (1.) r. Ranae natavissent.
s. Nos patres senescimus. t. Filii adolescebant. u. Illi
pueri garriebant, (4.) v. ArbSres crescunt.

a. Ye are playing, b. Let us sing. c. They are as-
tounded. d. They will live. e. They would have de-
manded. f. Of giving, g. Ye were receiving, h. He
will order, i. He will obey. k. He will have refused
I. The earth will nourish, m. Let the hawk snatch, n.
The wolf will howl. o. The horses will neigh, p. The
ass was braying, q. The eagles will have flown, r. A
frog was swimming, s. My father was growing-old. t.
Ye are growing-up. u. The boys chatter, v. The tree
was growing.

S. 164.	2 Stupfire, to be astounded.	* Nom. Accipiter

Exercise 3.

a. Clamabas. b. Certabimus. c. Respondebis. d. Fa*»
gebit. e. Plaudebat, (3.) f. Pingant, (3.) g. Obedient,
(4.) h. Jacient, (3.) i. Aqua fluebat, (3.) k. Arena
urebat, (3.) 1. Aquilae rapient, (3.) m. Aves volabunt;
n. Amlci veniebant, (4.) o. Famuli serviebant, (4.) p
Agricolae araturi sunt. q. Cantandum est. r. Vos nautae
navigabitis. s. Illi viri ridebant, (2,) t. Non est gar-
riendum, (4.) u. Lupi ululabant.

a. Ye were crying-out. b. (We) should not contend.1
c. They answer, d. The moon was shining, e. Let the
boys clap, (= applaud.) f. The boys will paint, g. Let
a good boy obey. h. Let them throw, i. The waters
will flow. k. The tire will burn, (trans.) 1. Ye eagles
are snatching, m. Let the birds fly, n. My friend wilJ207

come. o. The domestics will perform-their-service. p.
The husbandman would have ploughed, q. The poet will
have sung. r. The sailor will sail. s. Do not laugh
t Boys will chatter, u. Of howling.

1 s. 164.

Exercise 4.

a. Feminae nebant. b. Viri pugnabitis. c. Speravisset.
d. Tu metuebas. e. Ille fidebat. f. Puer ille ridebit.
g. Puellae plorabunt. h. Aurum illud micat, (1.) i. Pueri
peccaverant. k. Yos puellae ludetis. 1. Patres jubebunt.
m. Filise pareant. n. Hoc argentum splendebit. o. Dis-
cipuli non discebant. p. Illse matres nutrient, q. Ilia
metalla fulgebant. r. Hi omnes current, s. Hae aves
cantillabant. t. Hsec membra dolebant.

a. The woman will spin. b. Do not fight, c. Ye were
hoping, d. (We) must not fear. e. We must be-confi-
dent. f. Let the boy laugh, g. Those boys cried, h.
Let that gold shine, i. Let not the boy do wrong, k. For
the sake (causa) of playing. 1. Let the fathers order, m.
To obey. n. This silver was shining, o. Let the pupils
learn, p. That mother was nourishing, q. That metal
was shining, r. These boys will run. s. This bird was
trilling, t. This limb is-in-pain.

Exercise 5.

a. Hie liber delectabit. b. Gloria ilia durabit. c. Hsec
Stella occidet d. Bellum illud nocebit. e. Nos magistri
erudiemus, (4.) f. Vos ministri venietis, (4.) g. Hi fabri
cudent, (3.) h. Ager meus virebit. i. Sententia mea
valebit. k. Auxilium meum juvabit. 1. Tu tiro disces.
m. Leo sneviet, (4.) n. Pavo ille superbiet, (4.) o. Ego
prseceptor vetabo. p. Yos oratores dicetis. q. Hie custoa
custodiet (4.) r. Forma tua placebit. s. Animus tuus
gaudebit. t Brachium tuum vincet.

a. These books will delight, b. Thy glory will last208

c. Will not1 these stars set? d. That war had hurt. 6
Your teacher will teach, f. My servant was coming, g
Let that smith forge, h. Will not1 my fields grow-grer.uS
i. My opinions will prevail, k. My auxiliaries will help
1. These beginners will learn, m. The lion was raging
n. These peacocks will be-proud. o. Has not1 the teachei
forbidden 1 p. That orator had spoken, q. These guards
will guard, r. You will please by your beauty, s. My
mind was rejoicing, t. He shall be conquered by my arm,

1 NonnS: to be the first word

Exercise 6.

a. Rex imperabit. b. Regina regnabit. c. Hse leges
non semper valebunt. d. Duces nostri fortiter pugnabunt.

e.	Non semper vivemus. f. Mox rosae florebunt. g. Vos
sorores vigilabitis. h. Nos fratres dormiemus. i. Uxor
tua narrabit. k. Tu marltus auscultabis. 1. Miles sitiel
et esuriet, (4.) m. Pedites nostri fugient, (3.) n. Equites
vestri manebunt. o. Hie mons frigebit. p. Yallis ilia
tepebit. q. Dentes mei dolebunt. r. Tu homo ssepe pec-
cabis. s. Hi ordlnes cadent.

a. The kings will command, b. The queen was reign-
ing. c. This law will not always be-in-force, d. Our
general fought bravely, e. Will1 you live forever ? [No.]

f.	Your roses are-in-flower. g. My sister was-awake. h.
My brother was-sleeping. i. Our wives had related, k.
My husband was listening. 1. The soldiers are-thirsty
and hungry, m. The foot-soldier was-flying. n. Let the
horse-soldier remain, o. These mountains are-cold. p.
The valleys will be-warm. q. My teeth ache.' r. The
man had often sinned, s. This row3 was falling.

Nimt: S. 46.	S DolSre, to be in pai%

t What is the nom. from which ordin-es comes 1

Exercise 7

Mater laudabat filiam. Agricola arat agrum. Soroi
tid.tr 3m diligit. Accipies hodie nuntium. Piscis nata209

per aquam. Puella nebat fila. Columba metuit accipi
trem. Nauta navigabat per undas. Aves per aerem vola-
bant. Hie homo postulabit pecuniam. Nos praeceptores
eriidiemus pueros. Vos discipuli discetis pensa vestra.
Faber cudit metallum. Vulpes timet leones. ^Egyptii
canem et felem colebant ut deos. Equites volabant in
hostes. Silvae decorant montes. Equi currunt per silvas
et agros. Cervus descendit in vallem.

[See S. 16. Learn Adverbs of past time, p. 179.]

It is certain that1 my father will write the letter. We
have received letters to-day. It is manifest that he is a
moneyed man, (say, that the man is moneyed.) It is plain
that1 the sailors are steering the vessel to our bank. The
father and mother educate their children. Who will relate
a tale to us ? The Greeks and Romans worshipped2 many
gods. The husbandmen are going to plough3 the field
The mountains are adorned with woods. The daughter
was lately praised by her mother. The letter was written
by me three-days-ago. Then I was writing: now I am
relating a tale to my children. It is certain that1 the letter
was written yesterday. The descent into the valley is easy.
Is not4 the descent into the wood easy? The sailor directed
(us) to steer5 the ship hither. The fox is going to descend
into the valley.

1 S. 16.	8 Imperfect, because a habit is expressed.	8 C. 37

4 NonnS.	* That (ut) we should steer, (imperf. subj.)

Exercise 8. (See S. 44.)

Horti nostri multos flores habent. Tu bonam historiam
narrabis. Heri per urbem ambulabamus. Boni mores
puerum decorant. Pater tuus te vituperabit, meque lauda-
bit. Saepe stulti homines se fallunt. Quis nos vocabit ?
Quid cogitas aut quid times? Quid vos offendet? Tune
ilium audies? Egone hunc agrum emam, aut domuiu
illam?1 Hanc tu hatebis pecuniam. Hos bonos puero?
amamus, malos illos fugiemus. Has terras possidemus
illas expugnabimus.210

The trees blossom in the spring. The trees are-coming.
Lnto-blossom. The 1 ither is going-to-blame his son. Whc
will tell us this tale ? Let us fly-from bad habits. This
hope deceived me. The buyer of this little-garden will be
deceived. What houses and what fields does he possess?
The ill-humored old-man is blaming his slave. May fortune
favor2 my undertakings. It is cortain that3 my expectation
has deceived me. What war are the kings going-to-begin?
The Romans will have begun a great task. Will you not4
relate to us the taking of that city ? What do you see ?
Whom are you going to send? . will irrigate my little-
garden with fountains.

1 Observe that this is not a double question; the meaning is not which 9f the tioe
shall i buy ? but, shall I buy either ?

2 Appendix I.	3 S. 16.	* Nonnfi

Exercise 9.

Galli Romain expugnaverunt, (-ere,1) Romani Corinthum.
Migravimus per terras et urbes. Multam postulavisti (pos-
tulasti) pecuniam. Quos agros aravistis (arastis) ? Hos an
illos ? Milites juraverunt sacramentum. Laborem nostrum
finivimus. Praeceptores pueros erudiverunt. Vos canes tecta
nostra custodivistis. Bellum saeviit per Germaniam. Dor-
mivistine, an vigilasti ? Dormivi. Equus hinnivit, rudivi»
(3) asinus. Quid cupiisti ? Equites montem petiverunt,
pedites hostem lacessivere.

I The meaning of (-Sre) is, that expugnavere is another form of that person and
tense.

Have you praised or1 blamed this man ? I have neither
praised nor blamed (him.) What nations2 conquered Italy?
They were laying-waste the fields of the Gauls. The city
being taken, they are laying-waste the fields. When3 did
you finish your labor? Yesterday. It is certain that4 the
husbandman has finished his labors. It is true4 that the
fields have been laid waste by* the Gauls. Have6 you
abeyed ? What have you sought for? The Tarentines
tailed Pyrrhus into Italy. The general has acted-proudly
against the enemy, (pi.) We have sung this song to-day
on (say with) the lyre The wolf was tearing- the sheep211

to -pieccs.7 We ought8 tc encounter death itself for {pro
ttbl.) our country.

1 S 52.	2 Populus.	s p. 172, 4. 4 g. 16,	5 S. 5.

8 S. 44.	7 The hyphens so placed mean that tear-to-pieC6i isto b© trauj»

(ated by one verb.	8 S. 61.

Exercise 10.

Pluperfect. (ftCF* v is often dropped from perf., and v owe from pluj>erf.)

Tune nomen meum nuncupaveras (-aras) { Po£ta cai-
nitna sua recitaverat. Hi juvenes magnam spem excitave-
rant. Corpora nostra curaveramus. Tempus illud ex-
spectaveratis. Hie nuntius adventum tuum nuntiaverat.
Equitatus Romanus Gallos lacessiverat. Hie adspectus
sensus nostros turbaverat. Per dies noctesque dormiveratis.
Milites per agros saevierant. Quid tu cupiveras ? Ego
aurum quaesieram. Nos res nostras repetiveramus.

Who has mentioned our names? I will ask who1*has
mentioned our names. Have you2 taken-care-of the body?
1 will ask, whether3 the boy has strengthened {curare) his
body with food. The body must be taken-care-of.4 Those
times had disturbed our affairs. Who had cured those
boys 1 I will ask, who1 cured those boys ? Your labors
must be ended.4 I had ended my labors yesterday. Have
not the horses neighed ?5 Are not those asses braying ?
That- ass -of-yours6 is braying. The enemy (plur.) have
not watched the post. I had heard those songs. The
motions are impeded. We had impeded your motions.
* Though a great hope had been raised,7 (partic. S. 168.)
we are deceived. I had not-yet sent the slave. I will
ask who1 sent the slave.

i s. 49. * S. 44. 8 S. 46. < S. 163. 6 s. 45. « lote.

T Say: ' a great hope having been raised.'

Exercise 11.

'J'he fut'perf. in to be rendered by the English present or perfect, when th^ vetk
of the principal sentence is in the future. See S. 205, 206.]

Medicus morbum hodie, sanaverit (-arit). Ego nunquam
factum tuum probavero (-aro). Faciam, quod imperaveris
14212

(-aris). Quando in uibeni vestram migraverimus, latas
dies agemus. Respondebimus ad id, quod interrogaveri-
tis. Quando hunc librum finieris ? Cras. Magnam gloriam
acquisiveritis, si liberos vestros bene educaveritis. Is qui
corpus suum bene vestierit, frigus non sentiet. Res nostras
servabimus, si tecta nostra bene munierimus. Ii pueri, qui
lectiones suas finierint, praenua accipient.

Will you not1 reply to what2 I ask (you) ? If 1 aska
you something, will you not! answer ? 1 will wait, till4
you come. Let him who has received5 a prize, learn well.
If you learn6 well, you shall receive a prize. *When out
body is well clothed,7 we shall not feel the cold. The town
must be fortified.8 Let us spend happy days. We must
ask the boys.8 I will come, when I have taken9 care of
my body. *When our houses are well protected,7 (partic.,)
we must not fear.10 Has your father forbidden11 (it)? [No.l
We must rub the body.8 Anger must be tamed.8 Do not1
drink much13 wine.

i S. 45. 2 Say; to those things which (ad ea quae) I shall-have-asked you-
8 gay; shall have asked.	4 s. 249. 6 Shall have received.

e Shall have learned. 7 S. 168. 8 S./63. 9 Say ; shall have-taken-care-of
io S. 164. 11 S. 46. «S. 37. « S. 73

Exercise 12.

[Fut. perf. is often translated by English present or perfect.j

Diligentia tua laborem patris valde adjuvit. Miserm
matris valde moverat animum liliae. Si Cornelii frater te
viderit, statim curret ad te. Quando remedium morbi
reperero! Ad primam horam diei naves usque ad intro-
itum magni porlus pervenerunt. Id nos comperimus et
vos vidistis. Hostes obsederant portas urbis nostrae, quum
In advenisti. Milites gladios jam acuerunt. Si tu hanc
pecuniam solveris, accipies aliam ; nihil adhuc solvisti.
Arcem urbis fortiter defendimus. Num aqunm gejidam
bibisti? Minime; sed vinum bibi. Tu autem, quia edisti?
Si patriaj hostem fortiter vicerimus, bene fecerimus.

I have not-yet1 seen my father and mother. Why are*

the soldiers of our army come ? Have3 you already bbarp213

ened this knife 1 I will ask whether4 he has sharpened
that knife. That- knife -of-yours6 must be sharpened. 1
nave sharpened the knives myself.5 Cicero, that6 great
orator, defended many accused-persons. Scipio conquered
Hannibal at7 Zama, and put-an-end-to the second Punic
war. You shall receive two- oboli -a-piece.8 Those who
learn9 well shall receive an- obolus -a-piece.8 The boys,
having received10 two- oboli -a-piece,8 will rejoice. We
had scarcely reached the town, when the enemy laid-siego
to it. After the Praetor had mounted11 the tribunal, the
judges acquitted the accused-person. Where did you find
this book? I will ask him where12 he found13 that book.
T will ask, whether he has lighted14 the torch.

1 Nondum. 2 What tense is I am come 7 C. 12. 3 S. 44. 4 S. 46.

6 Iote.	e s. 189. 7 S. 159. 8 c. 39. » S. 205. »#S. 176.

» S. 251.	m S. 49. 13 Syn. 1. " Syn. 2

Exercise 13.

t What case does credo govern ? App. I.J

Quis tibi hunc librum, hanc pennam, hoc atramentum
dedit ? Imperator exercitui suo magna auxilia addiderat.
Ciceronem, quum in forum descendit, magna populi multi-
tudo circumdedit. Sacerdos apud aram stetit, et victimam
cecidit Bene fecerit is, qui amico auxilium praestiterit.
Pastor fugavit lupum, quiovemunam momorderat. Facere
debes, quod spopondisti. Quid vobis istae responderunt
mulieres ? Num cecidit aliquis ? Sol post montes illos in
mare occidit. Hie unus miles duos aut tres occldit. Cur
incertae spei credidisti ? Frater sorori crediderat, soror
fratri. Si bene didiceris linguam Latinam, multa aiia disces
facilius. Saepe, rosam qui tetigit, sensit aculeos. Multi
philosophi verum non attigerunt.

The body must1 be well clothed, that2 we may not feel
ho cold. Has any-one3 afforded you assistance ? *When
the sun sets4 (partic.), our labors must be ended.1 *Having
touched the rose,5 I felt its thorn. When will the sun set
to-day 1 Has not6 the priest slain the victim 1 The priest,
having slain5 the victim, sprinkled the altar with its blood.
My brother7 is not believed. We must not believe8 Man-214

lius's brothers We have given roses and fruit to the hoy
and the girl. Who has performed that service for us ? Af
ter9 he had performed that service for us, he went-away. 3
will ask who10 performed me that service. The wolf,
which the shepherds drove-away, had bitten two or three
sheep. Who has cut-down this tree 1 I asked who10 cut-
down that tree. Those trees must be cut down.1 You will
be safe nowhere. You will never be safe. I will give
you twelve verses to be learned-by-heart.11 How many versea
am I to learn-by-heart ?18 It is uncertain, how-many10 there
were (of them.) No wise man13 trusts uncertain fortune.
The arrow did not hit its mark. How many sheep have
been killed by the wolf? I will ask how-many10sheep the
wolf has bitten. I will wait till14 you answer me. After5
the wolf had bitten three sheep, he was driven-away by the
shepherds. How many arrows have you ?

* S. 163.	* S. 18.	3 Num quis; or an quisquam.	4 S. 168

S S. 176.	6 S. 45.	7 S. 134, 135.	8 S. 166.	9 8. 25fc

•0 S. 49.	U S. 172. 12 Jire to-be-learned-by-heart by me•

'3 Nemo sapiens. Verbs of trusting govern the dot.	14 8. 249.

Exercise 14.

\Mihi, tibi, sibi, may sometimes be rendered 4 my,1 lyour* 1 his,1 or 'his own*]

Hanc epistolam mea manu scripsi. Num glupsisti poma,
quae in horto carpsimus ? Hie puer pecuniam sumps it a
patre, eamque inter pauperes distribuit. Pauci milites ii:
acie remanserant. Quid dixisti ? Quis vobis futurum
praedixit ? Caesar milites in aciem eduxerat. Hie homo me
torvo vultu adspexit. Imperator victus ipse sibi pectus,
gladio transfixit. Atnenienses Socratis damnati pedem fei-
ro vinxerunt. Romarn provincias suas duro imperio rexe-
runt. Nauta quidam Britannicus nuper in oceano insulam
detexit. Nuntiufj ill* valde auxerat. formidinem. Veteres
poetae tempora sibi lauru cinxerunt. Poetae quidam pul
ehras fmxenmt imagines. Apelles pinxit Alexandrum
Telum hostis aurero strinxit militis, qui ipse gladium nou
stnnxerat.

I had written the letter with my own hand, (S, 177). It
is certain that1 the letter was written with his own hand215

It remains thac* wc should write letters with our own8 hands.
Have you plucked a leaf from (ex) this tree? How-mucfc
money4 have you spent on (in) your work ? If5 you do this,
you will spend considerably6 more4 money. No-one would
have foretold us7 this calamity. We had remained in the
city. Who has led you this road (abl.) into the city ? VI e
have fastened the picture to the wall with a nail. Cacsac
had surrounded the town with a wall and foss. The horse-
soldiers have drawn their swords. The horse-soldiers,
having drawn8 their swords, flew on (in) the enemy. The
safety of the Roman people is at stake.9 I will ask who10
painted the picture. I will ask who found-out that- fraud
-of-yours.

1 s. 16. 2 s. 17. 8 8. 177. 4 S. 73. « S. 214. 6 S. 90S.

' C. 13. 8 8. 176. 9 To lie at stake, agi. injin. pass.	10 S. 49

Exercise 15.

[Of what two verbs is fulsi the perfect 1 (p. 170, V. p. 174.)]

Rex portas urbis clausit hostibus invadentibus. (Dal.)
Totum ccelum in quatuor regiones divisimus: Orienteni
Occidentem, Meridiem, Septentriones. Quando risistis in
luctu amicorum? Multi populi senserunt virtutem Romano-
rum. Senatus Carthaginiensium legatos misit ad Romanos
de captivis. Filia blandimentis et precibus patris animum
flexit. Consiliis vestris fulsistis rempublicam. Nova lux
civitati affulserit, ubi princeps ex terris hostium in urbem
redierit. Sacerdos victimarum sanguine aram adspersit.
Sagitta haesit in clipeo. Illis diebus, ubi omnium rerum
inopia oppidanos oppresserat, lutulentam aquam ex stagnis
aauserunt, idque imperator jusserat. Aqua recessit ex agris
Procellae concusserunt quercuum cacumina. Hannibal
quum bellum in Italia gessit, multa tecta combussit. Consul
copiarum ex pugna reliquias in unum locum contraxit, et
classe trans mare in Italiam vexit. Quo loco vixisti 7

Christian faith has opened heaven to many mortals.
The commander-in-chief has divided his army into three
parts. He was slain by the Gauls. There is no doubt,
hat1 he is going to join battle® with the Romans. W©216

must3 join battle with the Germans. The weight of its
fruit ( pi.) has bent-down the boughs of the tree. Wo have
derived new hope from our changed circumstances. The
besieged have propped-up their tottering walls with added
works. Cicero crushed the Catilinarian conspiracy, which
had shaken the whole city. # When a change of circum-
stances has taken-place,4 (partic.,)* our plans should be
changed.3 * Of how grea,t importance is it to me6 that7 the
plans of the enemy should8 be changed. * Of how great
importance is it to the citizens,6 to strengthen their tottering
walls with works ! The war waged by Hannibal drew af-
ter it a change of affairs in Italy. The remains of the forces
must3 be carried9 in-ships (abl.) to Italy. I have often
laughed-at the vanity of men. What10 a multitude of men
has flowed-together into the city !

I S. 19.	2 To join battle with, proelium committere (mis, miss) v,um.

S S. 163.	4 Has been made.	5 S. 168.

# Quanti mei interest. S. 91. 7 S. 16.	8 C. 3. 9 Syn. 3. 10 C. 21

Exercise 16.

[Perf. in ui.—See Syntax, Rules 13, 14.J

Num fores crepuerunt ? Multi pauperes nunquam in
molli cubili cubuerunt. Eques equum ferocem calcari
domuit et freno. Pedem dolentem manu fricui. Hominum
illustrium lacunaria ebore micuerunt et auro. In sacris
Cybelae tympana sonuerunt et cornua. Jupiter tonuit. Hoc
vetui, illud jussi. Romani pueros exercuerunt acri militia
Sapientes poetae admiscuerunt utile dulci. Saepe te monui,
sed tu non audivisti. Cur non tacueras 1 Non diu Graeci
incultos mores majorum suorum retinuerunt. Pyrrhus Ro-
manos terruit elephantis in aciem productis. Yer maria
aperuit navigantibus. Caesar toga caput operuit, et ictibus
mucronum se praebuit.

The flame has crackled on the hearth. We have lain-
down on (in) the soft grass. There was no-one, but1 lay-
down on the soft grass. We have rubbed our tables with
oil. On that night,2 no star shone (in) the whole heaven.
Ought3 not4 our desires to be restrained ? Hills and val-
leys resounded with the cries of the combatants. Has it217

thundered ? What have you forbidden ? We have rubbed
our bodies with oil. We have exercised our bodies in (abl.)
childish games. Fate has often mixed joy with sorrow.
There is need of5 a gentle reproof. I will present you
with a book. Pity6 the poor. *You will repent of your
folly.7 * It is of very great importance to you,8 that9 the
city should,10 be fortified. An eagle flying on-high had ter-
rified the timid doves. Will11 a dove terrify an eagle?
[No.] Some deserters have discovered the plans of the
enemy, (pi.) It is certain that9 the plans of the enemy
have been discovered by a certain deserter. I have12 six
doves. How-many doves have12 you ? It cannot be doubt-
ed, that13 he pities the poor. There was need5 of a much14
gentler reproof.

1 S. 32.	2 s. 143.	3 s. 164.	4 S. 45	« S. 79

6 S. 88.	7 S. 94.	8 s. 91.	S S. 16.	10 C. &

II S. 46.	«2 S. 114.	13 S. 19.	< S. 20-2.

Exercise 17.

Gneci et Romani veteres multos coluerunt deos. Socra-
tes in carcere de iminortalitate animi disseruit. In illo
proelio equites nostri audacia et virtute excelluerunt.
Prudentia vestra patriam e manibus hostium eripuistis.
Romani gentibus fere omnibus tributa imposuerunt. Ex
pugna Cannensi Poeni annulis aureis occisorum equitum
Romanorum modios aliquot compleverunt. Eodem anno
L. Mummius Corinthum, P. Scipio Carthaginem delevit
(deleverunt.) Pater flevit de morte filii. Filia sub tilia
nevit subtilia fila. Quid decrevistis 1 Decrevimus habitare
in provincia. Has arbores mea manu sevi. Quum mihi
solatium misisti, Acre jam desieram. Cur sprevisti munera
a patre tibi promissa? Leo uno impetu prostravit tigridem
llanc viam jumenta triverunt et homines.

Has not1 my prudence snatched our country from (e) th6
hands of a tyrant I The boy is going-to-cultivate (C. 37)
Lis4 little-garden. He has spoken much (multum) about the
nature of things. Who has distinguished-himself above3
ihe rest in this contest ? This disease has carried-ofF many
men. 1 will inquire of the physician how-many4 are dead218

The state has erected a monument to the soldiery who
were slain in the battle. The wild cry of the soldiers
filled the minds of the citizens with fear. May5 I culti-
vate my field ? Age has destroyed many monuments of
ancient art. What hinders (us) *from(5 cultivating out
garden ? It remains, that7 we should fly into the city.
The girl has spun coarse threads. If the senate decrees»6
the consuls will leave their provinces. I feel that9 rosee
nave10 their11 thorns. See that12 you do not feel the
thorns of the roses. Provided13 that you do not feel the
thorns, pluck your roses. Would-that14 I had a little gar-
den. My little-garden is considerably15 bigger than my
sister's. The16 more beautiful a rose, the more thorns if
has. Why did you not cease to laugh, when I begged
you ?

l s. 45. a c. 1. 3 pne. 4 s. 49. « s. 57. 6 s. 43.

7	S. 17.	8 Shall have decreed. 9 s. 16. 10 s. 114. U C. 1.

8	vide nfi, (subj.)	l» s. 241 * >4 s. 242. s. 202. 16 s. 203

Exercise 18.

Luna crescit et decrescit. Quando quiesces a laboribus
tuis ? Pueri pascebant oves in saltibus, quum lupus ex
silva prorumpens terruit gregem, et matris ab ubere agnum
rapuit. Ut quisque in juventute adsueverit, ita aget,
quum ad senectutem pervenerit. Adulta vitia non facile
evanescunt. Hanc legem quia non probabam, abolevi.
Nosti (novisti) hunc hominem ? Ignoscam fortasse, quum
causam delicti cognovero. Saepe concupiscimus id, quod
nocebit. Quum tempus anni incaluit, terra flores et herbas
edit. Magnum bellum exarsit inter Caesarem et Pompejum,
quorum uterque consulatum appetebat.

When the storms of war have cooled-down, the arts of
peace revive. The shepherd feeds his flocks upon the
lulls : the husbandman tills his fields, and fears not in-
vading foes : the inhabitants-of-towns go about1 their usual
employments, and live secure2 with opened gates. How-
greatly shall we rejoice, when the concord of nations again
restores3 peace ! But a long peace often corrupts the
f&orais of a state. As-long-as4 the Romans waged war?219

with the neighboring cities and nations, they retained the
manners of their forefathers : but after5 they had subdued
the world, they gave- themselves -up to luxury and wicked-
ness1.—*When arms are-at-rest,6 the arts of peace begin
to flourish. *It is of great importance to the state,7 that8
the anger of its citizens should9 cool.—*It is of great
impurtance to our state,7 that8 the manners of our fore-
fathers should be preserved.9 Who is there, who can
deny,10 that the manners of our forefathers should be pre-
served ?n *When the harmony of its citizens is restored,®
the state will begin-to-flourish. Did the queen write the
letter with her own' (S. 177) hand 1 The boy has lost his
book. I have lost his book.

I To go-about a business, operam dare negotio.	* To live sccure, securus

Bge*e, (vitam understood.) 3 Shall have restored. 4 (Quanidiu) quamdia.

'5 & 251. 6 s. 168. 7 S. 91. » S. 16. 9 C. 3. 10 S. «234. U S. 164.

Exercise 19.

Multi scriptorum Romanorum, quorum scripta exstant,
magnam laudem meruerunt et rerum ac sententiarum copisi
et verborum elegantia. Inter illos excellit M. (Marcus)
Tullius Cicero, cujus epistolas et orationes ceterosque
libros in scholis legimus. Huic omnes concedunt palmam
eloquentiae. Et vere orationes ejus delectant miro ingenii
acumine, quo reorum innocentiam defendit, aut utilitatem
legis alicujus demonstrat. In epistolis ad familiares scribit
de rebus domesticis et publicis, modo ridens et jocabundus,
modo in gravitatem ac seventatem compositus. Tres
libros composuit de oratore, in quibus de arte oratorio dis-
serit. Perfecti oratoris imaginem in alio libro proposuit.
In eis (iis) libris quos de officiis scripsit, Marcum filium
ad vitam honestam instituit.—T. (Titus) Livius non unius
8cvi aut belli aut hominis hlstoriam descripsit, sed univer-
sam rerum Romanarum historiam ab origine gentis ad sua
usque tempora deduxit. At illius non omnia scripta ex-
stant.—C. (Caius) Julius Caesar octo libris beljum Galli-
cum, tribus civile narravit; et Gallico quidem totlus
GalUae civitates Romanorum imperio subjecit, civlli Pom-220

peium devicit: utriusque belli rebus gestis noroeit ejus in-
claruit.

Distinguished poets lived in1 the age of-Augustus. We
have the writings of Virgilius,2 Horatius, Ovidius, and
others. Asinius Pollio had invited Virgilius to the city,
where he became-acquainted with3 Maecenas4 and Augus-
tus. Virgilius recommended Horatius to Maecenas. So
the one5 flourished by the friendship of the other: one
obliged the other. A long life did not fall-to-the-lot of
either :6 but posterity has bestowed- equal honors -upon
them both.7 Who would snatch8 the palm from either
this or that, or bestow- greater praise -upon any9 Roman
poet ? Ovidius finished his life in exile oil the Black Sea,
because he had offended Augustus by his verses. He is
distinguished for3 the fertility of his genius and the beauty
of his verses ; but many of (ex) his writings displease10 a
modest and pure mind.—Who is there who can deny,11 that
great poets lived in the age of Augustus ?—The poets who
flourished in the age of Augustus, were much12 more dis-
tinguished than (those) who lived afterwards.

1 In what case does the time-when stand 1 8 Proper names are given in then
Latin forms. 3 c. 3(5. Is the prepos. used in English to be used after the Latin
word, &c.1	4 Gen. 5tis. 5 The one—the other, must each be translated by

the proper case of alter. 6 Do not-iither, by neuter, (neither.) 7 Uterque, each ;
to be used, of course, in the sing. 8 S. 213. 9 p. 146. 10 Appendix t

Hg. 234. 12 s. 202.

Exercise 20.

ILearn the declension of aloif, Anchises, iEnSas, poSma. Appendix II —What 13
the Voc. of proper names in ius ?—What is the Voc. mas. of meus ?]

O benigne Deus, quam multa tibi debemus beneficia '
Quod vivimus, quod valemus, quod ex agris fruges nobis
proveniunt, quod lumine suo sol omnia collustrat et fovet,
quod pluviam nubes in arva "demittunt, quis haec omnia
regit et temperat, nisi Deus ? Cui rerum natura paret, msi
Deo ? Ergo mi fili, Deum semper coles, eique pio animo
habebis gratia m.

Quid tecisti, mi Carole ?—Epitomen feci orations ejus,
quam heri legimus.—-Num jam legisti Ovidii poeinata ?—221

Noii legi —iEneas, Veneris et Anchisae filius, patrem e*
incendio Trojae portavit humer's. Succus aloes amarus
confirmat stomachum, Ulysses a Philoctete (-a) sagittas
postulabat, quas ab Hercule ille acceperat- Marce Tulli,
quantas calamitates reipublicae vidisti!

Why are you crying, my1 little brother ? Who has *done
you any wrong?—Who freed ancient Germany from the
dominion of the Romans? A r mini us : who conquered and
destroyed Quintilius Varus in the Teutoburgian2 wcod.
This man, one of Augustus's lieutenant-generals,3 had
treated the Germans proudly and unjustly. 0 Quintilius4
Varus, how you deceived yourself! Those whom you

despised,5 destroyed your army and yourself.-If yoii

answer6 well to these questions, you shall receive praise.
—Xerxes, king of the Persians; invaded Greece with an
immense army : but the Greeks defeated this army by sea
and land, at7 the island of8 Salamis, and at Plataeae in
Boeotia. Who found9 this jewel ? 1 have found a much10
more beautiful jewel. Wrho can deny11 that12 the lieutenant-
general has treated us unjustly ?

i What is the voc. mas. of meus ? (p. 147.) * Teutoburgensis.	8 A lieutenait

general of Augustus. * What is the voc. of a proper name in ius ?	fi See Syn. 5.

* Shall have answer? I i S. 159. 8 s. 66.* 8 Syn. J.	«> S. 20?
u S. 213. m S. 19.

Exercise 21.

[Look at Mt, ne, quominus, quia, in Appendix TIM

Cupio, ut factum meum probes. Docemus pueros, ut
sapere disc ant, et bonis moribus animum imbuant. Edi-
mus, ut vivamus, hoc est, ut vitam conservemus : at vos
vivitis, ut edatis et bibatis. Cavebimus, ne superstitionem
vestram augeamus, quae prohibet, quominus ad veram
rerum cognitionem perveniatis. Non dubitatis, quin paren-
tibus tuis multum debeas, quo intelligas, quo jvire illi a to
obedientiam et pietatem postulent. Nesclmus, quae mala
nobis luturo tempore immineant. Dicas nobis, utrum pra3-
stet inimico ignoscere, an amicum etiam ultro laedere
Quum nemo sciat, quid quisque cogitet, caveamus, ne222

teincre cuiquam credamus. Amemus patriam, pareaniua
magistratibus, consulamus bonis, nutriamus pauperes! Quid
faciam ? Ne doleam, quum tanta me premat calamitas \
Hoc dii bene vertant! Utinam nemo te impediat, quominua
aa me venias! Qui? credat illud, quod prorsus incredibilo
est ? Metuo, ne vos hoc faciatis, aut illud non faciatis.

We wish that1 you should always obey2 your parents,
and love your brothers and sisters. It often happens that3
men commit atrocious crimes for-the-sake4 of a small gain.
The tiger is so cruel, that,5 though6 impelled by no hunger,
it tears-to-pieces men and beasts. You will take care,
that7 you may not lead a miserable life through your own
fault. Do you fear, that8 we shall betray your secrets ? I
do not fear, that8 you will not perform what you have
promised. We learn the old languages, that9 we may
practise our judgment, and cultivate our minds. Who
doubts that10 *we' ought to love even our enemies ?n I
will not prevent you from12 calling-upon me every day.
You shall tell me, how much13 I owe you. I don't-know
whether14 he is awake or sleeping. We will ask ourselves
first, what is-pleasing to the gods; then, what to-men.
What shall we say, that we may prove our innocence ?
Take your arms, and fight for your country. May every
one keep a pure conscience. It remains that9 each man
should keep his conscience pure. I have15 a pure con-
science. Balbus is no16 wiser than (quam) Caius. My
name is Marcus.17

i See S. 16, note. a App. I.

i That—not, nS subj.

M S. 43.	» s. 49.

" S. /13.

3 S. 17. * Caus^.
e S. 22. » S. 17.
H S. 51. » S. 114.

6 S. 17. « Etiam, even,
io S. 19. " S. 163.
is Nihilo. S. 202

Exercise 22.

Hie miles est adeo robustus, ut adhuc nemo eum in
certamine superaverit. Nemo dubitat, quin Romani omnes
populos fortitudine praestiterint. Scisne, quando Scipio
Africanus Carthaginem del< verit (delerit) ? Videbimus,
quid de consilio nostro censueritis. Quum iterum te con-223

renero, dices mihi, quid legeris aut scripseris. Incerturn
est, quo tempore Dido Carthaginem condiderit. Quum
neminem offenderimus, non timemus, ne quis nobis suecen-
seat. Quum officia vestra feceritis, nemo vos vituperabit.
Metuo, ne verum non dixeris, quum ceteri omnes contra-
dicant. Narrabo vobis, quid audiverim, (audierini,) quidve
viderim, ut omnes intelligatis, quanta vobis calamitas acci-
dent. Non omnes pueri sunt tam stulti, ut nihil curent,
quid in moribus et literis profecerint, aut quoinodo parenti-
bus suis et praeceptoribus placuerint.

These pupils are so industrious, that1 they have never
neglected to learn- their lines -by-heart. Who can doubt1
that3 the Greeks excelled the Romans in their intellectual-
cultivation? We don't know, at what time Homer lived.4
It is doubtful, whether5 Clodius waylaid Milo, or the one6
met the other on the road by chance : but it is not doubtful.
that3 a slave of Milo's killed Clodius. When you have
read7 our letter, you will know. I fear that8 your father
will not approve-of our plan. You will tell us (= tell us)
your meaning, that1 we may know, why5 you have changed
your plan. What am I to believe ?2 What am I not to
believe 1 All (pi.) is so wonderful, that1 I have not-yet
ceased to doubt. *It was of very great importance to
Caius,9 that no-one should betray his plans.

i S. 17.	• S. 213. 8 S. 19.

8 Alter: followed by alter for the other.

• S. 91 that no-one: ne $uis with subj.

* S. 49.	» S. 51. ClodiusnS.

i Shall have read. 8 S. 22.

Exercise 23,

L. (Lucius) Sulla post victoriam, quam a Mariania par-
tibus reportaverat, ita saeviebat, ut ingentem numeruni
civium trucidaret, et bona eorum venderet. Timebat enim
ne, si adversarii sui viverent, perpetuum sibi periculum
immineret. Yetuerat Pompeius, ne quis absens consula-
luni peteret. Ea lege prohibebat, quominus Caesar, quum
in Gallia bellum gereret et provinciam administraret, earn
dignitatem obtineret. At Caesar, ion dubitans, quin magna224

pars populi sibi faveret, et fretus legionibus suis, armis
petere constituit, quod inimicorum invidia ei negabat.—
Ideo te monui, ut intelligeres, quantopere saluti tuae con-
sulerem. Nisi tantopere vos amaremus, profecto noil tanta
cura ingenia vestra excoleremus. Si viveret Cicero, multum
de moribus nostris rideret. Hunc librum vobis non darem,
nisi scirem, quantum ex eo fructum pueri perciperent.
ITtinam omnes hunc librum legeretis, et praecepta ejus ani-
mis imprimeretis ! (S. 242.)

While the Greeks were besieging Troy, a plague raged
in the army with-such-violence,1 that2 it carried-off daily
a great number of men and beasts. Wherefore3 they con-
sulted the oracle, by what offerings-of-atonement they
should appease the wrath of the god. The priest answered,
that (ut) Agamemnon, the leader of the Greeks, should re-
store *to Chryses, a priest of Apollo, his daughter who-had-
been-violently-carried-ofF;4 When Agamemnon refused
(imperf. subj.) to do this,5 Achilles, the son of Peleus and
Thetis, pressed him #to comply-with6 the will of the god
and deliver the Greeks from destruction. By this,7 he so
excited the anger of Agamemnon, that he took- Briseis
-away from him by force. *The consequence was,8 that
Achilles for-a-long-time did not go-to-battle with the other

Greeks, but kept his troops idle in their camp.-Would8

that you always spoke the truth ! Shall we not receive
ten- oboli -a-piece ? (C. 39.) *What is your name?10 This
(iea) only11 is true virtue.

i Adeo.	3 S. 17	3 Quamobrem, (or quam ob rem )

4 Say, should restore his daughter violently-snatched-away from Chryses, (dat.,) <fcc.

6 Translate ' this' by quod, and place it before the quum. Quod quum mstad of
quum hoc.	6 That he should comply	' Ea re.

8 This brought-it-to-pass. id effecit, ut, &c.	• S. 242. To speak the

irvthy verura dicere	10 S. 113.	•11 Say: at length, demur»,

Exercise 24.

Plnlippus, Maceddnum rex, quum diu consilia sua occul
larisset, Graecos adeo decepit, ut, nihil ab eo timentes, sum-
mam ei potestatem concederent. Quod1 quum fecissent
amissam libertatem armis recuperare sero decreverunt225

Vicit eos Philippus in pugna ad Chaeroneam anno trecen-
tesimo tricesimo octavo ante Christum natum.—Metue
bamus, ne in periculum incidissetis, quam nihil audissemus,
(audivissemus,) nec ubi, nec quando classem appulissetis.
Si tertium diem exspectavisses, magnum periculum vitasses
(vitavisses.) Non dubitabam, quin gratum tibi fecissem,
quod2 hunc tibi librum donassem. Nisi tu me rogasses, ut
totam tibi darem pecuniam, partem ejus dedissem alii.
Caesar quum ex Gallia veniens Rubiconem trajecisset, Pom-
peius cum senatu aufugit Brundusium. Utinam me heri
convenisses, profecto hodie aliter egisses !

1	A relative at the head of a principal sentence may be rendered by ' this4 thai

2	(That I had given =) in giving.

Miltiades would not have conquered the Persians in the
battle of-Marathon,1 if2 he had not chosen a very-confined
ground (locus) in-order-that3 the enemy might not attack
him at-once in front4 and on his flanks. When5 he had
gained the victory, his grateful country placed a likeness
of him in the portico, which they called Poecile.—If6 you
had tamed your lusts, you would have avoided the hatred
of many persons. You feared that7 we should offend our
friends : but we knew what (qualis) feelings they had8 to-
wards us. I did not know *what to do ;9 and I should
have done- very -wrong, if2 you had not warned me at the-
right-time.10 Had'1 you but defended me at-the-right-time,1#
what (quantus) dangers should I have escaped! When8
Caesar in12 the forty-ninth year *before the birth of Christ11
had driven Pompey out of Italy, he returned to14 Rome and
named himself15 Dictator.

1 Translate by adj. Marat.honius. 2 If not, nisi, (unless) wiih subj. 3 JV8,
in order that—not)	4 In front, a f route : or. his flanks, a latere, (latus f ide )

* S. 241. 6 S. 216. .	7 s. 22.	8 g. 49.	9 What I sho^d d9

10 In tempore.	11 That is, if you had but, &c., si modo with subj

12 How is time-when to be expressed 1 S. 143.	13 Before Chribl born

4 How is the place twrekich expressed ? S. 155.	»5 S. 178

Exercise 25.

[Hew are the aompar. and superl. formed 7 p. 143.]

In rebus gravioribus cautiorem adhibeamus prudentiain,
sed nec in levioribus temere unquam agamua. Quum226

animam ages, tunc intelliges, quae res vitam vere beatam
effecerint, quaeque, quam vis ad tempus animum voluptato
afficerent, tamen mcerorem ac poenitentiam reliquerint
(Jt bonis artibus ingenium excolatis, non cupimus vehe-
mentius, quam ut animos vestros moribus bonis adornetis.
Catilina quum videret, quanta1 ira et odio Ciceronis oralio
animos senatorum impievisset, in summum furorem conei-
tatus reliquit curiam. Nemo dubitat, quin Catilina eo tem-
pore rempublicam perdidisset, nisi Cicero consul maxima
prudentia publicae saluti consuluisset. Optimus et emen-
datissimus est is, qui ceteris ita ignoscit, tanquam ipse
qiiotidie peccet ;2 ita peccatis abstinet, tanquam nemini
ignoscat. Minus ilium timeas, qui vitia, quae habet, osten-
dit, quam ilium, qui extrinsecus est bonus, et malus intus.
Saepe difficile est judicare, ex duobus utrum meliorem du-
camus ; multo difficilius, ex pluribus quis praestet ceteris.

I Quantus may often be rendered * what.1	2 Sinned.

Don't1 you see how8 the trees are blossoming, how the
meadows are growing-green ; how *the whole of nature3 has
put-on, as-it-were,4 a new dress 1 These things present a
more beautiful appearance than the most beautiful buildings
of the city, or the most valuable treasures of kings and
princes. Would-that5 all men recognised the beauty and
order of the world,' with what (qualis) wisdom and good-
ness God has created and governs all things. Why6 should
uot I' forgive7 you,' when you have so-often forgiven me ?
We shall very easily move the softest tempers to do8 what
we desire :9 but they do not often (say, easily) remain in
the same mind. If10 you had written me a longer letter,
you would have given me a still (etiam) greater pleasure :
though-indeed11 the longest letters are not always the best;
nor the shortest the worst. We did not-doubt-in-the-least1*
rhat13 you would have received our letter: but we leared
>hat14 it might not satisfy7 you.

I 4£	8 Ut, subj. 3 Universa rerurn natnra. 4 Quasi, as tt-isrrt

-fKfjaara s\.; 5 s. 242.	6 Why—not, quidni, with subj. 7 ^p|tendix I.

» Vi, with sribj.	9 Subj.	T0 s. 216. H Quanjuani; inJk

« in ihe least, ae minimum quidem. ^ S. 19	S. 22.227

Exercise 26.

0	magne Alexander, domuisti tot gentes; age, eflre-
natam iracundiam doma! Augustus quum nuntium acce-
pisset de clade Variana, exclamavit: Quintili Yare, redde
mih: legiones meas. Audi, puer, consilia sapientium, et
vide, ne levitate animi in perniciem ruas ! Vos divites,
adjuvate miseros, vestlte nudos, satiate famelicos : pro hia
Deus nobis retribuet gratiam. Credlte mihi, perficiemus
negotium, si vires omnes intenderimus. Respondete ad
interrogationes nostras. Nimium ne crede colori! Ne
eontemnite deos! Fac, quod tuum est facere ! Die, quid
sentias! Educ, centurio, copias, et aciem instrue !

Rouse up the powers of your mind, when they *happen
to be-asleep.1 Honor your parents, and obey2 their will.
Come into my house, and tell me3 what4 you have learned.
Take-care not5 to make a more-powerful person your enemy.
#Be sure to get well6 as soon as possible.7 Pardon those who
have offended you: and take care to make friends of ene-
mies by kindness and good-conduct. Take-care not5 to be-
tray confidence. Guard the gates, lest (ne) your enemies
should suddenly attack the city.

1	When by-chance (forte) they sleep. • Append. I. 8 c. 13. 4 S. 49.

* N8.	6 Fac ut convalescas.	7 Quani primum, as soon as possible-.

Exercise 27.

t8£rThe second forms of the imperative [to, tote, nto) are used in laics, rules, and
other formal expressions of duty or permission.]

Ccelestia semper spectato, humana contemnito Impius
lie audeto placare donis iram deorum. Ubi nos laverimus,
si placebit, lavato. Hominem mortuum in urbe ne sepelito,
neve urlto. Yirgines Vestales in urbe custodiunto ignem
foci publici sempiternum. Pueros ne laudatote nimium.
nam omne nimium nocet. Pueri bonos libros legunto
^uotidie, sed malis abstinento. Fratres et sorores se m
vicem amanto, et parentibus obediunto. Memoriam exer-
cerote, et addiscitote quotidie aliquid. Quum hostem piofli-
guveritis, no saevitote in jacentem.

15228

Love thy neighbor as1 thyself. Honor thy parents, and
Dbey8 their will. Let the young-man lend an ear to the
counsel of the wise, and open his heart to their teaching.
Betray not3 confidence : stand by thy promises. Let not
the citizen betray his country; but when (ubi) dangers
threaten, let him defend it with arms. Ye pupils, vie *\vith
one-another4 in virtue. Ye princes, ward-off dangers from
the citizens, and protect the cultivation of the arts. Let
the husbandman till the fields, that the fruits thereof may
support the inhabitants of the land. Let not' conquerors
behave-proudly, when they have conquered5 a town or
country. Let the soldiers take one portion of the booty,
the general another.

i ^Kque ac.	2 Apj» 1	8 S. 37.	< Inter \os, between

ourselves.	5 Subj.

Exercise 28.

aratur et occatur, ut fruges inde meliores prove-
fnant. Primo tempore veris sparguntur semina frugum,
quae estate maturescunt., et auctumno metuntur, ut per
hiemem nutrimenta cultoribus praibeant. Finitur labor
agricolae mense Novembri aut Decembri, quum rerum na-
tura quiescere videtur, et agri frigore rigent.—Erudiuntur
pueri Uteris et artibus, et exercentur laboribus, ut ingenio
validi et corpore robusti evadant. Multi adolescentes ita
decipiuntur voluptatum illecebris, ut Jabores omnes fugiant.
Tempora mutantur, et nos mutamur in illis. Maxima
movemur misericordia, quum homines rebus maxime neces-
sariis carere vidimus. Ad res pravas saepe libidine trahi-
mur, sajpius inconsiderantia ; nonnunquam etiam circum^
venimur artibus malorum hominum, a quibus impellimur et
cogimur. Tu non ab aliis impelleris aut eogeris, sed tua
te impellit libido; ergo vituperaris et coerceris. Nec ab
ullo impediris, quominus recte agas. Vos laudamini, pueri,
qui bene didicistis ; vos, autem, pigri, punimini. Quotidie
monemini, ut officia vestra expleatis ; at semper ab aliis di-
ligentia et virtute vincimini. Curritur, (S. 141,) saltatur, lu-
litur, sed scholae segnius frequentantur.229

Certain kinds-of-corn are sown in the month1 of Sep-
tember or October: then the seed is covered through the
winter4 till2 it shoots-up* (as) the beams of the sun grow-
warm, (abl. abs.>) and ripens its fruit in the summer. *We
often sing,' and dance,1 and play,3 when in the next hour
a great misfortune befalls4 us. Great treasures are often
found5 in the sea, which swallows-up ships and men. The
greatest difficulties are often overcome,6 if the best means
are employed at-the-right-time. Even (vel) the most
violent sorrow is lessened by time and forgetfulness. You
are beloved by your friends, honored by your fellow-
citizens, feared by the enemies of your country. We were
instructed by our teachers and educated by our parents,
that7 we might become better and wiser men. You are
watched over, my son, that8 bad men may not corrupt your
mind. We are often prevented by anger from9 acting
right. See that10 you be not hurried away by passion.
You appear to me not to be- well -aware what11 (quanta s)
advantages these sciences, in which you are instructed, of-
fer. Answer to what (ad ea qua) you are asked, that we
may know what11 each of you has learned. Nothing is to be
despised.

l How is time-when translated 1—Mense Septembri, aut Octobri.	2 S. 249.

S 141. < Syn. 4. S Syn. 1. 6 S. 214. 7 S. 21 8 S. 18 9 S. 43.

W Vide nS, &c. subj. 11 S. 49.

Exercise 29.

Saguntura jam summa vi oppugnabatur ab Hannibale,
quum Romani nihildum de bello incepto audiverant. Ego,
qui paullo ante acerbissimis pedum doloribus cruciabar,
nunc quasi revixisse mihi videor. Quanta tu misericordia
commovebaris ( -e,) quum me tantis malis oppressum vide-
ros ! Miserrimi esse videbamini, quum fortunas omnes
amisissetis, quas nunc recepistis ! Quum Neapolim veni&-
semus, ibique scholas frequentaremus, quotidie convenie-
bamur ab amicis nostris. Agri ad Tiberim jacentes antiqui9
temporibus colebantur a populis Latinis, quos Romani
vicerunt. Apud Graecos et Romanos veteres festis diebu3
Diis Doabusque sacra instituebantur. A foro Romano230

Douspiciebatur Capitolium et signum -ovis, qui custos urbis
appellabatur. Equi Romanorum terrebantur subito ad-
spectu et odore elephantorum, quos Pyrrhus in acie con-
stituerat; sed reperiebantur eo tempore remedia, quibus
sfficiebant Romam, ut elephanti plus suis, quam hostibus no
cerent.

I was requested by your brother to relate1 my journey
to him, (sibi:) but I was prevented by much business
from8 obliging him. We were asked how-much3 propeztj
our parents had left to their sons and daughters ; but *we
were not permitted4 to answer. How-often were you
reminded not to betray1 the secrets of others ? You weie
expected through the whole day ; for nobody had heard,
what5 a misfortune had befallen6 you. You were com-
pelled by nobody to come to Constantinople ; in which
city7 great dangers threatened your life. The standards of
the enemy were seen at-a-distance ; and still more (troops)
were said to be marching-up from the Araris,8 when
Caesar drew-up- his army -inorder-of-battle. Our friends
were prevailed-upon (imperf.) to come *as soon as pos-
sible9 into the city. The ropes, by which the vessels
were fastened to the bank, did not withstand the violence
of the storm : and the ships were blown-off into the deep sea,

S. 41. » S. 43.	3 s. 49. 4 s. 58. 5 C. 21. 6 Syn. 4

7 Qu& in tube. 8 Araris, a river in Gaul; the Sa6ne. 9 Quam celerrime

Exercise 30. [See S. 205.]

Donabor clipeo et hasta, si bene pro patria pugnavero.
Saepe admoneberis, ut iram discas compescere ; saepius
etiam, ut aliorum iram ne excites. Quum ver re dieri:,
prata et agri pulcherrimis floribus ornabuntur. Memoria
clarorum virorum nulla unquam oblivione delebitur aut
obscurabitur. Quo1 magis vitam honestam et integram
ogerimus, eo magis Deo probabimur. Non videbimur
omni culpa vacare, nisi etiam suspicionem flagitii summo
studio vitaverimus. Tu, discipule, laudabere, si sapientei
ritam institueris ; at vos vituperabimini, qui segnius oiHciia
vestris satisfecistis Precibus tuis non commovebor, til231

abi ignoscam; nec temere adducar, ut poeriam tibi ienw*«
tam. Ab imbecilliore vinceris, quem contempseris. Not]
audieris, nisi sapiens consilium dederis; nam stulta con-
silia negligentur aut rejicientur. A bonis omnibus dilige-
mur, si bonis morib'is excellemus. O poetse prseclari,
Virgili atque Horati, semper in scholis legemini, quamdiu
adolescentes literis erudientur! Quando hie labor difficilli-
mus finietur!

1 S. 203.

This town will be conquered in a short time. You will
bs despised by the lowest men, if you give- yourself -up'
to the vilest lusts. The very lightest tasks will hardly be
accomplished, if8 you do not accustom1 yourself to perse-
vere in labor. We shall be deserted both by friends and
relations, if3 we put- every thing -after money. You will
be laughed-at by all sensible people, if you indulge-in-4
vanity. I' shall be greatly assisted by your means :5 but
you' will receive advantage6 from your labor, and be
rewarded with great praise. You will be taught by your
masters, what road7 you should8 take. If you will con-
tinue in this path, you will be loved by your friends, and
valued by your fellow-citizens. Whither shall I be led ?
When shall I reach the end of my journey ? *It will not
so much as be asked,9 what7 we have thought, but what
we have done. We shall be attacked by our opponents ;
but our plans will not be overthrown. The gates of the
city shall be carefully watched: guards shall be stationed
on the walls : the enemy (plur.) shall be kept-ofF or driven-
back. #It is of great importance to me10 that you should
(C. 3) understand this.

t Fut. perf. s If not, nisi. 3 S. 214. 4 App. I. * Opera, (sing.)

• Fructum capere (ex.) ^ S. 49.	8 g. 166. Take, of a road, is insistSre

which governs the dat. S Ne rogabitur quidem: ' it will not even be asked.'

'0 s 9i.

Exercise 31.

ilaec narratio adeo est fabulosa, ut a nemine credatui
Nod sum tam imprudens ut verbis speciosis decipiar. Vic-232

tus es, miles : rogato victorem, ut vita tibi condonetur. Spe
fallaci, mulieres, deceptae estis ; cavete, tie iterum decipia-
mini. Quam multa a veteribus scriptoribus nobis tradita
sunt, quae adeo sunt fabulis contexta, ut a nemine ?ano pro
veris habeantur ! Utinam quam primum hoc metu liberer,
quo sic crucior, ut psene delirare videar. Difficillimum est
efficere, ut simul omnibus probemur. Ab amicis sic deserti
sumus, ut ab inimicis prorsus opprimamur. Discedito ab
improbis, ne pravitate eorum inficiaris, (-e.) Magistrates
sapienter administranto rempublicam, cives autem parento
legibus ; ita utrisque optime consultum erit, ut nec publica
salus turbetur, nec privati singulorum injustitia vexentur.
Bonse leges sanciantur a principibus, quibus summum impe-
rium ideo creditum est, ut bene consulatur reipublicae,
(S. 135.)

All men are so formed by nature, that1 the powers of
body and mind are strengthened by exercise. Who is so
stupid as not2 to perceive, with how-much (quantus) wisdom
and goodness the world is governed !3 We have asked,
whether4 you* were loved or shunned by your schoolfellows.
You are *too sensible to be excited5 to anger by the invec-
tives of the senseless. You are *too unfeeling to be
moved6 by our tears. We are *too-sorely afflicted by these
misfortunes to be soon restored7 to our former state. I am
o loaded with business, that1 I am almost oppressed (by it.)
Be content with your lot, that you may be reckoned among
the wise. You should8 be more industrious, that the pow-
ers of your mind may be better exercised. What am I to
do ?9 shall I ask,10 or11 let-myself-be-asked (say, or be
asked ?)

1 S. 17. * Ut (or qui) non intelligat. 3 S. 49. * S. 51. 5 1 More-
sensible than that (quam ut) you should be excited,' (subj.)—Remember thai should
is a doubtful sign, and that whether the imperf. or pres. subj. should be used, de-
pends on the tense of the preceding verb.	6 4 More unfeeling than that you
should be moved.' 7 ' More sorely afflicted than that we should, &c.' 8 g. 61.

9 8 213. 10 Rogemne. 11 Anne.

Exercise 32.

Minus curare solemus, quod adest, quam quod futumm
est, quia, quod adest, oculis videmus, sed nescimus, qui J233

\ituram sit. Metuo, ne in hoc negotio falsa spe decepti
sitis, quoniam nihil vobis succedere videtur. Ubi victoria
amissa est, nihil refert, quot in proelio caesi aut in fugy
capti sint. A.d virtutem nihil interest, quo loco aut quibus
parentibus nati simus. Hodie nemo in domo est, a quo
non sim interrogatus, quomodo e tanto periculo servatus
sim, quique homines auxilium mihi praestiterint. Non ita
generati a natura sumus, ut ad ludum et jocum facti esse
videamur; sed ad severitatem potius, et ad quaedarn studia
graviora et majora. Nam ita est a Deo institutum, ut vita
hominis non hoc terrestri curriculo terminetur, sed ut animae
etiam post mortem corporis vita futura sit. Simul ac anima
a corpore sejuncta fuerit, illud quidem turpebit, sed haec in
reternum vigebit.

Let us see how-many1 warriors arc left in the city; and
how the guards are placed on the walls, and before the
gates. Since2 the town is well fortified both by nature
and art,3 and defended by a strong force, it will not easily
be taken. Since2 we are surrounded on-all-sides by ene-
mies, it will be difficult to find a means-of-escape. You
will not be reproached *for having been invited to dinner
by no prince ;4 but you will be justly reproached, if5 you
court the favor of the great, that you may be invited. As
soon as6 this letter is read, (fut. perf.,) you will perceive
whom7 you have had for8 friends, and whom for8 enemies,
and from what (quantus) danger (App. I.) you have been
snatched. We shall at all times be contented with our lot,
if we accustom ourselves (fut. perf.) to look- not -at those
who are placed in a higher rank," but (at) those, to whom
fortune has denied still more (than to us): for no one is so
miserable, that9 many do not appear to be more miserable
gull.

i S. 49.	3 Quum witb subj.	3 Et opere, abl. of cpiw

« 'That (quod) you have been invited.'	5 s. 214. 6 S.	T S 49

* Onui for, and put friends and enemies in apposition 'o whom.	• S. 17

Exercise 33.

Romae aliquamdiu penes reges summum imperium fuit.
Quorum postremus, Tarquinius Superbus, quum a Bruto234

et Tarquinio Collatino expulsus esset, consules creati sunt
bini in annos singulos. Id factum est anno ducentesimo
decimo ab urbe condita. Sed paullo post, quum a patriciis
crudelius saeviretur in plebem, eaque perpetuis bellis oc-
cupata aere alieno premeretur, denique seditio mota est.
Plebs in montem sacrum secessit anno ducentesimo sexa-
gesimo, nec prius in urbem rediit, quam a patriciis promissa
essent, quae postulabat. Postulabat autem, ut aes alienum
omne in tabuiis deleretur, utque tribuni crearentur, qui
contra superbiam patriciorum causam plebis agercnt,
legesque iniquas vetarent. Quae quum concessa essent-,
aliquamdiu quidem plebs sua conditione contenta esse
videbatur, sed mox altiora petebat, ut in omni genere jura
patriciorum et plebeiorum aequarentur, nec jam ordinum
discrimen esset.

Canuleius, a tribune of the people, brought-forward a
bill,1 that mixed marriages of the patricians and the ple-
beians should be permitted.2 This law was carried in the
310th year *from the building of the city.3 At the same
time (some) new tribunes brought forward a bill, that one4 of
the consuls should be chosen from the plebeians. This
proposal excited the anger of the patricians to-such-a-
degree,5 that6 it was resolved to elect, instead of consuls,
military tribunes7 with8 consular power. Thus it happened,8
that for many years together10 no consuls were elected a^
Rome. But when (quum) in the year 378, that proposal
was renewed (plup. subj.) by Caius Licinius Stolo and
Lucius Sextius Lateranus, (two) tribunes of the people, the
patricians were at-last compelled to share the consulate
with plebeians. But that the pain of this lost privilege
might be in-some-measure12 lessened, the patricians sought-
for new honors for themselves. Accordingly in the same
year two new magistrates were created, from which the
plebeians should be excluded, (subj.,) the praetnrship, and
the dignity of Curule iEdile. Nevertheless,13 &ixty years
& fterwards14 all the rights were made common to the patri-
cians and the plebeians.

*	Rogation*ni promulgate
1 F "(mi (a6, the city built
' Tribunes of the soldiers
w Through many year»

*	Kihilo seciuftr

* Conc&iiSre, (cess, cess.)

4 Alter, (one of two.) 6 Adeo. • 8. 17
s S. 78.	9 Ita factum est, (lit, ) fi. ll

u Rogatio. 13 Aiiquft ex )*arte.
M S. 146, 147.235

filERCIS3 34.

[Read Rules of Syntax 215, S16.J

Nisi yehementissimis pedum doloribus crueiarer, jaai
pridcm ad te cucurrissem, ut viderem quid ageres. Per-
'encrat enim ad aures meas, quanta calamitate afflictus
esses; et metuebam, ne dolore et muerore plane conficereris.
Sed crede mihi nulla tanta est calamitas, ut non ab aliquS
parte cum commodo quodam conjuncta sit. Sic tu quoque,
antequam ilia calamitate premereris, paullo superbior eras
et confidentior; nunc mitior factus multorum hominum tibi
conciliabis animos, quos antea offenderas. Hinc illud
discito : Si semper bonis cumularemur, nec unquam de
mconstantia fortunae admoneremur, profecto ea re impedi-
remur, quominus saepius de vera animi salute cogitaremus
O stulti homines, quam multis malis liberaremini, si in
omnibus rebus sapienter vitam institueretis, et mature de
vicissitudinibus fortunae cogitaretis!

If you had been1 with me to-day, you would have been
pleased with a very agreeable sight. You would be praised1
by all good men, if you always did your duty. If2 we
were not so-often reminded of our faults, we should either
never become3 better, or arrive at virtue very late.4 1 did
not doubt, that5 I should at-least6 be listened-to by my
friends; even-ifr my enemies should despise8 my advice.
If you were not2 so carefully watched over by your parents
and teachers, you would have thoughtlessly fallen in'.o va-
rious dangers. 1 carefully guarded-myself *against being
enticed9 to bad things by light-minded persons: if I had
not done this,10 *1 should have been often punished for my
thoughtlessness.11 The King had commanded, that (ut)
you should be kept in custody, till you were freed from youi
debts. How miserable would you be, if you were despised
by all the good!

8. 216.	8 If-nc % nisi.	8 Evadere.	4 Sero.	« S. 19

daitem	7 Etsi.	8 Subj. See Syn. 5.

* Lunt (ne) I should be enticed ;* rmperf subj.	u Quod nisi feotaoem.

' J utiuaid hive (riven (=■= saflered) the punishment (pi.) of my thctfghUfiUtiXKMU*236

Exercise 35.

Exorare, mi pater! ignosce temerita i filii! compesce
Iram !—O stulti homines, docemini tandem aliquando quain
miseros vos libidinum dominatio faciat!—Romae lex era
his verbis- scripta : Nemo in urbe sepelitor, neve iiritor.
Solon hanc legem sanxerat; Qui in bello occubuerint, pub-
lice sepeliuntor. Hanc ego vobis legem dico: Si quid utile
in rempublicam acturi estis, difficultatibus ne deterreminor
Audi, mi fili, ab improbis ne corrumpitor, neve flagitiis
eorum contaminator!

What am I to do!1 shall I beat,2 or be beaten ?-—Be
beaten.—Shall we entreat,1 or be entreated ? Let him who
returns3 to his obedience, be exempted from punishment:
iet him who continues in his crime be punished. Let the
guilty be kept in custody; the innocent be dismissed. Let
not yourselves be withheld from4 doing good, even-when4
men threaten you with evil.6 Let the torch be lighted.7
Let pleasures be despised.8 If9 he were of a brave mind,lc
tie would despise8 those dangers.

t S. 213.	a Feriam : anne feriar.	8 Fut. perf. 4 8. 43.

» Etiamsi	«' Threaten evil to you.'	7 Syn. 2.	® Syn. 5

9 S. 216.	"> S. 78.

Exercise 36.

Phocion magnus Gnecorum imperator fuit eo tempore,
quo Philippus, Macedonum rex, totam Graeciam suo imperio
subjicere conatus est. Qui quamquam non adulabatur popu-
lo, quod ceteri faciebant, tamen ssepius ad imperium vocatus
est, quam alius quisquam. Pueros semper hortamur, ut
bonos mores imitentur, malos fugiant et aversentur. Adver-
sabimur illis, qui mala reipublic.e minentur; boni bonis
semper auxiliabuntur. Sulla, qui Marium in bello Jugur-
thlno comitatus fuerat, postea acerbissimus ejus adversarius
exstitit. In magno timore eram, ne inimici vobis insidia-
rentur ; quod quum factum non sit, gratulor. Magnos ho.
mines qui aemulatus fuerit, non inter pessimos numerabitur,
Quid gloiiemini aliena virtute, quum propriam laudem meru237

eritis quam cives omnes admirantur 1 Saepe recordare, quid
Deo, quid parentibus, quid patriae debeas, ut omni tempore
gratum animum ostendas. Consolamini miseros ; hortamini
pavidos; auxiliamini laborantibus! In rebus sacris nemo
jocator. Jure reprehensi ne indignantor.

Do you mean the same as1 the rest 1 If2 you had not
despised my advice, you would not now need consolation.8
Demosthenes, the most celebrated orator of the Greeks, ex-
Iiorted the Athenians to support4 their allies in (good) time,
against Philip, the king of the Macedonians : but they1 hesi-
tated, and *let their enemy escape5 out-of (e) their hands.
You will be surprised, in how short a time we have com-
pleted6 so great a work. I am in great fear that7 wicked
men are plotting against us. Take care *not to imitate9
those who take-pride in9 empty things. Don't wonder that10
I have not returned from the city before-this ;n many affairs
have detained me. Pray the gods to give4 you a prosper-
ous return. Do not rejoice, *when it goes ill with others.11
Men should remember13 a kindness received.

J That is, 'the same which,' (quod,) &c. 2 If-not, nisi with subj. 3 App. I.

*'That (ut)'they should support.' See S. 41. 6 ' Sent- their enemy-forth'(hos«
tem e manibus emittere ; niisi, missum.)	8 S. 49. 7 S. 22. 8 NS with subj.

® C. 36.	Quod. S. 20.	11 Earlier, comparat. of Mature.

w It goes ill with me: in rebus adversis versor. 83 Meminerint, used as an impera-
tive. See App. I.

Exercise 37.

Deus tuetur et moderatur res omnium hominum, et uni-
versum mundum gubernat. Quid verebamini, ne nobis
ingrati venissetis, quibus nemo unquam venit exoptatior :
Miserere pauperum, ut olim Deus misereatur tui. Nemo
libenter fatetur, quod fateri nisi cum dedecore aliquo sui noo
potest. Qui multa pollicitus est, caveat, ne promissorum ob-
liviscatur. Binse a Deo hominibus datae sunt aures, ora
Autem singula, ut plus audirent quam loquerentur Romae
qui consulatu functi erant, dicebantur consulares ; qui prae-
tura, praetorii ; aediles qui fuerant, aedilitii; quaestores, quaes-
torii. Quique justo proelio cum hoste congressi [erant et]
quinque millia hostium interfecerant, he nor em triumpbi adi-23$

pisb jbantur. Sequere me : in bellum proficiscimur. Se*
quar, et pro patria pugnabo : sequentur omnes, qui caritale
patriam amplectuntur. Ergo proficiscamur, et, si ita Dec
plaeuerit, pro patria moriamur. Quid enim juvat vita frui;
nisi ea cum laude et gloria fruamur ?

Romulus, the first king of the Romans, employed a tricfe
to procure1 wives for the citizens of his new state. He
carried off the Sabine girls whom he had invited with
(their) parents to (some) games *which he had instituted.1
Hence arose the first war. For the Sabines, to revenge'
the rape of their daughters, seized their arms and fell-upon
the Romans. At last, when they had fought for-a-long-
time, and the Sabines had already made-themselves-masters
of the city, they made a treaty, that they should share the
city and government. After-that the Romans were called
Quirites from Cures, the chief-town3 of the Sabines, whose
king Titus Tatius was named joint-king with Romulus.
After Romulus followed Numa Pompilius, less distinguish-
ed in arms than by the arts of peace. To him succeeded
in order Tullus Hostilius, Ancus Martius, the elder Tar-
quinius, Servius Tullius, Tarquinius the Proud. We often
forget4 the benefits for which we are indebted5 to our pa-
rents from our earliest childhood.6 Get acquainted with
your faults, that they may be corrected. Pity4 those who
are miserable for no fault of theirs.7

J Ut with subj. s. 39. a ' Instituted by him,* (a se.) 9 Urbs. * s. 89

* H tech use owe.	6 A prima pueritid.	7 Nulla su& culpft*

Exercisp: 38.

Fugiamus ejus amicitiam, qui sine causa amicis irascitui,
et levioribus eorum delictis ignoscere non didicit. Ut cor-
poris, sic animi morbis possumus mederi, si salubria reme
dia adhibemus. Animi morbi sunt iracundia, intemperan
ia, ignavia: ex his fere mala nascuntur omnia, quibus rea
human® turbari solent. Homines virtute metlmur, non for-
tuna: nec decet /irum servire malis aut blandiri improbis,
qwod potentia aut divitiis vel nocere vel prodesse possint
Bpe commodi ne mentiminor, neve pravis consiliis adaex*239

timinor. Socrates quum capite damnatus causam diceret,
tantum aberat, ut1 blandiretur judicibus, ut ultro eos incusa-
ret, quod innocentem damnassent.2 Ita ausus est etiam ma-
gis eos irritare, nec ullo modo ab co impetrari potuit, ut
pcenae remissionem precaretur. Tali modo supplicium qui-
dem effugere non potuit, sed ita mortuus est, ut sapientem
decuit, et praeclarum exempluui reliquit posteris. Tu veu
sic vive, sic morere !

1 Tantum aberat ut = was so far from: the subj. to be rendered by the participial
substantive.	2 For having condemned, &c.

In misfortune we are sometimes deserted by those, whom
we trusted1 above all others.2 Do not3 measure the fidelity
of frionds by words. The fidelity of friends should be
measured4 by deeds. How often do bad men hypocritical-
ly-pretend friendship, and flatter with words ! As-soon-as
he had gained5 what he desired, he forgot6 his promises. We
justly proclaim him happy, who has gained the friendship of
a good man.7 Embrace your friend with sincere affection.
The Scythians live on the milk8 and flesh of their herds :
other nations hunt wild beasts, to eat9 their flesh, and clothe
themselves with their skins. Time heals6 all wounds. I
fear you are flattering10 my friend.

1 Confidere (perf. confisus sum) governs dat. or abl.	9 Pr» ceteris. 8 S. 37.

* Is to be measured. S. 163.	6 S. 251.	6 A pp. I. 7 Express vir

8 Omit the prepos. and put the noun in the abl.	® CIt with subj. See App. I

WS 22, and App I.

Exercise 39. [Learn App. I.J

Titus Caesar dicere solebat, neminem tristem a Principe
discedere debere. Mathematici docent, terram nostram
circa solem trecentis sexaginta quinque diebus cursum
Buum conficere. Saepe videmus, homines vel propter leviora
delicta in gravissimas calamitates incidere. A pogtis ac-
cepimus, antiquissimis temporibus homines in summu mno-
cent id et morum integritate vitam degisse. Grseci quum
Bontirent, se ceteros populos cultu et artibus superare, per©-
grinos omiies barbaros appellabant. Constat, Romanos eo-
dem anno duas urbes florentissimas, Carthaginem ot Co-240

rinthum, delevisse. Credimus, Deum hunc mundum crea-
risse, creatumque conservare et regere. Scis me jam
dudum de te nihil audivisse, nec literas a te accepisse.
Non turpe est parum scire, sed in inscitia sua culpa per-
manere. Non est aequum, minori parere majorem. Omri
bus bonis expedit, quemque reipublicae leges observare, ot
parere magistratibus.

Livius relates that1 Hannibal crossed the Alps with his8
army. When3 Pompejus learned that Csesar had crossed
the Rubicon, he with the senate left the city. Then Cse-
sar proclaimed, that1 he2 was not waging war with the state,
but with the oppressors of liberty. We read in (apud) Cor-
nelius Nepos4 that1 Themistocles5 conquered and dispersed
the fleet of the Persians at6 the island of Salamis.7 We
have heard that1 Socrates drank the poison with the great-
est composure :8 for he believed that the souls of men live
after death. Leonidas with a small band for9 three days
prevented the vast army of the Persians from crossing10
(the mountains.) You will displease11 all good men. Have
you not12 pleased all good men ?

1 S. 16.	a C. 1. s Q.uum with pluperf. subj.	* Nepos, G. Nep5tis

e ThemistScles, G. Themistbciis. « S. 159.	* 'The island Sala-
mis.'—Salamis, G. Salamlnis, Acc. Salainina or -em. App. II.	8 iEquissimo animcv
(that is, with the most even mind.) 9 Per.	w To prevent from
crossing, transitu prohibere. u App. I.	W g. 45.

Exercise 40. [See S. 205, 206.]

Omnes homines beati esse cupiunt. Desinite tandem
aliquando esse timidi, ut agere possitis. Dicitur Hannibal
octoginta millia peditum et viginti equitum et triginta sep-
tem elephantos in Italiam duxisse. Creditur Tacitus, qui
mores Germanorum terr?eque situm accuratissime descripsit,
non audita tantum narrare, sed etiam quae ipse viderit. In-
dorum scuta dicuntur auro et ebore fulsisse. Omnium
animalium terrestrium elephantus videtur maximus esse,
maritimorum balaena. Avis quaedam, quae dicitur platalea,
scribitur conchis se explere solere. Dicimini segnius scho-
las frequentare. Non videmur vincere posse, nisi summis
viribus hostem adoriamur. In hac re non videbaris verum241

attigisse, sed errore quodam deceptus esse. Dicuntur do
lores omnes tempore leniri. Terentii fabulae propter ele-
gantiam sermonis putabantur a C. Laelio scribi. Cacsai
legiones jussit sub colle subsistere, donec equitatus illas
subsequutus esset, ut simul omnes hostem adorirentur. Iu
bello saepe crudeles imperatores captivos trucidari jusserunt.
Faciam, quod jussus sum facere.

He is said to have laughed. Let him who has received
a prize, learn well. If you learn well, you shall receive a
prize. I will give you a prize, when you have learned weii.
Is not philosophy the mistress of life ? I' was reading
Homer, you7 Plato. She is said to have scolded the boy.
Let us lie-down in the soft grass. It is certain that the boy
laughed. (He) who has received a prize, will rejoice.
Having received a prize, they will rejoice. When you have
tamed your spirit, you shall receive a prize. When you
have read-through Homer, you shall receive a prize.

Exercise 41. [Learn dolere, S. 161.]

Caesar ad oppugnandum urbem milites e castris eduxe-
*at. Breve tempus aetatis satis est longum ad bene beate-
que vivendum. Praeceptores inter docendum nonnunquam
omittunt puerorum intellectui se accommodare. Socrates
interrogando elicere solebat eorum opiniones, quibuscum
disserebat. Diu circumsedendo Syracusas Romani coelo
aquisque adsuerant (adsueverant). Virtutes hominum in
agendo cernimus. Multi homines audiendo magis sunt
id^nei, quam dicendo. Ars dicendi plurimum valet in foro
et in judiciis. Verba declarandi et sentiendi Accusativuro
cum lnfinitivo postulant. Bellandi studio ferocissimae
gentes in perniciem ruerunt. Pigerrimi discipulorum sunt
ii, qui discendi minime sunt studiosi. Saepe vobis nobis*
cam certandi copiam fecimus.

You are come here to1 learn, not to play. Yesterday
•while we were walking,2 we had a most agreeable con-
versation with you. By reading the writings of Cicero242

you will, without doubt, acquire the power of writing and
speaking Latin.4 By running, by suffering hunger5 and
thirst, our bodies grow-accustomed to endure the greatest
hardships. In disputing it becomes (us) always to observe
moderation; and to conquer ambition b) our desire of
discovering the truth. Your wish to contend6 with me3
has ruined you. Wisdom is to be considered the art of
living., I have not time7 for answering.8 By bearing
injuries you will deserve greater praise than by revenging
(them.)

1 S. 161.	* Inter ambulandum.	3 C. 6.	4 Latine, adv

6	To suffer hunger, tsurire; to suffer thirst, sitire.	6 Say, ' of contending

7	Translate by est. S. 114.	8 Say,4 of answering.'

Exercise 42. [Learn scribenda epistola, S. 162> 165.]

Natura animum hominis sensibus ornavit ad res percipi-
endas idoneis. Hannibal quum Capuam venisset, vfeendS
urbe magnam diei partem consumpsit. Multi in amicis
parandis adhibent curam, in amicis eligendis negligentes
sunt. Sunt nonnulli acuendis puerorum ingeniis non in-
utiles lusus. Creando Pontifici Maximo consules comitia
habuere. Ab oppugnanda Neapoli Hannibalem firmitas et
altitudo mcenium absterruit. De contemnenda morte multi
egregie praecipiunt, qui ipsi nihil magis timent, quam
mortem. Natura cupiditatem ingenuit homini veri videndi.
Augendarum divitiarum stultissimi homines plerumque
sunt cupidissimi. In suscipiendis negotiis difficilioribus
magis anxii sumus, q*iam in agendis et perficiendis. Ad
vim vi repellendam, licet etiam hominem interficere.

Romulus chose a site near the river Tiber for building
the city of Rome.8 Water is better3 than Mane for quench-
ing thirst. For defending the walls of their cities, the
ancients used machines, with which they shot stones and
arrows against the besiegers. In curing coughs physicians
used the tussilago, which received4 its name from-tliat-
circuinstance.6 The steersman, sitting at the stern, endea-
vours,® by steering7 his ship, to avoid the rocks and dangers243

of the sea Let no one lead- you -away from (a) cultivating
virtue Man has great instruments for (ad) obtaining
wisdom.

J S. 162	* 'The city Rome.'	8 Use utilis, not bonus. 4 DucPre,

dui, duct	* Inde {thence.)	6 StudSre. 1 Regere, to govern.

Exercise 43.

G&lli gallinacei cum sole eunt cubitum. Themistocles
quum ab Atheniensibus expulsus patriam reliquisset, Argos
habitatum concessit. Quum Xerxes ingenti exercitu, Grse-
cise immineret, Athenienses miserunt Delphos consultum,
quidnam facerent de rebus suis. Yejentes pacem petitum
oratores Romam miserunt. Saguntini quum intelligerent
oppidum suum ab Hannibale expugnatum iri, se suaque
omnia cremaverunt.

In consilio capiendo considerare debemus, honestumne
factu sit, an turpe. Palpebrae sunt tegmenta oculoruro
mollissimae tactu, ne lsederent aciem. Difficillima sunt
creditu, quae a vetustissimis omnium gentium scriptoribus
commemorantur. In magnis rebus gerendis nonnulla dictu
quam factu faciliora sunt.

The Romans sent ambassadors to Carthage to ask.1
whether2 Hannibal was besieging Saguntum by the orders
of the people or senate, or of his own will.3 A great
number of persons are come into the city to see1 the games.
Divitiacus, a distinguished German, came to Rome to ask1
for help. Augustus gave his daughter Julia in marriage,4
first to Marcel7«d, the son of Octavia his sister; then,
after his death, to Marcus Agrippa. I don't believe that
youi conduct will be approved-of by all. What is so
delightful to hear5 ass a speech ornamented with wise
thoughts and powerful words! What [quod) is the easiest
to do,6 that' is not always the best. You will repent of
your folly too-late It is of no importance to me, that*
these things should be concealed from7 my father.

Sup. in um. See note on S. 40.	* S. 46. Translate crdorn

unp.iussune populi aut Senatus, Hannibal, &c	* Suo arbitrio.

4 To give in marriage, nuptum dare.	* Sip. in a.

* Alc. with present intio.	? S, 12&

16244

Exercise 44. [See S. 168.J

In via publica ludentes pueros deprehendimus. Cjbsui
fugieptes hostes in angustias compulit. Peloponnesus est
paeninsula, angustis Isthmi faucibus continenti adhaerens.—
Senectus est operosa et semper agens aliquid. Jugurtha
jussis vestris obediens erit. Alcibiades erat temporibus
callidissime inserviens. Catonem vidi in bibliotheca seden-
tem. Timoleon quum lumina oculorum amisisset, earn
calamitatem tanta animi fortitudine tolerabat, ut nemo eum
querentem audieret. Apelles pinxit Alcxandrum Magnum
fulmen tenentem in templo Ephesiae Dianae. HippiaSj
Pisistrati filius, in Marathonia pugna cecidit, arma contra
patriam ferens. Cicero de Socratis morte laerimare solebat
Platonem legens. Mendaci homini, ne verum quidem
dicenti, credere solemus. Ut oculus, sic animus, se non
ridens, alia cernit.

Blossoming trees and meadows growing-green delight us
more by their appearance, than the glittering palaces of the
rich and distinguished. May1 no calamity disturb your
good-fortune. I heard Socrates say8 that hunger was the
seasoning of food. Plato in the Phaedon makes Socrates
dispute1 about the immortality of the soul. Phidias the
sculptor represented Jupiter (as) sitting on a throne,4 and
holding thunderbolts in his left-hand, a sceptre in his right.
I will readily believe *those who speak5 the truth. *Those-
who-speak* the truth are readily believed.8 I believe that
itiany unfortunate (persons) gain more when-they-are-
silent4 than when-they-beg.4

l TJtinam- S 241.*	* ' Saying.'	8 ' Disputing.*	* In boHo

6 Present panic	6 s. '

Exercise 45.

Uivem bellum gesturum contra patriam non civem, sed
hustem judicamus patriae. Caesar adversus hostem copias
ducturus, praemisit equites, qui vias omnes explorarent
Lecturus sum aliquid, quod et delectabit animum, et. scicn245

dam rneam valde augebit. Quid jam facturi estis, quum
tot vobis difficultates obstent? Cicero fugiturus erat ex
Italia, quum emissi ab Antonio eum oppresserunt et inter-
fecerunt. Nescio, quando uxor mea in urbem reditura sit,
quum ruris amcenitas animum ejus tantis voluptatibus de«
vinxerit. Ignorabamus, num consilium nostrum probaturi
essetis, quod vobis incommodum luturum esset. Themis-
tocles a civibus suis patrifi expulsus, confugit ad Xerxem,
cui promisit, se cum eo adversus Giaecos pugnaturum esse.
Verisimile est Persas apud Salaminem insulam victurcs
fuisse,1 si unum diem exspectavissent. Caesar Calpurniam,
L. Pisonis filiam, successuri sibi in consulatu, in matrimo-
nium duxit. Catilina urbem reliquit, mox cum pluribus
rediturus.

1 S. 224.

I was going to write to you, when it was announced, that1
you were just arrived. As we were going-to-sail from
Ostia to Naples, there arose suddenly a storm, which com-
pelled us to remain in the harbor, and wait-for better
weather. I don't know when2 my brother will come ;3 but
this4 I know, that1 he has already set-out from the town
(where-he-resides.5) We hear that1 you have been residing
at Corinth for-some-time, and are now about-to-return to
Athens. In summer many persons leave the town, to dwell*
in the country:7 but when (ubi) the weather8 ceases (peif.)
to be warm, return again from the country to the city. 1
met your brother just-as9 he was going-on-board the ship,
in which he has sailed to (in) America.

S. 16. 2 s 49.	3 Part, in rus with sim.

from his town.'	6 Ut with subj.	7 S. alter 160

9 Just as, quum maxime.

Exerc se 46.

Valerius Maximus Fabium Hullianum, qumque consu
latibus cum magna laude functum, hominem dicit propter
virtutem et merita admirabilem. Aliquando noctu Roma'
uuntiatum est, Sabinorum exercltum populaturum ad
inienem fluvium pervenisse; ibi jam expilatas villas in-

4 Illud.	* Say

6 Tempos Anui246

efcndi. Statim cum equestribus co^lis A. Postumius missus
est: quern consul Servilius cum delecta peditum manu
sequitur. Equites plures palatos circumvenit, neque pedi-
tibus legio Sabina resistere ausa est. Turn itinere turn
nocturna populatione fessi, ciboque et vino impleti, plurimi
hostium vix tantum virium habebant, quantum ad fugair
opus erat.—Aleibiades propter crimen sacrorum violato-
rum ab inimicis urbe pulsus, patriae maxima damna intulit.
Deinde vero, Persarum opem pollicitus, de exsilio revo-
catus est, Lacedaemoniosque jluribus proeliis vicit.—Co?-
nato jam et obdormiscenti mihi literae tuae traditae sunt, in
quibus a te scripta me ita commoverunt, ut somnum adi-
merent.

You have done this *without being compelled by any-
body.1 Being hindered *from2 acting rightly, \ shall do
nothing. Being presented with a shield and spear, he will
fight well for (pro) his country. Being moved by your
prayers, I will" pardon3 your son. Being conquered by a
weaker person, you will be despised. It is disgraceful to
be conquered by a weaker person. (Though) despised by
others, I shall be praised by you. This very difficult
labor being finished, let us rest. Pity3 a man (homo)
oppressed with such4 evils. *1 repent of my folly*5
*Are you not6 ashamed5 of your fickleness? Having
been a little-while-ago7 tormented with pain, I now, as-it-
were,8 come to-life-again.9 War being undertaken, let us
fight bravely for our country.10 We should fight bravely
for our country. Being conquered by a very weak" man,
you are despised.

• Say, compelled by nobody:—oiiltting 4 witiout?	S S. 43.	I App. I

« C. 10.	* S. 94.	6 s. 45.	7 Paullo ante. 8 Quasi

^ See page 17*. 0 s. 164-	u See page 144.

Exercise 47.

Hortandi sunt pueri, ut studiis suis diligentiam ad-
hibeant. In vita humana pleraque labore et studio paranda
sunt. Nisi scribenda mihi hodie epistola esset, optato tuo
patiefacerem, ac venirem, quo me vocas. Non audiendi247

sunt ii, qui arbitrantur, irascendum inimicis esse. Cuique
homini vitanda est ostentationis suspicio. Occultae inimi-
citia) magis timendae sunt, quam apertse. Orandum est,
ut sit mens sana in corpore sano. Nemo unquam sapiens
prodilori credendum esse putavit. Semper ita vivamus
ut rationem reddendam nobis arbitremur. Nemo scit,
quando sibi moriendum sit. Nobis iter facientibus per
Helvetian) Alpes superandae erant, quae sempiteina nive ot
glaeie tectse esse dicuntui.

In practising any1 art, many rules are to be observed.
Those must be considered brave and magnanimous persons,
who are always engaged2 in preventing3 injuries. Men
should early learn the art4 of using time; and never must
an opportunity be lost of doing any good.5 If6 we wished
to read all (pi.) that has been written by learned men, we
should never make an end of reading. We should live,7
as-if8 ail men saw our actions. When we set-out,9 we did
not know what10 hills we had11 to climb-over, and how-
many rivers to cross. The upper shoots of a tree must
often be broken-off for the purpose12 of checking its luxu-
riant-growth.

1 S. 192. • Studere, followed by dat. 3 Propulsare. 4 'The art—is to
ae learned.' Boni aliquid. Here the gerund must be used.

6 S. 215. S. 164.	8 S. 241 *	• S. 241. 10 S. 49. and C ZL

11 C. 27.	>ausa. See note :« S. 40

Exercise 48.

Per annos centum et quindecim inter Romanos et Car-
thaginienses aut bellum fuit, aut belli apparatus, aut incerta
pax; et Roma, jam superato oybe terrarum, se tutam fore
non putabat, si nomen Carthaginiensium usquam exstaret.
Capta Carthagine, ille terrarum tractus in provinciaD formam
redactus est, et Africa propria dicta. Eodem anno capta
et excisa Corintho, propter legatos Romanorum violatos,
iota Grsetia in ditionem populi Romani venit, et Achaia
dicta est* Mox rege Attalo mortuo, testamenti jure Asiae
minoris pars major Romanis obtigit.—Manlio Torquato
Caio Atilio consulibus, de Sardis triumphatum est; et248

omnibus locis pace facta Romani bellum noil habebant,
quod inde ab urbe conditd semel tantum factum erat, reg-
nante Numa Pompilio.—Maximus, de quo accepimus,
terrae motus regnante Romse Tiberio accidit, magno urbium
numero eodem die corruente.—Magna spes patriae scholse
sunt; his florentibus etiam respublica viget; his segrotan-
tibus morbus perfacile etiam patriam invadit.—Orituro scle
navein solvimus, oriente jam procul terra conspicitur.

•When Alexander, king of Macedonia, was dead,1 his
generals divided among themselves2 the conquered coun-
tries. *When Hannibal had conquered the Romans3 at
(ad) Trebia, at the Ticinus, at the Trasimene lake, the
Roman state seemed to be not far removed4 from destruc-
tion. *After Syracuse was conquered by Marcus Mar-
cellus,1 the Greek arts and sciences removed to Rome.
*In the reign of Tullus Hostilius,5 in the ninety-first year
from the building of the city,6 Demaratus, a Corinthian,
(who had been) banished from his country, came to Tar*
quinii, a town of Etruria. The son of this man was L
Tarquinius Priscus, who, *after the death of Ancus7 Mar-
cius,1 was chosen king of the Romans. *When passion
sways,1 the voice of reason is often unheard. Mithridates
waged war with the Romans for forty-nine successive years,
*with many variations of fortune 8

i Abl. absol.	2 Inter sese.

•	'Tullus Hostilius reigning,' abl. absol.

*	Ancus.

3 Abl. absol. 4 Hand procul abesse
6 4 From the city built.'

8 k Fortune often varying,' abl absol

Exercise 49.

Fama divulgata, Numam Pompilium Sabinum virtute et
sapientia eminere, hunc populus Rom anus, quamquam pere-
grlnum, praeteritis civibus regem creavit Magi Persarum
fuerunt, quibus auctoribus Xerxes Graeciar- templa inflammari
jiissit.. Patrato quisque scelere conscientia* morsibus con-
ficitur; scelus enim et accumbentem exagitat, et dormientia
obversatur animo, et evigilanti denuo insurgit. Caesar narrat,
invitis iis, a quibus Pharus occupata sif, naves portum
Alexandrine intrare non posse. Vivo Hannibale Romani249

sese ab insidiis tutos non esse arbitrabantur. Duce P
Cornelio Scipione Romani in Africam trajecerunt, ubi, pugna
ad Zamam commissa, pax petentibus Carthaginiensibus
data est. _ C. Caesar, vir summae in re miiitari prudential,
milites suos hortatus, ne fugientes hostes incautius perse-
querentur, legiones sub colie subsistere jubet, dum ipse
equites in terga hostium circumduxisset: quod ubi factum
esse cognovissent, instructa acie in collem eniterentur.
Saevi bellatores, victoria reportata, urbes diripiunt, et agros
devastant, ac ne inermi quidem parcentes trucldant ho-
mines.

*When the sea is calm,1 anybody2 can steer a ship.
?By the advice of Cato,3 the ambassadors of the Athenians
.vere banished from Rome, because by their incredible
eloquence4 they persuaded the people to receive falsehood
for truth.5 *YVhen spring returns,6 your little-garden will
be adorned with the most beautiful flowers. Do not
boast, *when you have conquered a weaker person.6
*When the victory is lost,6 it *makfcs-no-difierence7 how-
many have been killed. Being born for (ad) greater things,
depart from the wicked, lest you should be corrupted by
their character.8 By the advice of my uncle, I have run
to you. Cannot anybody2 be a pilot, *when the sea is
.calm?1 We must think about the true welfare9 of the
soul.

i 'The sea (being) calm,' (tranquillus,) abL ab$. 3 S. 192. 8 Catoneauctore

* Are dicemii. e Falsa pro veris accipeie. • Abl. abs. * S. 91.

8 Mores, pi.	8 Sal-us, utis.

Exercise 50. [See S. 94.]

Is labor utilis est, qui auctori laudem fert, aliis utilita-
lem. Quid fors manu, mi fili ? Pecuniam et vasa referD,
quae fur e domo nostra riuper abstulerat. Hunc ego dokv
rem aequo animo ferrem, nisi gravior' esset, quam ut feiri
omnino possit. Fer opem miseris, et vide, ne te sero lati
auxilii pceniteat. Factum est sequitate Aristldis, ut sum-
mum imperium a Lacedsemoniis transferretur ad Atheni*
enses. Miseret me tui, quod tanta tibi injuria illata est,250

qaantam inferre cuiquam nisi audacissimus homo noil
potuit. Sed tamen majorem laudem merebere, suquo aiiimo
ferendo injuriam, quam ulciscendo. Tollite at auferte
hsec subsellia: ablata in porticu collocate. Csesari militum
ordines circumequitanti nuntius afFertur, hostem adesse el
horribili sublato clamore castris appropinquare. Nihil
igitur differendum impetum ratus, instructa acie signa in
Postern tulit

1 Gravior quam ut possit, &c., too heavy to be, &c.

Labors must be borne. What (pl>) cannot be avoided,
must be borne with resignation.1 When will you be
ashamed2 of your folly ? By whom have you been pre-
vented from3 fulfilling your duties ? You have need4 of a
brave mind. *It is of great importance to all5 *to make
a right use of time.6 By whom (pi.) were they prevented
from3 discharging the duties of justice ? An opportunity
being offered, let us do-good to our friends. Shall7 you
deserve greater praise by bearing an injury, or by re
venging (it) ? O Alexander, having subdued so many na-
tions, learn to subdue your own9 passion. The naked must
be clothed:9 the hungry satisfied. You must answer10 to
(ad) our questions. The army must be drawn-out-in-battle
array.

i4 With even mind/	a S. 94.	3 g. 43.	4 s. 79. # S. 91.

« * To use time dghtly 7 S. 51, 52. 8 g. 177. ® S. 163. 10 s. 164.

Exercise 51. [See p. 177.]

Si vis beatus esse, impera libidini, quae te dies noctesque
«xagitat, nec unquam patitur tranquillum esse animum.
Quum ceteris omnibus ignoveris, mihi uni ignoscere non
vis ? M. Porcius Cato, quum nollet in civitate vivere, qua?
unius imperio pareret, mortem sibi Uticse, (in) oppido
Africce, conscivit: a quo facto Uticensis est appellatus. C.
Julius Caesar dixit, malle sese in minima quaque civitate
primum esse, quam Romse secundum. In legibus ferendis
hac formula uti sol&bant magistratus: Velitis, jubeatis Qui-
rites ? Sic P. Sulpicius consul rogationem promulgavit:
Vellent juberent Quirites, Philippo regi Macedonibusqu3261

fu\ sul regno ejus essent, ob injurias illatas sochs populi
Romani bellum indici ?—Cicero senex vidit perlicere Caesa-
reni, quod decern et septem annis ante Catilina voluerat,
scd vigilantia Ciceronis consulis prsepedltus non potuerat.
Non debet legi, qui non vult intelligi. Die, utrum malis
ruri vivere, an in urbe. Malo ruri.—Noli foris quaerere,
quoe tibi domi parata sunt. Si tales estis, quales vultis
videri, bene est: sed sunt, qui malint videri boni, quam
esse.

Had- you -rather1 live in-the-country,2 or in the city ?
He is such as3 he wishes to appear. Lust must be sub-
dued, which will harass you day and night. If you (pi.)
wish to be happy, your lusts must be subdued. War being
proclaimed, we have need4 of a brave general. If you
wish to be such as3 you seem, it is well. The boys must
be admonished to be5 such as3 they wish (subj.) to appear.
No one wishes to be despised by those, whom he-himself
loves. Never forget6 what you owe to your country.
Had- you -rather1 lead a long and inglorious life, or end a
glorious life by an early death ? Achilles preferred dying7
in the Trojan war by an early death, to growing-old at-
home in an inactive life. I would (vellem) you had come8
to me as a friend : in thee alone had I placed all my
hope.

i S. 51, 52.	a See examples under S. 160.	' Quails.	« S. 79.

6	Ut with subj. 8 Say, 4 be unwilling (noli) ever to forget.'

7	7b prefer, malle. Say, 4 to die—than to-grow-old.'

8	Subj. governed by ut omitted.

Exercise 52.

Galllnae cum sole cubitum ire dicuntur: at homo, dum
recte valet, ante noctem cubitum non ibit. I prse, ego
sequar. Ex pugna Cannensi admodum pauci Romani
domum redieiunt. Prseteribam forte domum tuam, quum
magnam honiinum frequentiam ex ea vidi exeuntern.
Quoerenti mihi quid esset, quod1 tanta frequei.tia exiret,
ro8pondit aliquis, esse apud te principem aliquem, quem
visuri isti venissent. Ineunte vere hirundines redeunt,
ftuctumno in terras calidiores abiturse. Cupio, ut tu et252

soror tua qtiam brevissimo tempore ad nos redeatis : jaw
enim tertius est annus, ex quo profecti estis. Silvae, monies,
maria transeunda sunt in terras longe remotas proficiscenti*
bus. Caesar ad tutanda castra fossam fecit decern pedes
altam totidemque latam, quam equo aut pedibus saperare
uequirent hostes. In quacunque re priusquam agss quid-
quam, vires explora, ut cognoscas, quid queas, quidve ne-
queas. Avari perpetua cura exest aniinum, ne bona siL*
cripiuntur.

1 Quid esset, quod may be rendered, ' why it was thator ' why' only.

Is not your little-brother gone1 to bed 1 We must foLow.
We must obey the laws. Must we not obey the laws ?
We must revile nobody. Flatter nobody. It is-well-known,
that *at the beginning of autumn2 the swallows go-cway to
(in) warmer countries. How-many men did you see com-
ing-out of (ex) my house ? I will ask, how many men he
saw coming-out. Will not the swallows return *at the be-
ginning3 of spring 1 Having ascertained your strength/
you will learn what5 you can (queo) do. I desire that (ut)
you should take-away6 from me7 my care *in as short a time
as possible.8

1 Ts gone. See C. 12. 2 Say, 1 autumn coming-in,' (abl. abs.) 3 Say, * spring
coming-in.' 4 Plural. See S. 176. 5 g. 49. 6 Syn. 6. 1 Dat. 8 Q,uaoi
brevk£imo tempore.

. Exercise 53. [See^/Zo, p. 178.]

Ssepe qui ex pauperibus repente divites fiunt, divitiis uti
nesciunt: ita fit, ut brevi tempore, consumptis opibus, in
graviorem etiam egestatem relabantur. Contigit Ciceroni,
ut eodem anno consul fieret, quo magno periculo patriam
iiberare, sibique reternam gloriam parare posset. Cicero
ait, non posse jucunde vivi,1 nisi honeste vivatur. Tullus
Hostilius, qui Numam Pompilium in imperio sequutus est,
ut Livius ait, ferocior etiam Romulo fuit. Ccesarem ajunt
morti Pompeii illacrymasse, quum abscissum illius caput in
pitina victori offerretur. Aristippus percontanti, quae po-
tHsimum adolescentibus essent discenda ; Quce viris, inquit,
usui futura sunt. Socrates interrogatus, quinarn homines
tranquille viverent ; Qui, inquit, nullius turpitudinis sibi268

6jtmcu sunt. Pisistratus, quum convfta bene potus ei
ilialedixisset, irritantibus amicis ad poenam de conviva su-
mendam: Non magis, inquit, illi succenseo, quam &i quis
obligatis oculis in me incurrisset.	*

1 4 That it cannot be lived pleasantly' =' that there is no living pleasantly.' JW**
v.vatur may be translated ' unless one lives or, 4 without living.''

He is said to have become rich. Having become rich,
do not1 forget those, who did-good to you (when) a poor
man. Do not1 be angry against2 those who have deserved
well of (de) you. It has happened3 to me to free4 you
from5 great danger. Nothing shall hinder me liom6 doing
this. You (pi.) would have conquered,7 if you had wailed
one day. It is certain that8 you would have conquered,1
if you had waited one day. I will wait till10 you have ful-
filled your duty. We have walked11 enough. Having
won12 for myself eternal glory, I will willingly die. Do
not1 prefer glory to honor.

1 Be unwilling (to forget—to be angry, &c.:) noli. 8 C. 36. 3 gyn. 4

< S. 17. 5 S. 128. 6 s. 43. 7 S. 216 8 S. 16. 9 S. 234.

10 S. 249. 11 S. 141. l« Parare.

Exercise 54. [See memini, &c., p. 178.]

Demonax interrogatus, quando coepisset philosophari,
Turn, inquit, cum cognoscera me ipsum c&pi. Phocion inn5-
cens capitis damnatus, rogante quodam ex amicis, numquid
filio suo Phoco mandari vellet: Maxime, inquit; jubeo enim
eum hujus inpatrem injuria nunquam meminisse. Samiorum
legatis, longa oratione usis, responderunt Spartani: Prima
sumus obliti, postrema non intelleximus,l quia prima non me-
minimus. C. Caesar Caligula tanta crudelitate fuit, ut
merito Imperatorum Romanorum omnium crudelissimus
habeatur. Is quum probe sciret, quanto odio1 civibus esset
dicere solebat: Oderint, dum metuant. Hannibal Romanos
sic oderat, ut in gratiam cum illis redire nullo modo posset.
Memento etiam ignotis prodesse. Immanis naturae est,8
odisse eo§, quibus vitam debeas. Quidam sciiptores tradi-
dcrunt, Saguntum oppidum captum ab Hannibale esse octavo
mense, postquam coeptum est oppugnari.

i s. 111.	a s. 85.254

Remember that you1 are a man : and that all men must
die.' I hate you so3 that4 I cannot be reconciled to you.
Remember to paidon all men. Do not5 hate anybody.6 In
what month did Saguntum begin to be besieged ? In what
year was Saguntum taken ? Do you know in what7 yeai
Saguntum was taken % *It is of great importance to you8
to remember that you are a man. Do not4 make9 a lcng
speech. Remember to do good to as-many-as-possible.10

1 S. 16. 2 S. 164. * Sic Let it begin the sentence. 4 g. 17. 5 NoU.

« Quisquam. Sou 9 191, 7 8.49. 8 S 91.	9 Utai

10 Qa&ui plaximiin. READING LESSONS,

CONSISTING OP

FABLES AND ANECDOTES, &c.

1.

Boves.

Pascebantur una tres boves robusti in maxima concordiii.
Itaque facile ab omni ferarum incursione tuti erant, ut ne
leones quidem aggredi eos auderent. Orto autem inter eos
dissidio et soluta amicitia, singuli validioribus bestiis praedae
fuerunt.—Haec fabula docet, quantum prosit concordia.

2..

Vulpes et Uva.

Vulpes, extrema fame coacta, uvam appetebat ex altd
vite dependentem. Quam quum, summis viribus saliens,
attingere non posset, tandem discedens ait: Nondum ma-
tura est, nolo acerbam sumere.—Hoc illi exemplum sumant,
qui, quae facere non possunt, verbis elevant.

3.

Cervus ad fontem.

Cervus quum vehementer sitiret, ad fontem accessit,
suaque in aquis imagine conspecta, cornuum magnitudinem
et varietatem laudabat, crura vero gracilia et exilia vitupera*
tat. Haoc cogitanti supervenit leo. Quo viso, cervna
aufugit, et leoni longe praecurrit. Et quamdiu in nuda
planitie erat, nullum ei ab hoste imminebat pariculum; ubi256

rero ad nemus venit opacum, inter virgulta cornibus adh®«
sit. Ita quum celeritate pedum uti non posset, captus esl
a leone et misere laniatus. Turn moriturus : O me desipien-
tem, inquit, cui ea displicerent, qua me servarunt, placerent
autem, qua me perdiderunt !

4.

Vulpes et Corvus.

Corvus quum frustum carnis rapuisset, in arbore quad am
tonsedit. Quo conspecto vulpes, carnem cupiens, accurrit,
eumque callidis verbis adoritur. O corve, inquit, quam
pulchra es avis, quam speciosa! Te decuit esse avium re-
gem. Sane omnes aves regiis virtutibus antecederes, si
vocem haberes. His corvus laudibus infiatus, ne mutus ha-
beretur, clamorem edidit, sed simul, aperto rostro, carnem
amisit: quam vulpes statim rapuit, atque irrldens dixit:
HeuSy corve! nihil tibi deest pr&tbr mentem.

5.

Senex et Mors.

Senex quidam ligna in silva ceclderat, et, fasce in hu-
meros sublato, domum redire ccepit. Quum autem fatigatus
esset et onere et itinere, deposuit ligna, et secum conside-
rans miserias senectutis et inopise, clani voce invocavit
mortem, ut se ab omnibus malis liberaret. Mox adfuit mors,
quid velit interrogans. Tunc senex perterritus : Nihil vole,
inquit, nisi ut hunc fascem lignorum humeris meis impdnas

6.

Mures et Felis.

Multi mures in cavo pariete commorantes, contertipla-
bantur diu felem, quse capite demisso et tristi vultu placid©
recumbebat. Tunc unus ex iis: Hoc animal, inquit, ad
modum benignum et mite videtur. Quid, si alloquar, et fami-
Uaritatem cum illo contraham ? Hsec quum dixisset et pro-
pius accessisset, a fele captus et dilaceratus est. Tunc
ceteri hoc videntes eecum dicebant: Non est vrofecto vultul
UsmZre credendum.257

7.

Auceps et Serpens.

Auceps ibat ven^tum^et mox vidit in altissim& arbor e
palumbem; approperat eum capturus, sed inter eundum
premit forte pede altero viperam in herba latentem, qun*
ilium mordet. Me miserum, inquit, dum alteri insidior, ipse
dispereo.

8.

Canis et Lupus.

Cani perpingui lupus odcurrit macie confectus. Quum se
salutassent, lupus: Quomodo fit, inquit, ut tam pinguis sis,
tamque niteas ? Ego, multo fortior, fame pereo. Canis
respondet: Idem tibi erit, si domino officium prsestabis
quod ego prsesto, ut servem limen, dominumque noctu a
\iribus tuear. Turn lupus : Ego vero, inquit, paratus sum ;
nunc enim patior frigora et imbres, in silvis oberrans.—
Veni ergo mecum. Dum procedunt, lupus collum canis
detntum adspicit. Quid hoc est ? inquit; num jugum fers 1
I mo, inquit canis, quia acer sum, me interdiu alligant;
noctu vero vagor, ubi lubet. Num est tibi, inquit lupus,
licentia abeundi, quo velis ?—Non semper.—Vale, respondit
ille, liber esse malo, quam servitutem ferre.

9.

Rusticus et Filii.

Rusticus viclnus morti, quum relinquere filiis suis divitias
non posset, animos eorum excitare voluit ad diligentem
agriculturam, assiduitatemque in opere faciendo. Igitui
eos ad se vocat et sic alloquitur: Mei filii, quo statu res
mese sint, videtis. Yobis autem, quidquid potui, in vit&
mea collegi, idque totum in vinea nostra quserere poteritis.
Haec quum dixisset, moritur senex. At filii opinantes, pa-
ttern in vinea thesaurum abscondidisse, arreptis ligonibus
nniversum vineae solum effodiunt. Et thesaurum quidem
nullum invenere, terra tamen fodiendo percultd, vites post-
hac uberrimos fructus tulerunt.258

10.

Equus et Asinus.

Agitabat quidam equum et asinum onustos sarcinis.
A«inus defatigatus rogavit equum^ ut, si se vivum servare
vellet, aliqua parte oneris se levaret: repudiavit equua
preces illius. Paullo igitur post fatigatione et labore con-
sumptus asinus in via corruit, et efflavit animam. Turn
agitator omnes sarcinas, quas asinus portaverat, atque in-
super etiam pellem asino detractam in equum imposuit. Ibi
ille deplorans fortunam suam: Me miserum, inquit, qui par-
vulum onus in me suscipere gravatue fuerim, quum nunc
cogar tantum ferre, accedente etiam pelle comitis mei, cujus
preces tam superbe contempseram.

11.

Dug Amici.

Duo amici faciunt iter. Occurrit in itinere ursus, quo
conspecto unus illico arborem conscendit, et pericula evltat;
alter vero, quum meminisset, illam bestiam cadavera non
attingere, humi sese prostravit, simulans, se mortuum esse.
Accedit ursus, contrectat jacentem, et os suum ad illius os
auresque admovet. Homine autem spiritum continente,
ursus, ratus cadaver esse, discedit. Quum postea socius
qusereret, quidnam ei ursus dixisset in aurem, respondit:
Monuit, ne amicum esse mihi persuaderem, cujus fid em
adverso tempore non fuissem expertus.

12.

Dictum memorabile Socratis.

Quum ex Socrate esset qusesitum, nonne beatum putarel
Archelaum, Perdiccse filium, regem Macedonum, qui turn
fortunatissimus habebatur? Haud scio, inquit, nunquam
enim cum eo colloquutus sum. Ain' tu?1 an aliter id scire
non potes 1—Nulio modo.—Tu igitur ne de Persarum qui*
dem lege magno dicers potes, beatusne sit ?—An ego pos-
sum, inquit, quum igrjorem, quam doctus sit, ct num bonus

A.in' tu for aisne to ?259

rir ?—Quid7 tu in eo sitam esse vitain beatam puta* ?—Ita
rorsus existimo : bonos beatos, imprdbos miseros esse.—
Jiser1 ergo Archelaus ?—Certe, si injustus.1

13.

Egrcgie dicta.

Drusus quum sedificaret domum, promitteretque ei archi-
tects, ita se earn sedificaturum,2 ut nemo in earn despicere
posset: Tu veto, inquit, si quid in te artis est, ita compone
domum, ut., quidquid a gam, ob omnibus perspici possit
Plato cuidam narrariti, esse quosdam, qui ipsum maledictis
msectentur: At ego, inquit, sic vivam, ut nemo istis fidem
habeat.—Epictetus interrogatus, quis esset dives 1 Qui, in-
quit, satis est, quod habet.—Socrates, in pompa quum magna
vis auri argentique ferretur: Quam multa non desidero ! in-
quit.—Antoninus Pius hanc celebratam Scipionis senten-
tiam saepe in ore habebat, malle se unum civem servare, quam
mille hostes interjicere,

14.

Acute dicta.

Agis, rex Lacedaemoniorum, audiens, quosdam horrere
hostium multitudinem, ait: non percontandum esstf, quot sint
hostes, sed ubi sint. Idem interrogatus, quot milites habe-
ret ? quot sufficiunt, inquit, ad fugandos hostes.—Quum
quidam Lacedsemonios hortaretur, ut bellum Macedonibus
inferrent, commemoraretque victorias, quas de Persis re-
portassent, Eudamidas dixit: hoc facere, idem esset, ac3 si
quis, devictis mille ovibus, cum quinquaginta lupis pugnaret,
—Aristippum philosophum rogavit quidam, ut filium suum
erudiret. Quum vero ille pro mercede petiisset quingentas
drachmas, pater, deterritus pretio, quod avaro et rudi ho*
mini nimium videbatur: Tanti, inquit, emere mancipium pos
sum. Turn philosophus : Eme, inquit, et habebis duo.

15.

Libere dicta.

Apelles, pictor sui temporis clarissimus, Alexandra!!)

l Sc. est.

17'

e Sc. esse.

s Aa260

pinxerat vehentem equo. Quam iniaginem quum rex mi-
nus laudaret, quam meruerat artifex, equus Alexandri inlerea.
adductus picto equo sic adhinniit, quasi verus esset equus.
TumApelles: O rex, inquit, equus tuus pingendi peritiory
quam tu, videtur esse.—Alexander olim quum piratam com-
prehensum interrogaret, quo jure maria infestaret, ille .
Eodem, inquit, quo tu orbern terrarum. Sed quia id ego
parvo navigio facio, latro vocor; tu, quia magna classe et
exercitu, imperatcr.—Quum in regali solio sederet Croesus,
pretiosissima veste indutus, Solonem interrogavit, an quid
unquam pulchrius vidisset ? Gallos, inquit ille, et phasianos
et pavones: naturali enim nec imitabih colore et pulchritudine
fulgent.

16.

Damon et Pythias.

Damon et Pythias, Pythagorei, tam fidelem inter se ami
citiam junxerunt, ut mori parati essent alter pro altero.
Quum eorum alteri Dionysius tyrannus diem necis destina-
visset, et is, qui morti addictus esset, paucos sibi dies ad
res suas ordinandas postulavisset; vas factus est alter, ut, si
ille non revertisset, moriendum esset ipsi. Omnes igitur, et
imprimis Dionysius, novae atque ancipitis rei exitum specu-
labantur. Appropinquante deinde definita die, nec illo re-
deunte, unusquisque stultitiae tam temerarium sponsorem
condemnabat. At vero quum alter ad diem se recepisset,
admiratus eorum fidem tyrannus supplicio liberavit eum, qui
morte erat plectendus, ac petivit, ut se ad amicitiaro ter
tium adscriberent.

17.

Augustus.

Graecus quidam Augusto, e Palatio descendenti, honori-
ficum aliquod epigramma porrigere solebat, spe praemii. Id
quum saepe frustra fecisset, Augustus eum deterriturus breve
epigramma sua manu exaratum Graeculo advenienti obriam
misit. Ille, dum legeret, laudabat, et turn voce, turn vultu
gestuque mirabatur. Deinde ad sellam accessit, qua Ca>261

sar fereb&tui, paucosque ex crumena denarios protraxit. quoa
Caesari daret, dixitque, se plus daturum fuisse, si plus lia-
buisset. Omnes risere; Caesar autem dispensatorem vo-
eari, et Graeco satis magnam pecuniae summam numerari
jussit,

18.

Cyrus minor, rex Persai'um.

Quum Lysander Lacedaemonius ad Cyrum minorem, re-
gem Asiab, Sardes venisset, hie erga Lysandrum in omni
re comis atque humanus fuit, atque hortum ei aliquando di«
ligenter consitum ostendit. Quum admiraretur Lysander
et proceritatem arborum, et ordines, et humum subactam
atque puiam, et suavitatem odorum, qui efilabantur ex flori-
bus: turn dixit, mirari se non modo diligentiam sed etiara
sollertiam ejus, a quo ista dimensa et descripta essent. Cui
Cyrus respondit: Atqui ego ista omnia dimensus sum, mei
sunt ordines, mea descriptio; multae etiam istarum arborum
mea manu satae sunt. Turn Lysander intuens ejus purpu-
ram et ornatum corporis, dixit: Recte vero te, Cyre, beatum
ferunt, quoniam virtutem tuam fortuna sequuta est.

19.

Catonis pueri constantia.

Marcus Cato puer in domo avunculi sui, Drusi, tribuni
plebis, educebatur. Quum apud eum socii de civitate im-
petranda convenissent, et Quintus Poppedius, Marsorum
princeps, eum rogaret, ut socios apud avunculum adjuvaret,
constanti vultu respondit, non facturum1 se. Iterum deinde
et saepius rogatus, in proposito perstitit. Tunc Poppedius
puero in altissimam aedium partem subiato minatus est, se
eum inde dejecturum,1 nisi precibus obtemperaret. Sed
Oato ne hac quidem re ab incepto depelli potuit. Ita Pop-
pedio vox ilia expressa est: Gratulemur nobis, socii, himc
esse tam parvum : quo senatore ne sperare quidem civita-
tem liceret. Sic ea constantia, quam postea per totam
tain ostendit, jam in puero Catorie apparuit.

* So esse..262

20.

Lysimachi fortitudo.

Lysimachus inter duces Alexandri illustii gene re, se<3
longe magis virtute quam genere elarus erat. Quura Alex-
ander Callisthenem philosophum miserandum in modnm
omnibus membris trijneasset, et insuper cum cane in cave!
clausum circurnferret, Lysimachus, qui eum audire atque
cx ejus ore praecepta virtutis et sapientiae percipere solitus
erat, venenum ei dedit, in remedium calamiiatum. Quod
adeo aegre tulit Alexander, ut Lysimachum leoni objici ju-
beret. Sed quum leo impetum fecisset in eum, Lysima-
chus manum amiculo involutam in os leonis immersit, arrep-
taque lingua feram exanimavit. Quod quum nuntiatum regt
esset, admiratio irae succf^ssit, carioremque habuit propter
tantam constantiam.

r

21.

Animus generosus Fabricii.

Pyrrhi bello maximum exemplum est justitiae in hostew
a Romanis constitutum. Quum enim rex Pyrrhus popuio
Romano bellum ultro intulisset, quumque de impeno cerca-
men esset cum rege generoso ac potente; perfuga ab eo
venit in castra Fabricii, eique est pollicitus, si praemium
sibi proposuisset, se, ut clam venisset, sic clam in Pyrrhi
castra rediturum, et eum veneno necaturum. Hunc Fabri-
cius reducendum curavit ad Pyrrhum ; idque factum eju9
a senatu laudatum est.

22.

Piso Orator et Servits

Marcus Piso, orator Romanus, servis praeceperat, lit tan-
tiim ad interrogata responderent, nec quidquam praeterea
dicercnt. Evenit, ut Clodium, qui tunc magistratum gere
bat, ad coenam invitari juberet. Hora ccenae instabat; ade-
rant ceteri con vivas omnes, solus Clodius exspectabatur.
Piso semun, qui solebat convivas vocare, aliquoties emisit,
at videret, an veniret. Quum denique jam desper&retu)263

ejus adventus, Piso servo : Die, inqutt, num forte non in vi-
ta visti Clod ium ? Invitavi, respondit ille.—Cur ergo non
venit ?—Quia venturum se negavit. Turn Pis©: Cur id
non statim dixisti 1 Respondit servus Quia de eo non
sum a te interrogatus.

23.

Demosthenes.

Demosthenes causam orans quum judices parum attentos
videret: Paullisper, inquit, aures mihi praebete,; rem vobis
novam et jucundam narrabo. Quum aures arrexissent:
.Tuvenis, inquit, quispiam asinum conduxerat, quo Athenis
Megaram profecturus uteretur. In itinere quum soi ureret,
neque esset umbraculum, deposuit clitellas, et sub asino
consedit, ut ejus umbra tegeretur. Id vero agaso vetabat.,
clamans, asinum locatum esse, non umbram asini. Alter
quum e diverso contenderet, tandem in jus ambulant. Haec
loquutus Demosthenes, ubi homines diligenter auscultantes
vidit, abiit. Turn revocatus a judicibus, rogatusque ut re-
liquam fabulam enarraret: Quid ? inquit, de asini. umbra
libet audire ? causam hominis de vita periclitantis nori
audietis ?

24.

Scipio Nasica.

Scipio Nasica quum ad poetam Ennium venisset, eique,
ab ostio qucerenti Ennium, ancilla dixisset, domi non esse :
Nasica sensit, illam domini jussu dixisse, et ilium intus
esse. Paucis post diebus quum ad Nasicam venisset En-
nius, et quum a ja*>ua qusereret, exclamat Nasica, se domi
non esse. Turn Ennius : Quid, inquit, ego non cognosco
vocem tuam? Hie Nasica: Homo es impudens ; ego
quum qucererem, ancillsB tuse credidi, te domi non esse ; tu
nuhi non credis ipsi.

25.

Hannibal exsul.	*

Hannibal exsul ad Antiochum. Syrise regem, venit. Rex
llli in campo ingentes ostendit copias, quas bellum cum264

Romanis gesturus comparaverat; exercitum auro et aigento
fulgentem, equitatum frenis, ephippiis, phaleris splendentem,
elephantos denique cum turribus. Tum contemplatione
lanti et tam ornati exercitus gloriabundus Hannibalem ad-
spicit, et: Putasne, inquit, satis esse Romanis hsec omnia 1
Intelligebat numerum exercitus, quserens, num sufficeret
bello Romano. At Hannibal eludens ignaviam militum
pietiose armatorum: Satis plane, inquit, esse credo Roma-
nis hsec omnia, etiamsi avarissimi sint.—Rex de numero
quaesierat, rejspondit Hannibal de praeda.

26.

Epaminondas.

Epaminondas, dux Thebanorum, quum vicisset Lacedse-
monios apud Mantineam, simulque ipse gravi vulnere exani-
mari se videret, ut primum dispexit, quaesivit, salvusne esset
clipeus ? Quum salvum esse flerites sui respondissent:
rogavit, essentne fusi hostes ? Quumque id quoque, ut cu-
piebat, audivisset, evelli jussit earn, qua erat transfixus, has-
tam. Ita multo sanguine profuso, in lsetitia et victoria est
mortuus.

27.

Socrates et Xenophon.

Xenophontem in angiportu obviam habuit Socrates.
Quumque videret adolescentem vultu specioso admodum
et verecundo, porrecto baculo vetuit, ne prseteriret. Ut con-
stitit, interrogavit eum Socrates, ubinam venderentur, quae
essent necessaria variis usibus civium ? Ad quae quum ex-
pedite respondisset Xenophon, percontatus est, ubinam boni
ac probi homines fierent ? Id vero nescire se, quum re-
spondisset adolescens : Sequere igitur me, inquit Socrates,
et disce. Ex eo tempore Xenophon ccepit esse Socratis
auditor, et bonus probusque factus est.IV. VOCABULARIES

THE EXERCISES.

Numerals refer to Principles of Word-building, p. 181

Vocabulary to Exercise 7.

Word-building.]—A field-tiller, ager, roct agr-,^ie^
and colo, till (agr-i-col-a, G. se, husbandman). To choose-
apart, from lego, choose (diligo, lex, led, to love with pref-
erence). To take-to, from capio, capere (ac-cipio, ac-ci-
pere, cep, cept: receive). Form a stronger verb from nare
to swim (natare, from root of supine, 34). To take-before,
from capere (prce-cipere, cep, cept: to direct or instruct a
person to do something).1 A precept (praeceptum). A precep-
tor or teacher (prseceptor, 41). To make an ornament, from
decor, root of decus, ornament (decorare, adorn). To climb-
down, from scandere (descendere, scend, scens, descend).
Descent (descens-us. Of what declens. ? 44). Abounding in
money, from pecunia, money (pecuniosus, moneyed, 10*2).

Hodie (== hoc die,) to-day. Pensum, task (prop-
erly that which is weighed out; from pendere, to
weigh).

Vocabulary to 8.

Word-building."]—From hortus, garden, form little-garden
(hort-ulus, 66). From flor-, roct of flos, flower, form to flow-

* Perhaps becau.se he who gives directions must have first taken, that is, under-
stood tliem, himself. Capere, to take, is ut'ten used in the sense ur' understanding, of
taking in the whole of a notion' Quod mentes eoruuu capers pu&tent.' Liv. be. Q266

or (flor-ere, blossom, flourish, 39). Form to begin to bios
8om or flourish (florescere, come into flower, 36). Form
abounding in mores; that is, in peculiar manners or humors
(mor-osus, 102, morose, peevish, ill-humored). From emere.
to buyj form buying or purchase (emptio, 43)—buyer (emp-
tor). Form to-take-into from capere (incipere, cep, cept:
to take in hand, to begin). A thing begun, an undertaking
(inceptum). To fight-out, from pugnare, to fight (ex-pug-
nare : to take a iity, to win-by-arms). The taking of a city
(expugnatio).

Vocabulary to 9.

Word-building.~\—I. From tegere, cover, form that which
is covered (tectum: roof house). To make an end: to fin-
ish, from fin- (flnire). To act as a guard, from custod, root
of custos, keeper, guard (custodire, to guard).

Sacramentum,1 the military-oath by which a sol-
dier bound himself.

II. From superbus, proud, form to be proud; to act-
proudly (superbire). Form a strengthened verb from cant,
supine root of canere, to sing, (cantare, to sing). An inhab-
itant of Tarentum ; a Tarentine (Tarentlnus). From vas-
tus, waste, form to make waste ; to lay waste (vastare).

Vocabulary to 10.

Word-building.']—I. Form an intensive from cit, supine
root of ciere (citare, to set in violent motion, 34). To set in
motion again; call forth again (recitare; recite, to call
forth, a? it were, a dead writing to new activity or life). To
call-forth-into activity (ex-citare,1 excite, awake). Form a
trans, verb from cura, care (curare, 33, take-care-of). Form
an intensive from spect, supine root of spicere, to look (spec-
tare, look, 34). To look-out, (exspectare, expcct, wait for)
To come-to, approach (advenire). Approach (adventus,
44). A trans, verb from nuntius, news (nuntiare, to an•
iiQur.ce). A sub st. from supine root of e qui tare, to ride (equi-
tatus, riding, cavalry).

* Sneer, devoted to the gods, whether as sacred, or as accursed: hence sacraro, Ui
make sacred, or U make accursed : sacramentum, that v \ich makes a man oxuraed
If he violates it.

8 tipem excitare is to raise a hope.267

Nuncupare [probably from nomine capere) is used
of solemnly and formally pronouncing a man's name»
for instance in naming a man one's heir, &c.

Vocabulary to 11.

Word-building."]—I. To make sound, from sanus (sanare,
o cure). Reading; perusal, from lect, supine root of legere
(lectio, 43). From quserere, seek, form to seek-to (ac-qui-
ere, quisiv, quislt: seek to myself gain, earn, &c.).

[Yoc. on some Verbs that form their perf. in i.]

To help-to (ad-juvare, to assist). To move-to (almdve-
re). To see-into (in-videre, envy). To come to (advenire).
To come-upon (in-venire ; to find, invent: of things not
sought). To drink-out; drink-up (ebibere, 11). To eat-
up (com-edere, 7). To do-thoroughly (per-f Tcere, fee, feet,
verform, complete, 16). To give or put to (ad-dere, addidi,
additum, add). To give or put round (circum-dare, dedi
datum, surround). To stand-before (prae-stare, prae-su'ti,
prsestatum, to be better, excel,—perform.—praestare se, snow
or prove oneself). To promise-back (re-spondere, re-spon
di, sponsum : generally to answer). To learn thorougnly
(ediscere, learn by heart). To touch-to (attingere, ugi,
tactum, reach).

JXJ3 Obs. Oc-cido, occidi, oc-casum,ya/Z, perish—
set == (ob-cado).

Oc-cTdo, oc-cldi, oc-cisum, slay = (ob-
csedo).

Vocabulary to 12.

Word-building.]—I. Abstract subst. from diligens (iliii-
gentia, 61). Adv. from sup. root of stare (stat-im, 123, im-
mediately : that is, while you are standing where you are1)
A ct-of-going-within ; passage into ; entrance (intro-itus
44) To come-thoroughly (per-venire, arrive at). To sit-
against (ob-sidere, sed. sess, besiege). To-hither, hither-to
(ad-huc). Bravely, courageously, from fortis (fortiter, 131)

1 So the Germans use stehenden Fusses (on standing foot) for immediately
12268

[Go through the degrees of comparison of fortitcr
(fortius, fortissime).]

II. Exercise from exercit, sup. root of exercere (ex-
ercitus, that which is exercised ; army). To climb-to, from
3candere (ad-scendere: scend, scens). Ascent (ad-scensus,
44). One who says-law (ju-dex for jus-dex, 129). Judg-
ment (ju-dicium, 137). To set-loose-from : free-from (ab-
Bolvere ; solv, solut: acquit). Acquittal (ab-solut-io, 43).
To do-completely (con-ficere, fee, feet: put-an-end-to; ae
complish).

Vocabulary to 13.

Word-building.]—I. Abst. subst. from multus (mult-i-
tudo, 63). Commander, from imperare (imperator, com«
mander-in-chief).1 One who feeds, from past, sup. root of
pascere (pastor). To cause flight, from fuga (fugare, put-
to-flight; rout). A little needle, from acus (aculeus : thorn,
66). Un-certain (in-certus).

Ater, black: atrare, to make black: atramentum
that which makes black; or, is made black; ink.

[Vocabulary on Verbs forming their perfect in si.]

To write-down (de-scribere : copy, describe). To pluck-
from (de-cerpere, cerps, cerpt: pluck, gather). To take-
completely (con-sumere, consume, waste). To wait-behind
(re-manere). To fore-tell (prae-dlcere). To lead out
(e-ducere). To look-to (ad-spicere, spex, spect: behold).
To fix-through (trans-figere, transfix). To rule- or direct-
out (e-rigere, rex, rect: erect). To un-cover; discover
(de-tegere). To shut-back; unshut (re-cludere, clus, clus:
open). To sprinkle-to (ad-3pergere, spers, spers : sprinkle)
To yield-back (re-cedere, retire, withdraw). To press-
against (op-prime/e, press, press: oppress; fall-upon an
enemy unexpectedly with a crushing force). To burn-
comple tely (com-bir-ere,2 7). To shake-thoroughly, from
quaiio (con-cuterc, concutio, cuss, cuss, to shake).

1 Given as a title to a victorious Roman general.

8 The b belongs t > the original root, as appears from our burn»269

Vocabulary to 14.

Word-building.]—I. To bestow in different directions,
rrom tribuere (dis-tribuere). An Athenian, from Athene
(Athcniensis, 94).

Pro-vinc-ia, province—a country gained by onward
conquest : pro, vincere.

IT. To go-out (exire, ex-eo). A good-deed, benefit
(beneficium, 139). To bind-down (de-vincire, oblige: bind
a man by services rendered him). That which is dug out;
trench, from foss, sup. root of fodere (foss-a).1 Act or state
of knowing; thing known, from not, sup. root of noscerc
(notio, notion).

Vocabulary to 15.

Word-building.']—I. To go against or into (in-vadere),
Carthaginian, from Carthago (Carthaginiensis, 94). One
who is in the state of having been taken (capt-Tvus, 115,.
captive). Manliness, from vir (virtus, 65 : courage, excel-
lence, virtue). Blandishment, from blandire, verb from
blandus (blandimeritum, 49). Body of citizens; state,
from clvis (clvitas, 69). One who takes-first, from primus
and capere (prin-ceps, 130 ; prince, chief: also as adject.
first). Subst. from princeps, to express the thing (prin-
cipium, beginning, 138). Abst. subst. from inops2 (inopia, 61,
want of resources; want; destitution). Muddy, from lutum,
mud (lut-u-lentus, 103). To draw-together, (contrahere).
Remains, from reliquus, left (reliquiae). Inhabitant-of-a-
(own,/rom oppidum (oppidanus, 96).

JXj3 (IX Sta-gnum (that which is of a standing nature ;
sta-gen-um. See 135, and note), pool, pond.

(2)	Cacumen [=acu-men,y7wi acuere, to sharpen
(see 48), with prefixed c], a sharp, pointed
summit: top of trees, Sic.

(3)	Legatus (past part, from legare, to delegate),
(1) an ambassador, (2) a lieutenant-general.

II. One who belongs or is subject to death (mort-ali^

* Properly fem. partic agreeing with terra.

£ Derivation of inops 1 [in not; opes resources ]270

90). Emptiness, vanity, yJw» vamis (vanitas, 60). Bittei-
ncss, from acerbus, bitter (acerbitas). That which is en-
joyed, from fruct, sup. root of fruor (fruct-us, 44: produce,
fruit, especially of trees). To bend-inwards (in-fiectere,
bend-down; bend). To shine-back; or shine much (re-
fulgere, shine). Conspiracy, from con-jurare, to-swear-
together (con-juratio).1 Relating to Catiline8 (Catilin-arius;
Catilinarian, or Catiline's, gen.). Change, from .mutare to
change (mutatio). To flow-together (con-fluere). To send-
together (com-mittere).

Committere proelium (jo send the battle together
—followed by cum) may be variously rendered : to
join battle with: to engage; to commence the engage-
ment ; to give battle (to), &c.

Jug-urn (that which joins or is joined, from jug,
simpler root of jungere) (I) yoke, (2) ranget i. e. con-
nected line, a chain (of hills, Sic.)

[Yocab. on some Verbs with perf. ui and vi.J

Compound of ad and tonare (at-tonare : part. attonTtus,
thunder-struck; astounded). To be very-silent, from tacere
(re-ticere, to be silent about; say nothing-about).3 To hold-
back (re-tinere; also retain). To snatch out of (eripere,
ripui, reptum).

Vocabulary to 16.

Word-building.]—I. From what does cublle, bed, couch,
come ? (cub-are, to lie down.) Form an abstr. substantive from
milit, root of miles, soldier (militia, 61 ; miles being an adjec-
tive-substantive). Uncultivated, from cultus, part, of colo
(in-cultus, rude, uncivilized). Draw-forth; draw-out (pro-du-
cere). Stroke, from ict, sup. root of icere, to-stmke (ictus, 4 4)
Illustris (in-luc-stris, dwelling-in-light, 112), illus*
trious. Lacunar, a panelled ceiling,4 usually gilt
from lacuna, a hole, from its sunk panels

i Derivation of con-spiracy ? [Con-spirare, to breathe together.]

8 Catiline wasla profligate R mian nobleman.

® To hold one's tongue, when one has something to say, D. The re- may perhapt
(nditate th it the speaking would have been in reply to some conduci, chargo, &c>
of another person.

4 Or a firet-work roof271

II. Abstr. subst. from libet (lib-Ido, 46, lust). To sound-
back-again (re-sonare, resound). Clamor; shouts, from
clamare (clam-or, 42). Boyish, from puer (puerilis, 89).
Joy; gladness, from laetus (laetitia, 62). Blame, subst.
from reprehens, sup. root of reprehendere (reprehensio).
Tc make a present, from don-um (donare, to present). Fear-
fiu; timorous, from pav-ere (pav-idus, 82). One who has-
fled-across, from trans and fugere (trans-fuga, 58 : deserter).
On high, in sublime, or sublime only.1

Vocabulary to 17.

Word-building.]—Subst. from audac, root of audax, bold,
daring (audacia, boldness, daringness, courage). Immor-
tality, from mortalis (im-mortalitas).. Prudence, from the
adj. prudens (prudentia). That which is paid, neut. partic.
from tribuere (tributum: tribute). To place-on: impose
(im-ponere). Adj. from Cannae (Cannensis, 94). Of gold ;
golden, from aurum (aureus, 98). To have-often, from
habere (habit-are, 35: hence to occupy regularly : to dwell-
in). Consolation, from solat, root of solari (solatium, 56).
To give-forth (pro-mittere: hence to promise). Verbal
subst. from in, against, and petere, to seek, aim at, &c. (im-
petus ; which is singular in not being formed from the roo-
of the supine: it is of the fourth).

Jumentum (for jug-mentum,a an animal that is
yoked), a beast of burden.

Viam terere, to wear a road: to travel it often.

II. A contest, from certare3 (certamen, 48). Age, from
vetus (vetustas, 60). To move-from,from cedere (decedere).

Sermo (related to serere, to connect), discourse.

Vocabulary to 18.

Word-building.]—I. To grow-down (de-crescere, dt
irease: of the moon, to wane). To burst-forth, (prorumpere).
Youth, as abstr. subst. from juvenis (juven-tus, tutis, 65}

I Cicero always used sublime without in.

£ Or possibly for juva-mentum or jvt-mentum, a help; an animal used by roan to
uiist him in his labors. The derivation (n\n\ juaum is the more probable oue.

* Certare is properly to make sure, from certus; a contest being for the settling of
«one disputed point.272

Old-age, fron*. senex (senectus, tutis). To leave-from (de-
linquere, to sin, transgress. Hence, delictum, a sin a
transgression). The office of Consul (Consulatus, G. us;
68: consulship).

II. To grow cool, from fervescere, to grow hot (de-fer-
rescere, ferbui and fervi). Without care (securus, 23).
Abstr. sulst from concors (concordia; concord, harmony).
To place-back, from statuere (restituere, stitu, stitut, re-
store). Long, as adj. from diu/for a long time (diuturnus,
117). To burst-completely (cor-rumpere, 7: corrupt). To
drive-under, from agere (sub-igere, subdue). Wickedness,
from the anomalous adj. nequam, wicked (nequitia). To
give-away (de-dere ; dedere se, to give oneself up to, &c.:
to surrender).

Quantopere (quanto opere : with how much work\
how much. Securus ago, I live in security (vitaro,
life, understood). Neg-otium (nec-otium, not leisure\
business, affair.

Vocabulary to 19.

Word-building.]—I. Writer, from scribere (scriptor, au-
thor). Writing (scriptum, neut. partic.). To stand-out
(ex-stare, -stiti, to be extant). Abstr. substantive from ele-
gans (elegantia). To yield-thoroughly (concedere). Truly,
from verus, true (vere). That which is sharpened ; point,
from acuere (acumen, 48: sharpness, acuteness). Abstr.
substantives from utilis, innocens (utilitas, utility, usefulness,
use: innocentia, innocence). To show-from (de-monstrare :
to show, to prove). Adj. from domufc, home (domesticus, do•
mestic, private). Relating to a family (familiaris). Joking,
from jocari (jocabundus, 80). Abstr. substantives from gra-
vis and severus (gravitas, gravity; severitas, seriousness).
To place-together (componere, arrange, adjust). Oratorical
(oratorius) To dis-connect, from serere, to join (dis-serere,
to discuss: the object of a discussion being to separate a
thing from what it was mixed and confounded with). To
place-before (pro-ponere). To establish-in (instituere, stitu,
btitut: to institute; to train). Abstr. subst. from or-iri, U
arise (orlgo, 47, origin). To draw-down (de-ducero, to con

1 Which seem* va thow that the gen. was originally settee-t&273

tinue in unbroken, order to a lower point; continue). Re-
lating to citizens,civis (civllis, 89: civil). To cast-
under, from jacere (sub-jicere, jec, ject). To conquer-down
(de-vincere, conquer). To become illustrious, from clarua
rclaresco; inclaresco ; -clarui, become famous).

Res gestae, affairs carried on; exploits, achieve-
ments, successes.

Modo—modo, at one time—at another : or noto—
now.

Ad—usque, quite up to: up to; or down to.1

II. To become known, from not, sup. root oj nosco (no-
tesco; in-notesco, notui). To commission-together, i. e. to
bring together by a charge given to each, from mandare*
(com-mendare, to recommend; to introduce by a commenda-
tory letter, &c.) To touch-together, from tangere (eon-tin-
gere, -tigi, as intrans. to fall-to-the-lot-of).3 A turning, from
vertere (versus, a verse).* To knock against, from the old
verb fendere, (offendere, offend). Fertility, from uber, fertile
(ubertas, 60).

Vocabulary to 20.

Word-building.]—I. To come^forth (pro-venire, to grow).
To enlighten-completely, from lustrare (collustrare). To
send-down (de-mittere). To-strengthen-thoroughly, from
nrmare (con-firmare).

II. A little-brother (fraterculus, 66). To make free,
from liber (llberare). Form proudly, from superbus, proud
(superbe):—unjustly, from in-justus (in-juste):—bitterly,
from acerbus, bitter (acerbe). Form an intensive from tract,
sup. root of trahere (tractare, to treat). To despise-com-
pletely , from temnere (contemnere, temps, tempt). Asking,
question, from interrogare (interrogatio).

By sea and land, terra marique.

To wrong a man, or do a wrong-to, aliquem inju-
ria afficere.

Unless I am deceived, nisi animus me fallit.

Derivation of publicus t [populicus, pop'licus.]

If raando = manui do, coinmendare is to bring together by putting one in the
Other's hand*.

See Syn. 4.

4 This alludes to the old way of turning back at the end of a line, and writing iht
opposite way.274

Vocabulary to 21.

-building.]—I. Form abstr. subst. from sjper-stif,
~obt o.'superstes1 (super-stitio). To have- a thing -forth,
that is away from, from habere (prohibere, hibu, hiblt; to
ward-off, prevent). Knowledge ; from cognit, sup. root of
cognosces (cognitio). Piety, from pius (pietas, 60). Not
to know, from scire (ne-scire). To be-waiting-on, or
against, from manere (imminere). It stands-before (prae-
stat, it is better). Not friendly, from amicus (in-imlcus,
hostile: as subst. enemy). Believable, from credere (credi-
bilis, credible). Incredible (incredibilis).

Prorsus (pro-versus, fur-wards), thoroughly, quite

Utinam2 (uti-nam) would that (with subj.).

II. It falls-to, from cadere (accidit, it happens, it hap-
pened). To drive-into (impellere ; pul, puis : impel). To
give-forth (pro-dere, didi, ditum, betray). To cultivate
thoroughly (ex-colere, cultivate). To coine-together (con-
venire, trans, to visit). Verb of the first conjug. from vigil^
awake (vigilare, to be awake; to watch). Cruelly,from cru-
delis (crudeliter).3 From-thence (de-inde, thenceforth; then).
To-thither (ad-eo, so). Knowledge, from sciens, knowing
(scientia: conscientia; consciousness, conscience).

Vocabulary to 22.

Word-building.]—I. Strong, from robur, strength (ro«
tmstus, 109). To give or put together (condere, didi, ditum,
(1) to hide, (2) to found). To speak-against (contradicere,
contradict). To make-forward (pro-ficere, fee, feet, to make
orogress).

Quo-modo (in what manner), how.

Iterum, a second time ; orice more ; again.

Nihil curare, not to care at all.

Succensere, to be angry, does not come from cen>
sco, but from succersus, kindled, part, of succendete.
just as denseOj froir densus.

I Supers tes was perhaps used absolutely, as superstes sui, one who has gurvttci
hKnself: hence superstitio expresses the childish weakness of such a person.

J Uti is ' that,' and nam is a strengthening affix, added to many interrogatives, Ac#

(fence utinam is properly, 4 that it were so!' Oh that it were so!'

U Give the degree* of comparison of crude.Mr [crudelius, crudtlitsime.]275

II. To run-against (oc-currere, to meet). To come-to
Jad-venire). To be wondered-at; from miraii (mirabilis.)

How short, quam brevis, -e.

Negligere ( = nec legere, not to pick up), to ne-
gleet; disregard.

Insidiae (in-sedere), a sitting dowrt against a man
a plot, &c.

Insidias struere, to waylay, plot against, &c.

Vocabulary to 23.

Word-building.]—I. Relating to Maiius; Maiius's (Ma*
rianus). One who is opposite, from ad^ ersus (adversarius).
To act as a minister (ministrare: administrare, to adminis-
ter). Worth, from dignus, worthy (dignitas, dignity). To
hold-against, i. e. against other claimants or opponents (ob-
tinere, obtain). To establish-completely, from statuere (con-
stituere, stitu, stitut; resolve, determine). Envy, from invi-
dere, to see into or against (invidia). That which is en-
joyed, from fruct, sup. root ofirui (fructus, profit, advantage),
^ To press-in, from premere (im-primere, impress). To re-
seive-thoroughly (per-cipere, cep, cept, to receive).

Per-pet-uus, perpetual: from per and petere (in
the meaning of to aim at; to endeavor. to arrive at,)
that which is (throughout =) ever endeavoring to
arrive at some object.

II. To take-away-quite,1 from emere, to take (per-irnere,
6m, empt: to carry off, spoken of diseases, &c.) To make-
thoroughly (efficere, fee, feet: bring to pass; cause).
Abounding in leisure, from otium (otiosus). To hold-
together, from tenere (contmere, keep, detain).

To speak the truth, verum dicere.

Voluntas (volo, am willing), will.

Re-cusare (re-caus-are), to give causes or excuses
against: to refuse.

Vocabulary to 24,

Word-building.]—I. Form an intensive from occult, sup
•ow of occulere, to hide (occultare, to hide). To take-from

Or per has here a depranative meaning: to take away prematurely, by bcJ
(CC&Di,

IS276

(de-cipere, io, cep, cept, deceive). Abstr. subst. from pot-
root of the obsolete potis, able (potestas, power). To send
away (a-mittere, to lose). Freedom, from liber,free (liber-
tas). To fall-into, from cadere (in-cidere, cid). To throw-
across (tra-jicere, jec, ject: to cross—army being under-
stood). To fly-away (au-fugere, io.) Otherwise, from ali
root of alius (aliter).

Re-cuperare, related to cap-ere, recover.

II. Very-narrow, by adding a prefix to angu^tus (per-
angustus). To choose-out, from legere (e-ligere, leg, lect)
To go-out, i. e. out of the way of (e-vadere, vas, vas).

Ef-fig-ies (ex and fig, shorter root of fingere, tc
fashion), a likeness; a statue.

Vocabulary to 25.

Word-building.]—I. To have-to (ad-hibere, ui, Itum;
use, employ). Sorrow, from moerere (moeror, 42). Re-
pentance, from poenitens (pcenitentia). Adv. from vehe-
mens (vehernenter, violently, earnestly). Give its degrees
of comparison (vehementius, vehementissime). Madness,
rage, from furere (furor, 42). To excite-completely, from
cit, sup. root of ciere (con-cTtare: to excite, rouse). To
hold-from (abs-tinere, abstain from). Not easy, difficult
from facilis (dif-ficilis, 10). To judge, from judic, root of
judex (judicare, to judge). A sin, neut. part, from peccare
(peccatum).

Cautus, cautious; from caut, sup. root of cavere,
to beware.

E-mend-are (e, mendum, blemish, fault), to re-
move a fault. Emendatissimus most nearly faultless*

Quam-vis (how-you-please: vis, 2d sing, from
*olo), however; however much; although.

Tan-quam (tam-quam, so—as), as if.

I. Valuable, from pretium (pretiosus, jorecwMs). Beauty,
irom pulchr- (pulchr-itudo). Bountifulness, goodness, from
benignus (benignitas). Clemency, mercy, from elements
(dementia). To stand-t.arough (per-stare, stit, stat: per•
sist). To do-enough (satis-facere, satisfy). Adv. from
focilis (facilc.)277

Quidni? (quid-ni, what unless?) why notf why
should we not?

Quanquam (quam-quam), although.

Vocabulary to 26.

Word-building.]—I. To bridle, from frenum, bridle
tfxenare). Bridled-out, i. e. having the bridle let locse
(ef-frenatus : unbridled). Passionateness, from iracundus,
passionate (iracundia: anger, as a temper of which ira ia
one outbreak). Relating to Varius; of Varius (Varianus).
To cry-out (ex-clamare). Lightness, frivolity, from levis,
light (levitas). Hungry, from fames, hunger (famellcus*
starving). To allot-back, to give-back (re-tribuere). To
stretch-on (in-tendere, tend, tens : exert).

Centurio (centum, a hundred), an officer over 100
men: a centurion.

Aciem instruere, to draw up in line of battle.

Retribuere gratiam (to return gratitude), to re-
compense.

II. To begin to be completely well, from valere (con-
valescere, 36). One-who-wishes-well (bene-volus, benevo-
lent, beneficent). Abstr. subst. from benevolus (benev-
olentia, as if from bene-volens). Abstr. subst. from
honestus (honestas, good-conduct). Suddenly, from subitus
(subito).

Quam primum, as soon as possible.

Vocabulary to 27.

Word-building.]—I. Dwelling in heaven, heavenly, from
caelum (coelestis, 110). Relating to man, human, from
hom-o (liumanus). Not-pious, impious (impius). To
learn-to (ad-discere, to learn something additional.)

Invicem (in vicem), mutually; to be rendered
' one another

II. Cultiration, from cult, sup. root of colere (cultura),
Oie who dwells-in, from colere (in-cola, inhabitant).

iEque ac, (equally and =) equally as; just as
as much as; as.

Colonus (from colere), farmer*278

Vocabulary to 28.

Word-building.]—I. To grow-ripe, to ripen, frcm ma-
hirus (maturescere). That which nourishes, from nutrirt'
{nutrimentum, nourishment). Cultivator, from sup. root of
colere (cuit-or). Strong, from val-ere (validus, 104). Com-
[Mission, from misericors (misericordia). Inconsiderateness,
from considerans, partic. of considerare (in-considerantia).
Not-never (non-nunquam, sometimes). To come around
(circum-venire, circumvent). Adv. from segnis (segniter).
To restrain-together, from arcere (co-ercere). To make-
crowded, from frequent, root of frequens (frequentare, to
frequent).

Illecebra (il-licere, entice), enticement, allurement.

Auctumnus (from auct, sup. root of aug-ere, to
increase), Autumn.1

II. To cover-about (ob-tegere, to cover). Adv. from laetus
(laete). To blossom-forth (ef-florescere, put forth their bios-
soms). To make-ripe or ripen, from maturus (maturare).
To devour-down (de-vorare, consume). Difficulty (difficul
tas). To snatch-away, from rapere (ab-ripere).

Vocabulary to 29.

Word-building.]—I. To take-back (re-cip-ere, cep, cept,
recover).

From statuere, to place, establish, form compounds
with in, con (instituere ; constituere).

Re-med-ium {re and med, root of mederi, to heal),
remedy

II. To hold-a-different-way-from (distinere, withhold,
prevent). To leave-behind (re-linquere, liqu, lict). To
make-common, from vulg-us (vuV-are). To make com-
mon m different directions (di-vulgare, divulge). To do-to
(afficere, fee, feet). Form intensive from vent, sup. root of
venire (vent&re : ad-i entare, to be approaching) To pray-
out (ox-orare, *o prevail upon by prayers).

> Note, The names of the months are adject*i>es; hence ' ta the wontik of
fmuawS mense Januario.279

To hold-up (sus-tinere, sustain).

Form intensive from sup. root of jacere (jactare).

To draw up an army in order of battle, acfem in-
struere (strux, struct).

As quickly as possible, quam celerrime.

Vocabulary to 30.

Word-building.]—I. To go-back (red-ire; red-eo: re-
turn). To make obscure, from obscurus (obscurare). To
lead-to (ad-ducere). To send-back (re-'mittere, remit). To
cast-back, from jacere (re-jicere, reject). To choose-apart
(di-ligere, leg, lect, to love, i. e. with preference). Very-
Ulustrious, from clarus (prse-clarus, 18).

Im-becillis (in, upon; bacillum, staff, stick), weak.

Su-spicio (a looking under, to see if any thing if*
concealed; or, a looking secretly), suspicion.

II. To be very earnest, from per-severus (perseverare,
intrans. to persist, persevere). Born-together (co-gnatus,1
related; as subst. relation). To dis-connect, from serere
(de-serere, -rui, -rtum, desert). To place-behind (post-
pones, posu, posit). To laugh-down (deridere, rls, rTs,
deride). To lead-away (de-ducere). To re main-through-
out (per-manere, mans: continue). To fight-against (im-
pugnare). Diligently, from diligens (diligenter). Standing,
from stare (statio, military post).2 To place in different
directions (disponere, arrange, dispose). To cast back (re-
iicere, io: of an enemy, drive back).

Labefactare (labare, facere), to make to totter

Vocabulary to 31.

Word-building.]—I. Abounding in fables (fabulosus,
fabuldus). Having much of fair appearance, from species
'spcci-osus, specious, plausible), ^ro give completely (con-
donare, to pardon, to grant). Deceitful, from fallere (fal-
.ax, 85). To give-across, from dare (tra-dere, dTd, dit: t6
deliver). To weave-together (con-texere, -xui, -xtum, in*

1 Onatus, part, of gnajcor, the older form of nascor: g-jiascor=genascor ; witlj

«»1 gen, ;is in yaros, ycvvau., &c.

t4 Guards' may be translated by stationes.280

terweave). Alstr. subst, from pravus (pravitas). To do
in (in-ficere, to stain). Injustice, from in-justus (in*
justitia).

De-lir-are (lira, a furrow), to go out of the furrow:
hence to be foolish, crazy, &c.

Prorsus (pro-versus, for-wards), entirely,

Quam primum, as soon as possible.

• If. Custom, /rom consuet, swp. root of con-suescere
(con-suetudo). Exercising; exercise, from exercitare, t/i-
tensive from exercere (exercitatio). To strengthen-com-
pletely, from robor, root of robur, strength (cor-roborare).
Liberality, from liberalis (liberalitas). To move-completely
(com-movere). To strike-to (af-fligere, flix, flict). To make
a heap, from cumulus (cumulare). To press-against, from
premere (op-primere, press, oppress). To make a number,
to count, from numerus (numerare). To reckon-to (ad-
numerare, to reckon-amongst).

Vocabulary to 32.

Word-building.]—I. To make a race, from gener, root of
genus (geuerare, to beget). Severity, gravity, from severus
(severitas). Dwelling on the earth (terrestris). To join-
apart (sejungere, separate). To make an end, from termi-
nus (terminare, end, terminate).

Re-fert = rei, fert, i. e. ad rem fert; it bears to
the matter, is of importance, &c.

Inter-est, it is between ; so, that is, as to make a
difference: it matters, concerns, is of importance.

II. To make firm (firmare). To take back, from pre-
hendcre. to seize hold of (re-prehendere, blame).

irr Guards in this exercise is to be translated
by excubiae ; force by presidium.

Excubiae (ex. out; cubare, to lie), a watch, a body
of guards watrhing,

Prae-sid-mm (prae, before, sedtre, to sit—thai
which sits before to protect).28]

Vocabulary to 33.

Word-building.]—Con-nubium (con-niibere, to marry)
marriage. Pro-miscuous (pro ; misc-eo, -mar), that which is
mixed forth; promiscuous, mixed.

Re-nov-are, to re-new.

Vocabulary to 34.

Word-building.']—I. To do-thoroughly (con-ficere : pass*
confici, to be worn-out).

Com-modus (con, modus, manner), convenient,
suitable, &c.: neut. an advantage.

II. Form intensive from obleet, sup. root of ob-licere
(oblectare, to delight, beguile). To entice thoroughly (pel-
licere, lex, lect, entice).

Vocabulary to 35.

Word-building.]—Act of ruling, from dominari, to rule
(dominatio, rule, dominion). Adv. from publicus, public
(publice, publicly, at the public expense). To frighten away
(de-terrere, deter). Not good, wicked, from probus (im«
probus).

Res-publica (see p. 136, 128).

Vocabulary to 36.

Word-building.]—I. To cast under, from jacere (sub-
jicere, jec, ject: subject, subdue). To make myself turned-
towards, from ad-versus, turned towards, partic. of ad*
vertere (adversari: to stand opposite to; to oppose). To
give help, from auxilium, help (auxiliari, to help, to assist).
To make myself a companion, from comit,1 root of comes
companion (comitari). Trans, deponent verb from insidiae
a plot (insidiari, to plot against). Trans, verb from nu-
merus, number (numerare, to count, to number). Trans.
deponent verb from gloria (gloriari, to boast). T^ans verb
from labor (laborare, to labor; to be in distress).

l From(com' with, it,' sup. root of ire, to go.282

[I. To make prosperous, from secundus, favorable (se
cundare). Return, from redit, sup. root of redeo (redltus,
fts).

To give a prosperous return, reditum secundar*

It goes ill with me, in rebus adversis verso*

Vocabulary to 37.

Word-building.]—I. Ungrateful, from gratus (ingratus),
Tiling promised, promise, from promittere (promissum).
Dearness, from carus, dear (caritas, affection).

Justum prcelium, a pitched battle (i. e. not a mere
skirmish).

II. Subst. to express the act, rapere (raptus, us, rape,
robbery). To rise to or against (adoriri, adort, to fall on, to
attack). Adv. from communis (communiter). To mako
sound, from sanus (sanare, to heal).

To be named joint-king, in consortium regni ad'
scisci (perf. adscltus sum).

Vocabulary to 38.

Word-building.]—I. Moderation : from temperans (tern-
perantia). Intemperance (in-temperantia). In-active, from
gnavus, active (i-gnavus, sluggish, slothful). Sloth, slug-
gishness, from ignavus (ignavia, indolence, weakness of the
will). Subst. to express the act from remittere (remissio,
remission).

To plead a cause, causam dicere.

Condemned to death, capite damnatus (condemned
by the head). Also, capitis damnatus.

II. Not-never (non-nunquam, sometimes). To connect
from or dis-connect, i. e. from myself from serere (de-
serere, seru, sert), to desert.

Vocabulary to 39.

Word-building.']—I. Abstr. subst. from integr, root of
integer, whole (iutegritas, wholeness, entireness—integrityt
uprightness). To do-completely, from facere (con-ficere,283

accomplish, complete). Abstr. subst. from curs, sup root
of currere, to run (cursus, us, course). To take-to, from
capere (ac-cipere, cep, cept: to receive). Cultivation, from
cult, sup. root of colere (eultus, civilization).

In-scitia (in, not: scire, to know), ignorance.

Con-stat (it stands together, as a consistent fact.),
it is well known, allowed, &c.

II. One who oppresses, from oppress, sup. root of oppri*
mere (oppressor, oppressor).

Vocabulary to 40.

Word-building.']—I. Adv. from accuratus (accurate,
accurately). Give its degrees of comparison (accuratius,
accuratissime). To touch-to, from tangere, (at-tingere,
attig, attact, to touch, to attain, to reach). Abstr. subst.
/row elegans (elegantia).

Verum attingere, to hit or arrive at the truth.

Audita (things heard) may be translated by a rela-
tive sentence : i what he had heard.7

II. To rattle-against, from crepare (in-crepare, tc scold).
To rettd-tliruugk,yr<MM legerc (per-legere, leg, lect).T. QUESTIONS

ON

THE LATIN ACCIDENCE.

Numerals enclosed in parentheses refer to the page and paragraph.

To what question does the nom. answer ? (To who or what
with the verb.) To what question does the gen. answer ?
(To whose? of what?) To what question does the dat.
answer ? (To for whom or what ? to whom or what ?) To
what question does the acc. after the verb answer? (To
whom? or what? with the verb and its nom. case.) How is
the voc. known? (The vocative denotes the person ad-
dressed by name: it is generally st >pped off by commas.) To
what questions does the abl. answer? (To the questions
with what 7 by what ? when ? and whence ? sometimes to on
what ? from what ? at what? in what?) To what question
does the abl. answer after a comparative ? (To than what?)

When are nouns called common? (When they are used
as mas. or fem. according as males or females are spoken
of.) When are nouns called epicene? (When they are
always of one gender, which cannot be altered to specify
the sex.) How then can the sex be specified? (By adding
mas or femina.)

Go through : Musa—Magister—Puer—Dominus—Reg-
num—Nubes—Lapis (root, lapid)—Opus (root, oper. neut.)
—Parens [root, parent)—Gradus, Facies. What is the voc.
of Virgilw# (131) ? of filius (131)? What cases are al-
N ways alike in neuters ? In what letter do these cases end
in the plural ?

What is the gender of nouns of the first (128) Mention
some plurals of the first rhat have a sing, meaning (129* 29)285

Mention some nouns of the first whose dat. and abl. plural
•s abus. (Dea, domina, filia, anima, equa. asina, fainula
»iberta, mula, socia, serva.) Go through pater-familias.
(G. patris-familias : D. patri-familias, and so on. Familias
is an old gen,) What form of the gen. sing is found in
poetry '/ (Ai—as aulai.) What form of the gen. plur. is
sometimes found ? (Um for arum.)

What is the gender of nouns of the second (130) ? Give
the exceptions (130). Mention some nouns in er that do
not throw away the e (130, 33). Go through domus (136,
52) Mention some nouns of the sec. that are used in the
plur. only. (Castra, a camp; fasti, the calendar; and
some names of towns: Veii, Gabii, (See.) Go through
vir. -

What +erminations are mas. in the third (132)? what
fem. (132) ? what neuter (132) ? What peculiarities have
neuters in e, a/, ar (126, 13) ? What nouns cake ium in
gen. plur. (126, 12) ? What monosyllables take gen. in um
(127)? What exceptions are there to the rule that nouns
in is, es, er, not increasing in gen., take ium (127) ? What
is generally the acc. of aer, aether? (Aera, aethera.)

What is the gender of nouns of the fourth (135) ? Give
the exceptions. How did this declension arise (135)?
What words have ubus in dat. plur. ?

[Arcus, acus, portus, quercus, ficus, lacus, artus,

Et tribus, et partus, specus, adde veruque pecuque. (Zumpt.)]

What is the gender of nouns of the fifth (136)? What
is the only exception? When must dies be mas (136)?
When is e in ei long (136, 56) ?

Adjectives.

Go through the terminations of adjectives of three termi-
nations (137, 65).

Go through bonus, tener, unus. When only has unus a
plural ? (When used with a noun that has no singular.)
What declension do adjectives of thiee terminations follow
it the mas. ? in the fem. ? in the neut. 1

What is the abl. of t*istis? the neut. phr.? the gen28d

vilur. (138, 70) ? What is the neut. of comparatives? the
abl. sing..? the new*, p/wr..? the gen. plur. (138, 71) ? Go
through amans (loving), vetus, felix. What is the abl. sing
of participles in ns, when used as such ? Which term, of
abl. is the more common in adj. (139, 73)? What adjec-
tives have e only (139, 74) ? Go through the terminations
of an adj. in is; a comparative: an adj. of one termination

(140).	In comparatives is e or t the more common term
of abl. ? (e in the best writers).1 What adjectives very
rarely, if ever, take e In the abl. ? (Those in -a?, -cors,
-ceps: together with par, memor, iners, ingens, inops, recens
teres, &c.) Go through duo, ambo2, tres (142). Go through
acer (139). Go through plus (141, note).

Go through senex (141). What adjectives have gen. in
ius (138, 68) ? Go through uterque (each); unusquisque

(141)	Go through alius (138). What is the gen. of alter
(another, of two—) ? Go through summus mons, ima quer
ens, reliquum opus (141, 78). What is the Eng. of media
aqu<B (nom. plur.) ? of extremus liber ?

Comparison of Adjectives. [Page 143.J

How is the comparative formed ? (By adding ior to the

root.) How is the superlative formed? (By adding issi-
mus to the root.) How do adjs. in er form their superlatives ?
(By adding rimus to nom.) What adjectives in is make su•
perl, in timus ? (Facilis, agilis, similis, gracilis, humilis;
with difficilis, dissimilis, of course.) How do adjectives in
ficus, dtcus, volus, from facio, dico, volo, form comp. and
superL? (In entior, entissimus.) What is superl. of vetu*\
nuperus ? (Veterrimus, nuperrimus.) Of maturus ? (Matu«
rissimus or maturrimus.) Give the degrees of comparison
of bonus : (melior, optimus)—malus: (pejor, pessimus)—
magnus: (major, maximus)—parvus: (minor, minimus)—
rnultus: (plus, neut.; plurimus)—dives: (divitior, divitissi-
mus, or ditior, ditissimus)—of nequam, indecl. (nequior, ne-
quissimus)—exterus (exterior, extremus and extimus)—in-

i Cicero and Livy form abl. of comparatives In e rather than u la later wzlteis«
is the more common ending. (Billroth.)

i Like duo287

ems (inferior, infimus or Trnus)—superus (superior, supre*
mus or summus). What compar. and superlat. are related
in meaning to the adv. intus ? (interior, intimus)—to citra ?
(citerior, citimus)—to ultra? (ulterior, ultimus)—to piope?
(propior, proximus)—to the Greek word Ms, swift? (ocior,
ocissimas.) What is the superl. of prior? (primus)—the
comp. of juvenis? (junior)—of senex? (senior.) When
must the comparison be formed by magis, maxime ? (When
line adj. ends in us pure.) When may an adjective in us,
pure, form its comparison regularly? (When qu, which
sounds like kw, precedes us: as, antiquus, iniquus.) What
is used for the comparative of an adverb derived from an ad-
jective ? (The neuter of the comparative adjective.) What
is the superlative of such an adverb ? (It is formed by
adding e to the root of the superlative adjective.)

The Numerals. [Page 142.]

What are cardinal numbers ? (Those that answer to,
how many?) What ordinals? (Those that mark the place
that any individual holds in a series.) What distributives ?
(Those that answer to, how many apiece?) Are cardinal
numbers declinable? (From 4 to 100 not: the names ol
the hundreds are, ducenti, trecenti, &c. Mille is indecl. as
an adj.: but as a subst. has plur. millia, ium, ibus4 &c.)
Are the ordinals and distributives declinable ? (Yes.)
Give the first ten numerals in the three series; and the
num. adverbs answering to how many times (142). Give
them from 10 to 20 (172).

Give the Latin for 20: for 18. Do the ■ teens' end in
decim or decern? Give the Latin for 11th, 12th, 13th
18th, 19th,- 20th, 21st. Give the Latin for eleven apiece,
twelve apiece, thirteen apiece, twenty apiece. What is the
difference between cardinals in ginta and in genti ? (Those
in ginta are so many tens; those in genti so many hun-
dreds.) Between ordinals in cesimus, gesimus, and those in
centesimus, gentcsimus ? (Those in cesimus, gesimus, are so
many tens; those in centesimus, gentesimas, so many haw
drcds.) Do the distributives in ceni, geni, belong to tens oi
hundreds ? (To both.) Is there any difference of form bo-
twoeij them ? (Yes: the hundreds are added to a root oiuU288

ing in a consonant, except in triceni, treccni, wliere the form
with e, treceni, belongs to hundreds.)

Turn into Latin 366, (143, Obs. 2.)

What are the forms for 1000, 2000, &c. ? (Mille, mille-
simus, milleni, or singula millia, miJlies; and then: its
rm'/Ze, millesimus, bina millia, fo's millies, &c.) How are
the intermediate forms supplied? (By the combination oi
two forms : unus e* viginti, or viginti unus, one one? twenty;
or, twenty-one: but the forms duode-, unde-, are mostly
used for the before every ten or hundred.)

With what sort of words are the distributives used as
cardinals? (With subst. used in plur. only: literae,two
letters: but uni is used, not singuli: and trini, not terni.)

Pronouns. [Page 144.]

Go through: ego, tu, sui.—meus, tuus, suus, noster,
jester. What is voc. mas. of meus? (Mi.) What syllable
»s often appended to strengthen the pers. pron. ? (Met:
egomel, mihxmet, temet.) What is appended to the nom. of
tu? (Te: tute.) How is the acc. se strengthened? (By
doubling, sese.) How is own strongly expressed? [By
adding gen. ipsius1 to poss. pron. or (to the abl.) the syll. pte
in suopte, suapte, (not in Cicero,) for suo ipsius, sua ipsius.]

Go through, is: through ille, iste, (as if from illws, istws,
a, ud, G. ius, &c.) Go through idem. What is the dif-
ference between mas. and neut. sing, of idem ? (The neut.
has i: the mas. «.) Go through qui; through quis. When
has quis fem. sing, and neut. plur. qua? (Generally after
si, ne, num.) What is neut. sing, of the compounds of
qui and quis indef. ? (Quid and quod; of which the forms in
quid are used, when the noun they refer to is not expressed.)
What is the neut. of quis, who? (Quid.) Go through ali-
quis, quidam, quivis, quicunque, (which has only quodcunque
ill neut.,) quispiom, quilibet, quisquam. Go through quis-
quis, (it has only quisquis, quicquid, abl. fem. quaqua. Nom.
plur. quiqui; abl. quibus, quibus.) Into what letter is m
often turned before d in idem, quidam ? (Into n: quorun-
dim, &c.) By what syllables is hie strengthened? (Cen
arte: hicce, haBcce> hocce; hiccine, hseccine, hoccine.) By

1 For the pi. ipsorum, or ipsaruvt.289

what are Me, iste, strengthened ? (By ic: illic, iliac, illocr
16tic, istaec, istoc.)

The Verb.

Go through the terminations of the Latin verb (150)
III what tenses do verbs of the third in to drop the i (165) *
Go through suscipio—suscipior (165). Give the first per
son of each tense of suscipio, that has root of present.
Go through esse (154). In what persons and tenses of
prosum is prod, not pro, prefixed to the tenses of esse
(177)?

Go through possum (177), volo, nolo, malo (178), edo%
fero (178). Of what verb is Jio used as the passive ?
(Of facio.) What peculiarities has it ? (The perfect
tenses are regular from facio; factus sum, &c. ; the im-
perfect ones regular from flo of the fourth, with this excep*
tion, that imperf. subj. and injin. keep the e with 1 before
it; fzerem, fieri.) Go through eo (178). What is the
compound of eo with re? (Red-eo.) Go through ajo.
What is airC tu? (= aisne tu ? say you so ?) Go through
inquam,2 I say. What tenses and what meaning have

i Ajo.

1. Present.

Indicative.	Conjunctive.

Ajo Ais Ait Ajarn Ajas Ajat
— — Ajunt	- —— Ajant

2. Imperfect.

Ajebam -has -bat
Aj ebamut -batis -bant.

Imper.: Ai.	Partic.: Ajens.

t tnqoam.

1. Present

Indicative.	Conjnnctivo.

Inquam Inquis Inquit	— Inqiias lnqniat

Inqaimus lnquitis Inquiunt.	— hxquiatis lnqoiaoi,

2. Imperfect.

Inquieftam -bag -bat
Inquie&amu* -bati* -bant

3.	Future.

—	Inquies Inquiet Imperat: Inquo, InqoUo.

—. --Inquient

4.	Perfect.

—	Inquisti —	Partic.: Inqrneas-

—	Inquistis —290

memini, ccepi, odi ? (Perfect tenses. In mcmini, odi, perf.
has present meaning: pluperf. of imperf., and so on.—1
remember, I hate: ccepi is, I began or have begun. Perf.
cceptus est, when followed by infin. pass, of stiictly passive
meaning.) What is imperat. of memini? (Memento, pi.
mcmentote.) What are nusim, faodm ? (Old forms for ausus
sim, fecerim.) What has qu&so ? (PL 1. quasumus.)

What is English of dejit ? (fails [me])—infit ?—(begins to
speak)—conjit ? ([it] is accomplished; or, a sum is made up.)
What is the English of salve, ave? (Hail! salve also
farewell)—of vale? (farewell)—of cedo? (tell me, give me,
pray.)

Prepositions.

What prepositions always govern the ablative (180) ?

See Appendix 2.

Go through Penelope, JEneas, Anchises, Orpheus, Delos,
Evangelion, melos. What are the principal peculiarities of
Greek nouns of the third ? Go through poema, (atis) n.
poesis, Erinnys, Nereis, tigris, Echo, Dido, Achilles, Ulysses,
Pericles, Chremes.

What are patronymics ? What do mas. patronymics end
in? What do /em. patronymics end in? From what man's
name does CEnides come ? Give the /em. form. Give
was. and fem. patronymics from JEneas, Anchises, Tyn-
darus, Theseus, Atlas.

What are the mas. termin. for aw inhabitant of such a
country ? The /cm. terminations ? Give mas. and /em.
words for a Persian, Cretan, Trojan, Thracian, Lacedm-
monian, Phoenician, Roman, inhabitant of Clusium, of .A6-
rfcra, of Arpinum, of Miletus, of Athens.

Give the initials of the Roman Praenomina. What does
COS. mean? (Consul.) COSS. ? (Consulibus.) D.O.M. 1

IDeo Optimo, maocimo.) S.P.Q.R.? (Senatus, populusqut
lomaniis.) A.V.C.? (Ab urbe conditd.)VI. QUESTIONS ON LATIN SYNTAX.

* i.

In what respects does a verb agree with its nominative
case ? (in number and person.) 2. An adjective with
its substantive ? (In gender, number, and case.) 3.
What verbs take a substantive or adjective after them
in the nominative ?

(Verbs of becoming, being, seeming,

And passive verbs of making, calling, deeming.1)
4. In what case does the thing by which stand ? (In
the abi.) 5. In what cage does the agent, or person
by whom, stand?2 (In the abl. with a or ab: but
sometimes in the dat.) 6. When should the pronoun
that is the nom. to the verb be expressed ? (When
the pron. is emphatic.)

7 When two or more nom. cases sing, come together, in
which number should the verb be put, and in what
person ? (In the plural number, and in the more worthy
person.)

8.	With et—et, quum—tum (both—and), in which number

is the verb generally put ? (In the sing.)

9,	When an adjective belongs to more than one substantive

op pronoun, with which shouH " agree in gender? and
in which number should it stand, even when the sub-
( stantives, &c. are all sing. ? (It should agree with
the more worthy gender, and be in the plur.) 10.
When the substantives are things that have not life, in
what gender is the adj. generally put 1 (In the neut.)

Verba subs tan tiva; ut sum, forem,jio, ezisto ; Verba vocand' oassiva; ut nomi
nor, appellor, dicor, voeor, nuncupvr: et iis siuiilia; ut videor, Aabeorf ezistimoi
Vtilnque eosriein casus hahent.

2 Paul vis additur abiativus age ntis, sed antecedents a vel ab pnepositione; et iz*
'«fdusu dativus

19292

11. What substantives art seldom to be translated !
(Man, woman, thing.)

12. What tenses of the indie, are followed by the pres. and
perf. of the subj. ? (The pres., fut., and perfect with
4 have' are followed by the pres. and perf. of the subj.)
13. What tenses of the indie, are followed by the im-
perf. and pluperf. of the subj. ? (The past tenses of
the indie, are followed by the imperf. and pluperf. of
the subj.) 14. Is the perf. with have considered a past
tense ? (No : it is a present-perf expressing an action
that has been done in some space of time, however
large, tliat is still unexpired.) 15. Is the fut. perf
a subj. tense 1 (No.)

§ 2. Sequence of Tenses. Translation of4 that.'

Obs. The pres. and perf. of the subjunctive form one
pair, the imperf. and pluperf another.

(a) Accusative and infinitive.] 16. When is 4 that1 to be
omitted, and the sentence turned into the accusative and
infinitive ?

(4 That' to omit is mostly best

With forms impersonal, as certum est:

With verbs of thinking, knowing, wishing,l

Fieling, hearing, et credendi,

And. other verbs that fill the class
Declarandi et sentiendi.

But the impersonals,

Contingit, evenit, and accidit,

With restat, reliquum est, and fit,

are followed by ut: as sequitur is sometimes.)
fr) «/.] 17. When is * that9 to be translated by 4 uf with
the subjunctive ? (When it introduces a purpose or a
consequence: and after the impersonals
Contingit, evenit, and accidit,

With restate reliquum est, and^.

v)bs. When it introduces a purpose it is followed by
* may,' 4 might.9 When it introduces a consequence it
refers to a * sol or 4 such.')

« Verba of wishing may also be followed by nt. Cicero always uses ut aftoi rptari293

(e) »e.] 18. When is * that' to bo translated by ne with the
subjunctive ? (When * that? expressing the purpose, is
followed by a negative word. lO3 Ne being really
' not' the following 4 no? is to be untranslated, and 4 no-
body,' 4 nothing,' turned into 4 anybody' 4 anything')
(d) Quin.] 19. When is * that' to be translated by quin f
[When a negative sentence precedes : especially aftei
non dubito, non dubium est, quis dubitat ? facere non
possum (' I cannot help'), and fieri non potest (' if
cannot be,')—when a negative follows.}

20. When is 4 that' to be translated by quod? (After verbs
that express an emotion of the mind, as gaudeo, re-
joice ; miror, wonder; but most of these also take the
accusative with tnfin.1—Also, when 4 that9 refers to a
4 this' or 4 that' in the preceding sentence.)

21 When is k that' to be translated by "quo?'

(Let 4 that' translated be by 4 quo'

When with comparatives it does go.)

22. How is 4 that? translated after verbs of fearing?

(Vereor ne, 1 fear he will,

Yereor ut, I fear he won't.

Turn future by subjunctive present
After fear : forget it don't.)

§ 3. The Relative.

23	What are respectively the demonstratives or antecedent
pronouns to qui, qualis, quantus, quot ? (Is, talis, tan-
*iis, tot.)

24	Is the relative ever governed in case, by a word that is
not in its own clause 1 (No.)

25. In what respects does the relative agree with its ante-
cedent ? (In gender, number, and person.) *26. When
the antecedent is expressed in the relative, and omitted
in the principal clause, where is the relative clause
often placed ? (First.) 27. What pronoun often repre-
sents it in the principal clause ? (Is or hie.)
27 * What is the relative 4 what' equivalent to ? (4 That
which')

1 Ob*. With gaudeo, miror, use quod when the verb that follows fltat' is In 9

post tonae294

28 When the relat. agiGes with some case of a subst. ex
pressed in its own, but not in the principal clause, what
must be done ? (Some case of that subst. must be
supplied in the principal clause.)

29. For what does an infin. sometimes stand ? (For the
nominative case to a verb : the substantive to an adjec*
tive: or the antecedent to a relative}) 30. When
an adj. or rel. is to agree with an infin. mood or sen-
tence, in what gender must it be put ? (In the neuter
gender.) 31. When the rel. has a sentence for its
antecedent, what do we often find instead of the rel.
only ? (Id quod, or qua res, where id and res are in
apposition to the former sentence.)

32.	How may ' but,' or a relative with 6 not? be translated
after nobody, nothing, &c. ? (By quin, with subj.: but
quin may not stand for cui non, or cujus non.)

33.	In such a sentence as ' Thebes, which is a town? &c..
should which agree with Thebes, or with town ? (With
town})

35 When the antecedent has a superlative with it, in which
clause does the superlative generally stand ? (In the
relative clause.) 36. He was the first person who
did it. (Primus fecit.)

$ 4. Ne, with Imper.—Infinitive expressing purpose.

37. How is 4 not' to be translated before the imperative, or
subj. used imperatively ? (By ne.) 38. How is ' as*
before the inf., and after so, such, to be translated ?
(By ut: t as not to—,' by quin.)

39, What does the Lat. inf. never express ? (A purpose.)
40. When the Eng. inf. expresses a purpose, how may
it be translated I1 41. After what verbs is the inf. to

1 Aliquando oratio est verbo nominativiis.

Aliquando oratio supplet locum suhstantivi, adjectivo in neutro genere posito

Aliquando oratio poniiur pro antecedente.

* Kelalivuin inter duo sibstan'.iva diversorum generum et numerorum collocatiZEQ,
com posteriore concordat.

3 The /arious ways of ex pressing a purpose are given in the following table:—
Go lit ludos spectem,

« S ludoruin speetandorum >

'}• / am going to ace tile gamos

Bo ad ludos rpect&ndos,

Go ludos spcctatum (sup.).295

be translated by ut—or if there is a not, ne—witli the
subjunctive ?

(By luttranslate infinitive,

With ask, command, advise, and strive.

But never be this rule forgot,

Put 4 ne* for 4 ut,J when there's a * no*.'

Under 4 ask' are included beg, pray, &c.: undei 4 com*
mand,' charge, direct, &c.: under advise,' exhort,
monish, warn, &c.)

42 How must 4 as not to . . . &c.,' aftei a negative be
translate!? (By with subj.)

43. By what conjunctions are verbs of hindering generally
followed? (By quomlnus; to be rendered by 1 front
with the participial subst.)

§ 5. Interrogatives.

44 Which interrogative particle asks simply for informa-
tion ? (Ne.) 45. Which expects the answer 4 yes
(Nonne.) 46. Which the answer 4no?' (Num: but
not in dependent questions, where it is simply 4 whe-
ther.')

4? When are questions dependent ? (When they are con-
nected with a preceding word or sentence.) 48. Men-
tion some words on which questions depend. Ask,
doubt, know, or no* know, examine, £ry—^ is uncertaint
&c.)

41 In what mood does the verb stand in a dependent ques-
tion? (The subj.) 50. In what mood must the verb
be put in sentences that stand as the acc. to a prece-
ding verb? (The subj.)

5 How must4 whether9 be translated in double questions ?
(By utrum, num, or the appended ne.) 52. How 4 or V
(By an.) 53. If 4 whether1 is untranslated, how may
4or1 be translated? (By an, anne, or the appended
ne.1) 54. Does an ever stand before a single ques-

(Whether) — 'or)
utrum ... - \n

num.....- an

n6 ..... in
flutffanslatod} an or ne

In rendering, the utrum or ne is not translated Is
a direct question: i. e. when the verb is in the «
dicat&w mood.296

tion? (Yes: when the answer no' is confidently
expected; and often with something of impatience.)

55. How is 'yes* to be translated? (Either by the parti-
cles ita, ita est, sane, etiam, vero; or by repeating the
word about which the question is made.)

50. How is 'no' to be translated? (Either by negative
particles (non, minime, nihil minus, &c.), with or mkjA*
the verb of the interrogative sentence; or by inw
with a noun, adjective, or veri, which is the opposite to
the one in the interrogative sentence.)

§ 6. (May, might; can, could; should, ought.)

57. Go through / raay go> &c.

(me'Ai ire licet, / may gu
tibi ire licet, thou mayest go* &c.)

58 I might have gone.

(wiiAi ire licuit, I might have gone.

ire licuit, thou mightest have gone, <fcc.)

59.	/ can do it.

(eg-o facere possum, I can do it.

tu facere potes, thou canst do it, &c.)

60.	I could have done it.

(ego facere potui, I could have done it.

tu facere potuisti, thou couldst have done it, &c.)

61.	I ought to do it.

(me facere oportet, ) I ought to do it;

or ego facere debeo, \ or, should do it.)

62.	I ought to have done it.

(me facere oportuit,) I ought to have done it;
or ego facere debui, $ or, should have done it.)

63.	Translate, I ought to do it, omitting ut.

(ego laciam oportet, I ought to do it.

tu facias oportet, thcu oughtest to do it, &c.)

64.	r may be deceived. (Fieri potest ut fallar.)

55. How is the per/, injin. to be translated after mighty
could, ought ? (By pres. infin. unless it is meant thai
the action should have been completed before the time
spoken of.)297

$ 7. Apposition.

66 How is the case of a substantive in apposition deter-
mined? (It agrees in case with the subst. of which
it is spoken.) The city of Rome. (Urbs Roma.)

67.	When urbs or oppidum stands in apposition to the
name of a town, does the verb agree with urbs, oppidum,
or with the name of the town ? (With urbs or oppidum.)

68.	When there is a fern, form of a substantive, foi
instance, magistra, when should it be used? (When ii
stands in apposition to a fem. subst.)

§ 8. Case of Subst. or Adj after esse.

69. He wishes to be the first. (Vult esse princeps; or
se esse principem.) 70. He says that he is ready.
(Ait esse paratus; or, se esse paratum.)

71	They may be happy. (Licet esse beatis: or, less com-
monly, beatos.)

§ 9. Genitive.

72	When may a substantive and preposition generally be
translated by the gen.? (When the prepos. joins it to
another substantive.) 73. How much pleasure; much
good; some time. (Quantum voluptatis; multumboni;
aliquid temporis.)

74 What do you mean by a partitive adj.? (A partitive
adj. is one that expresses some individuals considered
as parts of a larger number or body.) 75. What case
follows partitive adjectives ; and what prepositions aro
often used instead of it ? (The genitive: but the pre-
positions dey e, ex, are often used.) 76. With what
does the partitive adj. generally agree in gender?
(With the governed genitive, because that expresses
the thing meant.1) 77. In what gender does a super•
lative or solus stand when it governs a genit., and also
refers to another subst.? (Ii the gender not of the

* Noirina partitiva, numeralia, comparativa, et superlativa, et qusedam &4}eetiv«
ptffiJve posita, genitivum, a quo et genus mutuantur, exigunt
Umirpontur autem et cum his prepositiouibus, dtty e, ex, inter^ anU.298

gen,, but of the other substantive.) 78. In what casu
does a substantive of description stand when it his an
adjective agreeing with it ? (In the genitive or abla-
tive.1) 79. By what cases are opus est followed?
(By an ablative of what is needed, a dative of the person
who needs}) 80. What other construction is there
with opus est ?3 ( Opus is often used in the nom. or acc•
after ease.) 81. There is no need. What need is
there? (Nihil opus est. Quid opus est?) 82. The
top of the mountain. The middle of the way.
The rest of the work. The whole of Greece.
(Summus mons; media via; reliquum opus; universa
Grsecia.)

83. What adjectives govern the genitive? (Adjectives which
signify desire, knowledge, recollection, fear, participa-
tion, and their opposites, with many of those that ex-
press fulness or emptiness.4) 84. What case do par-
ticiples used adjectively and verbals in ax govern?
(The genitive.5)

$5. What substantives are omitted after to be? (Such sub-
stantives as property, duty, part, mark, &c.8) 86. It
is Cicero's part. (Ciceronis est.) It is your part.
(Tuum est.7) 87. What case do verbs of accusing,
&c. take of the charge? (Genitive.8) 88. What case
do satago, &c. govern? (Genitive.9) 89. What case
do verbs of remembering and forgetting govern ? (Acc.

» l,aus, vituperium, vel qualitas rei, ponitur in abl.ativo, etiam genitivo.

*	Opus et usus ablativum exigunt.

? Opus autem adjective, pro necessarius, quandoque poni videtur.

*	Adjectiva quae desiderium, notliiam, memoriam, timorcm, significant, atque
Us contraria, genitivum exigunt: cam plurimis aliis quae affectionem animi de
n&tant.

' Participia, crfm fiunt nomina, genitivum exigunt

Adjectiva verbalia in ax etiam genitivum exigunt.

8 Sum genitivum postulat, quoties signific&t possessionem, officium, signum, an!
Id quod ad rem quampiam pertinet

a. This genitive may be rendered in various ways, (besides ' it is the duty,'' oi
lpart of:* ' a mark of:') 4 it is characteristic of4 it is incumbent on ' it requires
it demands 4 it shows4 it betrays'it is for, (you, &.C.;') &c.

Non cujusvis est, it is not every man who can, &c.

7 Excipiuntur hi nominativi, meum, tuum, suum, nostrum, vestrum, humanum
itlluinum, et similia.

> Verba accusandi, damnandi, monendi, absolvendi, et similia, genitivum pocto
«ini crimen significat

(Eng.) To condemn to death.

ILot.) To condemn sf the head, (capitis.)

t HgtagJi vUsoreor, et miseresco. genitivum postulant299

oi goit.1) 90. In what case may a neut. pron. stand
with accusare, admonere, &c. 1 (Accusative.)

§ 10. Impersonate.

91 With interest and refert in what case is the persoi
to whom it is of importance put ? (In the gen.> but in-
stead of personal pronouns, the possessives are used
in the all. fern.2) 92. How is the degree of impor-
tance expressed ? (Either by the gen. of price, or by
an adverb.1)-,„ 93. Ho.w. is, tt^e thing that is of impor*
iance expressed \ . (|3y ^tn mfiqitive clause ; or its rep-
resentative, a neuter, prono%n a clause introduced
either by an interrogative, or by a conjunction.) 94.
What case of the person feeling do pudet, &c., take ?
and what case of what causes the feeling? [Pudet, pi-
get, painitet, t&det, miseret, take an accusative of the
person feeling, a genitive of what causes the feeling.4)
95. What case do instar and ergo take ? (Genitive.6)

96.	What adverbs govern the genitive ? (Some adverbs
of place, time, and quantity.6)

§11. Dative.

97.	What adjectives govern the d'at. ? (Adjectives which
signify advantage, likeness, agreeableness, usefulness,
fitness, facility, &c., with their opposites, govern the
dative.1) 98. Mention some adjectives that are fol-
lowed by ad. (Natus, commodus, incommodus, utilis,
inutilis, vehemens, aptus, accommodatus, idoneus, may
also be followed by ad with an acc. of the purpose}) 99.
What cases may follow propior, proximus ? (Dat., but

l Reminiscor, obliviscor, memini, recordor, genitivum, aut accusativum, ad
jnittunt.

1 HaiC Impersonalia, interest et refert, quibuslibet genitivis junguntur; praeter
hos ablativos foemininos, med, tud, sud, nostrd, vestrd, et cujd.

3 Adduntur et hi genitivi, tanti, quanti, magni, parvi, quanticunque, tantidevL
fluanti interest, of how great importance it ts.J

*	His impersonalihus subjicitur accusativus cum genitivo, paniiet, txttet, miseret^
toiserescit, pudet, piget.

*	Instar et ergo, adverbialiter sumpta, genitivum post se habent.

® duedam adverbia loci, temporis, et quantitatis, genitivum admittunt.

' Adjectiva, quibus comm&dum, incommodum, siniilitudo, dissimilitude vtftup
ttw, submissio, aut relatio ad aliquid significatur, dativum postulant.

«* Jfatus, commodus, incommodus, utilis, inutilis, vehemens aptus cum moldf
interdum etiam accusativo cum propositions junguntur.300

sometimes the accus.) 100. When should sunilis tako
the gen. 1 (To express like a person in character.)
1 CI - In what case do you put the person to, for, or against
whom the action is done, or the feeling entertained ?
(Dat.) 102. Mention the classes of verbs that take
the dai. (Verbs that signify advantage or disadvan-
tage ; verbs of comparing; of giving and restoring ; of
promising and paying; of commanding and telling; of
trusting and intrusting ; of complying with and oppo-
sing ; of threatening and being angry, &C.1) 103. Do
any of fhese take the acc. also? (Yes : many govern
the acc.; and many an acc. of the immediate, a dat. of
the remoter object.) 104. By what prepositions may
verbs of comparing be followed ? (By the prepositions,
cum, ad, and inter se, 4 together.') 105. What verbs
of advantage and disadvantage govern the acc. ? (Juvo,
latdo, delecto, and offendo, govern the acc.2) 106. Ol
verbs of commanding, which govern the acc. only, and
which the dat. or acc. ? (Rego and guberno govern the
acc., tempero and moderor the acc. or dat.3)

107.	What case do sum and its compounds govern? (Swot with
its compounds, except possum, governs the dative.4)

108.	Mention the compound verbs that generally govern the
dat. (Verbs compounded with the adverbs bene, satis*
male. Most of those compounded with

Prce, con, sub,

Ad, in, inter, ob.

Many of those compounded with
Ab, ante, de, and e,

Post, super, pro, and re.6)

i Verba dandi et reddsndi; promittendi ac solvendi; imperandi et nuniiandi{
fidendi ; obsequendi et repugnandi; minandi et irascendi; regunt dativiuu
His jungas nubo, faveoque, indulgeo, parco,

Oratulur, auxilior, studeo, medeorque, vacoque.*

$y ' He threatens me with deathshould be
In Latin, 1 threatens aeath to me.'

8 Ex his juvo, Itedo, delecto, et alia qu«dam, accusativum exigunt

I Excipe rego, guberno, quae accusativum habent; tempt ro et moderor, quae nunc
iativuin. Mine accusativum habent.

4 Hum ;um compositis, prater possum, regit dativum.

® Dativnni ferine regunt verba composita cum his adverbiis, bciu, talis, maU; 0
?im hi-i pnepositionibus, pra, ad, con, sub, ante, pos*, ob, in, inter.

• In the sense of 4 to have leisure for4 to be engsgmt fa.'301

"^O^. He surrounds the city with a. wali.. Hb

presents ifle with a garland. (urbem muto, 07

murum urbi circumdat. Mihi coronain, or me corona
donat.)

110. What verbs govern two datives? (Esse, donare, mit*
tere, projicisci, &c., with dare and vertere, to impute.1)
111. What ease often follows sum where we should
put the nom. ? (The dative.) 112. Ilow is have of-
ten translated? (By ewe with a dative.) 113. My
name is Caius. (Mihi nomen est Caio, or Caius, oi
sometimes Caii.) 114. 1 have a cow. I have six
cows. (Est mihi vacca : sunt mihi sex vaccae.)

§ 12. Accusative.

115. Do neuter verbs ever take the acc. ? (Yes : when the
substantive is of kindred meaning or origin.) 116.
Explain sitire honores. (The verb sitire here implies
the transitive notion of desiring.)

117. What verbs take two accusatives? (Verbs of asking,
teaching, clothing, concealing, generally govern two ac-
cusatives.s) 118. Do all the verbs that have any of
these meanings take two accusatives ? (No: either
the person or the thing is often governed by a preposi-
tion.) 119. What transitive verbs take two accusa-
tives, one in a sort of apposition to the other ? (Trans-
itive verbs thai take two nominatives in the passive.)

§ 13. Ablative.

120. What does the abl. express ? (The thing with which:
and often the manner how, and cause why.3) 121. In
what case is the specified price put? (Abl.4) 122.
What adjectives stand in the abl. to express the price.
pretio being understood ? (Magno, permagno, parvo,
minimoy plurimo, nimio, vili: but the genitives, excepi

Sum, cum mnltis aliis, ge ninuiu admittit dativnm
* Verba rogandi, docendi vestiendi, celandi, fere duplicem rcguni accosa-
tivtun.

3 Quodvis verbum admittit &blati>£2& signlficantem isstrumentam, \ut causam
iat modam actionis.

« duibusdam verbis striata? nomen prctl1 in ablative cas^302

ctlis, are also found, especially with verbs of valuing.1}
123. What adjectives always express price in the geti.f
(Tanti and quanti, with their compounds ; pluns, mi-
noris}) 124. What substantives stand in the gen. af-
ter verbs of valuing ? (Flocci, nauci nihili, pili, &c.3)
125. What should be used instead of mulli and majo*
ns ? (Magni and pluris.)

126. What case do verbs of abounding, &c., govern? (Verbs
of abounding, filling, loadings &c., and their opposites,
such as verbs of wanting, depriving of,] emptying of,
govern the ablative.A) 127. What case may egeo and
indigeo govern? (Gen.) 128. What case do verbs
of freeing from, &c., take ? (Some verbs of freeing
from,, removing from, differing from, being at a distance
from, &c., are sometimes followed by the ablative.)
129. What is their more general construction in prose ?
(They are followed by a preposition.) 130. What
case do fungor, &c. govern ? (Fungor, fruor, uto ,
with their compounds, potior, vescor, dignor, glorior,
take the ablative; as does also supersedeo.5) 131. In
what case is the manner, cause, (fee. put ? (Abl.)

§ 14. Passive Voice.

132, In what case is the agent expressed after the pass
verb, when a, ab, is not used? (Dat.) 133. Aftei
what part of the verb is this the regular construction ?
(Part, in dus.6) 134. What verbs cannot be used per-
sonally in the pass, voice ? (Those that govern the
dative in the active.) 135. Go through I am believed.
136. Mention some verbs that have a pass, construc-
tion. (Vapulo, veneo,fio.) 137. What is the substi-

I Pili, paulo, minimo, magno, nimio, plurimo, dimidio, duplo, per se scepe ponuntur
•ubaudila voce pretio.

*	Excipiuntur hi genitivi sine subs tanti vis positi; tanti, quanti, pluris, minority
tantidem, quantivis, }uantilibet, quanticunque, &c.

8 Flood, nauci, ni/u/t, ptfi, assts, hujus, teruncii, verbis tes*umandi peculiarity
tdduntur

4	Verba abundandi, implendi, onerand; et his diversa, ablativo junguntur.

5	Fungor, fruor, ttior, vescor, dignor, rnuto, communico, supersedes, nblatn l
tanguntur.

Potior, aut genitivo, aut ablativo, jungitur.

6	Participiis passive vocis additur interdum dativus, presertim si exeunt in

*	Mihi creditur, I am believed.	Nobis creditur, toe are believed.

Tibi creditur, ttora art believed	Vobis creditur, you are Believed.

Uli creditur, hs is believed,	UUs creditur, they ere believed.303

tute for a fut. inf. pass., when the verb has no supine
to form it with iri 1 (Fore or futurum esse, followed by
ut with the subjunctive.) 138. I hope he will re-
cover. (Spero fore ut convalescat.)

139. What verbs can govern an acc. in the pass. ? (Those
that govern two accusatives in the active.') 140. Can
a pass, verb or participle take an acc. of the part of*
fee ted ? (Yes.2) 141. Translate We have walked
enough by the pass. (Satis ambulatum est.3) 142.
Which is the more common in Lat.: ' Caius videtur,
dicitur, &c. esse or ' videtur, dicitur, &c. Caium esse V
(The personal construction is far the more common.)

§ 15. Time.

143. How is a noun of time put in answer to when? (Abl.4)
144. in answer to for how long? (Acc.5) 145. How
do you express the time in or within which? (By inter,
intra; or by the abL) 146. How do you express time
in answer to how long before or after ? (Abl.) 147.
How are ante, post, used in this construction? (As
adverbs, unless there be another noun or pronoun to be
governed by them.) 148. How do you express a point
or space of future time for which any arrangement is
now made? (By in with acc.) 149. How do you
express the exact time by or against which a thing is to
be done? (By ad with acc.) 150. Four years
ago. (Abhinc annos, or annis, quatuor.) 151. Three
years old. (Tres annos natus.) 152. Above twenty
years old. (Major annis viginti.) 153. Three
years after he had returned. (Post tres annos
quarn rediit; or, rcdierat, &c.)

1 Hajusmodi verba (i. e. verba rogandi, docendj, vestiendi, celandi) etiam in pas
«ivft voce accusativum jx>st se habent.

8 Verbis quitmsdam additur ahlativus partis affect», et poStice accusativus

Quaedam usurpantur etiam cum genitivo.

*	Verbuin impersonate passive vi»cis pro singulis personis utriusque nurneri ele
f&nter accipi potest. [Thus statur may be, 1 stand (statur a me); thou staudest
statur a te); and so on. Thus, curritur, there is running, or they are running ' *

*	Que significant partem temporis, in ablativo frequentius ponuntur

6 Quae autem durationem temporis significant, in uccusativo fere ponajitur.304

$ 16. Place,

154 In what case is the town at wh'.ck a thing is done, to

be put ? (In the gen. if it is a singular noun of the
first or second declension : if not, in the ab'ative.1)
155. In what case is the name of a town to be put in
answer to whither? (Acc.*) 156. In answer to whencet
(Abl.3) 157. To what proper names do these rules ap-
ply ? (To the names of towns or small is lands.) 158.
In what case do urbs and oppidum stand in apposition
to the name of a town in the gen. ? (In the ablative.)
159. How is at translated before the name of a town,
when the action was not done in, but near it ? (By ad
or apud.) 160. How is local space expressed ? (By
the acc., sometimes by the abl.)

ICO.* At home. From home. Home, after a verb of
motion. Into the country. From the country.
In the country. On the ground. In the field.
(At home, domi. From home, domo. Home, domum.
On the ground, humi, which may follow a verb of eithei
rest or motion. In the field. militioe. Into the country,
rus. From the country, ruro. In the country, ruri; or
less commonly, rure.)

\ 17. Gerunds.

161. Decline 6grieving9 throughout.4 162. Of writing
a letter. (Scribendi epistolam ; or, scribendne epis-
tolae.) 163. The letter is to pe written ; or, The
letter must be written ; or, We must write the
letter, (scribenda est epistola, the letter is to be writ
ten.) 164. Go through, I must write.

i Omne verbnm admittit genitivum oppidi nomlnis, In quo fit actio, modo prims
Vol secundum declinationis, et singularis numeri sit.

Vcrutti si oppidi nomen pluralis duntaxat numeri, ant tertis declinationis fucri^
In ablativo ponitur.

•	Verbis sijrnificantibus motum ad locum fere additur nomen Loci in accusativc
«Ine pra*p<isitione.

*	Verbis significantibus motum a loco fere additur nomen loci in ablatH'.* pro
posltiouo.

* N. Dolere, grieving.

G. dolendi, of grieving.

D. dolendo, to grieving.

Acc. dolere, grieving, (ad dolendurn, i' grieve.)

Abl. dolendo, by grieving.

The ace is dulendxm only, when governed by a prepcwitfcri305

Stng. (m\hi) scribendum est, I must write.

(tibi) scribendum est, thou must write,

(illi) scribendum est, he must write.

Plur. (nobis) scribendum est, we must write.

(vobis) scribendum est, you must write.

(illis) scribendum est, they must write.

165.	Go through, epistola scribenda.

(N. Epistola scribenda, a letter to be written.

G. epistolae scribendae, of writing a letter.

D. epistolae scribendae, to or for writing a »etter.

Acc. (ad) epistolam scribendam, to write a lettert (or
to or for writing o letter.)

Abl. epistold scribenda, by writing a letter.)

166.	When must the part. in dus not be used in agree-
ment with its substantive? (When the verb does not
govern the acc.) 167. We must spare our enemies.
(Parcendum est inimicis.)

§ 18. Participles.

68. What kind of sentences may be translated by parti-
ciples ? (Subordinate sentences connected with a prin-
cipal one by relative pronouns, or such conjunctions as
when, after, if, since, because, although, &c.) 169. In
what case do a noun, or pronoun, and participle, stand
when the noun or pronoun is not governed by any other
word ? and what is this construction called ? (They
stand in the abl., and the construction is called the
ablative absolute,1)

70 He gave them the country to dwell in. (He
gave them the country to-be-dwelt-in : habitandam.)
171. What does th6 part, in rus often express ? (The
purpose with which a person acts.) 172. What does
the part, ii dus often express ? (The end or purpose
for which a thing is done.) 173. Express 4 to have
a thing madein the sense of causing it to be made.
(Faciendum curare.)

74. How may 'without' before the participial substantive

i

l Quibnalibet verbis additnr ablatives absolute sumptas306

be translated ? (By a participle with non or some othei
negative word.)

175. What participle is wanting in all but deponents and
neuter-passives ? (The participle of the perfect active.)
176. Having left his brother. (Relicio lratre, o*
quum reliquisset fratrem.)

} 19. Pronouns.

17f. My own fault. Our own fault. (Mea ipsiws culpa;
Nostra ipsorum culpa.) 178. When —self, —selves
are to be translated by ipse, and a personal pronoun, in
what case may ipse stand ? (The ipse generally in the
nominative, but sometimes in the same case as the per-
sonal pronoun.) 179. When may him, his, her, its,
theirs, in a dependent sentence, be translated by sui or
suus, even when they denote the nom. not of their
own. but of the principal sentence ? (Whenever, from
the grammar or the obvious sense, there would be no
danger of understanding the sui or suus to mean the
nominative of its own verb.) 180. By what pronoun
must him, her, &c. be translated, when sui or suus
would be understood to mean the nom. of its own
verb ? (By ipse.) 181. Does suus ever relate to the
accusative, or any oblique case ? (Yes.) 182. With
what pron. is this very common? (With quisque or
unusquisque.) 183. Which gen. pi., iim or iy is used
after partitives 1 (The pi. iim.)

84. What is the difference between 'is qui pugnat,' and
4 hie 07 ille qui pugnat V (' Is qui pugnat' means
4 the combat' or * a combatantwhile 4 hie qui pugnat,'
4 ille qui pugnat,' signify respectively 4 this combatant,'
4 yonder combatant.') 185. Which of these three pro-
nouns is to be used when he, him, &c. is without em-
phasis, simply describing a person or thing before men•
tioned, or about to be described by a rel. clause ? (Is,
ea, id.) 186. By what case only of 4 is' can his, her,
their, be translated ? (Bythe gen.) 187. Of two things
already mentioned, what pronoun means the latter ?
what the former ? (Hie relates to the nearer, the lot-307

ter; ille to the more remote, the firmer.1) 188. Which
pron. means that of yours? (Iste.) 189. Medea illa,
(The famous Medea.) 190. Distinguish between hic}
istej ille, referring to different objects. (Hie denotes
the nearest, ille the most remote, iste that which is the
nearest to the party addressed.2)

191. When is any to be translated by quisquam or ullus ?
(* Any' when all are excluded is quisquam or ullus.)
192. When by quivis, quilibet ? (' Amf when all are
included is quivis, or quilibei • it then means * any you
please, no matter which.') 193. When by quisl
(' AnyJ is quis after si, nisi, num1 ne, quo, quanto.)
194. When by aliquis, quispiam ? (' Any' is translated
by aliquis or quispiam, when it means 1 some one or
other,' ' some.1) 195. Does quisquam ever follows*"?
(Yes : but it then generally implies that the existence
of the exception is very doubtful.) 196. By what
pronouns may 4 a? sometimes be translated? ''By
quidam, aliquis, or quispiam.) 197 What prefix do in-
terrogatives often take ? (The syllable ec.) 198.
What affix ? (The syllable nam.)

§ 20. Comparison.

199.	How should 4 always' with two superlatives be trans-
lated ? (By quisque, agreeing with the same substantives
that the superlatives agree with.)

- Altissima quaque flumina minimo sono labuntur,
The deepest rivers always fiow with the least sound.

200.	When are the pronouns that, those, not to be trans-
lated ? (When they stand in the second member of a
comparative sentence for a substantive expressed in
the first.) 201. When quam is omitted, in what case
is the following sub*t. put ? (In the abl.3) 202.
What case goes with comparatives and superlatives to
express the measure of excess or defect ? (The abl.4)

J Hie et ille, cum ad duo anteposita referuntur, hie plerumquc ad poste ius, tilt
id prius refertur.

t llffic demonstrativa, hie, iste, ille, sic distinguuntur : hh mihi proximum demon*
firat: iste eum, qui apud te est; ille eum, qui ab utroque remotus est

• Comparativa, cuin expionantur per quam, ahlativum admittunt.

4 Tanto, quanto, hoc, eo et quo, cum quibusdam aliis quae mensuram excessQj
tisnific&nt, item mtate et sate, comparativis et supe-'&tivis sape junguntoi-
20308

203. How are the Eng. the—the, — by how much—by
so much, to be translated ? (By quanto-+-tanto; quo-
ta or hoc.)

$ 21. Remarks on the Tenses, tyc.

201. When may the present be followed by the impetf.
suhj. ? (When the present is used, as it often is in
narrative, for the past.1) 205. When is the Eng.
pres. generally translated by the Latin future ? (When
the action expressed by it is still future, which it gen-
erally is when the verb in the principal clause is in a
future tense or the imperative mood.) 206. By what
tense is the perf definite often translated ? (By the fu-
ture perfect.) 207. How are assertions softened in
Latin ? (By putting the verb in the present or perf
of the subjunctive.) 208. What subjunctives are very
frequently used in this way ? (Velim, nolim, malim.)
209. What conjunction is often omitted after velim,
&C. ? (Ut.) 210. I HAVE LONG DESIRED. (Jam
pridem cupio.)

211. Is the perf subj. ever used as an imperat. ? (Yes.)
212. What other tense is sometimes used as an im-
perat.? (The future.) 213. By what tense are ques-
tions of appeal, or questions-for assent, to be translated ?
(By the present or imperfect of the subjunctive, accord-
ing as a present or past time is referred to.)

§ 22. Conditional Sentences.

The clause with 't/' is the conditional clause: the other the consequent
clause.]

214.	In a conditional sentence, how are the verbs translated
when both are in the indicative 1 (By the indicative,
as in English : but if the consequent verb is in the fu-
ture, the conditional verb is more commonly in the
present or perf. subjunctive.)

215.	If both verbs have * should1 would? or 4 were tothai
is, are of the form that generally corresponds to the
imperfect subjunctive, how should they be translated*

i This it the protm* bist&~icuin.309

(Generally by the present subjunctive : but sometimes
by the imperfect.)

26, Wlien the consequent verb has a ' would? or ' should,
but the conditional verb not, how is the translation to
be made ? (By the subjunct. imperf. ox pluperfect.1}

r Si quid habet, dat.

(214.) / Si quid habebit, dabit.

( Si quid habeat, dabit.

/oi k \ i Si quid habeat, det.

^ *' I Si quid haberet, daret.

/2i \ { Si quid haberet, daret.

' *' \ Si quid habuisset, dedisset.

^i7. With what tenses may si take the indie.7 (Withpres.,
per/., and fut.) 218. With what tenses does si always
govern the subjunctive ? (With the imperfect and
pluperfcct.)

219. What are the conditional forms of the subj. ? (Scribe-
rem, s crip sis sem, and scripturus es&tm: but scribam ia
often used conditionally.) 220. When should scrip-
turns essem, cram or fui, be used for i should have writ-
ten V (When the thing would probably have happened,
because it was so intended or arranged.) 221. What
tenses of the indie, are used for the subj. in conditional
sentences ? (The imperfect and pluperfect.) 222. Is
si ever omitted ? (Yes.) 223. Where should the verb
of the sentence then stand ? (First.)

224. In a dependent conditional sentence, the verb of the
consequent clause will be in the infin.: what infinitives
"will take the.place respectively of dat? of dabit? da-
ret ? dedisset ? daturus esset ? (Dat will become dare:
dabit, det, and daret, daturum esse: dedisset, daturum
fuisse: daturus esset, erat, or fuit, daturum fore.)

6 23. Oblique Narration.

225* Explain the meaning of oblique narration. (When the
speech of another is reported in the third person.) 226
In oblique narration, in what mood will the principal
verbs staad ? (The infinitive.) 227 In what mood
vill the verbs of the subordinate clauses stand, provided

1 Of comae,' would iave,' ' should, by the ptvperf.310

they express the words and opinions, not of the narra-
tor, but of the speaker ? (In the subjunctive.) 228. In
oblique narration what is often omitted ? (The verb or
participle on which the infinitives depend.) 229 lu
what mood are questions for answer asked ? (In the
subjunctive.) 230. In what mood are questions of ap-
peal asked? (In the infinitive.) 231. When ques-
tions are thus asked in the infin., may interrogative
pronouns and adverbs be used with the infin. ? (Yes.)
232. In what mood.is the charge expressed with quod?
(In the subj.) 233. How are the acc. and infin. used
with ne in direct narration ? (In indignant exclama-
tions.)

§ 24. The Relative.

534. Mention some words, phrases, &c., with which qui
takes the subj. (After sum, in 4 sunt qui,' 4 erant
qui,' &c., and in negative and interrogative sentences,
nemo, nihil, &c. est? quis est? an quisquam est?
quotusquisque est ? &c. Also after adsunt qui, non de*
sunt qui, &c., and similar phrases with reperio, invenio
[to find].)

235. What mood does qui govern, when it introduces the
. ground of an assertion ? (The subj.) 236. What
mood does qui take after quippe, utpote ? (Generally
the subjunctive.) 237. What mood does qui take,
when it is equivalent to ut with a personal or possessive
pronoun? (Subj.) 238. Mention some phrases with
which qui has this force.

(After (1) dignus, indignus, idoneus, &c.

(2)	tarn, talis, ejusmodi, is (such), Slc.

(3)	comparatives with quam.

(4)	is sum (= talis sum), 41 am a man to?

(5)	quis sum ? who am I?

(6)	when it expresses a purpose.)

239. In wnat other cases does qui govern the subj.!
(After uius and solus signifying 4 alone,i 4 only? and to
express a repeated action taking place in p ist time})

l The verb is then in imperf. or plujerf.311

§ 25. Quum and other Conjunctions.

340 When does quum take the indie. ? (When it expresses
the time, either simply or in a very marked manner;
and in such sentences as ' when you say this, you are
mistaken.'1) 241. What mood does quum, 4 when,1
govern with the imperf. and pluperf.: and generally
when the sentence with when can be turned into a
participle? (The subj.) 241.* Mention some con-
junctions that always govern the subjunctive. (Quasi,
tanquam, as if; utinam, would that; dum, rnodo,
or dummodo, provided only; forsitan, perhaps; licet,
although.) 242. When are the pres. and perf. subj.
used with utinam? (When the thing wished is not
to be represented as impossible to je realized. The
imperf. and pluperf express wishes that are, in the
speaker's opinion, impossible, or unlikely to be realized.)
243. How is * not9 generally expressed after utinam,
dum, &c. ? (By ne.)

2<i4 When the principal verb is in the present tense, in
what mood is the verb after antequam or priusquam
expressed ? (In the pres. indicative or subjunctive.)
245. When the principal verb is in the fut., in what
mood or moods may the dependent verb be ? (In the
future perfect or the present subjunctive; sometimes in
the present indicative.) 246. When the principal verb
is in the past tense, in what mood or moods may the
dependent verb be ? (In the perfect indicative, or in the
imperfect subjunctive.) 247. When should the subj,
always be used after antequam, priusquam? (When-
ever it is stated or implied to be necessary, proper, or
designed with a view to some purpose, that the one
action or event should precede the other.)

248. When do dum, donee, quoad, = until, take the in*

I In such sentences what is said in the principal clause is not only con-

temporaneous with the action expressed in the quum clause, but is actually vn-

tiuded in it.

When ioes quum always take the subjunctive? [When it means although*

9theretu, since, (when Mince does not express tiwu.)]312

dieative ? (When they merely mark the time up to
which the action or state is to be continued.) 249«
When the subjunctive ? (When that up to which the
action or state is to be continued, is to be represented,
not as a fact, but only as what may possibly occur;
especially when it is itself the object pursued.) 250.
What mood do they and quamdiu always take, in the
sense of as long as? (The indicative.) 251. With
the adverbs meaning after, as soon as, how should the
English pluperf generally be translated? (By the
perf.)

252.	What are the conjunctions by which 'although' is to
be translated? (Etsi, tametsi, quamquam, with the in-
dicative ; or licet with the subjunctive.)

253.	What is quamvis, and what mood does it govern?
(However much; however, with subj.: it may often how-
ever be rendered although.) 254. What is etiamsi,
and what mood does it take ? (Even if; even though:
it governs indie, or subjunct.) 255. Do any other
conjunctions express though? (Yes: sometimes quum
and ut.)

256.	What is the Lat. for ' becauseand what mood does it
take? {Quia with indie.)

257.	What is the conjunction for c since ?n (Quoniam with
indie.)

{Examples.)

r Ante rorat quam pluit, It drops before it rains.

Tempestas minatur antequam surgat, A tempest
threatens before it gets up.

Antequam aliquo loco consedero, longas a me lite-
ras non exspectabis, Till I settle somewhere, you will
not expect long letters from me.

Antequam de republic^ dicamf exponam vobia
breviter, &c.

Priusquam respondeo . . . dicam, &c. (Phil. ii. 3.)

I When it gives a reason: not 4 tinee1 of time ; which is ex 911a, fee.

244. ^

245.aia

Hsec omnia ante facta sunt, quam Yerres Italiam
attigit, All these things were done before Verres
reached Italy.

Ducentis annis ante quam Romam caperent9 in
Italiam Galli transcenderunt, The Gauls crossed over
_ into Italy two hundred years before they took Rome.
Exspectabo dum venias, I will wait till you come.
Exspecto dum venias, I am waiting till you come•
Exspectabam dum venires, I was waiting till youVII. CAUTIONS.

1 Him, her, them, (or he, she, they, when they are to be Emulated by the accwta
tivc,) must be translated uy the proper case of sut, when they and the nom
inative of the verb stand for the tame person. Also, in the same case, his, hers
its, theirs, must be translated by suus.

2. In a sentence with ' that' dependent on a past tense, the perfect is to be translated
by the present (and imperfect) infinitive, whenever the notion expressed by it
is not to be described as over before the time of the principal verb.

3 4 Should' after ' that' is to be translated by the present infinitive when it does
n^t express either duty or a future event.

4.	4Would,' 'should,' after a past tense are future forms:

He says that he will come.

He said that he would come.

5.	4 Thing'' should be expressed by 4 res,' (fein.,) when the adjective alone would

leave it doubtful whether men or things were meant:

Thus 4 of many things,' not mult arum, but multarum rerum.

6.	Cum is written after, and as one word with the ablatives me, te, &c.: mecum,

tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum.

7.	Many English verbs become transitive by the addition of a preposition; for

instance, to smile at, &c.

8 4 For' before a substantive or pronoun followed by the infin. Is not to be trans
lated. The construction is the acc. with infin.

It is a sin I for a not to obey Parents.

\ that a boy should not obey his parents.

9.	4 Jls' and 4 but* are often (in effect) relatives:4 but* being equivalent to the relat

with not.

10.	4 Such" in English Is often used where size is meant, rather than quality.

It should the^ be translated into Latin by tantus, quantus; not talis,
qualis.

11.	4 That,* when it stands for a substantive which has been expressed in a pre

ceding clause, is not to be translated.

12.	NeuUr verbs of motion often form their perfect definite of the active voice ivitl»

4 am,* not1 have.*

13.	4 7V is omitted after many verbs, which thus seem to govern two accusatives

14.	When 4 that* introduces a consequence, ' that noV is ut non, not ne.

That-not \ tor» purpose... ne.

(- consequence . . .ut non.

15.	After verbs of fearing, the Eng .future and the participial substantive are trans

lated by the present or imperfect subjunctive, with ut or ne.

16.	Who, what, which, are often dependent interrogatives, especially after verbs of

asking, knowing, doubting, &.C.

17.	'May? 4might,' sometimes mean 4 can,' 4could* and must be translated by

possum.

18.	The perf. infin. must be translated by the present infin. after might, could,

aught, unless the action is to be represented as over before the time to which
might, could, &c., refer.

19 Of you* ' of us,* are not to be translated after how many, or other numerafs,
when the whole party are spoken of. When of us, of you, are omitted, the
verb will be of the first and second pers. respectively.

to. 1l English, substantives standing before and spoken of other substantives., ar*

used objectively, and must be translated into Latin by adjectives.

CI. 1 What* is sometimes used for 4 how,* (quam;) sometimes for lhov> grant,
/quota*.)315

& • Fbr* and 4 as' are to be untranslated, when the noun that follows can be

placed in apposition to another noun in the sentence.

£3. When one, two, &c., mean one, ttso, &c. apiece, or for each, they must be trans*
lated by the distributive numerals, singuli, bini, &c. See C. 38.

24	To express the future subjunctive passive, we must not use the participle in

dus with sim, esseni, &c., but futurum sit, esset, &c., followed by at.

25	Afier an expression of time, ' that' is often used for on which,

26.	What is in form, the present participle active is often 4 the participial substan-

tive' or gerund. It is always so, when it governs or is governed, instead ot
ir erely agreeing.

27.	4 J have to do it' must be translated by the part, in dus.

{Eng.) With whom we have to live.

(Lot.) With whom it is to-be-lived, (quibuscum vivendum est.)

28	1 It isfollowed by what is in form the injin. pass., generally expresses

necessity, fitness, or something intended.

29	But4 is to be* sometimes means, not necessity, fitness, or intention, but possi'

bility as, 4 the passage is to be found in the fifth book,' = the passage may
or can be found in the fifth book.

30	A present participle must be translated by a perfect participle (or its substitute,

quum with perf. or pluperf. subj.) when the action expressed by it must bo
over, before that expressed by the verb begins.

31	The English present part. act. is generally translated by the Latin past partien

when the verb is deponent.

32	4 BuV (= except, unless) after a negative io nisi, or (if it stands before a sub-

stantive) the prepos. pr<Bter.

33	When the action was not done in, but only near a town, 4 aV must be trans*

lated by ad or apud.

34	4 One' often means 4 some one* (aliquis) or 4a certain one,1 (quidam.)

35. 4 WilV and 4 would4 will not' and 4 would not,y are often principal verbs, to be
translated by velle and nolle respectively.

They are to be so translated when for

will,	would, we may substitute

is (are, &c.) willing, was (were, &c.) willing.

36	When an English word is followed by a preposition, consider whether the

Latin word to be used is followed by a preposition or by a case: and then \f]
what preposition, or what case.

37	O never translate, puer admodum care,

41 am going to plough,' by 4 sum iens arare*

With eo the phrase has got nothing to do:

Be sum araturus the Latin for you.

S8	In so many apiece, leave 4 apiece' quite ilone,

But of numerals choose a distributive one.

VIII. DISTINCTION OF SYNONYMES.

I Qui quant, reperit: non qucesita inveniuntur.

S Tu succende rogum; tsedas accende facesque.

5 Navis, equus, currusque vehunt; portabit asellus
Pondera, poRTABUNTque humeri; leviora ferdntur.

Lipvh oerit clipeum; vestesque geruntcr et arma.

4 Contingit use of things we like;

But accidit, when evils strike.

$ Vilia de8p1c1mus : contemns pericula, miles:

Sperne voluptates, foedasque libidinis escas.

Despicerb relates to what we might value or respect: contemners U>
what we might fear or think important: spernere, to what we might
accept or pursue.

£ Eximo qua mala nunt; adtmo bona: demere possum

Quidlibet: haec teneas justo discrimine verba.

1 Pajrs orje est litus : retinentur flumina ripis.

Hence ora, coast; litus, shore ; ripa, bank.APPENDIX I.

Verbs followed by Gen., Dat., or Ml., where toe use no preposition, and shulli4
therefore be likely to put the accusative. (Those with asterisks take also Ml 01».
of the thing, though some of thein only when the acc. is a neut.pron.)

obtain.
U> pity,
forget.

remember.
recoutU.
require.
ft*N&

potior, (abl.)
j misereor.
I miseresco.
obliviscor, (ace.)

imeniim, (acc.)
recordor, (acc.)
reminigcor, (acc.)

I So, J <*>■

abuse, )
revile, )
advise,
answer,
believe,
command,
commission,
charge,
congratulate,
displease,
direct,

{enoy,

.fnnor,
Iflattery
\give,

fielp, )
aid, >
assist, )

succor,

heal, I
cure, $

hurt,
indulge,
marry,

obey,

pardon,
permit,
persuade,
please,

resist,
oppose,

rival,
[satisfy,
I spare,

Mitt,
threaten^

&V£t,

maledlco.

♦suadeo.
*respondeo.
credo.
*iinpero.

*mando.

♦gratulor.
displieeo.
*pra*cipio.
♦in video,
faveo.

adulor, (acc.)
*do.

auxilior,
opitulor.

( subvenio,
I succurro.
medeor.

noeep.
*indulgeo.
nubo.

C pareo,
< obedin,
( obteinpero.
*ignosco.
♦permitto.
♦persuadeo.
placeo.
\ resisto,
$ repugno.
apinulor, (ace.)
satisfacio.
parco.
convenio.
. *minor,
\ *niinitor.

\ onnftito, i ^

abuse, abutor.
dwckargl, ) f
perform, ) 6
enjoy,	fruor.

obtain, potior, (gcru)
require, )	>

Zit,

use,	utor.

Zn!rifuna,\ama-APPENDIX II

GREEK NOUNS.

Voc. sometime* 4 and 4

I iEnS-ls,	as,	», am (an),	&,	i,

Dkcl. < Anchls-es,	«,	ae,	6n,	6,	6,

(P$nSlftp-£,	es,	as,	en,	g,	6,

f Del-ds,	i,	o,	um or 6n,	e,	o,

2d Dkcl. i ^rP^*eUs' e*> eo> euin or eu» eo*

I (or, N. eus, G. eos, D. €i (ei), Acc.gS poetical.)

I Ath-5s, 0, d, On or 0, ds, 0. (In Greek u>j.)

' Po€s-is, is, I i, im, \ is, i.	| es, efin (lbus not fmnd.)

idpbcl.

(eos,) $ (in,) i

Nerfi-is,

G. Ner6id-is,)

(&s,) S
Perlcl-gs, is, ) i,

i, i ea,
Did-6, &s, 0, 6,

i, em,)

(a»)i

em, J

(NerS'i,) 6. | 6s, am, ibas, es.)

(is.) {

■!o.

I (also, 5nis, &c.)

Oj«. Neuters in a, G. Stis, have D. plur. in aits; thus,poema, D. plur.poivUUisi
Dot pocmatibus.

EXAMPLES OF PATRONYMICS, (or names from a father or
ancestor.)

Atlas, (antis,)

iEnSas, AnchTses, TyndSrus, TliSseus,
m. JEne0de8, Anchisi&des, Tyndarides, The sides1
f. <»32neir * A-ichisias, Tynd&ris, Theseis,

j A U an tides, >
I Jiuantiaden, y
Atlantis, )
Atlantias. \

EXAMPLES OF NAMES (derived from one's toww or native

country.)

Thrax, Laco, (Lacon,)
Threissat \ Lacatna,
Thressa, \

Phoenix,
Phanitsa,

m. Persa, Cres, Tros,

f. Persia, Cress a, ) Troas,

Cretis, j

Romlnus, Cluslnus,	Atheniensis,	Abderltgs, (fern. Abderitia)

(Roman) (of Clusium) (an Athenian) (of Abdera)

Milesins,	ArpTnas,

(of Miletus)	(of Arpinum.)

1 For Tktsiidts. Hence ides comes from nom. in at*..318

INITIALS OF ROMAN NAMES. (Prasnomvna.)

A.

APP.

C.

CN.

D.

K
L
M

M' or M?

stands for

Aulus.	N.
JUppius.	P.
Caius.	a.
CncBus.	SER.
Decimus.	SEX.
K<eso.	SP.
Lucius.	T. -
Marcus.	TI.
Manias.	

stands for

stands for

ATumemu
Publius
Quintus,
Serving,
Sextus.
Spurtus.

Titus
Tibertvs

APPENDIX III.

CONJUNCTIONS.

(1) Conjunctions governing the subjunctive.

«V

quo,
ne,

neve,
neu,

quin,

that j in order that, (often ren-
dered by the infinitive.^)

that And carry' not? (after verbs

of fear.)

' that, (and carry (the' to the com-
parative.)

not, (with imperat. or subj. used

imperatively.)

that, and carry ' notlest.

that, (after verbs of fear.)

it may often be rendered by not
with the infin.

1 and that not; nor.

but, (as used after negatives.)
the relative with not.

* ojt not' with infin.

from or without with the parti-
cipial substantive.

{(by tohich—the less,) that

from, with the participial
substantive.

utlnam, would that.
dum,	} provided that: if only.

modo, > (after these conjunctions
dumm&do, ) * not' is ne.)

quasi,	f as if.

ut si,	) (pres. subj. rendered by

ac si,	j the perfect after these

tanquam, t conjunctions.)

licet, although.

quamvis, however much ; although

quum, since; although.

j-**-

'2) Other conjunctions, several of which take the subjunctive occasionally! (es-
pecially with the imperfect and pluperfect.)

f because, that, (after verbs ex-
d J pressing emotions, and when
4 ' | it refers to a demonstrative

V pronoun.)

qunm,* when.

postquam, J after, (generally withperf.
posteaquam, ) indicative.)

simfilac,
simulatque,
ut primum,

quum primum,

uh'i, I :

antequam,» I j.

pnusquam,

}as s
wii

soon as, (generally
with perf. indicative.)

1 Sometimes ut = so that; on condition that. Sometimes = although.

S Quum, ( when,'' often takes the subjunctive: it should generally do so, when
the verb with when could be turned into a participle.

8 Antequam and priusquam mostly take the subj. of the imperf. and pluperf.;
and whenever it is meant that one thing is necessary or designed to precede another,
I'he indicative is used when mere priority is to be expressed.319

fhim,l donee,) until; as long1 as, (dam,
quoadt	) whilst•)

qu&ni Jiu, as long as.

si,* if.

sin, but if: sin minus, but if not.

nisi, ni, unless.

etsl, 1

tametsi, > although ; even though.

etiuuisi, S

et, que, ac, atque, and, (ac seldom before
k sounds.)

titiam, (before its'

word,)

qu&que, (after its

word,)

ct,

aut, vet, ve, or.

verum, vero, but.

autem, at, ast, atqui, sed, but.

even; also; too.
(iUiam, in answers,
is 4 yes.*)

(amen, att&men, iyet; notwithstanding;

j nevertheless.

verunUtinen,

quia, because.

quippe, because ; inasmuch as
quoniain, ) .
quandoquTdem, \

quando, zoften, since.
siquhlein, since; if indeed.
quatSnus, in as far as.

nam, nanique, ( f

- h \}or.

enim, etfinira,

itaque, and so; therefore.

igitur, I
propterea, I
idcirco, > therefore
ergo,

ideo, J
hinc, hence; therefore
quare,

quoci/ca, J
et—et,

atque—atque,

ac—ac,

tarn—quam,

tuin—turn,

quuni—turn,

non solnm, j verum (or J not only, bm
non modo, ( sed) etiam ) also

vel-veK |

sive—sive, ) be it that—or be it thai;
seu—seu, J either—or : whether—or.
nunc—nunc, > now—now; one while—
modo—modo, $ another.

neque—r^eque, jneittler nor-
nec, alone, may often be rendered by
1 and' and ' no? carried to the verb.

both—and;
not only—but also.

Obs. Enim, autem, vero, quidem, quoque, cannot stand as the first words of a
sentence or clause: igitur seldom does.

1 Dum, donee, quoad, in the sense of until, take the subj. when there is reference
to an object to be obtained. In the sense of ' as long as* they have the m*

UctOvst.

f Si and its compounds take the subjunctive of the imperfect and pluperfect, and

of iho other tenses when the condition !s ic be expressed doubtfully' 9INDEX.

(On finding root of present from root of perftcL)

To find tic root of the present from the root of the perfect, we must remem
ber how thf root of the perfect was formed.

l) Thus if at>, iv, u precede ' it* or any other termination of the tenses that
have the root of the perfect, we get the root of the present by throwing them
away. But sometimes u is to be retained.

b) We must remember that z is made up of cs, or gs, or qua: and therefore the
root of the present ends in c, g, or qu: sometimes however in v, A, or the
vowel that precedes x.

[duzi, texiy eoxi, from duco, tego, eoqno.

vizi, vexi, struxi, from vivo, veho, struo-1

e)	We must remember that ps may be made up of bs: so that the root of the
present may end in b; not necessarily in p.

(scrips-it = scrib-zil: R. scitb.)

d) Sometimes an » or m must be inserted before the final mute, to give the rest
of the present.

(vlc-it; R. vine: rup-it; R. rump.)

0) Sometimes e must be turned into A, to get the root of the present.

(jec-it; R. j&c.)

f)	Before s, a d has often been thrown away.

(clausi = claud-si; R. claud.)

f) An » before s is a ft, d, or r, in the present.

(jussi, eessi, gessi, from jub-eot ced-o, ger-o.)

fPQr Wher a verb is followed by to, the meaning is that the first parcou
of the pres. ends in io.)LATIN INDEX.

[f refers to the page. Numerals below 7 refer to the Exercises, Part II. Above 6»
to the Vocabularies, Part II. Numerals enclosed in parentheses refei to the £&•
ercises, Part II.]

A, ab, abs, from; by: 9. fronte, (24,) in.
front: ab u. c. stands for ab urbe
conditft, fr&m the city built; from the
building of the city
abesse, to be absent; to be far from.
abire, to go atoayA
aboLSre, to abrogate.

ab&lescere, pass away, decay.

abrTpere, (ripu, rept,) 28, to snatch away;

hurry away.

abs-condere, (did, dit,) to hide.

absens, (23,) absent: construe 'in his
absence

absolvere, ^solv. solQt,) to acquit, 12.
abstinSre, to abstain from, 25.

absuinere, to take away, destroy.

ac, and.

accSdere, (cess,) go up to; approach.
accTdere, Syn.4, to happen; befall: accT-

dit, 21, it happens; or, it happened.
accipere, (cfip, *ept,) to receive, 2, 39.
accipiter, a hawk, 2.

accommodare se, to adapt.

accurate, accurately, 40.

accurrere, U, run up.

accisare, to accuse.

acor, p. 139. sharp, active, fierce -
acerbe, sharply, 20.

acerbitas, sharpness, 15.

acerbus, 36, sour; bitter
Achilles, (23,) Achilles, the bravest of the

Greeks who fought at Troy: Gen. is.
Icies, sharpness; sight; line or order of
battle;' ranksaciem instruere, 26,29.
acqulrere, to acquire.

acuere, to sharpen.

tc&leus, 13, a sting, a thorn.

tcflmcn, 19, acuteuess.

acute, sharply ; wittily.

ad, to, at; ad tempus, (25,) fo- a time;

ad—usque, 19, up to.

addere, to add.

add ictus morti, condemned to death, [ad'

dlcere.J
addiscere, 27, to learn more.

addOcere, 30, to lead to; induce.

adeo, 21, (23,) so; in such a manner.
adesse, (32,) to be present, to be at hana»
adferre, (fero, irreg. verb,) to bring.
adhsergre, to adhere; to be joined to; tc

stick; or, be caught.

adhibere, 25, to use, to employ.

ad-hi nn ire, to neigh at any thing.

adhuc, 12, (22,) hitherto, yet.

adTmere, (5m, einpt,) to take away some-
thing desirable.

adipisci, (adept,) to obtain gain, win.
adjuvare, to help, (acc.)

administrate, 23, to administer.
admirahilis, admirable, wonderful.
adm&dum, very.

adinongre, (monu, monit,) to admonish
remind.

adinfivgre, to move (a thing) to.
adnuinerare, 31, to reckon to*

adolescere, to grow up; grow to maturity,
adoriri, 37,2 to attack, fall on, accost.
adornare, (25,) to adorn.

adscendere, 12, climb to, ascend, mount.
ad-scrTbere, [to write in addition to.] at
se ad amicitiam tertiuin adscriberent,
(to admit him as a third person into their
friendship;) to let him too be their friend.
adspectus, (10,) look, sight: Gen. us.
adspergere, (spers, spers,) to besprinkle,
adspTcere ia (spex, spect,) to behold.

1 See Conjug. of co. Inf. ire. Irreg. verbs, p. 123, First Latin Book, -
£ In Fab. 4, p. 256, U address or accost s meaning, however, that U was dote wit*
icuitt U intention.322

adsuescere, suev, suet,) to accustom,

(trans.;) to accustom myself
advert, see advehere.

advehere, (vex, vect,) to bring.

ad venire, (10,) to come to.

adventare, 29, to approach.

adventus, 10, approach ; G. Us.
adversarius, 23, enemy.

adversus, adverse, towards ; adverso tem-
pore, (at an adverse season,) in adver-
sity.

©des, pi. house.

egre ferre, to take (any thing) ill; to be

displeased at (any thing.)

edificare, to build.

aedilitas carulis, (33,) the Curule JEdile-

ship; the dignity of Curule JEdile.
edilitius, (37,) one who has been JEdile.
egrotus, sick.

/Egyptii, the Egyptians.

jEnfias, JEneas, a Trojan prince; G. se,
A pp. ii.

tequalis, (adj.,) of the same age.

aquare, (33,) to make equal; to equalize.

eeque ac, 27, just as, as.

sequitas, equity, justice.

squus, even, equal, just, fair; aequus

animus, resignation.

a8r, the air.

aes alienum,33, (another's moneys) debt.

a;stas, summer.

sestimare, to value.

rtas, time of life, age.

in sternum, forever.

flpvum, age, an age.

afficere, io, to affect; injuria afficere, to
wrong; aniinutn voluptate, to give
pleasure to the mind; poenai, to visit
with punishment; ultimo supplicio, to
execute, to put to death.

affirmare, to affirm.

affligere, (flix, flict.) to afflict.
Agamemnon, the commander-in-chief of

the Greeks at Troy; G. 5nis.

ag&so, muleteer ; G. 5nis.

age, (26,) come I

Ager. 5, field, territory; G. agri.

agere, (6g, act,) to do, to act, to drive, to
spend, (life, time, &c.;) causam, to
plead a cause ; quid agis 1
ag-gr&dior, (gress,) to attack, [from ad to,

gr&dior to walk.}

agitare, to drive.

tgnoscere, (nov, nitj to recognise, ac-
knowledge.

agnus, lamb.

Bgric&ia, 3, 7, a husbandman.

%^riculMra, agriculture, tillage.

fcin' tu ? (for aisne tu 7) say you so ?
how so ?

licibiades, Gen. is, an Athenian, a pupil
of Socrates, and general in the Pelo-
ponnesian wat.

tie re, p. 172, to nourish, support.
Alexander, G. dri, a king of Macedon,
called ' the Great1

alienus, belonging to another. rendfii

4 another's,'' ' other men's.'

alimentum, nourishment, food.
aliquamdiu, for some time.

aliquando, p. 180, some time or other.
aliquis, p. 146, any one, any, some.
aliquid, (neut.,) something ; some. Be-
fore a genitive it is to be translated Vf
some, and the genitive not to ha re ' of
aliquot, some, several.

aliqudties, several times.

aliter, 24, otherwise.

alius, p. 138, other, another; G. I OS.
al-ligare, to tie up.

all5qui, (locut,) speak to, address.

alog, the aloe; G. es, App. ii.

Alpes, the .Alps ; G. i*jm.

alter, p. 138, another; one more: alter—

alter, the one—the other.

alteruter, one or the other, one of tht
two.

altitudo, height.

jiltus, high, deep; loud, altom mare, Vu

deep sea, or high sea.

amare, to love.

am iirus, bitter.

am hire gratiam, to court the favor (oC)

ambitio, ambition.

ambitus, bribery; G. us.

ambulare, to walk ; in jus ambulare, U

go to law ; to go before a magistrate.
amiculum, cloak, mantle.

amicitia, friendship.

amicus, 3, friend; amTcum habere all*

quem, to have a man for your friend
amittere, (mis, miss,) 24, to lose.

amnis, river.

amoenitas, beauty, {of places, <$-c.)

amor, love.

amussis, Abl. i, carpenter's rulet plumt
line.

amphibium, an amphibious animal

an.—Synt. 54,

anas, &tis, duck.

an-ceps, (cipitis,) doubtful.

Anchlses, a Trojan, the father of J&ncae <

G. ae, App. ii.

ancilla, maid-servant; maid.

angiportws, us, lane.

anguis, snake.

Anglus, English ; an Englishman
angustise, a narrow pass.

angustus, narrow.

anima, breathy vital principle, soul, anl
mam agere, (to be spending the titii
principle, —) to be near death; to b4
about to die.

animal, animal; G. Sills.

animi le vitas, lightness of mind, thought
lessness.

animus, mind, scul, heart, feeling, in
tention; animus me fallit, I am mis
taken.

Anio, G. finis, « river thai Jtam» info

Tiber.

annfilus, ring.323

Ultras, year tertius est annus, ex quo,
(it is the third year from that which, =)
4 it is three years since,' &c.

in tea, before, (adv.'*

antecftdere, to go before; to excel
anteferre, to prefer.

antequam, before, (o injunctional adv)
antiquum, ancient.

antrum, cave.

anus, old woman.

anxius, anxious.

Apelles, G. is, a celebrated Grecian painter.
aperire, (ajieru, apert.) p. 174, to open.
Apollo. G. Inis, Apollo, the god of poetry

and prophecy.

ip-par6re, (paru,) to appear.

appellare, to call to, appeal to.

appellere classem, (24,) (to drive a fleet

to, =) to put into a port, to land.
app§tere, to desire, long to attain.
ap-properare, to hasten up.

aptus. fit.

ap«d, at, by, amongst, in the house of.
Iqua, 3, water, aqua inarina, sea-water,

salt water.

fiqui la, 2, eagle.	^

&ra, (13,) altar.

ftrare, 1, to plough.

Araris, (a river in Gaul,) the Saone.
arbitnuin.—See note on Ex. 43.

arlMir, (8,) tree. fein. G. oris.

arcanum, secret.

arcere, to ward off, keep off,—exclude
from.

arcessere, p. 173, to send for, summon.

architectus, architect.

arcus, bow ; G. us, (Dat. pi. iibus.)

arena, 3, sand.

♦rgentiim, silver.

Argi, G. 6run>, Jirgos, a town of Greece,

in the Peloponnesus.

Aristldes, a noble Jithenian, famed for

his justice.

arma capere, to take arms.

ar-rigere. (rex, rect,) to raise up, prick
, UP-

ar-riperb, io, (ripu, rept,) to snatch up, to

snatch hold of, seize.

ars, lis, art.

ars oratoria, oratory : vid. bonus.

arti-fex, (ticis.) artist.

arvum, ploughed land, cornfield, field.
irx, citadel.

ascendere, to ascend, climb.

asm us, 2, ass.

assiduitas, assiduity, industry
astro ui, constellation, star.

at hut. at vero, but.

Athena:, arum, Athens.

Aiht niensis, 14, in Athenian.

htque, and.

alqui, but.

fctr&mentuin. 13, ink.

tttentus, (at-iendere,) attentive pi rum
atientus, (tx L.ttle attentive/ %ety in-
attentive

atrox, terrible, wild ; G. atiOrts.

attingere, (tig, tact,) 40, to touch, reach.
attonare, to astound.

auceps, (for avi-ceps,) bird catcher
[avis, lird; capere, to take.} G. au
cupis.

auctor, an adviser, qui bus auctori bus.
(lwho being the advisers') may to
rendered ' by whose advict '

auctoritas, authority.

auctumnus, 28, autumn.

audacia, 17, boldness.

audax. 17, bold ; G. acis.

audere, (ausus sum,) to dare% to pre

same.

audire, to hear.

aufugere, io, 24, tb fly away.

augere, (aux, auct,) to increase: trans,
aureus, of gold, golden.

auris, ear.

aurum, 4, gold.

auscultare, 6, to listen.

aut, or; aut—aut, either—or
autem, but.

aux ilium, 5, help; auxilia, 5, auxiliary

forces.

avaritia, avarice.

a varus, greedy, avaricious
Svis, 3, bird.

avunculus, uncle.

Bacillus, or baculum, stick, staff.

bahena, whale.

barbarus, barbarous.

barbarus, barbarian ; one who was not U

Greek.

beate, happily.

beatus, happy, beatum ferre aliquem,. j

call a man happy.

bellare, to wage war; bellandi sta-
dium == love of war.

bellua, beast.

beiium, 5, war; gerere, to wage tear
b*ne, well.

beneficium, 14, benefit.

beneticus bountiful

benevolentia, 2li, benevolence, goodner-

benignitas, 25, bountif ulness, goodnest

benjgnus bountiful.

besria, beast, wild beast.

bibere, (bib, bilut,) to drink, p 171.

blanditnetilum, 15, blandisk^tnt.

biennium, the space of tec years.

bis, twice.

Boeotia, a country in vtSidle Greece,

capital, Thebes.

bonitas, goodness. G. atis.

bortiiin. a gm>d thine, a blesri«r.

bon ns, good. borne artes, =. useful team

ing ; the arts and sciences.

bos, bfivis,	ox.

brachium, 5, a~m.

brP.vis, ihort.

lirlsfiis, Briseis ; G. Idia.

Britannlcus, British.324

UranduiJium, Brundusiuv^ a town of

Jower Italy.

brutus, brute, brutish.

CScflmen, 15, the top, peak.

cadaver, (nM) corpse.

e&riere, p. !7l, to fall.

C tec us, bliml.

craiere, (cecfd, ca?s,) p. *71, to slay, kill.

C«sar, CtBsar ; G. §ris.

calaiuilas, a calamity.

calcar, a spur; G. aris.

Cilidus, warm.

CaII6re bene, to be veil skilled in.
callidus, skilfu.1; callidissime, very skil-
ful.

ea1«»r, heat; G. Oris.

campus, field.

canduiU3, white.

c&nflre, p. 172, to sing.

cinis, dog; G. is.

Cannit, arum, Cannes, a town in Cam
pania.

Cannensis, 17, of Canna.

/antare, 9, to sing.

cantilena, (9,) soUg.

ksantillare, 4, to trill.

CP.ntus, ng ; G. us.

c&|iere, io, p. 171, arma capere, to
take arms.

capessere, p. 173, to seize hold of under-
take.

capitis, {of the heady =) to death.

capra, goat.

captfvus, J 5, captive.

capturus, fut. part, of capio, to take.

Capua. Capua, the capital of Campania,

in southern Italy.

cftput, ltis, head; capite or capitis

dainnatus, 38, condemned to death.
carcer, 8riS prison;

c&rSre, p. 169,1. (governs abl.) to want, to

be without.

caritas, 37, affection.

carmen, G. In is, song.

caro, carnis, flesh.

carpere, p. 171, to pluck.
CarthRjiiniensis, 15, Carthaginian.
Carth&go, Tnis, a powerful city in Africa,
founded by Queen Dido, (from Tyre;)
the rival of Rome.

Cttrus, dear.

castig! re, to chastise.

Cistra, (pi.,) a camp
castus, chaste.

Casus, (31.) misfortune; G. (is;

Casu, by chance.

Catilinarii, the Catitinarian conspirators.
l.'4to, 5nis, a Roman famed for his injtex-
iblt adherence to his principles ; he lived
between the second and third Punic wars.
timsa, cause; causk, for the sake of;
causain agere, to plead a cause. (as ad-
vocate ;) causam dlcere, to plead one's
umn cause

ciutus, 25, cautious

clvea, a cage.

cavgre, (civ, caut,) p 170, tc beware qf

eivus, hollow.

cedere, p. 171, to yield.

eglebratus, part, of celebrare, c«/dralM

ccleritas, swiftness ; G. Stis.

coleriter, quickly.

i,elsus, high, tall.

censgre, p. 169, tt think, value.

centurio, 26, cent irion; G. 5uis.

c< pi, see capere.

(era, wax.

CSres, Sris, Ceres, the goddess of corn
ire.

ccrnere, (crgv, cret,) to see, perceitc, ji
172,

certainen, 17, contest.

certare, 3, 17. to fight, quarrel.

certus, certain.

cervus, stag.

n6;°rt, a\ a, the other; other.

Chiei«)iiga, a town in Bceutia.

Christian us. Christian.

Chryses, G. a;, Chryses, a priest of Apollo
cihus, i, food.

cingere, (cinx, cinct,) p. 171, to gird, sur-
round.

circl1' l about.

circum, J

circum-dftre, (circumdCdi, circumd&tuin,)
to surround.

' to surround a city with a wall,'
is either 'circunidare urbem murof
or 'circumdaro murum urbi.''
circuni-linere, (lev, lit,) to smear round,

anoint, cover.

circum sfidSre, (to sit around,) tc invest jf

besiege a town.

circum-spicere, io, (spex, spcct,) to look
around.

circum-vgnire, 28, to surround, to rArcum-
vent.

citra, im a" side °f-
cito, quickly.

civllis, 19, civil. ,

clvis, p. a citizen.

clvTtas, state; admission to citizen tin».
p. 134,

clades, defeat, overthrow ; clados Vail ina,

the defeat of Varius.

clam, sccrctly.

clam, (prep.,) without the knowledge vf.
clamare, 3, to shout.

clninor, 16, clamor, shouting.

clarus,	clear, illustrious.

classis, p. 134, classwu appeilerc, (ippfiU
appulsum,) to put into a port; to .'an«l
claudere, (claus, claus,) p. 171, to shut.
clSvus, a nail.

dementia, 25, clemency, mercy.

clipeus, shield.

clitellse,pannier»; a packsaddie
coelestis, ?7, heavenly.

caelum	h eaven.325

KBiia, dinner; ad coenam vocare, to in-
vite to dinner.

ecBnaro, to dine.

eo-PrcSre, to restrain.

cOgere, (cofig, co£Ct,) to compel, p. 172.
ugitare, to consider.

co-gnatus, 30, related.

coguitio, 21, knowledge.

t')-gnoscere, (co-gnovi, co-gnitum,) to
know wtil, generally from information ;
to learn ; cogmtus, known.

Obs. The original root is gno, as
in yvo, yi/w, yiyvunrK.

cole^e, p. 172, cultivate, worship.
collineare, to hit the mark.

Collis, (in.,) hill.

col-lfjqui, (locut,) to converse.

cnlliuii, neck.

col-lustra re, enlighten, illuminate.
colftuus, 27, former.

color, oris, color.

fcolumba, dove.

coin burere, p. 268, to burn down ; to burn,
lz=z consume by burning.) See uro, p.
173.

com-edere, to eat up, to devour, to eat.

See edo, p. 178.

c5ines, (coniltis,) companion.

C5mis, affable, polite.

comitia, (pi..) an assembly of the people
for the election of magistrates. From
4 cow/' and ' it,' sup root of eo.
couimemorare, to make mention of.

De after commemorare must be
rendered by ' of.'

commendare, 19.

committere, to commit; proelium, 15.
com-tn5dum, 34, advantage.

com-iiiorari, [to tarry together,] to live

together.'

comuiuvgre, to move;

coniitiunicare. to make common ; to share,

(followed by cum.)

eommuniter, 37, in common.

com-parare, to procure. Comparare co-
" pias, to rami troops or forces.
compar&tus, formed.

compellare, to call.

com per ire. p. 174, to ascertain.
compescere, to restrain, repress.

eomplSre, (pl6v, plgt,) to fUl.

30iiip8nere. to arrange.

compositus, ffrom coniponere,) arranged,
diXposeJ i-c. In Ex 19: 'compositus
ad gravitatein ac severitateni,' may be
rendered, 4adopting a grave and se-
rious tone.''

com-prehendere, (prehend, prebens,) to

taki prisoner, to seize.

concedrre, 19, (43,) to yield, to go.

concha, shell.

eonciliare, to conciliate, reconcile, win over.
concio, onis, assembly.

concitare, 25, to excite, rouse.

concord ia, 18, concord.

concupiscere, to wish for, desire

concntere, (con-qaatere,) to shake.
condere, 22, to build, found.
condlmentum, (from condlre,) seasoning
conditio, condition.

condonare, 31, to pardon, grant.
conducere, (dux, duct J to hire.

confero, to carry, (together;) conlTSrc

culpam, I throw the blame.

conferre se, to betake themsslves.

con fi cere, 12, 34, 39.

confidere, to feel confident.

confidens, trusting, confident
confirmare, to strengthen.

con-titfiri, (fess,) to confess.

confusus, (particip. of ronfundere)
contiuere, 15, to flow together.

conjirere, (42.) to hurl, to shoot.
conjungere, (34.) to join.

conjuratio, 15, (ii.,) conspiracy.
connuhiiim, 33, marriage.

conquirere, seek after, collect.
con-xcendere, (scend, scens,) to elimi vp.
conscientia, 21, knowledge.

consentaneus, reasonable, agreeable.
con-serere, (sev, sit,) to plant.

conservare, (21,) to preserve, observe.
considerare, to consider.

consTdere, (sSd, sess,) to settle; to perch.
consilium, design, plan, intention; eft-.

pere, to form a resolution.

con-sistere, (stit,) to stop.

consitus. See consSrere, planted.
consolatio, (36,) consolation.

consortium, partnership. See 37.
conspectus, us, sight.

conspicere, io, (spex, spect,; to behold, to
see.

constantia, firmness, constancy.

constat, it is known, evident.

con-stituere, 23, 29, (32,) to appoint.
Constituere exemplum, to set an ex-
ample.

construere. (strux, struct,) to construct,

build, (a nest.)

consuetudo, 31, custom; G. Tnis.

consul, (15,) G. ulis, consul.

consularis, (37,) consular; of consular
rank.

consulatus, 18, consulship; consulatuxu
pStere, to be a candidate for the consul-
ship, (23.)

consulere, to consult; consulere alicul,

(21,) to consult a man's interests.
consumere, (42,) to consume, spend.
consumptus, w:rn out.

contaminare, (35,) (for con-^agiuinarefi

to contaminate.

contegere, to cover.

contemnere, (temps, tempt,) tudeapwe.JA
contemplari, to look at.

contemplatio, sight.

contentus, contented, content, (abl.)
contexere, 31, to weave,join
continens, G. ntis, ccitinent, (adj.)
con-tinfire, 23, to hold, contain.

contingere, ly, (ii,) to touch, lay hold </.326

*011 tra, against.

contradlcere, 22, to speak against.

con trfi here, 15. contra he re famiiiarita-
tem cum aliquo, to make acquaintance
(or strike up an intimacy) with anybody.
eon-treclare, to handle; to pull about.
convalescere. 26, to grow strong, amend.
convCnire, 21, to assemble.

convlciuin, an invective.

con-viva, guest. (Com. Gender.)

copia;, forces, troops; copite equestres,
cavalry.

Copiain t&cere, to make plenty = to give

opportunity.

Cfiquere, (cox, coct,) to cook, bake, ripen.
Coram, before.

cor, cordis, heart.

Corinth us, Corinth, a rich commercial

city of Greece.

Cornelius, a Roman family name; C.

JVepos, a Roman historian.

cornu, horn. 1
corfina, crown.

corngere, to correct.

corpus, Oris body;

corroborare, 31, to strengthen.

corruere, (ru, rut,) to fall down.
corrumpere, (35,) to corrupt.

cortex, Tcis, bark.

corvus, raven.

crabro, hornet.

eras, to-morrow.

crastinus, to-morrow"s.

crastinus dies, to-morrow.

crassus,	thisk, coarse.

qre a re, to create.

crSdere, to believe, to trust ; credidi, cre-

dTtum, (dat.)

cremare, to bum, burn down.

crepare, p. 168, to make a noise.

crescere, p. 173, of the moon, to wax, to
grow.

crimen,	crime, charge.

cruciare, to torment.

erudelis, cruel.

crudeliter, 21 cruelly.

erumena, purse.

crus, cruris, leg. n.

rftbare, p. 16b, (ii,) to lie down.

tutille, 10, bed, couch.

cubitu surge re, to rise from bed, to get
up ; cubitum ire, to go to bed, (sTipines
of cubare.)

tCdere, 5, tit forge.

culpa,	fault.

culter, G. tri, knife.

Ifultor, 28, cultivator.

ealtura, 27, cultivation.

eultus, -Cs. 39, civilization.

ram.with, when; cum—turn, both—and.
Ltim maxiiue, at the moment that; as he

was just.

mura'are, (34,) to heap, to load.

cnnctatio, delay
cuncti, all.

cunctus, (with sub.) ihe lohclt
cupere, (from cupio, cupivi, enpitum

p. 171,

cupTditas, Stis, desire.

cupTdo, G. dTnis, desire
cupTdus, desirous.

cur? why?

curare, 10, 22, to care for, taki car« of;
nihil curare, not to care at til: witf
part, in dus, to cause; e. g. faciendum
curare, to cause to be made; to havi
any thing made.

Cures, G. ium, Cures, a city of the Sabinu

in Italy.

curia, the. senate-house
currere, (cucurr, curs,, to run,
curriculum, a course.

currus, us, chariot.

cursus, 39, G. us, course.

curulis a-dilitas, curule ccdtleskip; th4

dignity of curult <ndile.

custodia, (35,) custody ; in custodifc te-
nure, to keep in custody.

custodire, 5, to keep safe, preserve.

Cllstos, 5, guard ; G. odis.

Cybele, a goddess, the mother of all the
gods ; G. es.

Damnare, to condemn.

Damnum, hurt, loss ; damna inferre, ts

inflict injuries.

dare, (ded, d8t,) p. 168; pcenam, to suffer

punishment.

d&,from, concerning, about, of.

debere, to owe. See p. 296,61, 62
debilis, weak, feeble.

decedere, 17, to depart, withdraw, to he.
decernere. (crgv, cret,) to decree, resolve.
decerpere, (cerps, cerpt,) to pluck down, Ic
pluck.

deeertare, to contend, to fig fit.

dScet, it is becoming; it becomes, (acr ;
Sometimes it may be rendered by
ought.

dect|>ere, io, (c6p, cept,) 24, to deceive.
declarare, to declare.

decorare, 7, to adorn.

decrescere, (decrevi,) 18. See crescere,

to decrease, to wane.

dedScus. (firis,^ disgrace, shame ; deuecui

sui, disgrace to himself.

dedgre, (dedid, dedTt,) to give up; to

surrender, compound of dl and do.
deducere, (dux, duct,) 19, 30.

deesse, to be wanting
defSti^are, to weary, to tire.

defendere, (fend, fens,) to defend; U

ward off.

defcrvescere, 18.

de. tie re, 8 (perf. d5gi,) to speitl life, timt
frc.; to live.

See note on the Genitive of the Fourth Declension, First Latin hook; J». 18.
2 For de igere, from de and age re327

ieglubeie, (glups, glupt.) tcfiay.
ieinceps, one after another; successively.
deinde, 21, (ii.> thenceforth.

de-jTcere, io, (jSc, ject,) to throw down.
delectare, 5, to delight, allure.

dSlfire, (dGlgv, dSlet,) p. 169, to blot

out, deface.

delictum, 18, sin, transgression.

deligere, (ISg, lect,) to choose out; to

choose.

delinquere, to transgress.

d nil rare, 31, io race, dote.

ddlfrus, crazy.

Delphi, a town of Greece, famous for the

Oracle of Apollo.

delphinus, a dolphin.

demens, entis, mad.

demissus, (part of demitterc,; hung

down; down.

demittere, 20, to send down.

denionstrare, to show, to prove.

denarius, a denarius, (a Roman coin

worth about 8£d, or 15 cents.)

denlque, at last.

dens,	tooth; G. dentis.

de-pellere, to drive away.

depemigre, to hang down.

de-plorare, to bewail.

deprehendere, to catch (in the commission

of a fault, &-c.)

defidgre, 30, to deride, mock.

descendere, 7, to come down.

descrlbere, describe; lay out, (gardens.)
descriptio, laying out, (of a garden, frc.)
deserere, (seru, sert,) 30, to leave off,
forsake.

de-'sldgrare, to miss; to feel the want of.
desinere, (desii, desitum,) to end; to.
leave off.

desipere, io, to be foolish, [de, from;
sipere, to be wise.] O me desipien-
tern! O fool that J was I
despSrare, to despair of.

de-spicere, to look down (upon.)

destinare, to fix.

detggere, (tex, tect,) 13. (Voc. on perf. si.)
deterrere, 35, to deter, frighten.
de-trfthere, (trax, tract,) to drag off; take
off-

de-trTtus, (part, of detSrere, trlv, trlt,)

rubbed, galled.

Deus, God,

devincere, (vTc, vict,) to conquer com

pletely ; to conquer.

devincirc, (vinx, vinct,) to bind, enchain
devSrare, to devour.

dexter, (tra, trum,) right, (opp. to left.)
Diana Diana, goddess of the chase.
ilcere, (dix, diet,) to say, to speak—to call.
dictator, dictator, (a high office at Rome.)
dictum, a saying.

Dido, a Phoenician princess, queen of
Carthage; Gen. us. See App. ii. p. 317
dfes, day. Ad diem, to his day
flfflictlis, difficult.

iifflculUis, difficulty

diffldere, to distrust, {dat.,

dignitas, worth, worthiness.

dignus, worthy, abl.

dil&cgrare, to tear to pieces.

dilaniare, to tear to pieccs.

diligenter, diligently.

diligentia. diligence.

diligere, (dilex, dilect,) to love.

diluvium, flood.

di niStior, <mensus,) to measure jul
iinucare, to fight.

dimittere, to send away ; to dismiss.
dirigere, (direx, direct,) to direa ta

steer (a vessel.)

disf edere, (discess.) to aepart.

discere, (didTci,) to learn.

discipiTna, discipline, teaching
discTpulus, pupil.

discrepare, to be different.

discritrien, difference, danger.

disjungere, (junx, junct,) to separate.
dispensator, a steward. .

displicere, (plicu,) to displease.

disp5nere, (posu, po^it,) to dispose; to

place, arrange.

disputare, to discuss ; to dispute.
disquirere, to examine.

dissgrere, (seru, sert,) to discuss; ta
argue.

dissTdium, disagreement, quarrel.
dissipare, to scatter; to spread abroad,
publish.

distingre, (distinu, distent,) to keep off ; tt

engage or distract (with business.)
distribuere, to distribute.

diu, long; for a long time.

diuturnus, long (of duration.)

di versus, different: e diverse contendere

to maintain the contrary.

dives, Ttis, rich.

dividere (divls, divls,) to divide

divlnitas, atis, divinity.

divinus, divine.

divTtiae, riches, wealth.

divulgare, to publish.

d6cgre,	to teach.

dolere,	to be pained, grie:>a

dSlor, pain, sorrow.

dolus, trick, stratagem.

domare, p. 169, ii., to tame

domestfeus, domestic.

dominStio, rule, sovereignty.

domlnus, master.

d6mus, p. 136, house, home, G. fis and >
d5nare, to present. See Synt. 275.

donee, till, until—as long as.

donum,

dorinire, to sleep ; to be asleep.

drachma, drachma, (a Greek coin, wot 'A

about 9|rf. or 18 cents.)

dubie : haud —, without doubt.

ducere, p. 162, to lead.

ducere nomen, to take itj name.
ducere in matrimonium t»> tawny
the husband.)

dudam, long ago.328

iulcis, sweet

dum. whilst y until, provided.
duo, two.

duodgcim, twelve.

durare, to harden; to last.
durescere, to grow hard.
durus, hardy hareh, cruet.
dux, dficis, leader, general.

E, ex, out of; from
ebTbere, to drink up ; to dram
Bbtir, 6ris, ivory.

fcdere, (6d, 6s) p. 178, to eat.

Sdere, (edTd, edit,) to tell; to publish ; to
exhibit.

cdlcsre, to make a proclamation.

eriisc^re, to learn by heart.

educare, to educate.

educere, (edux, educt,) to draw forth or

out ; to bring up.

efficax, effectual.

efficere, io, (tec, tect,) to effect; accomplish.
effigies, image, likeness ; G. iei.

ef-flare, Utlrreathe (out.) ef-flare animam
(to breathe out one's breath,) to expire;
breathe one's last.

efflorescere, to blossom, flourish.
ef-f5dere, io, to dig over, (effdd, effoss.)
effrSnatus, unbridled.

effugere, io, escape, avoid.

eggre, p. 169, iv., (gen. or abl.,) to need.
ego, /, p. 145.

egrggie, admirably; egregiously.

egressus, part, of egrgdi, to go out.

elabi, (laps,) to slip away.

elatus (part, of ef-ferre,) lifted up} elated.

elegantia, elegance.

elephas, antis, elephant.

elephantus, elephant

elgvare, to depreciate.

eltgere (I5g, lect,) to choose out; elect.

e-Iudere (las,) to deride.

emendatus, 25, emended.

fcinere, p. 172, to buy.

emittere, to send out; to put out; to let go.

enim, for.

enlti, to strive.

cnsis, sword.

eo, thither. See quo.

Epaminondas, a Theban general.

Ephesus, a city of .Asia Minor. Ephe-

sius, Ephesian.

ephippium, a saddle.

epjgranirna, (5tis,) epigram.

epistdla, letter.

epitome, G. es, an epitome; abridge-
ment. See A pp. ii. (Penelope)

Gques, equTtis, horseman, knight.
equestres copiae, cavalry.

•qultatus, us, cavalry.

aquus, horse: equo vghi, to ride on horse-
back.

«rectus, raisea up, erect.

orga, towards* (acc.)

«1JID, thorefiirc^-cn ncc^ini of.

ierigere, Cerex, erect,) erect.

eripere, io, (ripu, rept,) snatch ; snatvi

away; dat. of person from whom,
error, wandering, error; G. Oris.

erudire, to instruct, teach.

eruiripere, to break out.

esse, p. 154, to be.

esto, imper. of esse, to be.

esurire, to be hungry1.

et, and—also, too, even ; et—et, both—and
etiam, even, too.

etianisi, even if, though, although.

etsi, although.

evadere, (ev£s,) to escape; to turn out
become.

evectus, part, of evehere, to raise.
e-vellere, to draw or pluck out.

evgnit, it happens ; evgnit, it happened.
evertere, (vert, vers,) to overthrotr, puL

down.

fivTtare, to avoid.

evolare, to fly out of.

ex, out of; from, (abl.)

ex-aniinare, to put to death.

ex&rare, [to plough up a wax tablet,] U
write.

exardescere. (exarsi,) blaze forth; (of a

war) to break out.

excellere, (ui,) to excel; to bt distin
guished.

excltare, excite, arouse, awake;—stir up.
exclamare, to exclaim.

exc5lere, (colu, cult,) to cultivate.
excruciare, to torment.

excubiae, watches, posts : to be rendered
guards.

exercere, (ui,) to exercise ; to practise

exercitatio, practice.

exercitus, us, army.

exiguus, small.

exllis, thin.

exire, (exeo,) to go out; to leave.
existimare, to think.

exitus, us, egress, issue, end.

exolescere, to become obsolete; to pas»
away.

exoptatus, wished for, desirable.

exorare, to supplicate; to prevail upon

(by entreaties.)

exorlri, (exortus,) to rise.; arise. (See

orior, p. 176.

expgdit, it is expedient.

expedite, quickly, promptly, without hesi
tation.

expellere, (puli, puis,) to drive out, banhh
exj>eriri, (expertus,) to try ; to erperierxt
expilare, to plunder.

explSre, (explgvi, explgtum,) to fill U

fulfil, to complete.

explorare, to examine, to explore.
ex-primere, (press,) to extort ; acc. oi

thing, dat. of person.

expugnare, 8, to assault.

exsilium, exile, banishment.

exsistere, (exstii,) to stand forward tu
to become.329

ftxspectare, to wait
exsplrire, to expire.

sxstare, to be extant.

exsul, (fills,) an exile.

extern us, external.

extiinescere, to dread.

extra, without.

•itrgmus, extreme,

eitrinsgcus, eutwardly.

Faber, bri, a mechanic; smith, carpen-
ter, Src.

febula, tale, fable.

fabuidsus, 31, fabulous*

facere, io, p. 172, to dt>, to make, (imperat
fac.)

facessere, (ivi, itum,) to make, to cause;

to make off.

facies, gi, face.

facile, facilius, easily, more easily.

facilis, easy.

factum, deed, conduct, (in a particular
case.)

facultas, capacity, power.

fallax, ficis, 31, deceitful.

fallere, p. 172; fallit me animus = 7 de-
ceive myself.

famglTcus, hungry, starved.

fames, is, hunger.

familiaris, intimate; (as subst,) a friend.
famiiiaritas, intimacy.

famulus, slave, servant.

fas, lawful (according to divine or natu-
ral law.)

fatgri, (fassus,) to confess.

fatigare, to fatigue.

faux, throat; fauces, (Ex. 44,) a pass,

neck of land.

f&vgre (dat.)	to favor.

febris, (abl. i.,) fever.

feiicitas, atis, happiness,

felis, a cat.

felix, Icis, happy, prosperous.

fera, wild beast.

fgre, almost.

ferire, to strike.

ferox, 6cis, fierce.

ferre, p. 178, to bear, carry.

ferrum, iron, sword.

fero, see ferre.

ferus. fierce.

fassus, weary, tired.

festis, festive.

tidfiis, faithful, true.

fidere, fisus sum, to trust.

fides, fidelity, faith; fidem habere, to be-
lieve G. ei
fieri, p. 178, to be made or done.

figere,	to fix,

figiira, figure.

filia, daughter; abl. pi. 5bus.

ftlius, son ; voc. fili.

(Slum, thread.

iingere,	/"V** fashion

fmire, to fmiah.

finis, end.

firmare, to strengthen.

firmitas, firmness, strength,

drums, firm.

flagitare, to demand, call for'

flagitium, crime.

fiamma, flame.

flectere,	to bend

flgre, p.	to weep.

florfire, blossom, flourish.

florescere, come into flower; blossoik be

gin to flourish.

tins, flower, floris
fluere, (flux,)	to flow.

flumen, Inis, river.

fluvius, river.

f ftcus,	hearth.

fcedus, firis,	league, treaty

fons, fontis, fountain.

fore, from esse.

fores, ium, door.

forma, beauty, form.

formica, ant.

formfdo, In is, fear.

fortasse, perhaps.

forte, by chance.

fortis, strong, brave.

fortTter, bravely.

fortulto casu, by accident.

fortuna, fortune; fortunae, pi. property

possessions.

fortunatus, fortunate, prosperous.

forum, the forum; i. e. market-place-,
used also for the transaction of pnaiii
business.

fossa, ditch, trench, foss.

fftvgre, (fov, f5t,) to cherish,

frangere, (frgg, fract,) to break.

frater, G. tris, brother.

fraterculus, little-brother
fratriclda, a fratricide.

fraudare, to defraud.

frenutn, curb, bridle.

frequentare, to frequent.

fretus, relying on.

fricare,	to rub.

friggre,	to be cold,

frlgus, 5ris, cold.

frons, frontis,

a fronte, in front.

fructus, fruit, produce ; G. (is.

fructum capere ex, to derive idoast
tagefrom.

frui,	to enjoy.

fruinenta, all kinds of corn.

frustra, in vain
frustum, piece, morsel.

frutex, icis, shrub.

fugare, to put to flight; to rout
fugere, (fugio,)	fly, fly from.

l'u I c ire,	to prop.

fulggre,	v. to shine, glitter.

fundus, i, estate, farm.

fungi, (functus,) to dissharge, aid
funis, (m.,) rope.

ftirere, to rage, tc be v.xi.330

feror, madnetSy passton
furtrjrn, theft.

fttsus, routed: part, of fundo, ,ffid» fus.)
tutor as, (fut partic of esse,) about to be ;
future.

Galllna, a hen.

Gallus, a Gaul.

galius gallinaceus, a cock

ga.ius, a cock.

garrire, to babble, to chatter.

garrulus, talkative.

gaudfere, p. 174,

gelid us, cold.

generare, t.o beget.

generosus, noble.

gens, a race, tribe, nation ; G. gentis.
genus, (gengris,) race, family, kind.
gSrere, p. 163, to carry, bear.

gerere helium, to wage war.
Germania, Germany.

gestus, us, action, (of the hands,) de-
meanor, attitude.

gladius, sword.

gloria, glory.

gloriabundus, boasting, [render by boast-
fully.)

gloriari. to boast.

glubere, (glups, glupt,) to pare, toped.
Grseculus, (diminutive,) a low Greek; a

Greek.

Graxus, a Greek.

gracilis, slender.

«gramen, Tnis, grass.

grandinare, to hail.

grandis, large.

granum, a grain.

gratia, favor, grace, thanks.

gratiatn ambire, to court the favor.

--habgre, to feel grateful.

- retribuere, to return a favor;

to recompense.

gratulari, to congratulate.

gratus, grateful, agreeable, delightful.
gratum facere aliciii, to ob'ige a
person.

gravari, to be reluctant; not to choose.

gravis, heavy, weighty, sen )us.

gravitas, weighty seriousness, importance.

grex, (gr5gis„	a flock.

grus, uis, crane.

gubernare, to govern, (acc.)

gubernator, pilot.

Habere,	to have.

habere pro, to hold for ; to consider
as.

-amTcum altquem, to have a

man for a friend.

babitare, to dwell

hfirrere,(hffi$,)	to cling to, to stick.

Hannibal, Hannibal « great Carthaginian

general.

oasta- spear

hand, not.

haurire,	drink off, drctn.

haurire vSngnuin, to drink poican
hSbes, blunt,dull; G. §tis.

Helvetia, Helvetia, Switzerland
herba, herb, grass.

Hercules, Hercules.

h6ri, yesterday. t

hie, hJBC, hoc, this, p. 145. ("When It h&t
no noun in agreement, it is rendered
as a personal pronoun, he, she, »i.]
hie, here.

hiems, 6mis, winter.

hinc, hence.

hinnire, to neigh.

historia, history.

hftdie, 7, to-day, this day.

Hon»6rus, Homer.

hftmo, hominis, man.

honestas, honor, integrity.

honeste, honestly, virtuously.

ho nest us, honorable.

honor, honor; G. oris.

honorifTcus, laudatory.

hora, hour.

horrfire, to be frightened at.

hortari, to exhort.

hortulus. 8, a little garden.

hortus, garden; G. i.

hostis, enemy.

hue, hither.

humanus. human, (Ex. 27, earthly:) cottr

teous, kind.

humSrus, shoulder.

huini, on the ground.

humilis, (huimllimus^ low, humble
humus, ground, soil, f.

Ibi, there.

ictus, G. us, a stroke, a blow.

Idem, p. 145, the same.

idem ac,	the same as.

ideo, therefore.

idSneus, suitable.

igitur, therefore.

ignarus, ignorant, (gen.)

ignavia, sluggishness; weakness of tht
will.

ignis, (m.,)	fire.

ignorare, to be ignorant of, (acc.;) ignt»

ratio, ignorance.

ignoscere, (ign5vi,) to pardon, (dat.)
illacrimare, to cry over; to weep over or of
ille, a, ud, p. 145, that one, the forme»
illScebra, enticement, allurement
illico, immediately.

illustrare, to illumine.

illustris, 16.

im3go, Tnis, image.

imbeciliis, -is, weak.

imber, bris, shower.

inibuere,	to dip, imbue.

imitabilis, imitable•

imitari, to imitate.

iimrjensus, immense.33]

gn-mergere, (mers,) to plunge or thrust in.
lmmlnSre, to hang over; to threaten,
(dat.)

Immobilis. immoveable.

immotare, to sacrifice' „

Unnmrtalis, immortal.

imniort&lilas, immortality.

Imo, no — but.

lnmar, aris, odd, (of number.)

tmp&lire, to hinder.

Impel lere, to impel; to drive on, (impGl,

impuls.)

Impendere, to spend.

Unpen ire, to command, (dat.)

tmperator, commander-in-chief; general.
iinperium, command, empire.

Impertire. to impart.

ini pet rare, to prevail upon; to obtain (by

entreaties.)

3iTi|)5tus, assault, violence ; G. us.

intpius, impious.

IniplSius, (part, of impISre,) filled.
imponere, (inipfisui, iniposltuni,) to place-

upon; to impose.

imprnnere, (impress,) impress.

imprimis, especially.

impr&bus, bad.

iin prudens, ignorant, senseless•
Impugnare, 30.

impudens, impudent.

!n, (with abl.,) in; (with acc.) into, to,
against.

in tempSre, in good time.

inSnis, empty.

incalescere, to groio warm.

incendere, to set on fire, to burn.
incend'um, conflagration, fire.

ineeptuin, (properly, a thing begun,) a

purpose; a resolution.

incertus, uncertain.

incessere, (incesslvi and inccss' U fall
upon.

Incidere, 24, to fall into, enter
incipere, (c6p, cept,) to begin.

inceptum, undertaking.

inclarescere, to become famov*

incognitus, unknown.

incOla, inhabitant.

incoiumis, safe, uninjured.

incommftdum, inconvenience, disadvan-
tage, hardship.

inconsiderantia, thoughtlessness.
inconstantia, inconstancy.

incredibliis, incredible.

incultus, uncultivated, uncivilized.
incurrere, to run into.

in-curs-io, (properly, a running against,}

an attack.

Jnde, thence, "rom this;—then.

Indignus, unworthy, 'abl.)

aiductus, unlearned.

indu&re,	to put on.

bidulgSre,	to indulge.

Indus, the Indus.

tofelix, Icis. unfortunate
toferre, (int&i, illst,) to hear-zgainst;

billum inferre, to wage war againtt
to attack, invade.

infestare, to make unsafe; to infest
infestus, hostile.

inficere, (fee, feet,) stain, dye.

infirinus, infirm, weak.

inflectere, 15, to bend in, crook.

ingenium, abilities, mind.

ingenii cultus, cultivation of the in zlltd

intellectual cultivation.

ingens, huge, immense; G. entis.
ingignere, (inggnui, ingfinitum,) toimpla ai
ingratus, ungrateful, disagreeable.
ingruere, to burst out.

inhibere, to restrain.

inhonestus, dishonorable
inimlcus, enemy; as adj. hostile
iniiulcissituus, most hostile
inTquus, unjust.

injuria, injury, wrong.

injuria atneere, to wrong, to injur
in juste, unjustly.

injustitia, injustice.

innocens, innocent.

innocentia, innocence.

innotescere, (innotui,) to become know
innoxius, harmless.

indpia, want, poverty, destitution.

inseitia, ignorance.

insectari, to persecute, to rail at.

insequi, to pursue, to follow.

inservire, to be the slave of.

inservire temporibus, to comply with
the times; to accommodate oneselj
to the times.

insidiae, plot, stratagem.

insidiari, plot against.

insignis, distinguished.

insistere, to stand upon ; to take a road

or course.

inspirare, to breathe into.

i ns tare, to press on; to press ; to be at hand.
instituere, to establish; to appoint; 10
train on: vitam instituere, to coi luct
yourself.

instruere aciem, to draw up an army ri

order of battle.

Insula, island.

insuper, besides.

integer, whole, entire, upright.

integritas, uprightness, integrity.
intellectus, intellect; G. us.

intellTgere, to understand ; to be aware
internperantia, intemperance.

intendere, (tend, tens,) to put forth
inter, between, amongst.

interdin, in the day-time.

interdum, sometimes.

interea, in the mean time.

interesse, to be engaged in.

interest, there it'a difference; it is of ik-

portance ; it concerns, signifies, fee.
interficere, io, (fee, feet,) to kill.
interimere, (8ni, empt,) to killy to carry »Jf
interrogare, to ask.

interrogation a question.332

interval! am, interval

intra, within.

IntroTtus, entrance.

iutuSri, to look upon.

Intus, within, at home.

inundare, to inundate ,* to overflow.

Inutilis, useless.

luvtdere, to come against; assault; in-
vade ; fall upon.

Invgnire, (vgn, vent,) to find. See Syn.
In vie em, in turn; one another.

InvldSre, (vld, visj to envy, grudge.
Invidia, envy, odium.

invltaro, to invite.

In Vitus, unwilling.

lnvolve*e, (volv, volOt,) to roll up, to bind

round, (with.)

Ipse, [»• lt>9, self, myself, thyself, itself, &c.
ira, anger.

iracundia, passionatsness ; anger, (as a
habit.)

irasci, (irat.) to be angry, (dat.)

irrigare, to water.

irr'tare, to excite; to provoke; to irritate.

Is, ea, id, p. 146. that.

iste, a, ud, p. 145. that of yoursy &c.

Ister, ri, the Danube.

ita, so, in such a manner.1

Italia, Italy.

it&que, therefore.

Iter, G. itTngris, journey.

iter urn, a second tine; once more; again.

JacSre,	jPc, jact,) to throw, to hurl.

jacgre,	to lie, to lie low.

jactare, to toss.

jaculari, to hurl a dart, to shoot.
jam, already.

nec jam, and—no more.

jam dudum, now for a long time
jam pridem, long; for some time.
Janua, gate, door, (of a house.)
j6cabundus, joking ; in a joking manner.
jOcus ,joke.

Jov-, see Jupiter.

jubgre, (juss,)	to order.

jucundus, pleasant, delightful.

judex, pleasant, delightful, 1SJ, and p. 134 ;

G. Tcis.

judicare, to judge.

juguni, 15, ii., a yoke, a range, (of hills.)
Jugurtha, Jugurtha, a princc of Numidia.
finientuni, 17, a beast of burden.

ungere, (junx, junct,) to join; jungere

amicitiam, to form a friendship.
Jnpiler,	G. Jfivis, Jupiter.

Urare. to swear.

Us, juris, right, law.

jure, deset tedly, with good reason,

justly.

jure meritoqut, deservedly.

jussu, by the command- Domini jnssu,

his masters order».

jussum, command, bidding.

justitia, justice.

justus, just.

juvare, to help, assist, (aec.)

juvat, it is delightful; it delights.
juvenilis, youthful.

juvgnis, a young man; a man (from about

20 to 40.)

juventus, Qtis, youth.

jtuta, close by, (prep.)

Libare, to totter.

labefactare, to make to totter; to thaks.
labor, labor; G. 6ris.

labfirare, to labor.

lacessere,	to provoke.

lacrima, or lacryma, a tear.

lacunar, 16, a panelled ceiling; Q
iris.

ltfidere,	to hurt, (arc )

ltnte, joyfully.

laUitia ,joy.

lanus, joyful, glad.

luvus, left.

lana, wool.

laniare, to mangle.

litgre, (latu,) to lie hid, to be concealed.
Latfne (adv.,) in the manner of the Lair
ins. Latfne 15qui, to apeak Latin cor-
rectly.

La tin us, Latin.

latro, 6nis, robber.

lltus, broad.

lStus, gris, side.

laudare, to praise.

laurus, a laurel.

laus, laudis, praise.

lavare,	Also lavgre.

lectio, reading,perusal, (in 11 it is used
for 4 lesson set to be studied; which ia
an unclassical use of it.)

13g&tus, ambassador, lieutenant.

lSgere, (16g, lect,) to read.

l&gio, 6nis, a legion or body of Roman »oi

diers.

lenire, to soften.

lenis, 8oft.

leo, 5nis, lion.

lgvare, to relieve.

levia, light.

levitas, lightness, fickleness.

lex, lSgis, law.

legem perferre, tc carry a lau
through.

ITbenter, willingly ; libeliter facin, J likt

to do it.

liber, era, erum, free.

liber, bri, book.

liberalitas, liberality.

1 lla is often to be rendered by an adver b with so: 1 so violently' so foolishly
fed recording to the manner meant.333

flbBrare, to free.

UbSre, freely, spiritedly.

tlbftri, children.

Jibertas, Liberty.

libido, in is, lust, desire.

Ucentia, permission ; the power.

licet. (See (>age '296, Questions 57. 58,)

it is allowed.

ligneus, wooden.

lignum, wood.

llgo, 6nis, spade.

llmen, (Tnis,) threshold.

ITnere, (ISvi. litum, to smear.

lingua, tongue.

literae,	a letter, literature.

iTtus, firis, a shore.

l&care, to let on hire.

locuples, etis, rich.

16c us,	a place.

lontr e,/ar.

(locBtus,) to speak.

lflbet or ITbet, it pleases: to be rendered

by / {you, be.) like, please»

lubldo. Tnis, lust, pleasure.

lucrum, gain.

1 ucI us, us, sorrow.

Ifidere,	to play.

Ifina, moon.

10 pus, wolf.

iuscinia, nightingale.

l&sus, us, game.

lutulentus, 15, miry, dirty, muddy.
lux, (Gcis,	light.

luxfiria, luxury
lyra, lyre.

M&cSdo, 6nis, Macedonian.

m&china, machine.

mScies, leanness: macie confecto.8,
{wasted away with leanness,) miserably
thin.

tn&gis, more.

magister, tri, master.

juagistratus, us, magistracy, magistrate.
magistratum gSrere, to hold a magistra-
cy ; to Jill a high office.

magnftpere, earnestly.

laagnus, great.

in&jor, greater
m&jfires, our forefathers.

m&lfidictum, railing, abuse, icurrilou*

language.

malSncium, misdeed.

mSium, evil. mala, evils, ills
mil us, bad.

m&lus, i. f., an apple.

mSlus, i. in-, a mast.

mancipium, slave.

manure,	to remain.

manifestus, manifest.

giSnus, us, hand, (f.)

Marithon, Muraihon, the field of a cele-
brated battle between the Athenians trld
Persian».

«fire, is	OU sea

Mari&nus, Marian ; tf Muring.

marfna, salt {water.,

maritlmus, maritime ; living in the MO,

maritus, i, husband.

Marsi, the Marsians, a people of Uiid&k
Italy.

Massilia, Marseilles.

mater,	mother; G. inatris.

mat&ries, materials ; wood, timb*r.
maturare, to ripen ; to hasten.

mature, quickly ;—prematurely.
maturescere, to ripen, (intrans.)

inaturus, ripe.

maxime, (adv.,) most, the most.

maxiini, at a very gieat price, rerj Hf*

ly, the greatest.

niaximus, the greatest.

Medioianuni, Milan.

medSri, to heal, (dat.)

mediocritas. a middle point, the rr. can.
inedius, the middle, amidst.

mSdicus, physician.

MSgira, 5rurn, a town not very far from

Athens.

mel, inellis, honey.

membrum, member, limb.

meinorabilis, deserving to be remembered,

memorable.

memoria, memory.

mendaciuni, a lie.

mendax, acis, lying (person;) liar.

mens, ntis, mind.

mensa, table.

mensis, is, in. month.

mentTri,	to lie, to deceive.

merces, 6dis,pay, reward.

mergre, merui, and merSri, (depon.,) to

deserve.

merfdies, mid-day, (m.)

meritum, desert.

metal lum, metal, mine.

inStere, (messu, mess,) to mow; to reap;

to pluck off.

metlri, (luensus,)	to measure

metuere,	to fear.

mStus, us, fear.

mens, a, um, mine. Voc. masc. ml.
mi, Voc. masc. of meus.

mlcare,	to glitter, glisten.

inigrare, to remove, (intrans.)

miles, Ttis,	a soldier

militia, warfare.

millia, thousands,

MiltiSdes, is, the Athenian general (§
whom the victory of Marathon was du*.
mtnari,	to threaten.

minister, tri, 5, a servant, attendant.
minor, less;—the younger, (for tninof
natu.)

mirari, to wonder, express admiration.
miscSre,	to mingle, mix.

miser, 6ra, Srum, miserable, wretched.
miserandus, to be pitied: miserandwb If
modum in a horrible manner.334

mbtere, miserably

miserSri,	to pity (Gen.)

mis&ria, misery.

misgricordia, coripassion, pity.

mTtis, mild, lenient. „

mittere,	to send.

mobilis, moveable.

modestia, moderation, modesty.

modius, apeck (nearly*)

m&do, only.

motlo—modo, one while- -another
in6dus, measure, manner.

UicBniiV, wails (of a fortified town.)
nioerere, to mourn.

aiceror, 8*is, grief.

mfiliri,	to move, to plan.

mollis, soft.

nifingre,	warn, advise.

inonocSros, fttis, unicorn.

nions, litis, mountain.

mons Apenniuus, the Apennines.
monstrare, to show.

monumentUm. monument.

morbus, disease.

mordere, (mors,)	to bite.

mores, um, manners, morals, character
*n5ri turns, see inorior,	ready, or

about to die. v
morOsus, ill-humored.

mors, mortis,	death.

mortal is, mortal.

mortifer, fatal, deadly.

mortuus, dead.

mos, 5ris, custom, manner.

m5tus, us, motion.

mfivere,	to move.

m ox, presently.

mucro, onis, point of a sword; sword.

Uiulctare, to fine, (abl.)

mulier, 8ris, woman, wife.

multitudo, Tnis, multitude.

multo, (abl.,) much—before comparatives.

multum, much.

nmltus, a, urn, much; plur. many.

mundus,	world.

munire, to fortify.

munus, 6ris gift, task, duty

murus, wall.

mus, muris, a mouse

mutare, to change.

inutatio, change.

Nam, for.

naneisci, (nactus,)	to get, attain.

narrate, to relate.

nasci, (natus,) p. 176 to be bom, to proceed

from.

aatare, to swim.

%alDra, nature.

jatur.ilis, natural.

B&ttt'i, born. See nasci..

oaut&, 8aUo9.

navigare, to sail.

navigatio, navigation.

navigium, vessel
navis, ship.

ne. See A pp. iil

ne—quidem, not even.

ne quis, that nobody.

—n5, asks a question. See p 295,51,52
&.c. ne—an, whether—or. Sec p. 295
(51.)

nec, neither; nor; and not.

nec—nec, neither—nor
nec teingre, nor easily.

nec ui lus, and no.

nec quidquam, [nor any .hing,\ anti
nothing.

necessarius, necessary.

nggare, to deny. It is often render* I li}
to say, a 4 koV being added to the in
finitive mood.

neglijrere, (lex, lect,) to neglect, «iisrt
gard.

negotium, business, affair.

nemo, Tnis, nobody.

ngmus, nemoris, grove
neque—neque, neither—nor.

nequire, to be unable.

nequitia, wickedness.

nSre,	to spin.

nescire, not to know.

neuter, neither; G. neutrius
ngve, nor.

nex, n&cis, death, (a violent death.»
nidus, nest.

nihil, nothing.

nihildum, nothing as yet.

nihilo secius, nevertheless
nimis, too.

nTmium, too much.

nisi, unless ; if—not•

nitere, to shine ; to be slee'u
nix, nivis, snow.

nobilis, noble.

no bili tare, to ennoble.

n&cens, (part, of nocSre,) a guilty pet
son.

nocgre, (dat.) to injure, hurt.

noctu, by night.

nocturnus, nightly ; by night.

nomen, Tnis, name. nOmen ducere, u

take its name.

non, not.

non modo, not only.

non satis, (not sufficiently, nut well»

not thoroughly.

nondum, not yet.

nonnulla, (not-none,=) some.

nonng, not ?

nonnumquam. (not-never, =) sometihtes
noscere, (n6vi, = / know,) to know.
noster, tra, trum, our, ours.

notio, notion; 5nis.

nBvi, J know. See noscere.

* 1 gall. 7.8576 {ants.335

aOvns, new

Box, noctis, nigh<

nut* re,	to marry, (dat.)

nDbes, is, cloud.

n&dus. naked.

uuilus, G. lus, no, none : millo m.ido, by

no neans
a an., p. 295, 48, whether.

Cam—an. See p. 295, 5J, 52, &c.
numerarc, to number, to reckon.

nmnerus, number.

nunc. now.

nuncvpare, to name ; to mention a name.

nunquatn, never.

nuniiare. 10. to announce.

mm tins, message, messenger.

nuptum dSre. to give in marriage : nup-

tum, supine of nil bo.

nutrlmentum. nourishment.

nuirire, to nourish ; to support.

Ob, on ait aunt of.

ob nculos, before our eyes.

obdorntiscere, to be falling asleep.
obducere, to overlay, cover.

obgdire, to obey, (dut.)

oberrare, to wander about.

obesse, to be prejudicial to, (dat.)
ob-jicere, io, to throw against; to expose,
(to.)

oblectare, to delight.

oblTnere, (ob!6v, nbtTt,) to bedaub.

obllvio, onis, oblivion, forgetfulness.
oblivisci, (oblitus,) to forget, (gen.)
obscurare, to obscure, to darken.
obsgquiuiit, obedience.

observare, to observe ; to keep.

obsidgre, (obsed, obsess,) to besiege.
obsistere, to withstand, prevent.

obstare, to stanu in the way; to prevent,
(dat.)

obtggere, (obtex, obtect,) to cover.
obtemperare, to obey, (dat.)

obtlnSre, (obtinui, obtent,) to obtain.
obvinm, adv. in the direction towards an-
other person; obviant mittere, to send
to meet, (dat. of person to be met.) Ob-
viam occurrere alicui, to meet him ac-
cidentally.

occasio, 5nis, opportunity.

occTdens, setting : (as subst.,) the west.
occTdere, (occid, occis,) p. 367, to fall, to
perish.

occTdere, (occid, occls,) p. 267» to kill, to

slay.

occultare, to hide.

occumbere, (occGbui,) to fall (in battle.)
occupare, to occupy.

occurrere, (occurr, occurs,) to meet, (dat.)

ftce&nus, the ocean.

octo, eight.

fteiilus. eye.

bcium, hatred.

odor, oris, smtll, odor.

odoratiis, us, smtll. scent.

offendere, (offend, offens,) to offend; tt

light upon.

offero, to offer.

officiuirt, duty.

officium praestare, to perforin a son*
vice.	*"

8leum, oil.

ol face re, (olffcc. olfact,) to smell, (trans.)
olor, oris, a swan.

olSrlnus, of the swan, (adj.)

oniittere, (omls, omiss,) to omit, neglect.
oinnis, all. every; omnia, all things, evt

ry thing.

onus, 6ris, burden.

onustus, laden, burdened.

opacus, stia^y.

operant dare, to go about (business.;
operire, to cover.

operosus, busy.

opes, urn, means resources, wealth.

opinari, to think, to imagine.

opperiri,	to wait for.

oppelere, to encounter.

oppidanus, inhabitant of a town.

oppressor, oppressor.

oppriutere, (oppress, oppress,) to oppress,

to fall upon ; to crush.

oppugnare, to attack, assault.

ops, opis, f., power, assistance.

optinius, (superl. of bdnus, good,) iht

best.

opus, §ris, work.

opus est, there is need. [Rennet
nom as dat.; est by 4haveabl.
by 'o/:' tkniihi / est have opus
need cibo of food
opus facere, to work ; to labor.
orSculum, oracle.

orare, to pray.

orare causa m, to plead a causc*
oratio, dnis, spcechv oration
orator, an orator.

oratSrius, oratorical.

orbis, is, ni., orb ; the world.

orbis terrarum, (the orb of thi
lands, =) the world.

ordinare, to arrange.

ordo, inis, (nt.,) order.

oriens, rising; part, from orior: (aa

subst.,) the east.

orTgo, Inis, origin.

oriri, (or6ris, oritur, &c.; perf. ortu>

sum,) arise.

ornare, to adorn.

ornatus, us, ornament, decor ition.

os, oris, n., face.

os, ossis, n., a bone.

ostendere, (tend, tens,) to show•

Ostia, a town in Italy, at the woutK oj

the Tiber.

ostia, pi., mouth (of a river.)

ostium, door.

OtiOsns, full of leisure, disengaged, tnm

tive, idle.

ovis, is, f., sheep.336

PSbfilatum, to forage, (supine.)

pene, almost.

peeuinsula, peninsula.

pBlari, to wander about.

palatiuin, the Pak&um, (t. e. the resi-
dence of A ugustus on the Palatine Iliil.)
pal liuin, a cloak.

pal ma, the palm.

palpehra. eyelid.

pal unities. is. m. and f., wood-pigeon.
pftrnre, to prepare, to provide, to procure.
partus, prepared, \part. of para re.)
parcere, (peperc. et pars, parsum, and

parcittmi.) to spare, (dat.)

p&rgre, to obey. (dat.)

paries. fitis, teal) (of a house.)

parere. io, (p£peri, part.,) to bring forth.
pars, partis part, partes, a party, (in a

state.)

parnmnnia, frugality.

pftrum, little,, too little.

parvfilus, (dim. of parvus,) little.

pascere, (pav. past,) to feed, (trans.;)

pasci, to feed, (intrans.)

pastor, oris, a shepherd.

patetieri, (seefio, p. 178,) to be laid bare, to

be discovered.

pater, tris,	father.

Patres, {the Fathers =) the Senators.
patientia. patience.

patria, (nneys) country.

patrius, paternal.

patricii, patricians.

pauci. a;, a, few. paucis post diebus, a

few days afterwards.

paulo. by a little; a little.

paui'o ante, a little before.

paulo [lost, a little after.

pau{>er. Aris. poor.

p8villus, fearful, timid.

pavo. finis, peacock.

p&vor, firis .fear, dread.

pa*, is, peace.

pacem latere, to sue for peace
peccare. to do wrung; to sin.

peccsUuin, a sin.

pectus. Oris, n. breast.

pecurra. money.

pectin ifisus, moneyed.

pficus, firis, a. sheep, any tame animal.
f'eleus. the father of Achilles.

pellere, (pPpfil. puis,) to drive; to drive

back; to banish.

pellicere, (iiellex, pellect,) to entice.

pell is, is. hide.

pgnes, in the power of, (prep.)

penna. a wing.

pensum, task.

per, through, along, by. (sometimes over.)
perangusius, very narrow.

percipero, io, (piercep, percept,/ to per-
ceive.

per-cultus, (part. o/"per-c51ere, cfilu, cult,)

thoroughly cultivated.

pardere, (perdTdt, perdituro,) to lose; to
ruin; to destroy.

peregrinari, to go abroad; aves peregf

nantes, birds of passage.

peregrin us, a foreigner.

perfectus, perfect.

perferre, (pertuli, perlStum,) to endure.
perficere, io, (fee, feet,) to perform, com

plete.

perfidia, perfidy.

pert'uga, a deserter.

periclitari, to be iti danger. II»m» pert
clitatur de vita, the man's life is ai
stake.

[lericulosus, dangerous, full of danger.
liericuluiii, danger.

perinde, just so; perinde est ac si, it is
just as if.

perimere, (pergm, perempt,) to carry off.
perittis, skilled in, (gen.)

jKiruiaiiSre, (permans, permans,) to re-
main ; to continue.

periuittere, to permit.

pern tries, Ai, destruction, ruin.

perpesstis. hannig suffered, or endured
perpetuus, (IO,) perpetual.

per pinguis, very fat.

IVrsH. a Persian.

[lerseverare, to persevere.

perHolvere, (solv, solut.) to pay. persol

vere pennas. to suffer punishment.
per spicere, io, to look through; set

plainly.

perstare, to persist.

per-suad6re, (dat.,) to persuade.
periurtiatio, perturbation.

|>erv6nire, (pervgn, pervent,) to arrive
at.

pes, pedis, foot; pgde prgmere, (to press

with the foot,) to tread upon•

pestis, plague, pestilence.

pgtere, (petTv, petit,) to make for; tt
seek ; to beg ; to aim at.

petere pacem, to sue for peace.
phalAne, trappings or furniture of #
horse.

phftsianus, a pheasant.

Philucigtes, or PhiloctSta, a Grecian hero.
philosophtls, a philosopher.

piftculuui, an offering of atonement.

pietas, 5tis. dutiful affection ; affection
pinizere, (pinx, pict,)	to paint.

pfrata, a pirate.

piscis. is,Jis/u

PisistrStus, an Athenian who usurped

sonereign power at Athens.

j»ius, dutifully affectionate; pious.

plaeare, to appease.

placere. to please, (dat.)

placide, calmly.

plane, quite.

planities, 8i, level ground, plain

planta, a plant.

Plata*!**, a town in Basotia.

Plato, finis, Plato, (a Grecian philoeo

pher.)

plfuidere, 3.

pl&beii, the plebeians337

plebs, the people, {as distinguished from
the patricians or nobles,) the plebeians;
G. pISbis.

piectere, to twist, twine, weave, punish.

plerique, plerwque, pleraque, tAe most.

pleruinque, generally.

pi ft rare, to cry ; to iccep aloud; to bewail

plus, mure,	G. pluris.

1*1 EC Tie, the painted portico at Jithcns.

po£ma, Stis, a poem, A pp. ii.

pcenam dire, to suffer punishment.

poenitenlia, penitence, regret (for.)

poenitet, it repents. Take acc. as nom.

me /, pceniiet repent.

Prenus, a Carthaginian.

po€ta, a poet.

pollicfiri, (polllcitus,) to promise.

pom pa, a procession.

poiimni, an apple, or other fruit.

pftnere. (]>6svJ, pfisit,) to place,

pons, pontis, a bridge.

Pontifex Maximus. the Pontifex Maxi-
ma s. or Chief Priest.

Ponius Euxinus, the Euxine, now the

Black Sea.

populari. to lay waste; to ravage.
popularis, popular.

pfipultis, i, f., a poplar tree.

pfipti I us, i, a people, the people.

por-rTgere, (rex, rect,) to extend, stretch

out.

porta, gate.

portare, to carry.

portlcus, us, portico.

portus, us, port, harbor.

posse, to be able, can.

possidgre, (poss&i, possess,) to possess.
post, after, (acc.)

postea, afterwards.

posthac, hereafter, afterwards.
postpfinere, (p6su, p&sit,) to put after.
p5stquam, after.

postulare, to demand.

pfitens, (iKUentis,) powerful.

potentia, power.

potestas, fttis, power.

p5tio, 6nis, drink.

potiri, (|>6tior,) to get possession of.

pdtius, rather.

pr;fi, before; in comparison with ; for.
pra-lifire, to afford; to supply : prrebere se,

to prove or show oneself. •

jtneceptor, 7, teacher, preceptor.
pranceptuin, 7, precept.

praicTpere, in, (prajegp, praecept,) 7, to di-

nct, instruct.

pTscTpitare, to cast down headlong; to
ruin.

pTsecl&rus, 30, illustrious.

prsecuirere, to run before; to outrun,
(dat.)

parrrda, booty, prey, pr&dse esse, (to be

for a prey,) to be the prey.

pnedTcare, to proclaim; to extol.
prsedlcere, (pradix, predict) to foretell
37tixiltus, endued with.

pramittere, (mTs, miss,) to send forward

to send on.

premium, reward.

praesens, tis, present.

presidium, a defenefr; a garrison.
praestuns, tis, excellent.

prastare, to be better; to excel, (dat of

acc. of person :)—to show, or exhibit
prwstat, it is better.

pra*tert*a, besides ; more
prfpter-ire, to pass (by.)

pra-l&ritus, past.

prator, oris, prator, a Roman magietTJ.1t,
pnrtftrius, relating to a prator: vratc-

rian ; of pmUrrian ratfk
prieriira, the pnetorship.

praium, meadow.

pra vitas. atis, wickedness.

priivus, wicked, depraved.

preces, urn. prayers.

prSmere. (press, press,)	to press.

pretifisus. 25, precious.

prlmum,>/£rst, (adv.:) ut primum, assixm
as.

primus, first.

princeps, first; (as suhst.) prince, chief

principatus, us, the first place.

prior, former.

prisons, ancient, old.

privare, to dejtrive, (abl.)

prtvatus, private.

pro, far ; in proportion to, (abl.)

prftbare, to approve of.

proltari. to be approved of.

procftdere, to go along.

procella, storm.

prfic6ntas, fullness, height.

prficul, afar off; at a distance.

prfnlere, (prodTd, prod It,) to betray.

prfidesse, (profui,) p. 177, to profit, do

good to.

proditio, 6nis, treachery.

prftditor, a betrayer; a traitor.

prodiicere, (dux, duct,) to lead forth.
pmMimn, battle.

prodium conimittere, 15, ii. to jc:n battle.

pr&t'ecto, in truth, assuredly.

profectus, set out, departed.

proficere. io, (tec, t'ect,) to make prvgrcsd

proHlirare, to rout.

prAhfb&re, 21, to prohibit, forbid.

prfiles, is, f. offs/rring.

promisctius, mixed.

promissum, promise.

promisso stare, to stand to a promts*
to keep a promise.

prflmittere, (promts, promiss,) to promise
prope, near.

propensus, inclined.

propior, nearer.

proponere, (proposti, proposit,) to ulact

before, 11); to draw ■ to offer.
propositum. purpose, intention
proprius, peculiar to; (ones) own.

propter, on acccunt of.

prorsus, 21, 31, thoroughly, altogether;338

prommpere, (prorfip, prompt,) to burst

forth ; to rusk out.

pro-sternere, Ex. 17, tc overthrow, beat
down.

prosuravi. See prosterno.

prove n ire, to come forth ; to spring up

providus, circumspect, wise.

provincial 14. province.

proxTmus, nearest, next.

prudens, cautious, sensible.

pruduntia, prudence.

puhlice, 3o.

pi hlicus, public.

pudfcus, modest, chaste.

pudor, firis, shunie, bashfulness.

pile I la, girl.

puer, eri, boy.

pueritia, boyhood.

a prima pueritift, from his earliest
boyhood, (childhood.)

pugna, battle.

pugnare. to fight.

pulcher, chra, chrum, beautiful.
pulchriuiilr», Inis, beauty.

pull us, young (of a bird.)

pulvis, £ris, dust.

Punicus. Pvvic, (that is, Carthaginian.)

puniri, to be punished.

puppis, is, stem (of a vessel.)

purpurea, purple.

purus, pure.

pUUtre, to think.

Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus, king of Epirus.

Pyrrhi helium, the war with Pyrrhus.
Pythagorfius, a disciple of Pythagoras;
a Pythagorean.

Quadrnginta, forty.

quaerere, (qiuesiv, qua»sit,) p. 173, seek;

seek for ; inquire; ask. for.

quastio, finis, question.

quwstorius, quastorian; of quatstorian

rank, (i. e. who has been quastor.)
quilis, such as ; of what kind.

qaam, than, how, with superl. as—as
possible, (using the positive.)

quain ut, omit these words and ren-
der l»y the inf.

(m.tjor, too great, quam ut sit, tc
be.)

quam celerrTme, as quickly as possi-
ble.

quam prTmum, as soon as possible.
quam plurimi, as many as possible.
quam maxlme. as greatly as possible.
qiarndiu, as long as ; how long.
q'.lHlliolireiii. wherefore, why.

qiamquam, although.

q nam vis. however much; although.
quando'? when?

fiirmtfipere, 18, (ii.) how greatly, as
greatly.

quantus, how great; (when tantus is

omitted ) as great as.

qtl&si, asif; as it were.

quatuoi, four.

—que, and.

quercus, us, oak.

qu6ri, (quest,) to compt mu

qui, qua;, quod, who, whic/b L\eU

quia, because.

quid? what}

quidam,	a certain on*.

quTdem, indeed.

ne—q u idem, not even.

quidnam, what, (as dependent Interroga

live.)

quidni ? why—not?

quiescere, (quifiv,)	to rest

quin. See list of conjunctions.

Uuirltes, iuin, Quirites, a name cf tin

Romans.

quis, any.

quis? tcho?

quid aijis 1 how do you do? what are ptii

domg ?

quispiam,	some, somebody.

quisqiiatn,	any. anybody.

quisque,	each, retry body.

quisquis,	whoever.

quo—eo. the—the.

quod. because, that, (adv.)

quomftilo, how.

quoniam, since.

qiioque, also. too.

quot — ? how many?

qwotMiie, daily.

qiioties, how often.

qufttus, how many.

quum, when, since, although.

quuui—turn, both—and aluo*

quum iijaxime,./u«t as.

Radius, a ray, a beam.

ramus, a branch.

rana, a frog.

r&pere, io, (rapu, rapt,) to snatch, to

seize, hold of.

raptus. -us, rape.

ran», seldom.

ratio, 6nis, reason, an account.

rStus, {part, of reor,) p. 167, 65.

recedere, (recess,) to retire, to withdraw.
recij»ere, io, (recgp, recept,) 29. reciperc

se, to return•

reeltare, to recite.

reclfidere, (rectus,) p. 268. Voc on perf

si, to open, reveal.

recte f gcere, to ilo right: to act rightly.
rectus, straight, right.

re-cumbere, (culm, cubit,) to lie down.
recuperare, to recover.

recusare, 23. ii. to refuse.

reddere, (reddTd, reddit,)' to return; reil

dere ratifinem, to give an accuuiit.
red ire, 30, to return.

reditus, us. 36. ii. a return.

rediturn secundare,	a finer

able return.

rcduccrc, to lead back339

/Cfert, it is of importance: nihil refert, it
ii of no importance ; makes no differ-
ence.

reficire, io, to refresh, rtfit.

refuge re, io, to flee back.

refuse re, (refuls,) to shine.

regalis, royal.

l$g£re, (rex, rect,) to rule, to govern
reglna, queen.

iCgio, finis, region, district, country.
rugius, royal.

regnare, to reign.

regnuni, kingdom.

rejicere, io, (rejSc, reject,) 30, to reject.
relinquere, (rellqu, relict,) to leave.
reliquiae, remains.

reliquus, remaining; but see p. 141, 78.
rernanSre, (remans,) to remain.
remedium, 29, remedy.

reminisci, to recoiled,, (gen. or acc./
reinissio, onis, a relaxation, lessening,

diminution.

remittere, (renils, remiss,) to remit: p©-
iiitni remittere. to excuse a punishment.
renBvare, to renew.

reor,	, to think.

repSrire, (reper, repert,) to find. See Syn.
repgtere, (petiv, petit,) to seek again.
reportare, to carry back: victoriani repor-

tare, to gain a victory.

reprehendere, to blame, censure.
reprehensio, finis, blame.

repudiare, to reject.

requlrere, to seek again; to require; to
miss.

rerum natfira, nature.

res, rei, thing, affair.

res gestae achievements, deeds, (in
war,) successes, frc.

resistere, to resist, (dat.)

resfinare, (sonu, sonit,) to resound.
respondSret (respond, respons,) to answer.
respublica,	commonwealth.

restUuere, 18.

reticgre, (reticui,) to keep silence about.
retinfire, (retinu, retent,) to hold back; to
retain.

retribuere, to give back , to repay: gra-

tiam retribuere, to recompense.

reus, an accused person.

reverti, (reversus,) to turnback; return.
reviviscere, to revive.

rex, rfigis, king.

RhSnus, the Rhine.

Rhfid&nus, the Rhone.

ridSre,	to laugh, laugh at.

rlgf re,	to be stiff, dried up

rtpa, bank. Syn.

lisus, us, laughter.

fobustus, -oL'ust, strong.

rfigare, to ask.

rog&tio, Cnis, asking, proposal' a bill pro•

posed. .

rftgus, funeral pile.

R0ma> Jitm
Uoin&QUs, Roman
22

ros, rfiris, dew.

rosa, rose.

rotundus, round.

Rfiltlco, finis, the Rubicon, a stream thctk
formed the boundary /between Italy anJ
Gallia Cisalpina.

rudfire, to bray.

rudis, uneducated.

ruere,	to rush, hurl down.

rugire, to roar.

rus, rfiris, the country. See p. 304, (1G0*
rure, from the country.

ruri, in the country.

Sabine, a' Sabine woman.

sacer, era. crum, (devoted to the gods,!

hence (1) sacred, (2) accursed.
sacerdos, Otis, priest, priestess.

sacra, sacred rites or solemnities; festi
vols.

sarramentum, 9, military oath. i pledge.
sacrum, a sacrifice-
saepo, often.

ssevire, to rage, to act cruelly.

sagitta, arrow.

Saguntini, the Saguntines.

Saguntum, Saguntum, a town.

S&l&mis, Inis, an island near the coast, cf
Attica.

salio,	to spring, leap

salius, salt, saltish.

sal tare, to dance, to leap.

saltern, at any rate; at all coents; («I
least.

saltus, us, a woodland pasture.

salQber, (salubris,) healthful.

sal us, Otis, safety, welfare
salutare, to salute.

salvus, safe.

sanare, to cure.

sancire,	to confirm.

sane, assuredly.

sanguis, Tnis,	blood.

sinus, sound; in health.

s&pere,	to taste, be wise.

sapiens, ntis, wise.

sarcina, burden, package.

Sardes, ium, Sardis.

satiare, to satisfy.

satis, enough; satis magnus, pretty con
siderable.

satisfaeere, (satisfSc, satisfact,) to satisfu

(dat.)

Saturnus, i, Saturn.

saxum, rocky stone.

scSlus, 6ris, crime.

sceptrum, sceptre.

scientia, knowledge.

Sclpio, finis, Scipio, a celebrated Htm<n

general.

scire, to know.

scfipus. a mark.

scrtbere,	to urriUt.

scriptor, oris, writer, author. -
scriptum, thing written ; tcritirw-340

jcutum s'.ield.

»e, hivu elf, herself itself, themselves :—

or him, her, it, them.

■ecAdere, (secess, secess,) to withdraw.
secundus, second, favorable: res secunde,

prosperity.

securis, is, axe.

sec&rus, without fear; without anxiety.
ted, but.

pgdfire, (sfid, sess,) to sit.

KMes, seat, abode, settlement.

seditio, on is, sedition.

sSges, 6tis, corn sown; crop.

segniter, lazily.

sejungere, (junx, junct,) 32.

sella, chair.

sfinien, Tnis, seed.

semper, always, ever.

gem pi tern us, eternal.

senator, a senator. Q,uo senatore, [who
being a senator, =) for if he was a sen-
ator.

senatus, (is, senate.

senectus, litis, old age.

senescere, to grow old. sgnex, sSnis, old
man.

sentSntia, opinion, meaning.

sen tire, (sens,)	to feel, perceive.

sepSlire, (sepelio, sepult,)	to bury.

septentrio, 5nis, the north; properly the

seven stars in the Oreat Bear.

sSqui, (secutus, or sequutus,) p. 176, to
follow.

sSrere, (sSv, sSt,)	to sow ; plant.

sernio, Onis, discourse, conversation.

sfiro, late; too late.

serpens, snake.

servare. to keep; to preserve.

servire, to be a slave ; to be the slave of,
(dat.)

servTt&s, Otis, slavery.

servus, slave.

sese, the acc. of sui dc ubleri—render be-
fore an infin., 44 that hey."

severitas, seriousness.

si, if.

signum, sign, standard.

silSre, to be silent.	'

silva, wood.

silvester, woody,

si mil is, like.

simplex, Tcis, simple.

simul, at the same time.

Bimul ac,

simul atque, S
simulare, to pretend.

sincfirus, sincere, genuine.

lvTie, without.

•Tnore, (slvi,)	to permit, suffer.

singfili, one; one apiece.

sitire, 1, to be thirsty.

«Itis is, thirst.

situs, situated: si turn esse in c& re, to

consist in that.

litus, -ft», situation: nature (qf a coun-
try )

s6cius, ally, associate; partner, sompan
ion.

Socrates, is, a great Athenian philosophy
sol, s61is, the sun.

solatium, comfort, consolation.

solemnia, solemn rites; games.

solgre, (solitus,) to be wont or accustomed

solebat, solitus est, used.

solium, throne.

sdlum, only.

s5lum, soil.

s51us^G. Tus,) alone; only.

solvere, (solv, solut,) p. 173, to .vbcn

to pay,

son in us, sleep.

sonare, (sonu, sonlt,) to sound.

sdnus, sound.

soror, Oris, si ter.

sors, sortis, /<>„.

spargere, (spars, spars,)	to scattm

speciosus, 31, beautiful, handsome.
sjiectare, to behold; to look at; to look to
speculari, to watch for.

sperare, to hope; to hope for.

spernere, (sprSv, sprgt,)	Sec

Synon., to despise.

spes, ei, hope.	*

spiritus, us, breath.

splendgre, to glitter.

spoiiare, to rob of, despoil, (abl.)
spondSre, (spftpond,)	to prom

ise solemnly.

sponsor, a surety.

stabilitas, stability.

stagnuin, 15, a pool or lake.

stare, (stgt, stit,)	to stand;

stare also means to cost.

stare promisso, to stand to or keep a
promise.

st&tim, 12, immediately.

statio,post, Src., (pi. stationes = gua rds.)
statuarius, sculptor.

status, us, state, condition.

Stella, star.

sternere, (str&v, str&t,)	to stn r,

throw down.

stBiuftchus, the stomach.

stringere, (strinx, strict,)	to bind.

struere, (strux, struct,) p. 173, to pile up,
build-

studSre, to pursue, (to study, ire.;) to bt

fond of; to favor, (dat.)

studi5sus, desirous of ; devoted to.
studium, real, pursuit.

stul tus, foolish ;—a fool.

stupgre,	m be astounu^d

sua vis, sweet.

sub, under ; acc. (after verbs of motim)
or abl.

sublgere, (8g, act,) 18, ii.— dlso to till

cultivate.

subire, to undergo.

subfto, suddenly.

subTtns, sudden.

«ubvfaire, | tuctar, (dal.1
succurrero, \	!.««*•341

nxbjicere, io. (snbjgc, subject J 36.
sublime, !5, on high.

subtTlis, fine-spun; fine; shrewd, <$*c.
succ&iere, (success,) to succeed; take the
place of: successurus, who was to sue
teed.

«uccens^re, 22, to be angry, (dat.)

Buccumbere, (succQImi,) to yield to.

SUCCU8,/M?C«, moisture.

sudure, to be in a perspiration.

sue see re,	to grow accustomed.

suffice re, (sufficio,) to be enough

sumere, (sumps, suiiipt,) p. 172, iv., to

take.

snmma, a sum.

summum im|>erium, the chief command;

supreme power.

sunt ptus, us, expense.

super, above. *

supgrare, to conquer:—montem, io cross

a mountain.

Buperbe, proudly.

superbire, to behave proudly.

Buperbus, proud.

Buperstitio, finis, 21, superstitious.
supervacuus,, unnecessary, superfluous.
Buppeditare, to supply.

supervgnire, to come upon; to approach

unobserved* with dat.

supplicium, punishment.

supra, above.

surdus, deaf.

Buscipere, io, (suscSp, suscept,) to under-
take.

Buspicio, finis, 30, mistrust, suspicion.
sustingre, (sustinu, sustent,) 29, to en-
dure.

Biias, a, am,	his, hers, its, their, <§-c.

Syracusre, arum, Syracuse. -

TSbfila, tablet, <$*c.; tabulae, account-books.
tacSre,	to be silent.

tam, so.

tanien, yet, nevertheless.

tandem aiiquando, at last.

tangere, (tgtig, tact,)	to touch.

tanquain, as if.

tanti, for st much; for that (gen. of

price.)

tan turn, only.

tardus, slow.

I'arentlnus, a Tarentine, (i. e. inhabitant
' of Tarentum.)

taurus, bull.

tectum,roof, house.

U*g;re, (fex, tect,)	to cover.

tesrmentun, covering.

(Slum, tAi*sUe, dart, weapon.

iemerarius, rash.

fienifire, rashly, easily.

nec temere, nor—easily; and—%ot
easily.

temSritas, rashness.

teuiperare, to govern; to regulate.
tempestas, season, storm.

tempijm, tempi<s.

tempus, Oris, time.

tempus anni, season of the year.
tempftribus inservire, to accommodate
oneself to the times.

tendere, (tetend, tens,) p. 171, (ii.) U.

stretch.

tengre, p. 169, ii., to hold.

tgnus as far as, up to, (prep.)

tepSrw, to be warm.

terere, (trlv, trlt,)	to rub.

terrere viam, to tread a way tflcn
to travel it often.

terminare, 32, to limit, bound.

terra, earth, land.

terra manque, by sea and land.

terrere, to frighten ; to terrify.

terrestris, earthly; on earth.

tertius, third.

Teu u »1 >urgensis, Teutoburgian.

Theli», irum, Thebes.

thesaurus, treasure.

Tiltgris, is, (m.,) the Tiber, ft river in
Italy.

tigris, Tdis, (f.,) tiger.

tilia, a lime-tree.

timgre,	to fear.

timTdus, timid.

Tiiufileon, ontis, Timoleon, a Corinthian

general.

tiro, finis, a beginner.

tfiga, a toga, the robe worn by Romans of

the upper classes.

tolerare, to bear; to endure.

tonare, (tonu, tonit,) to thunder.

tondgre, to shear.

tcr}»gre, p. 169, iv., to be stiff and motion
less.

torquis, is, chain (worn round the neck
torvus, stem.

tfities, so often.

totus, G. Ius, whole.

tractare, to handle; to treat.

tr&dere, (tradid, trad it,) to deliver; tore
late.

tr&here, (trax, tract,) p. 172, (iii,) tvdrnte
drag.

trajicere, io, (trajgc, traject,) 24, to cross.
trans, across.

transfigere, (fix, fix,) to transfix.

transfQga, 16, a deserter.

transitus, us,passing through; crosiit)£

transire, to pass over.

tres, three.

trTb lere,	to allot to.

tribunal, Slis, tribunal.

trib&ni mflitum, military tribunes.

-pig bis, tribunes of the people.

tribunus, a tribune.

tributum, tribute.

tristis, sad.

triumphare, to triumph.

Troja, Troy.

trucidare, to slaughter; io butclw
truncus, trunk.

tu, thou.342

(Qfiri, to defend.

lam, then: (am—tarn, both—and.
turbare, to disturb; to throw into confu-
sion.

Turca, a Turk.

turpis, oast, disgraceful.

turns, is, a tower.

tussilago, Tnis. the name of a plant.

tussis, is, a cough.

Cuius, safe.

tuus, h, uin, thine, thy; tuum est, it is

your business, (part, duty, 4 c.)

ympai uiii, a drum.

yrann is, tyrant.

(Jber, Sris, breast, dugs.

ubertas, fertility.

Ubi, when, where, after

nbicunque, wherever.

ubinnm. where.

ablque, everywhere.

ttl'us, any: nec ullus, and no; G. las.

Ultra., beyond.

ultra, of his own accord: ultro incusare,
to volunteer an accusation against (a
person;) to accuse a man deliberately.
Ulysses, is, Ulysses.

am bra. shade, shadow.

Qmbracuiuin, protection from the heat.
ana, in one place, together.

unda, wave.

unde, whence.

undlqtie, from, all side»»

universus, whole.

UnqiiHin, ever.

unus, <i. lus, one.

nrl)s, urbis, city; ab urbe condita, from

the building of the city.

urere, (uss, ust,) to bum.

ursus, a bear.

usque ad. quite up to; up to.

usus, need, want.

at. ' See list of conjunctions, p. 318*. ut
—sic. Sometimes so that;—on condi-
tion that.

titer,	utrius, which (of two.)

aterque,	each.

ati, that, as.

utTlis, useful, good (for any purpose.)
Utilitas, utility, use.

tttfnam, would that.

utrum, whether. See p. 395, (51.) In
sentences that are not dependent, it is
to be untranslated.

ava, grape.

Uxor, Oris, wife.

Vficare, to be free from, to heve leisure,

(abl.)

.v*fari, to wander.

v&ide, very.

Wile, farewell:

«.lens, tis, strong.

«QlOne, to be strong; to be toell; tobeable

Valerius MaxYmus, a Roman Materia*

valTdus, strong.

vail is, is, a valley.

vanitas, emptiness.

vanus, empty, vain.

vapor, vapor.

Varianus, (adj.) of Variu*.

varietas, variety: also divert ity vf color

varius, various.

vas, v&dis, in., surety: vSdem fieri EillC3

jus, to become anybody's surety
vas, v&sis, n., a vessel.

. vastare, 9, to destroy, lay waste.

—ve, or.

vehemens, ntis, violent, eager.

vehenienter, 25, vehemently.

vehere, (vex, vect,)	to cariy

Vejentes, the Veientes, or people of Vdu

vel, either, or ;—even.

velox, 6cis, swift.

venenuin, poison.

venaticus, belonging to minting: cunif

venaticus, a sporting dog, a hound.
venatum, (sup,) a hunting.

venari, to hunt: venatuin (supine) ire, tc

go a hunting.

vendere, (did, dit,) to sell.

Vfinire, (ven, vent,) to come.

VSnus, gris, Venus, the goddess of bcautyi
ver, vgris, spring.

verbuin, a word.

vere, truly.

verecundus, modest.

verisiinilis, probable.

vero, but.

versa ri, to be employed: to reside at.

versus, us, a verse.

vertere, (vert, vers,)	to turn

v§ru, n. a spit.

verum, truth; verum dlcere, to speak

the truth.

vSrus, true.

vere, truly.

verSri, (veritus sum,; to fear.

vespa, wasp.

vesper, 6ris, the evening.

vesci, to feed (on,) abl.

vester, tra, trum, your, yours (of uteri

than one.)

vestire, to clothe.

vestis, garment, dress.

vStare, (vetu, vetit,) to forbid.

vgtus, gris, old. PI. neut., Vetera; tuperl*

veterrinius.

vetustas; antiquity.

vetustus, old.

vexare, to vex ; to harass
via, way.

vicintis, near.

vicissitudo, Tnis, change
victTuia, victim.

victftria, a victory.

victus, us,food.

Victus, conquered.

vldSre, (vld, vis,) p: 170, vii to Mi i
vidSri, to be seen to seem.343

rYg£re, p. 189, Iv.

Vigil are, to be awake; to watch.

villa, farm-house, cvttntry-houte.

vincere, (vie, vict,) p. 172.

vincire, (vinx, vinct,) p. 174,

vincOlum, chain.

7indlc;ire, to avenge.

vinea, vineyard.

vinum, wine.

violare, to violate ; to wrong.

Vipgra, viper.

vir, vtri, ma», (opposed to woman ;) hus
band.

vJrgre, p. 169, iv., to be green, to flourish.
vires, iurh, strength. (See vis.)

Til go Vestal is, a Vestal virgin, whose
duty it was to keep up the sacred Jire in
the temple of Vesta. •

virgultum, bush.

virtus, utis, manly excellence; virtue;

courage.

ris, 3d sing, of volo.

vis, viin, vl; pt. vires; strength, power,
force, multitude: summis viribus, with
all his might.

Tfserc, p. 173» (v.) to visit

v!<us, (Set vidSre, p 170, vU.,; seen.
vitare, to at rid.

vitis, is, vine.

vitium% fault, vice.

vituperare, to reprove; to blame; tc
chide.

vlvere, (vix, vict,) p. 173, (vi,) to live.
vivus, alive.

vix, scarcely ; with difficulty.

v6care, to call; to invite.

volo, (velle, volui,) to be willing, tc

wish.

volare, to fly.

voluntas, 5tis, inclination, will.

voluptas, atis, pleasure.

vox. v5cis, voice; also speech, exclama-
tion.

vulnerare, to wound.

vulnus, £ris, wound.

vulpes, is, (f.,) fox.

vultus, us, countenance, look

XSnftphon, ontis, a Grecian general^ m

elegant writer awl historian.

Xerxes, is, Xerxes,« king of TriviaENGLISH-LATIN INDEX.

I p refers to the page: numerals without p. to the Vocabularies on the

ercises, Pt. II., (if they are above 6.) Numerals enclosed in a paienthesif
refer to the Exercises, Pt. II.

i, A verb in ere, when the |»enult is not marked long, belongs to the third conjuga-
tion. Vert» of the 2d conj. have the penult marked long, as ere.

«) When a verb is separated by a hyphen from its prejMtsition, the perfect of the
simple verb is to be looked for in the lists. Thus ob-tegere: look fur teg-o in
the list of the verbs of the third ending in a k sound.

Able, (to he,) posse, quire, (queo.)
abound, abundare, abl.

about, (= concerning,) de, abl.

above, super, supra, (prep.)

absent, (to be,) abesse.

accomplish, conficere, fee, feet.

accident, casus, us.

according to, secundum, (prep.)

account of, (on,) ob, -propter.

accuse, accusare. •

acc used-[lerson, reus.

accustomed (to be,) sol ere, solitus.
ac;ustom themselves, consuescere.
accustom yourself, te assuefacere (fie,
feet.)

acquire the power, facvltalem excolere,

(colu, cult.)

acquit, absolvere, (solv, solut,) gen. of

charge.

across, trans, (prep.)

act, apere, (eg, act:) act rightly, reete

f&cere.

action, actio, dnis.

act-proudly, superbire, 9.

add, addere, (did, dit.)

adorn, detorare, 7; ornare.

Advantage, utilitas : to offer advantages,
utilitatem or utilitates habere ; prabere,
or afferre.

lUvice, consilium ; by the advice of my

ancle, avuncuU auctore. .

ti&ir, rer, e».

affection, amor, oris.

afflict, affiigere, (fiiz, fiict.)

afford, pro-stare, (stit, stilt.)

after, prep, post, (with acc.)

after-that, posthac.

afterwards, postea.

again, rursus ; (= once more,) Iterum.
against, contra, adversus, arc.: in with
acc. (of feelings, actions, fee., against
a person.)

Ag&memnon, Jlgamemnon, G. Cnas.
age. (= time of life,) tetas, aits; (= length

of time,) vetustas.

age of Augustus, tevum Jivgusteum
agreeable, jucundus; xuavit>, (4J.)
aim at, studire, (dat.)

air, aer, aeris, m.

Alexander, G. dri.

all, omnis.

ally, socrus.

almost, prope, pane,

along, secundum.

Alps, Jllpes., G. turn.

already, jam.

altar, ara.

although, etsi, etiamsi, tavtetji ■ qiian

quam, qvamvis, licet, quum.1
always, semper.

ambassador, legatus.

ambition, ambitio, dnis.

amongst, among, inter, acc.

amongst (a people,) dpud, with &CC.

I Bee p. 312, (252—255.)345

tnclent, antlguus.

ancients, the, retire».

and, et, ac, atque, que,

anger, ira.

angry (to be,) i^asci, dat.: succensire, dat.

announce, nuntiare.

answer, respondere, (spond, spons.)

ant, formica, a.

any. See page 307, (191.)

any-one, (after negative words,, quia-

quam. See note 3. Ex. 13.

apiece, never to be translated, but the
distributive numeral to be used.1 See
p. 142.

Apollo. Apollo, G. inis.

appear, (— seem ) videri, vis.
appearance, p. 24, species, ei.
appease, placure.

approve of, probare.

arise, oriri (ortus,) ex-oriri, (45.)
arm, brachium.

arms, arma, pi.

army, exerc.itus, us.

arrive, venire; advenire.

arrive at, pervenire ad.

arrow, sagitta.

art, ars, artis.

as, ut.

as, after torn, talis, tantus. tot, is quam,

qualis, quantus, quot, respectively,
as, after idem, is qui, (or ac, atque.)

as it were, quasi•

as iong as, quamdiu.

as many as possible, quam plurimi.
as possible, quam before the superlat.
as soon as, simul ac; ut primum; quum

primum; ubi; ut.

ascertain, explorare.

asleep, to be, dorr/lire.

ashamed, (am—of,) pudet.

ask, rdgare.a
ass, asinus.

assault, (a town,) oppugnare, invadere.

assist, adjuvare.

assistance, auzilium.

at, (of . a place, near which a battle is

fought, &.c„) apud, (or ad.)
at-a-distance, procul.

at a great price, magni.

at-home, dumi.

at last, devique.

at nothing, nihili.

at once, simul.

at-the-right-time, in tempore.

Athens, Athena, arum.

Athenian, Atheniensis.

atrocious, atrox, ucis.

attack, adgredi, gress ; adoriri, ort: at-
tack, (= charge an enemy,) impetum
fa .ere : to be attacked, impugnari.

attentive, studio sum, (gen.)

Augustus. See age

Autumn, Auctumnu*

avarice, avaritia.

avenge, vindicare.

avoid, vitare.

awake, to be, vigilare.

awaken, excitare.

aware, to be, intelligere, (lex, tot.')

Bad, pravus, malus, inutilis

bake, coquere.

band, manus, us.

banish, pellere, (pepul, puis 1

banishment, exsilium.

bank, ripa.

bark, cortex, ids, m.

base, turpis.

battle, pratlium.

battle of Cannae, — of Marathon pugiu.l

Cannensis, — Marathonia.

be with me, mecum una esse
beam, radius.

bear, ursus.

bear,/«rre, (tul, lat.)

beard, barba.

beasts, feres, bellua.

beat, ferire, (percussi, percussum.)
beautiful, pulcher, (root pulchr.)

beauty, pulchritudo : ( = elegance,) eU

gantia.

because, quia.

becomes, fit, (seefio.)

become, evadere, (vas, vas.)

become acquainted with, innoteture,
19.

becoming, (to be,) dicere, acc.

befall, accidere, (accidi,) dat.

before, adv., antea.

before, prep, ante, acc..

before, (standing before a sentence,) an

tequam.

beg, rogare, orare.

begin, cvpisse, (began, before pass, lnlta.

captus est;) incipere, 8.

begin to flourish, florescere.

begu i I e, fallere, (,fefelli.)

behind, pone, (pvep.)

behold, adspicere, conspicere.
behave-proudly, superbire, (followed bj

in with acc.)

believe, credere, dat., (credid, credit.)
believed, I am, mihi creditur
bend down, in-fleetere*

benefit, beneficium.

besiege, obsidere, (sed, sest.)

besieger, obsidens.

best, optimus.

bestow, tn mere,	imperttre

i For instance, to translate ' one apiece*' two apieceuse the distributive nuraefl»
tir one, two., tcc., (singuli, bini:) 'Two oboli apiece,' (acc.,) ' binos obolos.*

•	In Exercise 21, Pt. II., translate ' we will ask ourselves,' hv quaremua.

•	Followed by tho dat. of the person.346

« Upon' is to Ze untranslated,
and the person put in the dative,
•etnvy, prodere, prodidi, proditum.

betray confidence, Jidem fallere.

better, mehor; adv. melius.

beyond, prater, ultra.

bigger, major.

oite, p. 170, vii., mordere.

bird, avis.

bitter, amarus.

Black Sea, Povtus Euxlnus: on the

Black Sea, ad Pontum Euxlnum.
blame, culpa.

blame, culpare.

blind, c<Bcu8.

blood, sanguis, inis, m., (after it is shed,

cruor.)

blossom, florere.

blow-oti\jactare, (properly, to toss.)
boast, gloriari.

body, carp -us, oris.

book,	liber, ri.

booty, preeda.

born, natus; born to, natus ad. before
the birth of Christ, ante Christum na-
tum.

both, uterque,	both—and, et—et.

bough, ramus.

boy, puer; G. pueri.

drave, fortis; bravely, fortiter.

bray, ruder e, rudi and rudivi, ruditum.

break, frangere, (fregi, fractum.)

break one's word-, Jidem viol are.

break a law, legem violare.

break-off, defringere, (freg, fract.)

bribery, ambitus, us.

bridge, pons, tis.

Briseis, Briseis; G. idis.

brother,	frater, ris.

build, tedificare: a nest, construere.

building, eedificium : from the building

of the city, ah urbe conditd.

burst, rump ere.

bury, sepelire.

business, negotia, pi.: much business,

varia negotia.

but, sed;—autem, (which must not stand

as the first word.)

tut if, sin ; sin autem.

buy, enure.

buyer, 8, emptor.

by, (close by.) juxta, (prep.)

by chance, casu.

Csesar, Casar, (Iris.

calamity, calamitas, dtis.

call, vdcare, uppellare,numinare. dicere:

(= invite,) voca-e.

»«11 upon, conventre, (ven, vent,) acc.
lalni, tranquUlus.

tatJi]:, tastra, pi-

can, posse, quire, [quev.)

cannot, nequeo,	non pet nun.

card, carpere.

care, cura

carefu 11 y, diltgenter.

carry, portare; (in ships, carriages, fee. )
vehere.

carry, (a law,) perferre, (tul, lat.)
carry-off, rap ere, (ui, turn.) (of a disease)

per-imere, (em, empt.)

carry on, (war,) gerere.

Carthage, Carthag-o, inis.

cat, felis.

Cat- an, 15, ii„ CatUinarius.
ca	o, equitatus, us.

cave, antrum.

cease, desinere, (desi, desit:) ceased^ bt?

fore inf. pass, desitus est.

celebrated,	celeber. '

certain, certus.

certain, a, quidam,

chance, (by,) fortuito cS.su.

^e, \ZIZL

character, mores, pi.; 6. um
chariot, currus, us.

chaste, castus.

chastise, castigare.

cherish, fdvere.

check, (restrain,) coercere, (47.)

childish, puertlis.

children, liberi, pi.

choose, eligere, (leg, leet:) deligcrs, (4&)

Christian, Christianus.

Chryses, Chryses; G- a.

Cic8ro, Cicer-o, on is.

circumstance, res, ei.

citadel, arz, arcis.

citizen, civis, is.

city, urbs, urbis.

climb-over, superare.

cloak, pallium.

close-to, juxta, (prep.)

clothe, vestire.

clothe oneself, induere, acc.

clouds, nube8, is.

coarse, crassus. '

coast, ora.

cold, frig-us, oric.

collect, colligere ; conqutrert.

color, color, oris.

combatants, the, pugnantes, (pi. parti-
ciple.)

come, venire, (ven, vent )

come in, inire.

come into flower ar blossom, Jlortt

cere.

come-out, exire.

command, imperare, dat.
commander-in-chief, imperator.

commit, com-mittere.

romnion, to make, aquare.l

I In Ex. 33, (end,) transl. 'all the rights of patricians and plebeians
«^Q&llzed,' mqiantur.347

«ompel, cogere, (cotg, coact.)

complete a work, ofus, covficere, (fee,

feet,) or absolvere, (solv *olut.]

Comply with, obedire, dat.

conceal, celare, (2 acc.)

condemn, damnare.

Concerning, de.

concerns, (it,) interest.

conduct, (in a particular instancefac-
tum.

Confidence. See betray.

congratul ite, gratulari.

conquer, vincere, (vie, vict;) superare:
(= w!n by inquest.) expugnare, or
enpere, (cep, eept.)

conquered, v ictus.

conqueror, victor, oris.

conscience, conscientia: a pure or

Usan conscience, integra conscientia.
consider, (= think,) existimare; ha-
bere.

considerably, (Lliquanto, (before com-
paratives.)

consolation, consolatio, onis.

conspiracy, 15, ii., conjuratio.
Constantinople, Constantinop6lisf 6. is,

Acc. im.

consul, consvlt ulis.

consular power, consularis potestas.
consulate, consulatus, us.

consult, consulere, (sidu, suit,) acc.
contend, certare.

contented, contentus, abl.

contest, 17, certamen.

continue, permanere, {nans;) per se-
ver are.

conversation, sermo, onis.

Cool, defervescere.

cool-down, de-fervescere, 18.

Cook, coquere.

Corinth, Corintkus.

Corinthian, Corintkius.

correct, corrigere.

corrupt, corrumpere, (riip, rupt.)

cost, stare, (abl. of price.)

cough, tussis.

Counsel, consilium.

count, numerare.

country, (= land,) terra; (= district,)
regio, onis; (= native country,) pa-
tria; (as c pposed to town,) rus,
riiris.

country, in the, ruri.

country, into, rus.

country, fruin, rare.

courageously, fortiter.

court the favour, amb-ire gratiam-
cover, ob tegere, (lex, tect.)

crane, grus, is.

Crackle, crepare, p. 168, ii.

ercaio, ereare.

create, (an cffice,) instilveri,

stitut.)

crop, seges, His.

crime, malejicium; scelus, iris; flag*
tium

cross, traxsjicere or trajicere, (jee, joct,]
acc.

to cross the Alps, Alpes superar».
crown, corona.

" cingere.

cruel, crudelis.

crush, oppriiuere, (press, vress.)
cry, clamor, oris.

cry out, clamare.

cry, (weep,)JUre,

cultivate, colere, (cdlu, cult:) to cultivate

our minds, mentes excolere.

cure, sdnare.

Cures, G. ium.

custom, consuetud-o, inis.

customary, usitatus.

custody, custodia.

cut-down, ceedere, (cietd, cms.)

Daily, qudtidie.

dance, saltare.

danger, periculum.

dangerous, periculosus.

daughter, filia.

day,	dies, ei.

day and night, dies noctesque.

dead, mortuus.

death, mors, tis.

debt, debts, as alienum; as, oris: est
alienum, properly ' another man's
brass,' (i. e. money.)

deceive, decipere, cep, cept; (if withonl

intending it,) fall ere, fefelliJ
decree, decemere, (eret>, cret.)

deep, altus.

defend, defendere, (fend, Jens:)

defend (a town) by a garrison, press*
dio firviare.

defraud, fraudare, (abl.)

delight, juvare.

de 1 igh tful, j ucundus.

deliver, ixberare, abl.

demand, postulare.

deny, negare.

depart, discedere, abl.

deprive, privaret (abl.)

derive, hauriref

descend, 7; descent, 7, descenden de

scensus.

desert, deserere, (seru, sert.)

deserter, 16, ii.. transfuga.

deserve, mereri, (merit;) well of bin
de.

deserving of, dignus, abl.

desire, (= eager pursuit,) studium.

J Ex. 20 4 How you deceived yourself!' ut animus tuits teftfcV.it f

• 4 From1 after 4 haurire* is to De translated by r- or ex348

ceslie, velle; eupere, (cupiv, tupit:)

= express a wish, optate.

desire, libido, tm's; cupiditas.

despise See Synonymes. p. 289
destroy, delere, (delev, aclet:) perdere,

(per did, perdit.)

destruction, pemlcies, 6. «; exitium
(48.)

detain, detinere; retardare.

deter, deterrcre.

devote oneself to, studere, (dat.)

dictator, dictator, orw.

die, «tort, lor, (mortuus sum.)

difference, it-m;tkes-no—, »i/a7 referL
difficult, difficilis.

difficulty, dtfficultas, «fi's.

dignity of Curule iEdile, Curulis JEdi-
litas.

diligent, diligens, entis.

dinner, cocna.

discharge, fungi, (fuvct,) abl.

discover, invenirg, reperire. Syn. I.
discover, (= reveal,) de-tagere.

disease, morbus.

disgraceful, turpis.

dismiss, dimittere.

disperse, dissipare.

displease, displicere, dat.

dispute, (= discuss,) disputare.

disregard, negligere.

distinguish oneself, himself, &c., ex-
eeilere, ui, (acc. of pron. not to be
translated.)

distinguished, insignis, nobilis, illustris.
distinguished, to be, excellere, (ui.)
disturb, turbare.

distress, turbare.

livide,	dividere, (divisi.)

do any wrong to a man, aliquem injurid

afficere.

dp good, jwod-esse.

do-wrong, peccafe.

do, facer e.

" Agere.

dog, c&nis.

don't *<now, nescio.

doubt dubitare.

doubt, there is no, non est dubium
(quiii.)

without doubt, haud dubie.

doubtful, dubius.

dove, columba.

dragon, draco, bnis.

draw, (a sword,) stringers,

draw out an army, aciem instruere

(strux, struct.)

iraw lp an army in order of battle, 29.
diess. vestitus.

dvink, bibere, (bib, bibit.)

to drink poison, venerium haurire,
(haus.)

drive, pellere, (pepilypuls :) dilvc awaj

fugare.

drive-back, rejicere, to.

dust, pulvis, iris.

duty, offi.ci.vm: to do your duty (0ici*v?,

fdcere, or preestare, (stit.)

dutiful affection, pietas, utis.

dwell, habitare.

draw,»	trahere.

Each, quisque: (of two,) uterque, utrcqu*

utrumque; G. utriusque.

eagle,	aquila.

early, mature.

early, priematurus.

eirth, terra.

easy, facilis: easily, facile.

eat, edere, (ed, Is ;) vesci, (as food.)

economy, parsimonia.

educate, educare.

effectual, efflcax.

Egyptian, JEgyptius.

either—or, aut—aut, vel—vel, sive—siof

elder, tiie, priscus.

elect, eligere. (leg, lect.)

elephant, elephas, antis.

embrace, amplecti, complecti.

employ, adhibere: to employ a trick, dole

uti, (usus sum,) abt.

employment, negotium,

empty, vanns.

encounter death, mortemoppetere.
end, finis, in.

end, finire.

never to make an end of reading,
legendi finem nunquam in venire.
endure, sustinere, (tinu, tent:) toleran
(41.)

endued with, pradltus, (abl.)

enemy, (private,) iiiimicv#.

enemy, (public,) hvstis.i
enjoy,/™, (abl.)

enquire of, quarere ex, (queesiv, qucesxt.)
entree, pellicere, io, 'lex, lect.y
entreat, rogare.

envy, inoidere, (vid, vis,) dat.

equal, par, dat.

erect, (a monument, &c.,) statuere, fi-
ner e, or eollocare: dat. of pertan U
whom.

escape, vitare.

estate, fundus, i.

eternal, sempitemus.

even, etiam, (before its word.

evening, vesper, eris.

even mind, vequus dnimus.

even, not—ne—quidem.

every, omnis.

everybody, quisque.

every day, quotidie.

In Ex. 15,4 after it need not be translated after 4 drew.'

? 4 The enemyt meaning a body of enemies, must be translated by the plaiAl.
ho8tes.849

?vf! tm/Utim, neat, adj., or plnr. mala.
Mcamine a question, disquirere.

example, exemplum.

exceedingly, vehementer.

excel, prastare, prastitu dat. or acc. of

person ; a hi. of thing in which,
excellent, pr&stans, tis.

©xc:te, excitare: excite to anger, id Iram
ccnr'ttare.

exclude, arcere, (abl. of thing from

which.)

exempted, to be, liberart, abl.

exercise, exercere.

exercise, exercUatio.

exhort, kortariy adkortari
expect exspectare.

expectation, spes, ei.

expense, sumpttis, us
expire, exspirare.

Fable, fabula.

face, fades, ei.

fact, (it is an allowed,) constat*

faith, fides, ei.

faithful, fidelis.

fall, cadere,

fall-on, (= seize on,) incessere.

full into, incurrere, (incurri.)
fall-to-the-lot-of, 19, (dat.)

/all upon, adoriri, (adortus,) acc.

fall down, dccidere.

fasten, figere.1

fasten, (a vessel,) retinere, retinui, relen-

turn.

fate, fortuna.

father, pat-er, ris.

fault, culpa.

favor, fuvere, dat. (fdv,faut.)

fear, (of body,) timur; (of mind,) mitus,

us ; to be in fear, in timure ease.

fear, timer e, metuire.

' feed, (trans, as a shepherd,) pascere, p.

feed on, vesci, abl.

feel. p. 164, § 14, sentire, (sens, sens.)

feeling, animus.

fellow-citi'/en, civis; G. is.

fertility, ubertas.

fetch water, aquatum, (sup.)

fever, fehris, abl. i.

few, panci, <e, a.

fickleness, levitas, atis.

fidelity, fides, ei.

field, dger; G. gri; (if ander tillage,)
arvum.

fight, pugvare; decertare, (Ex. 37.)

fill, implere, (plev, plet,) comptere.

find, in-venire; reperire, (reperi, reper-

turn.) See Syn. I.

find-out, de-tegere.

finish, conficere, finire; finish, (life,) Ex.
19, vitaln degere, (degi.)

fire ignis; (= conflagration, .rusentiium

firm, Jirmus.

first, primus; at first, prtnw.

fish, pi.*cis, rn. is.

fit, apius.

fit for. idimeus, (dat.)

flanie,/a»«ffw.

flatter, adulari, (dat. or acc.)

flay, degliibere.

fleet, classis, is.

flesh, euro, carnis,

flight, fug a.

flock,	grex, grigis.

flourish, fiorere.

flower, Jlus, oris.

flow together, 15, il.

fly, oo/are.

fly-froin, fugere.

fly out, evoiare.

foe, kostis.

follow	sdquor, (suutus.)

folly, stultitia.

fond, cupidus, (gen.)

food, cibus, i.

for, nam, namque, enim.

for, (= in behalf of,) pro.

for-a-long-time, diu.

forbid, p. 169, ii., vetare, (vetui, vetiluvu)
force, vis. vim. vi; a strong force, viltr
dum presidium. To be in force, (of •
law,) valere.

forces, copiiB,

forefathers, mdjores, or patres.

foretell, pr&dtcere.

forget, oblivisci, (oblitus,) gen.

forgetful, immemoT, gen.

forgetfulness, oblivio, unis.

forgive, ignoscere, ignvvi, dat.

formed, coviparatus.

former, prior.

for-some-tiine, aliquamdiu.

fortify, vrunire.

fortune, fortuna.

forty-nine, quadraginta novern ; or novsm
et quadraginta ; or uvdequinquagiittfU
forty-ninth, vndequinquagesimus ; otqwir

drag enim us nanus.

foss, fossa.

found, (a city,) condere.

fountain,	/era*, tis.

fox. tmfpe.s, f. (7.)

fra ud, fraus, fraudis. "

free, liber, (abl.)

free from, liberart, abl.

friend, amicus.

frighten, deterrer*.

friendship, amicitia.

from, after prevent, deter, fee. quominui

with subj.

frugality, parsimonia.

fruit, (of the earth,) fruges; (of » trrej

fructus; G. us.

fulfil, explere.

1 For 4fastened to the vail? say» 'fattened in the wall.'350

Cfoin, lucrum.

faia, (by begging,) impetrare.

gain, (by exertions,) adipisci, (adeptus ;)

(without exertions,) nancisci, (nactus.)
gain, (==earn,) acquirere, 9.

fain a victory, victoriam reportare.l
game, ludus.

garden, hvrtus, i-
garland, coruna.

gate, porta; opened gates, porta pdientes.
Gaul, Gallus.

general, dux, ducts ; imperator, (the title

of a victorious Roman general.)

genius, ingenium.

gentle, lenis. vatis.

German, Germanus.

Germany, <iermania.

get well. convOlescere.

get acquainted with, noscere ; eagnoscere.
gift, dottum.

girl, puella.

give,	dare.

give pleasure. See pleasure.

give up, dedere, (dedidi, deditum.)

glitter, fulgere.

glory, gloria.

glorious, gloriosus.

LU£S,,

— a hunting, venatum, ire.

go away, Abire, discedere, (cess.)

go-on-board, conscendere, scend, scene,

(navem, or in navem.)

go-to-battle, in preelium ire.

God, I)eus,

gold, aurum.

good, bonus.

good for, utilis, (dat.)

good fortune, felicita's, &tis.

good time, in in tempore.

good conduct, Adnestas, atis.

goodness, benignitas, at is.

govern, rigere, gubernare
government, tmperium
grain, granam.

grape, uva.

grass, gram en, in is.

grateful, gratvs.

gratitude, gratia.

great, mugnus; the great, noblles, turn;

illustres viri.

greatest, (when degree is meant rather

than size,) summus.

greatest possible, (the,) quant mazi-
mus.

greatness, magnitudo, inis.

greatly, mugndpere.

greedy, avidus, (gen.)

Greece, Gra-eia.

Greek, Greecus.

gjlnf, dolor, oris.

pk vc, Jolere, ciacrcre.

ground, humus; on the ground, humt.
grow-oid, senescere.

giow-green, virescere.

grow-wann, incalescere.
grow-accustomed, consuescere
guard, custodire.

guards, stationes, (i. e. parties 01
soldiers posted in particular places.
excubiie.

guilty, nocens, nocentis.

Habit, mos, maris.

hang, pendere, (neut.

hang over, imminere.

had rather, malle, (from mSio.)

hand, m&nus. us, f.

Hannibal, Hannibal, HannibAlis.

happen, (of evils,) accidere; (of fortu-
nate events,) contingere, (tig;) (= turn
out,) evenire. Syn.

happy, beatus, ftlix.

happy, (= joyful,) leetus.

harass, ezdgitare-
harbor, portus, us.

hardly, (= scarcely,) viz.

hardship, labor, oris.

harm to do, (to,) obesse.

harmony, concordia.

hate, odisse, (with tenses derived from

perf.)

hatred, ddiumfi
have, habere.

have rather, malle, p. 177.

head, cAput, capitis, n.

heal, mederi, dat.

hear, audire.

heart, (as the seat of the affections,)

animus.

heart, cor> cordis, n.

hearth, focus.

heat, calor, Oris.

heavy, gravis.

hen, gallxna.

hence, hide, hinc.

help, auzilium.

her, acc. sing, se, if relating to nom. ol

sent.; if not, earn-
her, adj. suus, a, um, if relating to nom

of sent.; if not, ejus.

herb, herba.

herd, armentum ; grez, grigis.

here, (= hither,) hue.

hesitate, dnbitare.

hill, collis, is, m.: mans. mantis.

him, se, if relating to nom. of sent.; U
not, eum.

himself, ipse; in acc. se: seipsum^ at

ipsum se.

hinder, impedire, obst-are.

* * When he had gained the victory,* partd victorid.
2 In Ex 34 use it in the plural351

his, tfU8; or gnus, a, am.

hit, (a mark,) attingere. (tig, tact.,

hither, hue.

hold, tenere, p. 169, ii.

home, to, d&mum; at, ddmi; from,

ddmo.

Homer Homerus.

honey, mel, mellis, n.

honor, honor, Oris.

honor, (= the honorable,) honestas;

(— probity,) fides, ei.

honor, cClere,

hope, spes, ei.

hope, sperare.

hornet, crabro, Onis.

Iiorse-soldier, eques, equitis.

horse, equus.

hour, hora.

house,	ddmus, Us ©t ».

house, at my, ddmi mea.

how, (with adj.,) quant.

how greatly, quantdpere.

how many, quot.

how much, quantum.

how often, quoties.

huge, ingens, tis.

human, numanus.

humor, indulgere, (dat.)

hunger, fAmes, is.

hungry, to be, esurire.

hunt, venari.

hurry-away, abripere, to, (ripu, rept.)
hurt, nocere, Uat.

husband, vir, viri.

husbandman, 7, agricola.

hypocritically pretend, (= lie,) mentiri.
ior, (mentitus.)

Idle, otiosus.

If-—not, nisi.

Ignorant, to be, ignorare, acc. •
ill-humored, nurds us, 8.

illuminate, illuminare, illustrare.
Immense, ivgens, tis, abl. i.

immortal, immortalis.

Immortality, immortalitas.

impede, impedire.

|m|»el, impel/ere, {pul, puis.)

importance, it is of, interest, gen. it is of
no importance, nihil interest; it is of
very great importance, permultum in-
terest ; of how great importance it is,
quanti interest; it is of g.eat impor-
tance, magni interest.

ta, in, (abl.)

Inactive, otiosus.

inclined, propensus.

Increase, augere, (aux, auct,) trans, eres-

cere, (crev,) neut.

Incredible, incredibilis.

indulge in, indulgere, (duls, dult,) dat.
inflict punishment on, aliquem pand

agiccre.

Inglorious, tnglurius.
iuhabltant-oi-a-town, oppiadnus.

inhabitant, ineSla.

injure, noctrc, (dat.)

injury, injuria.

innocence, innoeentia.

innocent, innocens, tis.

inquire, queerere, (followed by <h
instead of, loco, (abl.)

institute, instituo, (i, turn.)

instruct, erudire.

instrument, presidium.

intellectual cultivation,

intention, consilium.

into, in, (acc.)

invade, bellum inferre% (intul, Mat,) wltl

dat. of the country.

invading, invadens.

invective, convicium.

invite, vocare, invitare.

irrigate, trrigare, (= inrigare.)

island, insula.

Italy, Italia.

itself, ipse, a, nm ; G. xus

Jewel, gemma.

join battle with, eonimittere pralium,
(cum.)

joint-king, to be named, 37.

journey, iter, itineris.

joy, latitia.

joyful, latus.

judge, 12. See p. 134, judex, ids
judge, vindicare.

just, modo, (adv.)

justly, jure, meritoque.

Jupiter, Jupiter; G. Jo vis.

Keep, servare.

keep in custody, in custddid tenere.

keep in their camp, in castris coiUinirn

(ui.)

keep-off, arcere.

kill, interjicere, occidere, necarc.

kill, cmdere,

kindness, beneoolentia ; a kindness, btmt

ficium.

kind-of-corn, frumentum.

king, rex, regis.

knife, culter, ri.

know, scire, nuvisse, callire - not kniNft

nescire.

knowledge, scientia.

known, (it is,) constat.

Labor, labor, drt3.

lake, lAcus, us.

land, terra.

language, lingua.

large, grandis.

lately, nuper.

laugh, ridere.

In ugh at, ridere, derid&rv*

law, lex, legis.

lay waste, 9, vattotre.352

toy-siegv-to, obsidere, jbsBd, obsess.)

/cftd,	ducere.

teaci a life, iff ere vitam, (eg, act:) digere

vitam.

lead away, abdueere.

leader, dux, ducts.

leaf,	folium.

learn, discere, (didic:) (of facts, events,
&.c.,) compcrire, (comperi;) cognoscere,
(nt/v, nit.)

learn by heart, ediscere.

learned, doctus.

eave, relinquere,	/i'ct.)

.eave, (= to go out of,) excedere, abl.
(ccm.)

leave a province, discedere ez provincid.
left-hand, sinistra.

legion, legio, onis.

less, minus.

lessen, (= soften,) lenire.

lest, ne.

letter, litter#,» pi.: epistMa.

liberty, libertas, at««.

He, mentiri.

lie, mendacium.

lie down, cubare,

lieutenant-general, legatus.

life, vtta; (= lifetime,) <e£as,

light, /evttf.

light, (= kindle,) accendere; succendere,

(cend, cens.) Syn. ii.

like, similis, dat. simillimus, (superl.)
likeness, a, effigies, ei.

lion, leo, onis.

listen to, obedire, (dat.,) obtemperare, (dat.)

little, parvus.

little-garden, 8, hortulus.

live,	vivere, (rt'z, vict.)

load, cumulare.

long, longus.

long, diu.

look at, spectare.

lose, amittere.

lose an opportunity, occasioned preeter-

mittere.

lot, sors, sortis.

love, (Lmare, dillgere, 7.

lowest, injimus, trnus.

lust, libido, inis.

luxuriant-growth, luxurta
luxury, luxuria.

lyre, Lyra.

Macedonians, Maciidnes, unt.

machine, machlna.

magistracy, magistrates, us.

qmgftan i n ious, magnanimus.

make thyself master of, potiri, (potltus
sun,) abl

make, f&cere, (fee, fact:) am made,jlo
man, homo, vir.

manifest, manifestus.

Manlius, Maniius.

manners, (= morals, character,) wt-ret

um, pi.

many, multi.

march-up, adventare.

mark, scop us.

marriage, connubium.

marry, (of a female,) nub ere, dat.
Marseilles, Massilia.

master, (who teaches,) magistcr, ri.
master, (who owns,) dominus.

mean, signifcare; (= to convey OT

opinion J censere.

means, modus, ratio.

means, (= remedial or preventive means*}

remedia, pi.

means-of-escape, ezitus, Us-
meaning, sententia.

meadow, pratum.

measure, metiri, ior, mensus.

meet, occurrere, (occurr, occurs,) dat-
melt, liquescere.

mention, nuncupare. See 10.

Milo, Milo, Milonis.

^military-oath, 8acramentum.

'milk, lac, lactis.

mind, animus.

mine, meus; voc. mi.

mindful, memor, gen.

miserable, miser, era, &c.

misfortune, calamitas; casus, Ha
miss, dmittere. pratermittere.

mistress, magistra.

mix, p. 169, ii., miscere.

mixed, promiscuus.

modest, pudicus.

money, pecunia.

moneyed, peevnibsus, 7.

month, mensis, in.

monument, monumentum.

moon, luna.

morals, mores, um.

more, plus, with gen. even more, etiam

plura.

more, (adv.,) mftgis.

morose, morosus, 8.

mortal, mort&lis.

most men, pleriaue.

motion, mutus, us.

mother, mdt-er, ris.

mount, adscendere, (scend, scent ) (See
12.)

mountain, mons, ntis, m.

move, mdvere, (muv, mot:) move, neut
moveri.

move with compassion, commdvere^

mot.)

1 Litters may also be used for letters.

* fix. 36, Part II.: 'to make friends of enemies,* ex Inlmicls amfcos facerc.
I That is, if quantity is meant: if number, plures, a, &c., in agreement.
erf*!,' plus aturi : 4 more roses,* plures rosa

Ma*353

nach, (= many things,, multa.

much, mtUtum, (followed by subst. in
gen.)

much, (before comparative,) multo, abl.
multitude, multitude, inis.

my, meus, ("V. m. mi.)

myself, (nom.,) ipse, a, urn.

Nail, clavus
naked, nudus.

name, nominare, (also = to appoint;)

(subst.,) nomen, inis.

Naples, Neapolis, acc. im.

nations, populi.

nature, natura.

near, prope, acc.

nearest, proximus.

nearly, proper pane.

need, egere, indigere.

need, there is, opus est.

neglect, negligere, (neglex, neglect.)
neigh, hinnire.

neighbor, your, proximus tuusA
neighboring, vicinus.

neither—nor,

nest, nidus.

never, nunquam.

nevertheless, tamen,

new, novus.

next, pruzimvs.

night,	nox, noetis.

ninety-first, nonagesimus primus.

no, nullus ; after w, quis.

nobody, nemo, inis.

no one, nemo, inis.

no time, nihil tempdris.

no where, )

no whither, (

no wiser, nihilo sapientior.

not, non.

not, (in questions,) nonne ?

not yet, nondum.

not even, ne—quidem.

not only—butI non solum—verum etiam

also.	\ non modo—sed etiam.

not at all, nihU.

nothing, nihil.

now, nunc.

number, numerus; (= multitude,) mul-
t'tudo, inis.

Oak, quercus, As.

obedience, obsequinm.

Obey, p6rere, obedire, obtemperare, dat.

Oblige, satis-facere, dat.

olilige, favere, p. 170, viil.

nbolus, dbfllus.

Observe, observare.

observe moderation, modestiam retinire.

obtain, p&rare.

ocean, oceanus.

of, after 'become.' 4deserve well/ &q
' am persuaded,' and when = concert
ing, de.

of, after, 4 inquire/ ex.

of others, alienus, a, um.

offend against, violare.

offend, offender e, (fend, fens,) aec.

offer, off err e, (oblul, obldt.) See ad

vantage.

offering-of-atonement, piacu'um.

often, stepe.

oil, oleum.

old, vetus, vet iris, n. pi. Vetera.

old man, senex, G. senis, G. pi. itm.

old age, senectus, utis.

on, super; after ' live,' sign of abl.

on the Black Sea, ad Pontum Euxinum.

on high, 16, ii., sublime.

on all sides, undique.

one, unvs.

one, (of two,) alter, G. ius.

one's, suus.

only, adj. solus, G. ius.

open, 13, (Voc. on perf. si,) detigers

aperire.

opportunity, occasio, Onis.

opponent, adversarius.

oppose, repugnare, dat.; obstnret (dat.)
oppress, opprimere, (press, press.)
oppressor, oppressor, oris.

or, aut, vel, ve, (in questions an.)

oracle, oraculum.

orator, orator, oris.

order, ordo, inis, m.

order, jubere, (juss%) acc. with inf.
ornament, omare.

others, Alii; the other, (of two,) altefk
ought, oportet. See p. 06
our, nost-er, ra, rum.

out of, e, ex, extra.

overthrow, (a plan, &c.,) libifactarc.
over, super, (prep.)

owe, debere.

own, (emphatic,) ipsius or ipsorum. aflei
mens, tuus, &c.

Pain, dolor, oris.

paint,	pingere.

palace, domus,

palm, palma.

pardon, ignoscere, (nor,) dat.; (cf •

superior,) veniam dare.

parent, parens, tis.

part, pars, partis.

passion, animus; (= anger,) tra.

path, via.

patrician, patricius.

pavement, pavimentum*

peace, pax, pacis.

I This word, though given by Grotefend, is not a classical word in thi? sec at
rnmulato love thy neighbor.' bv ' love other menu' * alios.*354

peevish, mot dsns, 8.

Pcleus, Peleus, 6. it.

people, populus.

perceive, intelligere, (lex. led.)

perform ^a. service) promise, &c.„' prees-

tare, (stit. stat.)

perforin, fuvgi, perfungi, (funct.)
permitted, it is. licet.

permitted, I atn, licet mihi.1
persevere, perseverare.

rersian, Persa.

persist, perseverare.

person, (= man,) to be generally un-
translated.

persuade, (= advise effectually,) per-

suadere, suas, dat.: followed by ut.
Pha*don, Phcedon, unis, one of Plato Is

dialogues.

Philip,. Philippvs.

philosnpher, philosfiphus.

philosophy, philosophia.

physician, medicus.

picture, tabula.

piety, pietas, at.is.

pilot, gubernator.

pity, misereri, gen.

place, punere, (posu, posit.

place, (guards, &c.,) dispunere, [posu,
posit.)

place in a higher rank, altiuri Idco con-

stitnere, (stitu, stitut.)

plague, pestis.

plain, manifestos.

plan, consilium.

plant, s&rere.

Plato, Plato, G. Cmis.

play, ludere, (/us.)

pleasant, jucundus.

please, pldcere, dat.

pleasing, to lie, placere.

to be pleased, obledart.

pleasure, voluptas, dtis.

to give pleasure, voluptate afficere,
( fee, feet-,) with acc. of person,
plebeian, plebeius.

plot, insidiari.

plough, arare.

pluck, de-cerpere, 13; carj'ere,

PoBcile, G. es, Acc. en.

poet, poeta.

point out, monstrare.

poison, venenum.

rompey. Pompejus.

poor, pauper, eris.

portico, porticus, vs.

portion, pars, partis.

possess possidere, (posse,d, possess.)

pnfcterity, posteritas ; or the pi. postiri.

jtower, (= ability,) facultas, (41.)

Dower, potentia, of actual; potestas, of

legal, conceded, Ate., power.

powerful, potens ; (of words,) gravis.

powers of the mind, anim* wires,
practise, exercere, (ui, ituin.)

practise, (= exercise,) exercere.

Praetor, Prator, uris, a.Roman ic&Jgt*

trate.

pra;torship, preetura.

praise, laus, laudis.

praise, to, laudare.

pray, (= beg earnestly,) orare.

pray the gods, a diis precari.

prayers, prices, um.

precept, 7, pra-ceptum.

preceptor, 7, praceptor, oris.

prefer, anteponere, (posu, posit.)

prepare, parare.

present an appearance, spec-em, p aoirc.
present (with,) donare, S. 109, 110.
preserve, conservare; (= retain,) r&
tinere.

press, (= urge,) instare, institi.

pretend, simulare.

pretence, simulation unis.

prevail-upon, exorare.

prevent, prohibere, (ui, itvm;-) ( — pre-
vent, as an obstacle interposed,) ob-
stare, obstiti, with dat.; to be prevented
by business, negotiis distineri.

priestess, |	Ms.

prince, prineeps, principio.

prison, carcer, eris.

pri vi lege, jus, juris.

prize, prasmium.

proclaim, preedicare.

proclaim, edicere; (a war,) indie ere, (diz

diet.)

procure, parare.

profitable, utilis.

promise, promissum.

promise, polliceri, (licit;) promittere,
(the former of free, gracious promises.)
property, bona, (good.)

proposal, (of a law,) rogatio.

prop-up, fulcire, (fuls, fult.)

protect, (= guard a house, &c.,) cus-
todire.

protect, (=r foster, encourage,) fav&rt

(fov,fot.)

proud, superbus.

proudly, superbe.

prove, probare.

prove myself, pr a stare me.

provided, modo or dummodo
• prudence, 17, prudentia.

Punic, Punicus, (i. e. Carthaginian.)
punish, punire, or pand afficere.
punishment, pcena.

pull down, evertere.

pupil, discipulus.

purchase, 8, emptio, onts.

pure, castus.

purpose, for the, caurd.

.1 The pronoun is generally omitted, if it is plain who are meant.
8 with subj.—* not*, after 'provided? is me355

iut-atler, posth&bire, <aliqvia i?irui x
put-an-end-to, 12, ii., cotificert
put-on,	iiiduere.

Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus.

Queen, regina.

quench, restinguere, ^stmr sttnci:

pellere.

question, interrogation
Qui riles, G. ium.

Eace, genus, iris.

Ifcge, satire, stevii.

raise -= excite,) excitare
rank, locus.

rape, rapt us. Us.

reach, (= arrive at,) pervinire, fthe

place to lie governed by ad.)
-ea<i. tegere, (leg, lect;) (= read through,)

perlegere*

•eadily,/<tet7«.

reason, ratio, onis
recall, revdeare.

receive, accipere, (ctp, eept.)

reckon, numerare, ducere.

recognise, agnoseere, (agnovi, agnitum.)
recollect, remtnisci.

reconciled, to be, ingratiamredire (cum.)
ret use, recusare.

reign, regvare.

rejoice, gaudere, (gavisus sum.)

relate, narrars.

relations, cvgnati.

relying on, fretus, (nbl.)

remain, manere, (mans, mans;) to re-
main in the same mind, in eodem ani-
mo perstare.

remember, meminisse, (Imper. memento ;)

recordari, reminisci.

remains, it, restat, («<•)

remains, the, rcliquia.

remedy, remidinm.

remind, admonere, Gen. of the thing;

or tie with abl.

remove, (intrans,) migrcre
render, reddere, (did, dit.)

renew, renfivare.

repent, I, me pcevitet, gen.

reply, re-spovdere, (spond, spons.]
represent,Jiugere, {Jinx.)

reproach, reprehendere, vituperart.

reproof, reprehensio, Onis.

request, rogare.

require, igere, indigcre, (gen., abi.;

reside, kabitare.

resignation, eequus animus.

resignation, the greatest, aquissimus
animus.

Itisolve, (= decree) decemere, (crfo, creL)
X sound, rtsonare, ui, itum.

----—--—i--

rest quiescere.

rest, the, ceteri, a. a.

rest of, adj. reiiquus.

rest, to be at, quiescere,

restore, restituere, ui, utum I

restrain, coercere; (= tame, subtitle

domare, ui, itum.

retain, retivere, (ui, itum.)

return, redire, reverti, (45.)

return, to give a prosperous, rtd'tmi

secundare • dat. of person.

revenge, ulcisci, (ultus.j
revile, maledicere, dat.

revive, reviviscere.

rewarded, to l»e, ornart.

Rhine, Rhenus.

Rhone, Rhodanus
rich, dives, itis.

riches, divitia.

right, rectus, (= rightly,) recto

righ t, jvs, j uris.

right-hand, deztra.

ripe, to make, ) ^ ,,

ripen, (mi».) { ^ t^UKn'

rise, oriri, ior„ (ort.)

river, amnis.flumen, inis.

road, via ; on the road, in viA

rob, spdiare, (abl.)

rock, sot urn.

roof, 9, tectum.

Rome, Roma.

Roman, Romanvs.

roost, (go to,) cubitum, (ire.)

rope,m.

rose, rosa.

round, circum, circa.

rouse up, excitare.

rub, p. 161), ii., fricare. (fricni )

Rubicon, Rubicon, vnis.

ruin, perdere, (did, dit.)

rule, reguia.

rule, regere, (rexi, rectum.)

run,	currere^(cucurri, cursuwu

Sabines, Sabtni.

sacrifice, immdlare.

safe, tutus.

safety, salus, utis.

sail, navigare.

sailor, nauta.

salt-water, aqua marina.

sake, for the—of, causd.

Salamis, Sal&minis, Acc. Salami/to.

same, idem,

Sardis, Sardes, ium, pi.

Saturn, Satumus.

satisfy, satisfacere. dat, {satisfacw;

(with food,) saUare.

save, servare.

say, dicere.

says he, inquit.

1 4 7b* afterrestore' ts to be translated by 4 in* with theim, to ttdfch as
lAoerloiia ha, * tn be restored to a. rank,* fcc.

23356

scarcely, rix

scatter, sparger*.

sceptre, seeptrum.

sciences, arte*; dtsetplmm ; hterm.

Sciuio. Sctpio, onis.

scold, inerepare, (dat^)

sculptor, statnarivs.

Scythian, Scytha, m.

sea, mdre; by sea and lnnd, terri mar

i?ue ; Black Sea, PonLvs Euxinus.
search-far, conquirere, (l>.)

season, tempestas, dtis.

seasoning, condimcntum.

•econd, alter.

second, sicundus.

secret, sccretum, arearum.

see, vidtre; (= distinguish ; nave the
Sense of sight,) eerners; to be seen
(of objects becoming visible,) conspici,
Ieonspect.)

see that you don't, vide ne, with subj.
seed, semen, inisA

Jlek^ut, \ querere, (quasiv, quasit.)

seem, videri, (vis.)

seize, e&pere, (cep, capt,) a-nrlpere.

sell, vendere, (vendidi, vendttum.)

send,	mittere.

sensible, prudens, lis.

sensible people, sdni.

senate, senatus, us.

senseless, imprudcns.

service, officium.

sef^ice, on, militia.

set, 11. [Voc. on perf.», p. 267.J

set out, prujicisci, (feet.)

several, plures*

ehake, quatere.

chare, (intrans.,) communiter hdblre.
share, commuuicare, (33. cum.)

sharpen, p. 173, vi., acuere.

shear. I ndere, (totondi, tonsum.)

shed, profundere, {fud, fits.)

sheep, nvis.

shepherd, pastor, oris.

shield, elipeus.

shine,	fulgere.

ship, ndvis, abl. e or t.

shoot, Jlagellum.

shoot, (= hurl,) eonjieere, (jee,ject.)
shoot-up, (of plants,) emergere super or

extra terram: effiorescere.

shore, ht-us, oris.

short, brevis-
shoulder, humirvs.

should, (= ought,) debere, dportet.

show myself (brave,) prebere.

shut, elaudere.

side, l&tus, iris.

sight, aspeetps, us.

silent, to be, silire, t&c'ere.

lilver, argentum.

simple, simplex, icitt.

sin, peceare.

since, quum, qudniam ,

sincere, sineerus

sing, cdnere, (eecin, cant}- cantare.

sister, soror, oris.

sit, p. 170, vii., sedere.

site, Idcus, (pi. loci et loco-)

sixty, sexaginta.

skilled in, peritus, (gen.)

skin, pel lis, is.

slave, servus.

slave, to be the, servtre, d&t.

slay, oceidere, (cid, ei«.) Sec U
sleep, somnus.

sleep, dormire.

slow, tardus.

slip away, eldbi.

slothful, ignavus.

small, parvus.

snatch, eripere, (rip*, rept) with dat.
snake, anguis, is,

snow, nix, nivis.

so, (— to such a degree,) ddeo; (= ts

such a manner,) ito.

so-great, tantus.

so-many, tot.

so often, toties.

Socrates, Socr&tes, is.

soft, mollis.

soldier, miles, itis.

some, aliauis, quispiam.

some—others, alii-—alii.

some, (when the persons are known, fctit
K is not necessary to name themO
quidam.

sometimes, nonnunquam.

something, aliquid.

somewhat; omit, and pwt adj. in com

parative.

son, Jilius.

song, cantilena.

soon, cito.

sorely, (= violently,) vehementer.

sorrow, dolor, oris.

soul, animus, anima.

sound, sonus.

sow, serere, (sev, sdt.)

spare, parcere, (pepere,) dat.

speak, loqui, (locut.)

speak the truth, verwm dicen.

spear, hasta.

speech, oratio.

spend, (life, time, &c.,) agerey [Bg cet;)

impendere, Mat.)

spend, (wastefuliy,j con-sumire
spin,	nere.

spirit, animus.

spring, ver, veris.

sprinkle, ad-spergere, (spers, spers)
stake, to be at, dgi, pass.

stand,	stare.

1 In Ex. 26 tiaqsUUe med jy tege* the seed sown, the young crop, or crvp.357

itand by promises, stare prumissis.
standard, signum.

star, stella.

state, civitas; urbs, urbis, (if a cl '/;)

(— condition,) stdtus, £s
steer, dirigere, (rex, rect.)

steersman, gubemator.

•tern, puppis; at the stern, in puppi
Hill, (before comparatives,) etiam.

Slolo, Stolo, Ouis.

•tone, lapis, lapid.it
t torni, tempestas, a*.is; procella.

storms of war, the, belli tumultus.
strange, (= surprising,) mirus.

Strength, rires, ium; robur, oris-
strengthen, Jirmare.

strengthen, wrroborare.

strive, nili, eniti, (nisus, nixus.)

stupid, hebet etis.

subdue, sub-igere, (eg, act:) domare, ui,
itum, '50.)

succeed, (= follow,) ezcipere, (cep, eept,)

acc.; succedere, (successi.) dat.
successive—-omit this word and govern

1 years'by 1 per.'

such, talis ; (= so great,) tantus.
suddenly, subilo.

suffer, s'mere. (siv;) p&ti, (passus.)
suitable, idoneus.

sum of money, petunia.

summer, *stas, atis.

sun, sol, solis.

superstition, superstitio, oms.

support, (= nourish,) (Here, (dlu, alit or

alt.)

support, (= assist, allies, Acc.,) anzilium

ferre, (dat.)

surprised, to be, mirari, (dep.)

surround, (p. 168, i.) circumd&re, (did,

dilt ;)i tingere.

surround, (of enemies, See.,) circumvs-
nire.

swallow, hirundo, dinis
swallow-up, devorare.

sway, regnare.

swe&t,jurare.

sweet, dulcis.

swift, velox, oris.

swim, nare, natare.

sword, ens is, m.; glddius.

Syracuse, Syracuse, arum

rai)le, mens a.

take, c&pere, (cep, capt;) sumere, (sums,

suvipt.)

Bike, expugnare.

tnke away, erimere, (em, empt;) eripere,

(by violence.)

take away my life, vitam milii eripere.
take priie, gloriari, (abl.)

take care, cAvBre, (eav, cauL)

take care of, curare.

take care that, vide, (ni.)

taking, (of a city,) expugnatio, &

tale, fabula.

tame, p. 169, ii., domare, (domuL)

task, (= work, labor, , opus, opetw i (*a

task set to pupils,) pensum.

Tarentine, Tarentmus, 0.

teach, docere, 2 acc.

teacher, viagister, praccptor.

teaching, preecepta, pi.

tear, lacrima.

tear-to-pieces, dil&niare.

tell, dicere; (of tu'es, See., related,) nor

rare.

temper, animus.

temple, templum.

terrify, terrere.

that, (af ter doubt, deb/, &c., with neg.,j
quin.

that, (after fear,) ne; that—not, uL

that, ille, a, ud.

that, ut.

that—not, ne.

that-of-yours, iste, a, ud.

the more—the more, quo—eo.

Thebes, Theba, arum.

theft, furtum.

then, (= at that time,) turn.

then, (= after,) deinde, hide.

their, suus.

there, ibif

thereof, (— of it, of them, Su.,) qua, m

rum, 6, e.

Thetis, Thetis, idos.

think, putare.

think, (= think of doing, purpose. fcc.J

eogitare.

thing, res, ei.

thirst, sitis, is.

thirsty, to be, sittre
this, hie, (heee, hoc.)

thorn, 13, aculeus.

those who, qui.*

thoughtlessly, tkmbre.

thoughtlessness, temeritas, alts.

thoughts, sententite,

thread, jilum.

threaten, minari ; (of dangers,) i'.nminert.

(dat.)

three, tres.

three clay3 ago, nudius-tertius, (— nunc

dies tertius.)

three hundred and sevei ty-eighth, (an
nus) trecentesixnus septuagesimus oe-
tavus.

three hundred and tenth, treccnUsimus
decimus.

through, per, expressing the cause, sign
of abl.

*	Urbem nraro, or murum urbi.

*	4 There' before is, are, were, fee., is <0 be left untranslated.
8 Properly ii qui, bat the it is general y omitted.858

thunder, to, tdnare, p. 169

thunderbolt,/«/men, inis.

liber, Tiberis, is, acc. im.

Ugcr, tigris, idis, f.

til', cdlere, (eolu, cult )

till, donee, (subj.)

time, ttmpus, tempdris ; in a short time,

brevi tempore.

time, at the right, in tempdrt.

timid, timidus, pavidus.

thftd.am—of. tadet me, «son.

to-bed, cubitum, (sup. of cv.br.rt.y
today, hodit.

to death, (after condemn,) capitis.

to the city, (after return,) in urbem.
together, (after to com (tare,) inter st
tun much, nimius, (nimius somnus, or

nimium somni.

too late, sero.

top of, summus.

torch, tada.

torment, cruciare.

totter, labarc.

rouch,	tavgere.

towards, erga, ace.; in, acc.; adversus.
town, oppidum.

Trasiniene lake, l&cus Trasiminus.

treasure, thesaurus ; opes, (pi.;) 6. opum.

treachery, proditio, dnis.

treat, tractare.

treaty, fctdus, iris.

tree,	arbor, Oris.

tribunal, tribunal.

tribune, tribunus.

tribune of the people, tribunus plebis.
trick, dolus.

triumph, trtumphus.

Trojan ;—in the Trojan war, bello Troja-
no.

troops, copies, milites.

troublesome, molestus.

Troy, Truja.

true, virus.

truly, vert.

trust, (== believe, have confidence in,)

credere, (dat
truth, the. verum.

turn out, evaders, (vas.)

tussilago, G. inis.

twice, bis.

two apiece,	bini.

tyrant, tyrannus.

Umpire, arbiter,Xri.

unbecoming, it is, dedicet, acc.
uncertain, incertus.

uncover, aperire, detigere.
Understand, intelligere, (lex, led.)
undertake, sustipere, (cep, cept.)
undertaking, inceptum, 8.
undertaking, an, 8, inceptum.
unfeeling, durus.

unfortunate, miser, (era, erurn.)
unheard, inauditus.

ontustly, ir\juste.

unlearned, indoctua.

unless, nisi.

unlike, dissimilis, dat.
unmindful, immemor, gen,
unnecessary, superv&cuutk
unprofitable, inutilis.
unskilled in, imperitus, get*
unwilling, invitus.
unwilling, to be. nolle.
unworthy, indignus, abl.
upper, summus.

upright, honestus.

use, uti, (usus,) abl.

useful, utilis.

useless, inutilis.

usual, suetus.

Valley, vallis
valuable, pretiosus.

value, (= value highly,) mafn.i as time
re, (not astimare only;) of persona, di
ligere.

vanity, vanitas, ntis.

vapor, vapory arts.

various, vdrius.

vary, v&riare.

vast, ingens, ntis.

verse, versus, us.

very-confined, per-angustus.

vessel, uavis, is.

vice, vitium.

victim, victima.

victory, victoria.

vie, certare.

vile, turpis.

violence, vis, (— vim, vi ;) pi. vires
violent, vehemens, ntis.
violentiy-carry-oif, eripere, (eripui, erqp
tus.)

virtue, virtus, virtutis.

virtuous, honestus.

voice, vox, vvcis.

Wage, gerere, (gess, gest.,

wait, manere, exspectare.

wait for, opperiri.

walk, ambuiart.

wall, murus; (of a walled city,) numta,
pi.; (of a house,) pariej, itix; (of a
gaiden, fee.,) materia: on the w&llg
)>er muros.

want, carere, (abl.)

want, inopia,

war, helium.

ward off, a-etre.

warm, tipere.

warm, talidua
warn, mdnert.

warrior, mil-ts, itit.

wasp, vtspa.

watch-over, cusUkUr%

water, aqua.

wave, fiuctnu*.

way, via.359

waylay, to, insidias etruere, («Jrtiz,

struct,) with dat. of person.

weak, imbeciUus.

wealth, opts, dpum.

weary, am, Uedet me, gen.

weather, tempestas.

weight, onus, eris.

wt\\,bint; (= rightly,) recte.
well-known, it is, constat.

what 1 (interrog.,) quis, qua, quid, (but

If it agrees with a subst., quod.)

what, (meaning how great,) quantus.
whatever, quicquid, neat, as subst.; qui-

eunque. adj.

when, quum, quando, (quum not in de-
pendent sentences.)

whence, unde.

where, ubi.

which, (of two,) uter.

white, albus.

whither, quo.

who ? quis 7
whole, Uttus.

wholesome, saluber.

why, cur.

wickedness, nequitia: wicked, mdlus,

improbus.

wife, mulier, iris.

wild, (of cries, &c.,) atrox. oris.
wild-beast, /era, (bestia understood.)

A'ill, voluntas, atis.

willing, to be, velle.

willingly, libenter.

win-by-arms, ex-pugnare, 8.

win, (a country by arms,) expugnare.
wine, vinum.

Winter, kiems, hiemis.

wisdom, sapientia.

wise, sapiens, tis.

wish, (= choose, have a mind,) viht

wish, cupfre,

with, cum, (abl.)

with me, apud me^

without, sine, (abl.,) extra.

withhold, arcere.

withstand, sustinere, (sustinui, stieUH

turn.)

wolf, lupus.

wonder, mirari.

wonderful, mirus.

wont, to be, sol ere, (solitus sum.)

wood, silva; the Teutoburgi&n wood
saltus Teutoburgensis, (saltus ; G. £0
wool, lana.

word, verbum.

work, opus, eris,

world, mundus; orbis terrarum I

worship, cdlere,

worse, pejor.

worst, pcssimus.

worthy, dignus, abl.

would that, utinam.

wound, vulnu8, eris.

wrath, ira.

write,	scrlbere

writing, a, scriptum.

wrong, violare

Year, annus.

yesterday, heri.

young man, adolescens, tis
young, (bird,) puilus.

Zama, Zama; G. a.

1 Orbis terrarum, when it is considered as made up of various lands oi ii&tlcss
heuce it should be used when wc speak of subduing the world.

THJ5 KND.PUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

Harkness's Standard Latin Grammar.

FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES.
By ALBERT HARKNESS, Ph.D., LL.D..

PROFESSOR IN BROWN UNIVERSITY.

This is a complete, philosophical, and attractive work. Facts
are presented in clear and simple language. The work has been
pronounced " a model for perspicuity of statement and clearness
of arrangement." It is characterized by great accuracy of
statement. It is a Grammar of the Latin Language based upon
the facts of that language. The facts and laws of the language
are all presented in the light of the latest and best grammatical
studies, including comparative grammar.

It practically embraces three works in one.

The present edition is the result of a thorough and complete
revision of that of 1874. To a large extent it is a new and
independent work, yet the paradigms, rules of construction, and
in general all parts intended for recitation, have been only
slightly changed. The aim of the work in its present form is
threefold:

1.	To be a clear, simple, and convenient elementary Latin
Grammar, giving the essentials for that use in distinctive type,
and in the form best adapted to the end.

2.	To be an adequate and trustworthy grammar for the ad-
vanced student—a complete grammar of the Latin language,
for the use of critical students of every grade of scholarship.

3.	To be a practical introduction to the broader fields of
philology and modern linguistic research with references to the
latest and best authorities upon the numerous questions which
arise in such study.

Price, $1.12.

A copy of the above book will be mailedvpostpaid, to any address, on receipt
of price. Full descriptive circulars sent on application,

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY,

„ NEW YORK	CINCINNATI	CHICAGO.

t*8i]PUBLICATIONS OP THE AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

Harkness's Series of Preparatory-
Latin Text-Books.

By ALBERT HARKNESS, Ph.D., LL.D.,

PROFESSOR IN BROWN UNIVERSITY.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

Standard Edition of 1881.^ I2mo, cloth. 430 pages . $1.12
For schools and colleges. This is a complete, philosophical, and attractive
work. It presents a systematic arrangement of the great facts and laws of
the language, exhibiting not only the grammatical forms and constructions,
but also those vital principles which underlie, control, and explain them.

EASY METHOD FOR BEGINNERS IN LATIN.

i2mo, cloth. 348 pages......$1.20

This volume is not a mere companion to the Grammar, but a practical guide
for the pupil in the v:ork of reading and writing Latin. It approaches the
language on its practical side. The very first lesson, without a word of gram-
mar, introduces the learner to complete Latin sentences, with verb, subject,
and object. Thus» at the very outset, he finds himself already using the
language. He is not only reading Latin, but actually writing it.

FIRST YEAR IN LATIN.

Complete Course. i2mo, cloth. 332 pages . . ' $i.T2
jln outline of Latin Grammar and progressive exercises in reading and
writing Latin, with frequent practice in reading at sight. This volume con-
tains a series of simple exercises progressively arranged, and designed to lead
the way directly to connected discourse, together with numerous exercises and
passages intended for practice in sight reading and composition exercise.

LATIN EXERCISES FOR THE FIRST YEAR.

i2mo, cloth. 268 pages . . . . . . fi.oo
A course of progressive exercises in reading and writing- Latin, with fre-
quent practice in reading at sight, intended as a companion to Harkness's
Latin Qrammar.

NEW. LATIN READER.

i2mo, cloth. 227 pages.....87 cents

With exerciscs in Latin composition, intended as a companion to the author's
Latin Grammar. With references, suggestions, notes, and vocabularies.

The "New Reader" differs from the "Reader" in several les^ects. The
first parts of the two books are wholly different. The New has in this part
alternating exercises in translation both ways from one language into the
other, with numbered references to'the " Grammar" at every step.

INTRODUCTORY LATIN BOOK.

i2mo, cloth. 162 pages . . . . . 87 cents
Intended as an elementary drill book on the inflections and principles cf the
language. This work gives a distinct outline of the whole grammar.

INTRODUCTION TO LATIN COMPOSITION.

i2mo, cloth. 306 pages . .... $1.05
For schools and colleges. Part I. Elementary Exercises, intended as a com-
panion to the Reader. Part II. Latin Syntax. Part III. Elements cf Latin
style, with special reference ta idioms and synonyms.

Copies of the above books will be mailedvpostpaidto arty address, on receipt
of price. Full descriptive circulars sent on application.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY,

NEW YORK •% • CINCINNATI .\ CHICAGO.
£*83JPUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

Preparatory Latin Texts.

(NOT INCLUDING VIRGIL).

CjESAR'S GALLIC WAR.

By G. K. Bartholomew.....90 cents

This new and complete edition of " Caesar's Commentaries."

CAESAR'S COMMENTARIES ON THE GALLIC WAR.

(New Pictorial Edition.) With Notes, Dictionary, and a Map of
Gaul. By Albert Harkness, LL.D. . . $1.20
This revised edition of Harkness's Caesar contains many important additions
and improvements, including an outline of the Roman military system during
the last half century of the republic.

CjESAR'S GALLIC WAR. (Eight Books.)

By Wm. R. Harper, Ph.D., and Herbert C. Tolman,

Ph.D. . ........ $1.20

An entirely new work on an original plan; with numerous examples of
inductive studies, and lists of topics for investigation.

CICERO'S ORATIONS, NOTES, AND VOCABULARY.

By A. Harkness, LL.D. . . ... $1.22
This book contains ten select orations, giving specimens of Roman eloquence
In its various departments — forensic, senatorial, and judicial.

CICERO'S ORATIONS AND LETTERS.

With Vocabulary. By J. H. Hanson, A.M. . . $1.20
The thirty-five letters which have been selected cover a period of twenty
years, commencing with the year succeeding Cicero's consulship and ending
with the year of his death.

CICERO'S LAELIUS DE AMICITIA.

By John K. Lord......72 cents

With English notes, containing references to the standard Latin Grammars.
Preceded by an account of the life* of Cicero.

CICERO'S DE OFFICIIS.

By Thomas A. Thacher.....87 cents

With English notes, chiefly selected and translated from the editions of
Zumpt and Bonnell.

SALLUST. JUGURTHINE WAR.

By Charles George Herbermann, Ph.D. . . $1.12

With full explanatory notes, references to Harkness's Revised Latin Gram-
mar, and a copious Latin-English vocabulary. Also an introduction, with life
of Sallust, and a short history of Numidia (with map).

SALLUST. JUGURTHA AND CATILINE.

Notes by N. Butler and M. Sturgis . . . $1.22
Revised edition, with notes and a vocabulary. *

SALLUST. CATILINE.

Notes and Vocabulary by A. Harkness, Ph.D. . 90 cents

With explanatory notes and a special vocabulary. Adapted to Harkness's
Revised Latin Grammar. Prepared expressly for school use.

COURSE IN CiESAR, SALLUST, AND CICERO.

■i By Albert Harkness, Ph.D. . . . . fr.40
New pictorial edition. With notes and dictionary, p^ans of battles, outline of
the Roman military system, etc. It contains four books of Caesar's " Commen-
taries," the 41 Catiline " of Sallust, and eight of Cicero's orations.

Copies 0/ the above books will be mailed, postpaid, to any address, on receipt
Cf price. Full descriptive circulars sent on application.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY,

NEW YORK .% CINCINNATI	CHICAGO.

[*84]PUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

WORKS OF VERGIL.

VERGIL.

Complete, With Notes and Vocabulary. By H. S. Frieze.
i2mo, cloth. 710 pages.....$1.60

Frieze's New Edition of Vergil embraces in one convenient volume the
entire text of the Bucolics, the Georgics, and the iEneid, together with an
elaborate commentary, numerous illustrated cuts, and a complete dictionary
including all the proper names found in the three works. The text has been
revised with great care, both with reference to the most approved readings
and the. best established orthography. The notes and the special dictionary
are all that is necessary to the clear understanding of the poet, without fur-
nishing to the pupil anything more than legitimate help.

VERGIL'S iENEID.

Complete. With Notes and Vocabulary. By H. S. Frieze.
i2mo, cloth. 615 pages.....$1.30

The notes are substantially those of the former edition. In the interpreta-
tions occasional changes have been made.

VERGIL'S JENEID (Six Books), BUCOLICS, AND
GEORGICS.

With Notes and Vocabulary. By H. S. Frieze. i2mo, cloth.
548 pages .......	$1.30

Preceded by a chapter on the life and writings of Vergil. The dictionary is
complete, and the Notes copious and clear.

VERGIL'S ^ENEID, BUCOLICS, AND GEORGICS.

With Notes and Vocabulary. By Edward Searing, A.M.
8vo, cloth. 690 pages . . . . . . $1.60

This contains the first six books of the iEneid and the entire Bucolics and
Georgics, a very carefully constructed dictionary, a superb map of the Medi-
terranean and adjacent countries, and a photographic fac-simile of an early
Latin MS. Illustrations are given of all special subjects mentioned in the text.

VERGIL'S iENEID. Six Books.

By Edward Searing, A.M. 8vo, cloth. 470 pages, . $1.40
The same. Books I., II., and VI., with Vocabulary . 1.25
These books are like the preceding, with the omission of the selections
from the Bucolics and Georgics.

Copies of the above books will be mailed, postpaid, to any address, on receipt
of price* Full descriptive circulars sent on application.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY,

NEW YORK	CINCINNATI	CHICAGO.

£*86]PUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

Harper's Inductive Latin and Greek
Methods.

HARPER AND BURGESS'S INDUCTIVE LATIN
METHOD. By Prof. Wm. R. Harper and Isaac B.

Burgess, A.M. . ......$1.00

HARPER AND WATERS'S INDUCTIVE GREEK
METHOD. By Wm. R. Harper, Ph.D., and Wm. E.
Waters, Ph.D. .......$1.00

The new method employed in these two books for beginning the
study of Latin or Greek is that followed by Professor Harper with such
signal success in his classes at Chautauqua and elsewhere. A sentence
of the original text is first placed before the pupil.- The pronunciation
and exact translation of each word are furnished him. With the aid
which the teacher gives him in advance, and with the material given in
the book, he thoroughly masters the words and phrases of this sentence
or section. His knowledge is tested by requiring him to recite or write
the Greek or Latin sentence, as the case may be, with only the trans-
lation before his eye.

With this as the foundation, and with adequate notes, the words
are transposed and introduced in various relations, and by thus follow-
ing a thoroughly inductive method, a knowledge of the language is
obtained in much less time than that usually required.

The book is a guide to the language—not a companion to the
Grammar. The pupil deals with the language. He discovers a prin-
ciple in the sentence before him. He observes and remembers. He
does not learn what he may or may not observe hereafter. Pie thus
creates for himself a working grammar of essential principles and adds
at each step what is then needed.

Most introductory Latin books prepare for Csesar, yet they are
often made up of different authors, different styles, and different vo-
cabularies. This Latin book is based wholly upon the first book of
the Gallic War, and insures a thorough drill upon the words, construc- .
tions, and idioms of Caesar. Systematic instruction is given in reading
Latin in the order of the text. This, and the attention given to word
study, give proficiency in sight reading.

The lessons in the Greek Method cover Book I. of Xenophon's
Anabasis, and include a formal study of almost every portion of the
Grammar. Special attention is given to review, lessons for the purpose
being frequently inserted.

Among the special features are: the entire absence of everything
not essential, its thoroughness, and the genuine interest it arouses in
the pupil. It holds his attention, quickens his mind, and makes the
study of the language pleasant for him and his teacher.

Copies of the above books will be mailed, postpaid\ to any addressf on receipt
of price. Full descriptive circulars sent on application.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY,

NEW YORK /. CINCINNATI	CHICAGO.

[*87JPUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

Hadley and Allen's Greek Grammar.

(REVISED EDITION.)

By JAMES HADLEY. Revised byf. DE FOREST ALLEN.

i2mo, cloth. 422 pages . • . . . $1-5°

This Grammar not only presents the latest and best results of Greek
studies, but also treats the language in the light received from compar-
ative philology. Its comprehensive treatment of the principles and
forms of the Greek language, together with its clear,* analytic method,
has made it at once an authoritative and exhaustive treatise for reference,
and at the same time a practical and popular text-book for class use.
The fact that during all these years it has held its place and maintained
its widespread popularity and extensive use in the leading classical
schools and colleges of the country, without change or revision, is in
itself sufficient evidence of the excellence of the original work.

Professor Had ley's Greek Grammar was published in i860, and was
founded on the scholarly and exhaustive Griechische Schulgrammatik
of the eminent German scholar and professor, Georg Curtius, of the
University of Kiel.

In 1872 — long before there was need of a revision of his great
work—Professor Hadley died. His death, an irreparable loss to clas-
sical scholarship in this country, made it necessary to place the impor-
tant work of preparing a revision—when at last it was determined to
issue a new edition which should set forth, in accordance with the most
approved present methods of classical teaching, the results of the more
recent progress of linguistic scholarship — in other hands.

Professor Allen brought to the work of revision the enthusiasm and
critical method of an accomplished scholar, combined with the experience
and skill of a successful teacher, and the result of his labors is gratifying
alike to the publishers and friends of the Grammar.

The favor with which the revised edition has been received attests
the thoroughness and discretion that characterize the revision.

In its present form it is a practical work for beginners. Clearness
of statement, accuracy of definition, and judicious arrangement recom-
mend it for elementary classes ; yet at the same time it is a complete
and comprehensive manual for the advanced student.

Among the chief changes made in the revision are the following:
The extension of the parts on moods and tenses; versification and
word formation; the marking of the quantity of the doubtful vowels,
and the statement of the source of all Greek examples given in the
Syntax.	_____

Copies of the above books will be mailed, postpaid, to any address, on receipt
of price. Full descriptive circulars sent on application.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY,

NEW YORK	CINCINNATI	CHICAGO.

[•S3]PUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

POPULAR GREEK METHODS.

ADAMS'S GREEK PREPOSITIONS.

By F. A. Adams, Ph.D. i2mo, cloth. 131 pages . 60 cents
The Greek prepositions studied from their original meanings as designations
of space.

ARNOLD'S FIRST GREEK BOOK.

By Thos. K. Arnold M.A. i2mo, cloth. 297 pages, 87 cents
On the same plan as Arnold's First Latin Book. The author has prepared
with great care, in both Greek and English, such exercises as serve to illustrate
those portions of grammar which are needful at the outset.

ARNOLD'S GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.

By T. K. Arnold, M.A. 121110, cloth. 237 pages . $1.05
The object of this book is to enable the student, as soon as he can decline
and conjugate with tolerable facility, to translate simple sentences after given
examples with given words.

BOISE'S EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE.

By Jas. R. Boise. i2mo, cloth. 185 pages . . $1.05
These exercises were prepared simply as an accompaniment to the first book
of the Anabasis.

COY'S GREEK FOR BEGINNERS.

By Edward G. Coy, M.A. i2mo, cloth. 152 pages . $1.00
A companion book to Hadley and Allen's Greek Grammar and an introduc-
tion to Coy's First Reader or Xenophon's Anabasis.

COY'S FIRST GREEK READER.

By Edward G. Coy, M.A. i2mo, cloth. 150 pages. 84 cents

Designed as an introduction to Xenophon's Anabasis. The work contains
easy selections adapted from Xenophon and Thucydides, carefully graded,
with notes and exercises adapted to both Hadley-Allen's and Goodwin's Greek
Grammars.

CROSBY'S GREEK GRAMMAR.

By A. Crosby. i2mo, cloth. 477 pages . ... $1.40
designed for schools and colleges. This book is simple enough to be put in
the hands of the beginner, and yet sufficiently scientific and complete to accom-
pany him through his whole course.

HADLEY'S GREEK GRAMMAR.

Revised, and in part rewritten, by Frederic de Forest Allen,
Professor in Harvard College. i2mo . . . $1. 50
This grammar not only presents the latest and best results of Greek studies,
but also treats the language in the light received from comparative philology.

HARKNESS'S FIRST GREEK BOOK.

By Albert Harkness, Ph.D., LL.D.

i2mo, cloth. 276 pages.....$1.05

Designed especially to accompany Hadley and Allen's Greek Grammar, with
references also to Goodwin's and Crosby's Grammars.

C*89JPUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

POPULAR GREEK METHODS —CONTINUED.

HARPER'S INDUCTIVE GREEK METHOD.

By Prof. Wm. R. Harper, Ph.D., Yale University, and William
E. Waters, Ph.D., Cincinnati, Ohio . . . $1.00
This book corresponds to Harper and Burgess's Inductive Latin Method.
It is intended to be a guide and help to the pupil in beginning the study of the
Greek language.

KEEP'S GREEK LESSONS.

By Robert P. Keep, Ph.D. i2mo, cloth. 257 pages . $1.20
Prepared to accompany Hadley and Allen's Greek Grammar. It was with
the design of making the path to the acquaintance with the new Hadley clear,
sure, and not unnecessarily difficult, that the preparation of these Lessons was
undertaken.

KENDRICK'S GREEK OLLENDORFF.

By A. C. KendriCK. i2mo, cloth. 371 pages . $1.22
A progressive exhibition of the principles of Greek Grammar, designed for
beginners in Greek and as a book of exercises for academies and colleges.

KUHNER'S GREEK GRAMMAR.

By Ralph Kuhner. Translated from the German by B. B.
Edwards and S. H. Taylor. 8vo, cloth. 620 pages, $1.40
For the use of high schools and colleges. A valuable book of reference
founded upon the work of one of the highest German authorities.

SCARBOROUGH'S FIRST LESSONS . IN GREEK.

By Wm. S. Scarborough, A.M.

i2mo, cloth. 147 pages . , . . .90 cents

A two-term text-book, with copious notes and references to the Grammars of
Goodwin and Hadley, and an adequate vocabulary.

SILBER'S PROGRESSIVE LESSONS IN GREEK.

^By Wm. B. Silber, A.M. i2mo, cloth. 79 pages . 57 cents
A course of progressive lessons in Greek, together with notes and frequent
references to the grammars of Sophocles, Hadley, and Crosby.

WHITON'S THREE MONTHS' PREPARATION FOR
READING XENOPHON.

By James Morris Whiton, Ph.D., and Mary Bartlett
Whiton, A.B. i2mo, cloth. 94 pages . . 48 cents

Adapted for use in connection with Hadley and Allen's or Goodwin's
Grammars.

WINCHELL'S ELEMENTARY LESSONS IN GREEK
SYNTAX.

By S. R. Winchell, A.M. i2mo, cloth. 121 pages, 54 cents
Designed to accompany the reading of Xenophon's Anabasis. A series of
lessons on Attic Greek syntax, designed to follow about one year's study of
the etymology of the language.

Copies of the above books will be mailed, postpaid, to any address, <7» receipt
Of price. Full descriptive circulars sent on application.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY,

NEW YORK	CINCINNATI	CHICAGO.

[*9°]PUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

Standard Greek Texts, Lexicons, Etc.

DEMOSTHENES'S PHILIPPICS.

With Notes. By M. J. Smead, Ph.D. . . . $1.05

With historical introductions and critical and explanatory notes. In its pres-
ent shape» the work will be found well adapted to the wants of the younger
students in high schools and colleges.

HERODOTUS—SELECTIONS FROM.

By H. M. Johnson. ......$1.05

This comprises mainly such portions of Herodotus as give a connected history
of the East, to the fall of Babylon and the death of Cyrus the Great.

HOMER'S ILIAD.

Three Books with Notes. By Henry Clark Johnson, A.M.

$1.12

The same. With Notes and Lexicon \ . . * 1.32

According to the text of Dindorf; with revised notes, critical and explan-
atory, and references to Hadley-Allen's, Crosby's,, and Goodwin's Greek Gram-
mars, and to Goodwin's Greek Moods and Tenses; together with an appendix
containing an outline of the " Homeric Question,'-' a sketch of the versification
and the dialect of Homer, and a number of selected passages for sight reading.

HOMER'S ILIAD.

By John J. Owen, D.D. . . . . . . $1.40

The Iliad according to the text of Wolf, with notes for the use of schools
and colleges.

LEXICON OF THE FIRST THREE BOOKS OF
HOMER'S ILIAD.

By Clarence E. Blake, A.M.	. . . $1.00

It is the design of this work to furnish the pupil a lexicon of convenient size,
in which the full and unabridged explanation of each Homeric word is given
the same as could be found in a large lexicon.

HOMER'S ODYSSEY.

By John J. Owen, D.D......$1.40

The Odyssey according to Wolfs text, with notes for the use of schools
and colleges.

PLATO'S APOLOGY AND CRITO.

With Notes. By W. S. Tyler and H. M. Tyler . $1.05

This edition has been carefully revised, the notes have been largely rewritten,
the text has been changed, and the whole has been reprinted and stereotyped
anew. The text is that of Cron.

SOPHOCLES'S OEDIPUS TYRANNUS.

By Howard Crosby, D.D...... $1.05

With English notes. For the use of students in schools and colleges.

SOPHOCLES'S ANTIGONE.

By M. J. Smead, Ph.D. . . , . . . $1.22

For the use of academies and colleges. A revised and corrected ^ditiop|
with an introduction, and critical and explanatory notes.

1*9*]PUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.

Standard Greek Texts, Lexicons, Etc.—Continued.

THUCYDIDES.

With Map. By John J. Owen, D.D. . . . $1.75
The history of the Peloponnesian War, by Thucydides, according to the text
of L. Dindorf, with notes for the use of colleges.

XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.

Four Books. By J as. R. Boise, Ph.D. . . . $1.08
The same. Four Books with Lexicon . . . 1.32
As most colleges require only three or fourbooks of the Anabasis for admis-
sion, the majority specifying four books, a four-book edition of "Boise's
Anabasis" has been substituted for the three-book and five-book editions here-
tofore published.

XENOPHON'S ANABASIS.

By A. Crosby.

Xenophon's Anabasis. Complete, with Lexicon '. $1.60
The same. Four Books and Lexicon . . . 1.40
The same. Text only . . . . . 1.00
Lexicon to Xenophons Anabasis	. . 70 cents

Lexicon and Notes to Xenophon's Anabasis . 90 cents
With copious notes, introduction, map of the expedition and of the retreat of
the Ten Thousand, and a full and complete lexicon. The notes are thoroughly
analytical, and continually refer to the Grammar for exact and complete infor-
mation on philological points; they are also instructive, particularly in the
occasional paragraphs of enlarged comment and criticism.

XENOPHON'S ANABASIS*

By John J. Owen, D.D......$1.40

Revised editionv with Kiepert's map showing the route of the Ten Thousand.
With notes. For the use of schools and colleges.

XENOPHON'S CYROP^EDIA.

By John J. Owen, D.D. . . « . . $1.75

With notes. For the use of schools and colleges. According to the text of
Dindorf.

XENOPHON'S MEMORABILIA OF SOCRATES.,

By R. D. C. Robbins . . . . . . $1.40
With a sketch of the Life of Socrates. Copious notes, and complete
indices in Greek and English.

THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.

By John J. Owen, D.D......$1.22

With Notes and a Lexicon. For the use of schools, colleges, and theological
seminaries. According to the text of Augustus Hahn.

Copies of tke above hooks will be mailed, postpaid, to any address, on receipt
0/price. Full descriptive circulars sent en application.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY,

NEW YORK .*. CINCINNATI /. CHICAGO.
[♦*]Ancient Languages.

GREEK TEXTS AND READERS.

Blake's Lexicon of the First Three Books of Homer's Iliad..	$1 00

Boise's Xenophon's^ Anabasis. Four Books..................................1 08

The same. Four Books, with Lexicon............1 32

Coy's First Greek Reader................................................................84

Greek for Beginners........................................1 00

Crosby's (Edipus Tyrannus of Sophocles........................................1 05

Xenophon's Anabasis. Complete, with Lexicon......................1 60

The same. Four Books and Lexicon......................................4

Lexicon to Xenophon's Anabasis................................................70

Lexicon and Notes to Xenophon's Anabasis..............................00

Harper's Xenophon's Anabasis. (In press.)................

Johnson's (H. C.) Homer'*.Iliad. Three Books, with Notes...	112

The same. Three Books, with Notes and Lexicon....................1 32

Johnson's (H. M.) Selections from Herodotus.. ...... ..............1 05

Owen's Homer's Iliad...,................................................................1 40

Acts of the Apostles. With Lexicon........ ....................1 22

^ Homer's Odyssey.....;.................................1 40

V Thucydides. With Map.................................1 75

Xenophon's Cyropaedia..............................................................1 75

Robbins's (R. D. C.) Xenophon's Memorabilia..............................1 4fr-

Smead's Demosthenes' Philippics. With Notes..........................1 05

Antigone of Sophocles. With Notes..........................................1. 22

Tyler's (W. S.) Plato's Apology and Crito........... ..............1 05

HEBREW.

Gesenius's Hebrew Grammar.............................................2 10

LATIN FIRST BOORS AND GRAMMARS,

Arnold's First and Second Latin Book..............................87

Latin Prose Composition.........................................87

Px7]Ancient Languages.

Bartholomew's Graded Lessons in Latin..............$0 80

Latin Grammar...............................................90

Daniell's Short Sentences for Writing Latin..................................20

Gates's Latin Word Building..........................................................84

Harkness's Arnold's First Latin Book........................................1 05

Easy Method for Beginners in Latin........................................1 20

First Year in Latin, Complete Course......................1 12

Latin Exercises for the First Year..........................................1 00

Introductory Latin Book............................................................... 87

Elements of Latin Grammar......................................................87

Latin Grammar. New Standard Edition..................................1 12

Latin Grammar. Old Edition....................................................1 05

Introduction to Latin Composition..................................1 05

The same. Part II............................................7o

Harper and Burgess's Inductive Latin Method.......... *	1 00

Holbrook's (Irene) First Latin Lessons......................................50

LATIN TEXTS AND READERS.

Bartholomew's Caesar's Gallic War. With Vocabulary............90

Butler and Sturgus's Sallust's Jugurtha and Catiline .....	1 22

Crosby's Quintus Curtius Rufus....................................1 05

Frieze's Quintilian. Tenth and Twelfth Books. With Notes,	1 20

Vergil's iEneid. Complete. With Notes and Dictionary..	1 SO
Six Books of JEneid, Georgics, and Bucolics. With Notes

and Dictionary......................................................................1 30

Vergil. Complete Works. Notes and Dictionary................1 60

Hanson's Preparatory Latin Prose Book. With Vocabulary,	2 00

Cicero's Orations and Letters. With Vocabulary..................1 20

Harkness's New Latin Reader......................................................87

Second Latin Book and Reader................................................87

Latin Reader. With Exercises..................................................1 05

Caesar's Commentaries. New Pictorial Edition......................1 20

[*i8JAncient Languages.

Harkness's Caesar's Commentaries........................$1 05

Cicero's Orations. With Notes and Dictionary....................1 22

Course in Caesar, Sallust, and Cicero. (Preparatory)..........1 00

Sallust's Catiline. With Notes and Vocabulary....................90

Military System of the Romans..................................................20

Harper and Tolman's Caesar's Gallic War. With Notes

and Dictionary...................................	1 20

Herbermann's Sallust's Jugurthine War.............. ..	1 12

Lincoln's Horace. With Notes......................................................1 22

Livy. With Notes.........................................................1 22

Ovid. With Notes and Vocabulary..........................................1 22

Lindsay's Cornelius Nepos. With Notes and Vocabulary...	1 22

Cornelius Nepos for Sight Reading..........................................1 00

Satires of Juvenal................................ ...	1 00

Lord's (John K.) Cicero's Laelius de Amicitia........................72

Searing's Virgil. The iEneid, Bucolics, and Georgics. With

Vocabulary ............................................................................1 60

Virgil's JEneid. Six Books. With Vocabulary......................1 40

The same. Books I, II, and VI, with Vocabulary....	1 25

Sewall's Latin Speaker....................... ...........80

Thacher's Cicero de Officiis..........................................................87

Tyler's Histories of Tacitus ..........................................................1 22

Germania and Agricola of Tacitus............................................87

Copies of these books will be sent to any address, postage-paid, on
receipt of price. Full price-list mailed on application.

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY, Publishers,
NEW YORK, • I • CINCINNATI^ • I • CHICAGO.

[*19]UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA

3 0112 110705404This book is a preservation facsimile produced for
the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.
It is made in compliance with copyright law
and produced on acid-free archival

60# book weight paper
which meets the requirements of
ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (permanence of paper).

Preservation facsimile printing and binding
by

Northern Micrographics
Brookhaven Bindery
La Crosse, Wisconsin
2013